Proceeding

3rd International Seminar on Tropical Eco-Settlements

Urban Deprivation: A Challenge to Sustainable Urban Settlements

October 31 November 2, 2012, Grand Sahid Jaya Hotel, Jakarta Indonesia

Research Institute for Human Settlements

Agency for Research and Development Ministry of Public Works Indonesia

ISBN 978-602-8330-63-3

Disclaimer
All the papers published in this proceeding have been reviewed by the scientific committee. The Research Institute of Human Settlements has endeavored to the maximum possible extent to ensure the format of all the technical papers to conform to the manuscript template requirement applied in this proceeding. The Research Institute has made necessary formatting and minor editorial changes without altering the substance of the respective papers. Any views and opinions expressed in the papers are solely those of the corresponding authors and do not necessarily represent the views and opinions of the Research Institute.

PREFACE
In developing countries which are mostly located in the tropical zones, population is concentrated in urban areas. The proliferation of urban migrants has caused many people lack of access to many kinds of infrastructure facilities, such as sanitation, transportation, or durable houses. The reduction of inequalities within cities has been constantly mentioned to the importance of sustainable development. Urban services should not discriminate against poorer urban inhabitants. Urban deprivation has become a characteristic of large cities in all parts of the world, which mostly occurs due to the limited capacity of the cities to meet people's needs. Therefore, to ensure future progress in the improvement of economic, social, and environmental conditions in urban settlements, we must begin with recognizing and dealing with urban deprivation. Poor management and planning and the absence of coherent urban policies create urban problems especially environments rather than urbanization. Deteriorating environmental conditions can cause serious impact on human health and welfare, particularly the urban poor. Harmonized environments can only result from urban settlements that are planned, developed and improved by considering all sustainable development principles and their components. This concept has been adopted in most countries to address the issue of today's increasing world temperature, whilst the climatic characteristics relate to the form of cities, urban designs, and buildings. Since 2006 the Research Institute for Human Settlements has organized Bi-annual International Seminars on Ecosettlements and this years Seminar is the third. It is a settlement concept that harmonizes social, economic, and ecological aspects in the quest of developing a sustainable tropical ecosystem. Given the serious issues associated with urban deprivation, the 2012 Seminars theme is Urban Deprivation: a Challenge to Sustainable Urban Settlements. A total of 35 papers from different countries were accepted and categorized into three major issues: new approach in sustainable urban planning and design, ecological concern in green building and urban infrastructure accessibility. They have been orally presented in the parallel sessions on Day One and Day Two. Optional field-trips were held on Day Three to Tapak Bumi Eco-village. On this occasion, I would like to express my sincere gratitude towards all the parties for their remarkable contribution that made this Seminar possible. I do hope this Seminar can provide the opportunity for academics and industry practitioners to share their views and experiences from both tropical and non-tropical countries on how to deal with urban deprivation problems.

Jakarta, 2 November 2012

Dr. Anita Firmanti E. S. Director of Research Institute for Human Settlements

STEERING COMMITTEE
1. Mr. Djoko Kirmanto 2. Mr. Graita Sutadi 3. Dr. Anita Firmanti

EDITOR
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Ms. Siti Zubaidah Kurdi Ms. Rian Wulan Desriani Mr. Puthut Samyahardja Prof. R. Suprapto Mr. Rahim Siahaan Ms. Nurhasanah Azhar Dr. Ing. Andreas Wibowo Ms. Fitrijani Anggraini Ms. Elis Hastuti

SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Prof. Dr. R. Suprapto Ratna Inge Komardjaja, Ph.D Dr. Priyana Sudjono Mr. Imam Santoso Ernawi Dr. Dedy Supriadi Priatna Dr. Hideyuki Kobayashi Mr. George Soraya Ms. Natlja Weihmer Mr. Pasi Lehmusluoto

ORGANISING COMMITTEE
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Ms. Siti Zubaidah Kurdi Mr. Puthut Samyahardja Prof. Dr. R. Suprapto Mr. Rahim Siahaan Ms. Nurhasanah Azhar Dr. Ing. Andreas Wibowo Ms. Fitrijani Anggraini Ms. Elis Hastuti Ms. Rian Wulan Desriani Mr. Iwan Suprijanto Mr. Tibin Ruby Prayudi Ms. Rydha Riyana Agustien Ms. Sri Maria Senjaya Ms. Adhi Yudha Mulia Ms. Nitnit Anitya Ms. Siti Sadiah Ms. Lucky Adhyati P Ms. Siska Purniati Ms. Roosdharmawati Mr. Yana Suryana

ii

21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28.

Mr. Sujarwanto Mr. Waridjo Mr. Reza Hari K Ms. Dhea P Ms. Siti Rachmawati Mr. Budiono Mr. Jajang Mulyana Mr. Sobar

iii

TABLE OF CONTENT
Page PREFACE ..................................................................................................................................................i STEERING COMMITTEE........................................................................................................................ii TABLE OF CONTENT .............................................................................................................................iv

Issue: New approach in sustainable urban planning and design

A-01 DEVELOPING GREEN OPEN SPACE IN URBAN RESIDENTIAL AREAS THROUGH COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION APPROACH By Agung Wahyudi .........................................1 A-02 RESIDENTIAL MOBILITY AND SPATIAL EXTERNALITIES AS A CHALLENGE TO SUSTAINABLE URBAN SETTLEMENTS IN SURABAYA CITY By Alen Miftahul And Dian Rahmawati ..........................................................................................................................11 A-03 DEFINING URBAN ACUPUNCTURE AS AN ALTERNATIVE STRATEGY TO CURE THE CITY PROBLEMS OF INDONESIA By Astri Anindya Sari And Shirleyana ..................21 A-04 THE ACHIEVEMENT OF SUSTAINABILITY ON VERTICAL HOUSING DEVELOPMENT THROUGH WHOLE SYSTEM DESIGN By Christiono Utomo And Yani Rahmawati ...................................................................................................................................31 A-05 RIVERINE ECOLOGY DEGRADATION AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT VULNERABILITY IN CITARUM RIVER BANK AND ADJACENT AREA By Harri A. Setiadi ..........................................................................................................................................41 A-06 THE INFLUENCE OF VEGETATION TO THE INDOOR TEMPERATURE IN TROPICAL AREA By Khalid A.Mannan , Elisa Anggraeni , Aisyah N. Hayati Aulia F. Muchlis................55 A-07 A STUDY ON THE EXTERNALITY OF GAS-STATIONIN URBAN AREA, A CASE STUDY OF BANDUNG, INDONESIA By Mahatma Sindu Suryo And Arip Pauzi Rachman ..65 A-08 DEVELOPMENT OF A RAPID SYSTEM FOR URBAN AIR QUALITY INDEX MEASUREMENT BASED ON PHOTONIC CRYSTAL SENSOR By Mamat Rahmat, Muhamad Azis ,Erus Rustami, Wenny Maulina, Isnaeni, Husin Alatas, Arief S. Yuwono, YongHoon Cho And Kudang B. Seminar ............................................................................................73 A-09 THE SYSTEMIC DEPRIVATION OF URBAN GREEN OPEN SPACE: A CHALLENGE OF MAKING AN URBAN ENVIRONMENTAL-FRIENDLY By Martinus B. Susetyarto............85 A-10 ECOTOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN THE ENVIRONMENTAL OF TRADITIONAL OF HUMAN SETTLEMENTS IN THE UNDISAN VILLAGE - BALI PROVINCE By Muhajirin And Iwan Suprijanto ....................................................................................................................95 A-11 LANDSCAPE CHANGES IN DENPASAR CITY By Ni Made Yudantini ..............................109

iv

A-12 MODEL OF GREENSPACE RANGE EFFECT TOWARDS SURFACE TEMPERATURE IN URBAN AREA By Putri Yasmin Nurul Fajri ...........................................................................119 A-13 THE STUDY OF SO2 POLLUTANT EMISSION FROM BOILER STACK OF BIODIESEL PLANT USING ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION MODELLING By Rosmeika, Arief S. Yuwono And Armansyah H. Tambunan ...................................................................................................129 A-14 THE EMERGENCE OF INFORMAL RIVERSIDE SETTLEMENTS AND CHALLENGES FOR PLANNING: THE CASE OF KALI MAS IN SURABAYA, INDONESIA By Shirleyana And Astri Anindya Sari ..............................................................................................................137 A-15 THE CONTRIBUTION OF HOUSING SECTOR TO ANTICIPATE THE INCREASED DEGRADATION OF URBAN AREAS: A CASE STUDY OF BANDUNG CITY By Siti Zubaidah Kurdi ..........................................................................................................................149 A-16 HIGH-DENSITY HOUSING IN KAMPUNG BRAGA IN BANDUNG By Sri Suryani And Ismet B. Harun ...........................................................................................................................157 A-17 THE CAPACITY OF URBAN ENVIRONMENT, A CASE STUDY OF URBAN KAMPONG AT BANDUNG By Surjamanto W And Sahid...........................................................................167 A-18 LANDSCAPE O N LIMITED YARD AS A MICROCLIMATE CONTROL: A CASE STUDY OF MAKASSAR SUBURBAN HOUSING By Veronica N And S.Wunas ...............................173

Issue: Ecological concern in green building

B-01 THE COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE INFLUENCE OF BUILDING FORM TOWARDS THE THERMAL COMFORT IN FLATS BUILDINGS By Arief Sabaruddin And Rumiati R. Tobing ........................................................................................................................................181 B-02 INTEGRATED DESIGN AND PLANNING PROCESS TOWARDS GREEN BUILDING DEVELOPMENT CASE STUDIES IN DAHANA OFFICE BUILDING AND MINISTRY OF PUBLIC WORKS OFFICE BUILDING By Dian Fitria...........................................................187 B-03 PRELIMINARY STUDY OF GREEN BUILDING IN MALANG CITY; CASE STUDY OF COMMERCIAL PUBLIC BUILDINGS By Fitria A. Feliciani, Andika Citraningrum, Agung Murti Nugroho, Damayanti Asikin.............................................................................................199 B-04 FLEXURAL BEHAVIOR OF REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE SLAB WITH WASTE PUMICE AGGREGATE By Hazairin, Bernardinus Herbudiman And Syarief Abdurrachman ...........................................................................................................................211 B-05 THE EFFECTIVENESS OF VEGETATION AS A NOISE REDUCTION IN A BUILDING By Imam Baihaqi , Irwan Suminto Adi , Nur Lailatul Fitria Sulianto , Ernaning Setiyowati.........219 B-06 THE INDEPENDENT HOUSE ENERGY FROM RESOURCES THE ENERGY OF POTENTIAL FROM ATMOSPHERE By Lilik Slamet S ........................................................227 B-07 ENERGY-EFFICIENT STRATEGY IN JAVANESE TRADITIONAL HOUSE By Mohammad Pranoto Soedjarwo ....................................................................................................................235

B-08 RESOURCES CONSUMPTION ASSESSMENT TO ACHIEVE FUTURE GREEN OF PRINCE OF SONGKLA UNIVERSITY, SURAT THANI CAMPUS By Piyamas Samsuwan And Somtip Danteravanich ........................................................................................................243 B-09 PEOPLES BEHAVIOUR IN THE MARKET WASTE MANAGEMENT: RAU MARKET, SERANG BANTEN By Retta Siagian....................................................................253 B-10 ROLE OF PASSIVE AND ACTIVE STRATEGY IN GREEN BUILDING CONTEXT By Sahid, Surjamanto W And Sugeng Triyadi.................................................................................261 B-11 NEW APPROACH POSSIBILITIES OF USING A SIMPLE LIGHT REFLECTION FOR SAVING ENERGY IN URBAN BUILDINGS By Suriansyah. Y And Gunawan. R ................269 B-12 PROBLEMATIC OF HIGH-RISE BUILDING FLATS IN INDONESIA BASED ON THERMAL COMFORT AND FIRE SAFETY PERSPECTIVES By Wahyu Sujatmiko , Hermawan K. Dipojono, Soegijanto, And F.X. Nugroho Soelami.............................................275

Issue: Urban infrastructure accessibility

C-01 BASIN MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS APPROACH TO OFF-SET INFRASTRUCTURE INACCESSIBILITY UNDER RAPID URBANIZATION AND DUE WEAK GOVERNANCE By J Matsushita And Suharyanto ...............................................................................................285 C-02 STRATEGIC STUDY OF SPAM DEVELOPMENT IN PONTIANAK CITY FOR MDGS TARGET ACHIEVEMENT 2015 By Laili F. Mahdi And Prof. Arwin A. Sabar .....................297 C-03 DOMESTIC WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR REDUCING RIVER POLLUTION: A CASE STUDY CIBEUREUM VILLAGE AND MELONG VILLAGE, DISTRICT OF SOUTH CIMAHI By Puti Renosori, Chusharini Chamid And Yuliadi .............................................309 C-04 WASTE REDUCTION THROUGH 3 R (REDUCE, REUSE AND RECYCLING) PROGRAM: A CASE STUDY OF SURABAYA CITY, INDONESIA By Sri Darwati .........319 C-05 OPTIMAL SCALE OF WATER SUPPLY PROVISION IN INDONESIA By Sri Maryati ....329

vi

[ A-01] DEVELOPING GREEN OPEN SPACE IN URBAN RESIDENTIAL AREAS THROUGH COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION APPROACH
Agung WAHYUDI1

ABSTRACT: The increase of urban population is closely interconnected to the demand for living spaces that accommodate various urban activities. When the balance between the need for, and the availability of such spaces is disturbed, unlivable spaces are generated which would eventually downgrade the quality of urban environment. Bearing in mind the increasing clamor over global warming during the last two decades, urban planners should carefully anticipate the issue and put their focus on, and even provoke the creation of sustainable green space development, including the creation of open green urban spaces. Accommodating the aspirations and participation of citizens, through the application of the development principle based on from, by and for them, becomes a most import ant part of the strategy to achieve sustainable development patterns. The worsening environmental deterioration due to the stakeholders becoming unheedful about the issue should be taken into serious consideration. In the study, observations have been conducted in a descriptive manner by using a non randomized experimental design using control at three neighborhoods in West Jakarta, with one of them being the controller. It showed that after the first 6 months, the application of green environment approach in the neighborhoods was maintained through self-help and communal actions. Community organizations that have been established on the spirit of mutual cooperation becomes determinative for the success of such sustainable pattern; the sustainability would in phases also improve the peoples economy and their social interaction. The involvement of local governments, the private sector and the community would also greatly influence the creation of sustainable green development pattern, and should continuously be evaluated and improved for replications in other locations in an ever perfect process. KEYWORDS: Sustainability, green open space, participation, partnership. 1 INTRODUCTION

Urban areas develop in line with the fast growing number of incoming people who are tempted to settle because of the seemingly great attractions offered by cities which become destinations of urbanization. As such, urban birth rate accelerates, increasing the demand for new housing areas. Urban spatial and land use planning develop horizontally and vertically, complemented by a proportional planning of the necessary infrastructure. Residential areas expand with the development of new settlements as well as through the renewal or improvement of several old housing areas located in the city centers, causing increased densities. Ideal spatial planning is applied to the new settlement areas through the creation of proper balance between closed and open, green areas to foster quality, healthy and humane life for the people. Bearing in mind the increase of global temperature during the last decade, which has triggered a great number of natural disasters world wide, it has now become of utmost importance to apply the greenlife principle for the benefit of the whole world. Essentially, green-life principle is saving and maintaining natural resources in all activities which should be understood and applied by mankind.

Lecturer, Departement of Architecture, Gunadarma University, Indonesia

[A-01]
Initially, this principle should be generated and applied within every household, and further extended to the respective settlement up to the entire district and urban levels with the ultimate goals of creating a green development. Several literature and practices around the world reveal that green development can be conducted through consistent green life style which should eventually result in a sustainable green development. It is therefore exigent to disseminate the principle properly, comprehensively and in a fast as well as in a target-oriented manner. Points to be publically communicated are for example the need to save and conserve potable water, decrease pollution by proper waste management, taking up healthy life style through the creation of clean, tranquil and verdurous environments which could well be done by increasing the number of shady and leafy trees in the dwelling environments. Furthermore, energy saving measures through making use of natural resources such as sun rays, wind, and waterfalls if available. The ultimate goal is to foster public awareness that would stimulate real actions. In the context of urban settlements, the importance and meaning of this principle is integrated into the spatial planning process through the planning of green open spaces in proper balance with the closed environments. The creation of green open spaces in settlements should be followed by the necessary proper maintenance. This is a critical point as without maintenance all that have been initiated and planted would eventually disappear which would curtail the expected impact against all the expenditure and make the whole effort uneconomical. This would especially happen if the green environment campaign is left to the local administration without being complemented by any communal action or role; the whole campaign would be totally ineffective. New residential areas that are planned and built by private developers, and which are generally catered for the middle and upper classes, have a well planned spatial planning with a properly balanced division between the closed occupied areas and green open areas. The maintenance of each green area in the front, side or back gardens is carried out by the respective occupant. The maintenance of green open areas outside the housing plots is initially carried out by the local administration, to be later taken over by the respective housing management and financed by the residents who are not directly involved in the proper activities. In densely urban housing areas of the middle and low income groups, besides the limited open space within the settlement areas, the management depends on the participative and mutual self help actions of the community. In settlements without the communal spirit and self help actions, the principle of green living is naturally absent. This study puts the focus on such settlements. The clean city and green development campaign through the implementation of sustainable development has been conducted for one-and half decade. Quite a number of community organizations, communal self-help institutions, community oriented institutions within universities as well as programs of local authorities have been actively involved in the efforts to anticipate and address the problems of this issue. Some have succeeded to achieve positive results and persevered, some have booked initial success but then meandered off due to inconsistent actions, though some have even managed to achieve much more than planned. Those different cases in three settlements in West Jakarta are elaborated discussed in the present study. The non-physical aspect, community participation, is further referred to as soft technology which should be properly planned; then there is hard technology which refers to complying with technical computations. The two technologies should be integrated in a balanced manner in order to successfully generate sustainable development programs. By conducting a study using a nonrandomized experimental design through the application of control (Abramson, 1990), it has become clear that the programs success is equally determined by the availability of partnership from the stakeholders which comprise the respective community, the local authorities and private developers. To obtain programs of sustainability, it is exigent to have the commitments of those stake holders in the implementation of all the activities by also taking into consideration the aspect of process, besides

[ A-01]
the technical aspect, through the integration of the respective social, economic and environmental aspects. 2 SUSTAINABLE GREEN DEVELOPMENT THROUGH COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION APPROACH

Currently, the term sustainability has already become an everyday term that is so often used and widely spoken; however, we do sometimes wonder if its true meaning is equally comprehended. In addition, it is also important to distinguish between sustainability and sustainable development. From several discussion on a number of references, it is concluded that sustainability in general means the capacity of natural systems to endure, to remain diverse and productive over time. Sustainable development, on the other hand is the practice of humans arriving at a level of economic and social development that does not inevitably alter ecological balance (Slavin, 2011). Sustainability in development programs is achieved through a multi-sector planning pertaining to the aspects of economy, food production, built environment, transportation system, utilization of water and energy and waste management, all of which should be environment friendly. Hence, sustainable development is invariably connoted to green development or green life style. The ultimate result of sustainable development is an improved social life. It is therefore necessary to observe the following three main aspects pertaining to the implementation of sustainable development: the environment, social and economic aspects all of which should be integrated intertwined. This comprehensive meaning should be disseminated and socialized among all development stakeholders. The method of dissemination and socialization should be effective and should not follow the pattern of modern development theory which tends to be top down ; but rather, it should be conducted with the active participation of all actors involved in the collective planning, formulation and implementation according to their different respective roles and abilities. It should be conducted in a participative approach by putting the interests of local communities as the focus of development programs which can be achieved by transforming experts into facilitators who collect local knowledge that enable all actors according to their respective capacities (Hickey & Mohan, 2004) The active participative role of stakeholders in development activities is determinative for the success of program sustainability in a holistic manner. The implementation of sustainable green open space development should be conducted in all lines of development, including in the development of urban settlements through the integration of the respective environmental, social and economic aspects of the community. From several literature it can be summarized that the aspects of environment, sense of openness and space for reflection have become the main focus of interest in planning green open spaces in the urban areas; this should first be commonly agreed by the community. The provision of green open space has the objective of creating a balance in the rapid physical urban development; it is like providing treatment to the psychological mental balance of the urban inhabitants (Carmona,2003). Green life style will move the people to prioritize adopting natural sustainable system within urban growth that is currently solely motivated by economic development interests. Psychologically, the creation of green open space would improve community creativity due to the verdurous natural surroundings which would act as a mental refreshing agent for urban inhabitants, making them become more innovative and creative. Viewed from the communal social aspect, there are three points that need to be taken into consideration in planning sustainable development; they are the principle of democracy, the principle of justice and the principle of sustainability. Pertaining to the principle of democracy, the interests of the community should be prioritized and all the information obtained should be accountable to the public. Participatory planning that involves active participation of the public right from the planning process provides the solution to underline the democratic nuance (Servaes,1996). The principle of

[A-01]
justice is implemented in a transparent planning system as it provides the opportunity of proportional distribution of the benefit and cost. The principle of justice dictates equal treatment to everybody, underlining the importance to manage natural resources for the benefit of future generations. The principle of sustainability emphasizes the awareness of long-term planning. It is necessary to formulate development actions that put the focus on innovate breakthroughs in energy saving and conduct research in alternative proper utilization of resources so they can benefit the life of future generations. The economic aspect entails economical fund management in the implementation of all development activities. Solution to limited funding can be achieved by implementing development in stages. Problems may arise when development in stages do not run consistently, and in some cases it may even be impossible to continue the implementation, resulting in uncompleted development due to absence of funds. For the implementation of successful and economically resilient sustainable development, it is most exigent to have a planning that would effectively take advantage of the available potentials; this could be achieved by building a sense of ownership among members of the community so as to encourage them to fund the maintenance independently. As such, environmental quality would be gradually established by the community themselves. The three above mentioned aspects need to be scrutinized and adjusted particularly to the respective field conditions, issues and potentials. Community participation starting from the planning stage up to the implementation and evaluation of the program should be consistently maintained. Through discussions with the community, an analysis could be made as to which aspect should be decided as an entry point for all the activities, in order to avoid possible impeding constraints. 3 GREEN OPEN SPACE DEVELOPMENT IN URBAN RESIDENTIAL AREAS

The terminology of green development refers generally speaking to all environment friendly development actions, that emphasize maintenance and non-pollution of the natural environment, the innovative usage of renewed energy, water conservation, limiting air pollution globally. In short, all development activities that do not destroy the ecosystem. Following are several results obtained from field studies at a number of housing areas in West Jakarta, using the non-randomized experimental design using control. The study observes the creation and maintenance of green open space and green life style in three study locations. Before the developments were observed in the three locations, exposures and trainings were first provided on the importance of sustainable management of green open areas by the community. The study locations were: Rukun Warga (RW) 04 (citizens association) Housing Settlement, North Kedoya Subdistrict, RW 01 Housing Settlement, South Sukabumi Subdistrict and RW 05 Housing Settlement, Palmerah Subdistrict. In the last two settlements, implementation of the development activities had been continuously monitored through participative approach, and observations made in the first settlement, RW 4, North Kedoya Subdistrict, was discontinued after successfully conducting the initial training; the location was then determined as a point of control. Physical data of the three study locations show the same general characteristics: densely populated settlements located in the center of West Jakarta, people have easy access to enter and leave the settlement although the road access in front of the houses are pedestrian paths, have public electricity, accessible to potable water with each occupant having his or her own ground water well, and the average earning of the family head belongs to the middle low income group working as labors, private entrepreneurs with a few being civil servants. Due to the population density, the housing plots are almost entirely covered by houses and the public space comprises the pedestrian paths in front of the houses and very narrow front gardens.

[ A-01]
The study started in the beginning of 2005. The physical appearances of the green open public space in the three locations were the same: they all depended on the government maintenance initiative which in fact was very limited indeed. Community understanding about green life style was also nonexistent, and as such the outside space tended to appear arid, hot and dirty. The action for clean living and creating verdurous and cool settlement environments by the municipality was conducted following the relevant programs of the central government which comprised increasing awareness of urban communities on environmental cleanliness and greening of urban areas. Several locations in the city had been made as monitoring points for the Adipura award (for green and clean environments) which is a central government program . (Adipura is a tribute to cities in Indonesia are managed in hygiene and urban environmental management) In the middle of 2005, the three study locations were part of more than a hundred monitoring points for the Award in West Jakarta. Consequently, the local authorities had intensified maintenance activities. The actions taken by the respective sub-districts were assisted by the West Jakarta Community Forum of Environment Conscious Community (an NGO in the field of the environment) and the Community Service Institute of Gunadarma University which encouraged the inhabitants to actively maintain the parks and gardens by conducting information campaigns and periodic field actions using participative technology. Since the evaluation was done every four months and the findings were then disseminated nationally, the local communities were motivated to act in the third month after the first evaluation. Information material was drawn up with the participation of the community, and agreed upon before dissemination in the field. Members of the community were selected in a non randomized manner since the people living in the study locations were given priority. In the first location, RW 4 Housing Settlement of North Kedoya Subdistrict (see Figure 1), drawing up the program started by giving initial information and conducting the Planning, Agreement and Implementation Program which was discussed during three participative meetings led by a facilitator from the Support Program who played the role of External Motivator. Initial Drawing up and Planning was done three times at the beginning of the first three months through the formulating and to down the problems that need to be solved, and formulating the follow-up steps and action stages which were adjusted to the local available potentials. This was followed by monthly counselings and consultations in the fourth to the sixth months. As the head chief of RW 4 was very enthusiastic and the communitys high awareness and eagerness to achieve result s in a s hort time, the creation of green clean and healthy environments could be completed in the 6th month.

(a) RW 4 North Kedoya

(b) Stage 1

(c) Stage 2

(d) Stage 3

Figure 1. RW 4 North Kedoya

After community participation had already been established, in the second month of the implementation of program 6, the chief Housing Settlement received funding assistance from the subdistrict head based on the results that had been achieved which was creating a clean, green and healthy housing environment. One year after the program was under way, the location won the price in the Jakarta competition of green and clean environments. As a present, the location received green support program phase two from private sponsors. In addition, a number of green and clean cadres were appointed to follow training on Green Development; they were among others trained in appropriate recycling of waste water in order to maximize water usage, besides making simple absorbing wells. The communitys initiative to participatively build a multi-purpose shelter as a meeting venue for the

[A-01]
people had given a unique characteristic to the location. Since community participation had already been firmly established, the maintenance and utilization of green open space becomes one of the discussion topics during community meetings. The sense of ownership of green open space has become an established part of the communitys daily life. In 2007 , the location was chosen as a model location for the surrounding area that has the intention to establish green and clean environments of their own. This year, RW 4 has become selfsustainable and independent as far as green and clean environment is concerned, and no more requires the assistance of outside motivators. That was the argument why in this study, RW 4 was made as point of control, since the other two locations are still working together with the supervisor who is acting as a partner consultant. In the second case study, RW 1 Housing Settlement, South Sukabumi Subdistrict (see Figure 2), the green and clean program was also implemented in stages using the participative approach. The implementation method did not differ much from that in the first location. The movement to create a green environment through potted plants started in the first or third month. General environment cleaning activities were also conducted periodically, every first Sunday of the month as agreed by the community during a participative community meeting. At every community meeting, the location of the green spatial planning work program was discussed with inputs from invited outside resource persons. The new information transmitted to the community included management of household waste; waste is turned into compost for the benefit of the inhabitants and when there is a surplus of compost, it would be sold and the proceeds transferred to the community chest. As such, it was hoped that all activities organized by the Housing Settlement would be self financing.

(a) RW 1 South Sukabumi

(b) Stage 1

(c) Stage 2

(d) Stage 3

Figure 2. RW 1 South Sukabumi

Since all decisions were communally agreed upon, including the time table of community meetings, and although mass actions pertaining to green and clean programs were not too often conducted due to the citizens limited free time, it was still possible to establish and maintain green environments albeit at a slow pace. The peoples sense of belonging to the programs was gradually established. Green and clean activities were replicated in stages throughout the whole housing settlement during three years. As of today, there are 5 field cadres (internal activity) in the RW 1 community organization and consultations with supervisors who act as external motivators, are still being conducted. The third location comprises RW 5 Housing Settlement, Palmerah Subdistrict where maintenance of the clean environment, greening of the environment and generating green culture started in the middle of 2005. Similar to the two previous locations, the RW 05 Housing Settlement at Palmerah Subdistrict (see Figure 3) was inhabited by the low income group. Due to limited surface areas of the housing plots, the families in general, especially those with the status of extended families, had virtually no open space since the houses were gradually and informally extended, eventually covering almost the whole surface plot. The building density is very high and the open space has an average ratio of 10% of the house ground plan, while those whose entire plot are covered by the building. The pedestrian paths running outside the houses are utilized as part of the outside open space. The atmosphere in this

[ A-01]
housing location is most suffocating and it is the typical housing settlement of the low income group that was gradually and informally built and expanded. This location was also included in the green and clean program with participatory approach. It turned out that within the first month, the inhabitants already started putting potted plants in the narrow outer space and even hanging potted plants above the pedestrian paths, and the pergolas along the pedestrian paths were hung with several decorative potted plants. There were even rare traditional medicinal herbs. Community participation was extremely high and every new program pertaining to clean and green environment was enthusiastically anticipated, among other things, by making compost from household waste and digging water absorption holes along the pedestrian paths in the housing environment. Mass cleaning programs were conducted every Sunday. The sense of program ownership had already been generated and had become a tangible part of the peoples everyday life.

(a) RW 5 Palmerah

(b) Stage 1

(c) Stage 2

(d) Stage 3

Figure 3. RW 5 Palmerah

Although planning of green areas in stages had not yet been evenly conducted throughout the whole RW housing settlement, the initial supervised location already yielded more than expected as was partially evident in the activities of the environment cadres who participated in developing housing environments in other RW areas. Until today, the people in this location still work together with the initial supervisor playing the role of a consultant for the implementation of their program through the participative approach. Observations of the three locations were conducted during the last two years of 2009 2010 and the findings were quite astounding, The first case location which had progressed very rapidly has now fallen into a critical time. The quality of greening activities and the planning of green life style have declined. The program sustainability, that had been expected to be long term and sustainable, has become more uncertain; the situation is decidedly different compared to the last two locations where the participative approach in program development is still conducted consistently. 4 DISCUSSIONS

The initial important step taken in the three case study locations was to transmit the comprehensive substance of sustainable green development to the respective communities, and to foster their awareness and appreciation towards it. Implementation of the program through participatory approach was carried out by treating members of the community as the main actors, and by transmitting information on an equal footing. Considerable time was required to convey the explanation and also since in the participatory process consensus by all participants was constantly sought, including training them to make self-assessments during the evaluation of activities. From the experiments conducted in the initial period in two locations, RW 4 North Kedoya and RW 5 Palmerah, in 2005 and in RW 1 South Sukabumi in 2006, it became evident that the participation rate tended to increase when the communitys way of deliberations and needs were taken into consideration when formulating information materials as well as when implementing the program in the field. The same applied to the communitys awareness on the essence of sustainable development. They showed strong willingness to implement all development programs in their respective areas, including maintaining and developing open public spaces and green housing

[A-01]
environments in the following years (2006 and 2007 for the second location). A number of external motivators were required in the process of developing communitys participation. This was done by the local authorities with the support of NGOs. In other cases, the community was able to make direct contacts with the NGO, without intervention of the authorities. In the first case of RW 4, North Kedoya and the third case of RW 5 Palmerah, facilitators as external motivators came in the initial period from the West Jakarta Forum of Environment Caring Community who worked together with several academics of the Community Service Institute, Gunadarma University who provided the necessary technical assistance. In the process of providing material pertaining to environment sustainability, social sustainability and economical sustainability, the local authorities had also been involved in their capacity as officials responsible for the areas general well being. During the discussions, it was gradually realized who have the potentials as leaders among the community members; they would then be geared to become internal motivators and leaders at the same time. Such also happened in the second location, RW 1 South Sukabumi where the NGO person was also a local inhabitant. By adopting the existing community structure, comprising rukun tetangga (neighborhood association) and rukun warga (citizens association), the process of identifying people with leadership potentials in the three locations could be achieved in the third month during meetings conducted every three weeks. In the fourth month, the community organization for each location was appointed with the duty to draw up the organization rules that should be accountable to the community. In the end they were named accountable organizations. The process of establishing such organizations required some time and also the active participation of the community to develop social solidarity; this was necessary to ensure that the established organizations would function properly. Solidarity function is a social capital and is the wealth generated by participation. The higher the community participation, the higher the social solidarity of its members. For example, maintaining the open space is conducted together in the spirit of partnership to minimize the expenditures. The saved money could then be allocated to acquire additional facilities and plants for the public open spaces. Technical support provided by the academics in the spirit of partnership raised the communitys mobility. For example, members of the organizations in the three locations were instructed by the technical support agents (NGO) in the technique of plant management and making compost from household waste. After implementing the acquired knowledge in their respective areas and having gained experienced, they represented their organization and became resource persons in other locations that require their expertise. As such, the spirit of solidarity to the communitys organizations was further enhanced and the solidarity among the members was strengthened. The improved solidarity was complemented by the growing commitment among community members to keep their environments, located in such densely populated areas, clean and green; this took place through a process of several months. Working organizations among the inhabitants were also developed and through such organizations the inhabitants improved the cleanliness and greenness in their respective areas. It was first necessary to convince the inhabitants of the benefits of the several activities before the spirit of solidarity among them could be strengthened. Their eagerness to keep their environment clean and green by placing as many planted pots as possible was promoted to other sub districts. In 2006, the green and clean movements had been widespread among other densely populated neighborhoods in other sub-districts. The Palmerah Housing Community for example had taught the technique of maintaining rare plants and they themselves were also taught by the community of RW 4, North Kedoya on how to turn discarded packages into saleable handicraft items. The second location, RW 2 South Sukabumi also experienced the same process as the two already mentioned locations. However, it took a longer time. It was not possible for the external motivators to force the program implementation through the participatory approach, and the role of the respective stakeholders had to be called in. Green Development activities in the three locations were also monitored in 2009 and 2010. In RW 4, North Kedoya, which at the beginning of the live time span had

[ A-01]
fastly progressed, showed a decline in activities during the last two years. This was due to the fact that at the end of 2009, no community meetings were conducted pertaining to participatory environment maintenance. It is not yet possible to establish the reasons why this had happened. What is already clear, however, is that the External Activist should be immediately called infuse fresh breath in the community organization in order for it to accomplish again its past excellent achievements. The experience gained from the above cases indicates that external and internal motivators are indispensable in order to generate and improve the communitiess awareness in maintaining and developing the potentials of their environments. Prior to this, it is necessary to establish the same perceptions and motivations among the inhabitants pertaining to what should be done. For further development, it is necessary to involve other stakeholders in partnership relation, such as private entrepreneurs. 5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Sustainable Green Open Space Development has an important role in supporting the social life of urban communities, as well as in balancing urban ecological conditions. Both points are important for the implementation of the sustainability principle into urban planning. Hence, it is necessary that all urban citizens should be informed of the importance of Green Concept in developing urban housing settlements. This is especially true for communities living in areas with limited open public space. The respective knowledge and new information should be continuously disseminated with the ultimate objective of creating a common perception that is to be used in the implementation of future development programs, particularly sustainable development. The Principle of Sustainable Development through Community Participation Approach should be made known to all stakeholders and dissemination of this information should be conducted transparently in order to strengthen the sense of ownership among the community, which is indispensable for sustainable development. It is also necessary to conduct law enforcement of already existing local rules and regulations pertaining to the conditions for green open space in urban areas. An agenda need to be drawn up pertaining to the formulation of participative role divisions among the stakeholders, with the focus on sustainable development. Data base of open public space owned by local authorities should be made and kept up to date. It is necessary to establish a partnership between the government, communities and the private sector to arrive at a division of roles among the stakeholders, particularly pertaining to the creation of green open space in urban areas and to eventually maintain them and prevent them from deterioration. Such partnership would stimulate participative planning which would ensure that what have been mutually agreed would become the commitments of all parties concerned in conducting sustainable development activities. 6 REFERENCES

Abramson JH, 1990, Survey Methods in Community, 4th ed, Churchil Livingstone., New York, USA. Carley, M. et al., 2001, Urban Development and Civil Society, the Role of Communities in Sustainable Cities, Earthscan Publications Ltd, London UK. Carmona M. et.al., 2003, Public Places Urban Spaces, The Dimension of Urban Design, Elsevier, Oxford. Craig, C and Mayo, M, 1995, Community Empowerment, a Readed in Participation and Development, Zed Books Ltd., London, UK.

[A-01]
Hickey, S. and Mohan, G., 2004, Participation, from Tyranny to Transformations?, Zed Books Ltd., London, UK. Kersten, G.E. et al., 2000, Decision Support Systems for Sustainable Development, International Development Research Centre, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. Lineberry W.P., 1989, Assessing Participatory Development, Westview Press Inc., Boulder, Colorado. USA. Mattessich, P.W. et Al. (1997), Community Building: What Makes It Work, Amherst Wilder Foundation, Saint Paul, MN, USA. Nas, P.J.M. et al (1999). Modernization, Leadership, and Participation, Leiden University Press, Leiden, The Netherlands. Rizalsyah, Ady Thahir (2012) Generating Sustainable Green Open Space Development in Urban Residential, Proceding IsLivas, Trisakti University, Jakarta Servaes, J. et al. (1996). Participatory Communication for Social Change, Sage Publications,New Delhi, India. Slavin. L.M., (2011), Sustainability in Americas Cities, Island Press, Washington, Covelo, London. Steele, J. (1997). Sustainable Architecture, Principles, Paradigms and Case Studies, McGraw- Hill, New York. Spencer L. J. (1989). Winning through Participation, Kendall/ Hunt Publishing Co. USA. Williams D.E., (2007). Sustainable Design, Ecology, Architecture, and Planning, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey, USA.

10

[A-02] RESIDENTIAL MOBILITY AND SPATIAL EXTERNALITIES AS A CHALLENGE TO SUSTAINABLE URBAN SETTLEMENTS IN SURABAYA CITY
Alen MIFTAHUL1 and Dian RAHMAWATI2

ABSTRACT: Population movement more done along with the increasing development needs of urban communities that vary. The population movement in terms of meeting housing needs in the city, both inside and on the edge of town, is called residential mobility. This movement became one of the main drivers of change in land use in the short term, and changes in the structure of urban space in the long term. Residential mobility has led to new patterns of living and a lot going on in the big cities in developed countries and in developing countries. The occurrence of the residential mobility is unavoidable, especially for the variables of human life-cycle and limited land in urban areas. Residential mobility raises many externalities, both positive and negative externalities, especially the change of the structure of space in big cities in Indonesia, including Surabaya. As the second largest city in Indonesia, Surabaya has a high attraction as a migration destination. This has an impact on the growing housing needs where demand is then affects the occurrence of changes in land use and socio-economic characteristics in the suburbs city of Surabaya and surrounding areas immediately adjacent to Surabaya. Physically, this change appears to be an urban sprawl. Externalities posed a challenge in creating a sustainable settlement area. The purpose of this study is to achieve the decisions about the effect of residential mobility on sustainable housing in the city of Surabaya. This goal is achieved through two objectives, namely (1) identify the general characteristics of residential mobility obtained through the literature studies related to the phenomenon of residential mobility in major cities around the world; (2) analyse the characteristics of residential mobility and housing externalities generated in Surabaya obtained through quantitative-qualitative descriptive analysis techniques. KEYWORDS: Settlements, Residential Mobility, Housing Externalities. 1 PREFACE

As the second largest city, Surabaya became the center of the development and growth with the very high population number. The population doing movements, both in the city or outside the city in order to get a better life. Population movements within the city known as residential mobility. There is a strong connection between residential mobility and the structure of urban space where the connection gives the cyclical effects and cumulative impacts on the demand for housing and urban structure. The cause of residential mobility is an internal factor, i.e. life-cycle, and external factors, i.e. housing supply. Life-cycle is a variable associated with life events experienced by the households, including the age head of the family, status (married or divorced), the number of family members, occupation and dwelling duration. While housing supply include the amount of housing supply variable each year and the growth of the house each year. Residential mobility can be seen as a demand for the availability of housing. Increasing demand on housing has lead the externalities to the occurrence of other housing developments. According to Brown and Holmes changes in the housing location in urban areas play an important role in changing the urban system and urban spatial structure. Moreover, the construction of housing also consume energy and require materials that can cause environmental degradation (Holden, 2004).

1 2

Student, Sepuluh Nopember Institute of Technology, Indonesia Lecturer, Sepuluh Nopember Institute of Technology, Indonesia

11

[A-02]
The research was conducted at Kenjeran District, Muloyerjo District, Sukolilo District and Rungkut District which are a suburb of Surabaya. The district has a development function which is mutually exclusive because it is directed as the enclaves of settlements, but on the other hand also have a referral to a conservation area. Sustainable development requires a combination and balance of economic, social and environment, therefore, important to understand the forms of residential mobility and housing externalities as external and internal factors to approach the sustainable urban settlements in the context of the urban economy. 2 2.1 LITERATURE REVIEW RESIDENTIAL MOBILITY; POPULATION MOVEMENT PHENOMENON AS AN ACCESS TO THE HOUSE

Research on residential mobility has been done in many cities. In various studies, some variables that lead to residential mobility has been known. The decision to move has proved closely related to the events in someone's life, such as the establishment of family, dissolution and in particular changes in the employment (Dieleman, the Caldera, 2011). Residential mobility in line with the way of life or lifecourse (Mdenes; Puga, in Fullaondo; Cladera, 2006), the major life events that led to the movement are marriage, child birth and divorce (Pujadas et al in Fullaondo; Cladera., 2006). Rossi (Feijten; van Ham, 2007) describes the connection between the households career and housing career, have an effect on the household's decision to move. Life events such as leaving the parents house, getting married, and having children often coincides with the decision to move. Age of the household head is likely to affect household decisions to move. Younger households have a higher tendency to move as compared to the older households. The existing evidence confirms that in many countries, households between the ages of 20 and 35 years old have a higher tendency to move (Dieleman, the Caldera, 2011). Previous studies have shown that changes in the job over long distances naturally require the house movement (Clark; Withers, the Caldera, 2011) and that the decision to change jobs is closely related to the decision to move (Bartel, the Caldera, 2011). The number of family members who have worked inversely proportional to the residential mobility. This means that the more members of working families, the lower the level of residential mobility. Dwelling duration is also one significant determinant of residential mobility decisions. The longer duration of stay at a site, the lower the tendency to move. This proves the hypothesis of inertia that inhibits the possibility to move because of the connections between the dwelling duration with the current environmental conditions (Habib; Miller, 2007). Household characteristics such as number of family members, marital status and age of head of household also influenced the decision to move (Caldera, 2011). Residential mobility is seen as a form of housing opportunities, demand and availability of houses, urban renewal, and as a result of income, family size. 2.2 HOUSING EXTERNALITIES AS THE EXTERNAL FACTORS OF RESIDENTIAL MOBILITY

Brown and Moore (in Dieleman, 2001) divides the residential mobility process into two phases. In the first stage, the perpetrators are not comfortable with his current condition due to changes in certain parts of neighborhood. Along with the increasing sense of discomfort, bring the perpetrators to the second stage: the searching process of the house availability and the decision to stay or move. Fischer (2000) says that housing-related aspects dominate the movement, mainly because households wanted a house with better quality. At this stage, external factors have a significant role because of the decision to migrate is influenced by the availability of appropriate housing to suit the needs of the offender.

12

[A-02]
Generally, the availability of housing the city involving various stakeholders, including the government as the main provider of housing for low-income people in particular; private sector as a provider of housing for people who are generally middle and upper because the main goal is profit oriented, and other providers are by themselves as has been widely described by Turner (in Rahmawati et al, 2012). Availability of house or housing supply is closely related to the housing market, one of which affected the externality of the housing is a development of the concept of economic externalities, i.e. the impact of a city's economic activity is non-market (can not be traded) because of market failure. Housing construction activity is one of the city's economic activity that is suspected to have a strong impact on the surrounding, either positive or negative; impact on producers (in this context, housing developers) and consumers (the general public, and the inhabitants of a particular housing). The concept of housing externalities have been studied previously in the developed and developing countries. It was found that in developed countries, the development and revitalization of an urban housing area has an impact on the increase in land values in the surrounding areas up to a few miles from the housing (Rossi-Hansberg et al, 2010). Meanwhile in developing countries it was found that the construction of a housing having an impact on the rapid growth of housing development in the surrounding area resulting from the agglomeration economies (Rahmawati et al, 2012). Housing externalities become a driver of increasing housing supply, where the higher housing supply is expected to increase the residential mobility in Surabaya, especially in the countryside. The more vigorous the developers build houses, the more the land for housing and settlements and the possibility to move from one center to the other areas will also be greater. In other words, the government policy in the context of housing and settlement development and the ability to adapt to the needs of real estate developers become one the factors triggering the residential mobility. It is feared that it will be a decrease and the region has experienced setbacks dispersion. Indicator of the house availability will be illustrated through the supply of houses every year, while the indicator housing externalities will be illustrated by the growth rates concentrated in certain areas as a depiction of the agglomeration economies. 2.3 THE REALIZATION OF SUSTAINABLE SETTLEMENT REGARDING TO RESIDENTIAL MOBILITY AND HOUSING EXTERNALITIES PHENOMENON

Sustainable city associated with the condition of housing and settlements within it. Housing is one form of the specific aspects of sustainable development called consumption. The needs of housing and of course the needs of the household is a form of energy consumption in large quantities. Housing development in recent decades has led to the environmental degradation. Housing requires sufficient energy for daily operational needs. However, Housing is not only consume energy. A large number of material required to operate and maintain the housing units. Including furniture and furnishings, technical purposes and electronic equipment, and other equipment in order to maintain and operate the house inside or outside. Individually, these products do not represent a massive consumption, but at the same time these products consume enormous energy (Holden, 2004). Perhaps, the most prominent feature on the pattern of energy consumption in the last decade is the increasing consumption that occurred in the transport sector. The house is often becomes the center of transportation consumption, where the house becomes the starting point of departure to the office, care centers, schools, shops and other activities (Holden, 2004). 3 3.1 STUDY RESIDENTIAL MOBILITY IN VARIOUS CITIES

In many countries, research on residential mobility has been done and there are wide range of residential mobility characteristics were found. In the study, variables are known to influence the

13

[A-02]
residential mobility. Rossi (Feijten and van Ham, 2007) explains that there is a close association between the life of the household (household careers) and housing programs (housing careers) in the household's decision to move on a journey of life. The study presented by Muhammad Ahsanul Habib and Eric J. Miller in 2007, suggested that in the Greater Toronto Area, the variables associated with residential mobility are: Age of the head of the family and the life cycle, such as the birth of children (number of children) have a significant effect on residential mobility. Young households have more tendency to move as compared to older households. The number of working family members have inverse ratio to the level of residential mobility. The more family members working, the lower the level of residential mobility. Dwelling duration also become one of the significant determinants of residential mobility decisions nowadays. The higher the duration in the current location, the lower the possibility of moving. In various studies, the ownership of (property) is considered to be an important variable in explaining residential mobility. The model shows that if the Decision Making Unit (DMU) is in a stable community, (no change over the past five years), then it affects the low level of residential mobility. Changes in interest rates also affect the decision to move. Distance houses, workplaces and CBD have a significant impact on the decision to move.

While the research conducted by Aida Caldera Sanchez and Dan Andrews took place in all member countries of the OECD (Economic Co-operation and Development), which includes 26 countries around the world and performed in 2011. In these studies can be drawn, namely: Generally, the owner of the house, has a low tendency to move than renters. In many countries, residential mobility among households living in social housing or subsidized housing are lower because they have to waive his right when doing movement. Higher transaction costs in buying and selling property affects the low level of residential mobility, especially for a young group of households. The availability of Housing (housing supply) is associated with high residential mobility. Residential mobility tends to be higher proportional to the ease of access to credit (loan to buy the property). Further evidence suggests that younger households get more benefits from the greater access to credit in terms of mobility.

From the research that has been conducted in various countries, it can be seen that residential mobility is influenced by several variables that can be grouped into internal and external factors. Where the paper is limited to internal factors related variables associated with the life-cycle, while external factors related to housing supply variables. 3.2 RESIDENTIAL MOBILITY CHARACTERISTICS IN THE SUBURB OF SURABAYA

Spatial scope in this study took the suburb area of Surabaya, so the population in this study is the residents of suburb of Surabaya. Where are specified districts selection studies over again on the suburb of Surabaya which only has planned to be as conservation areas. Then to determine the sample districts, conducted by the delineation of districts based on the highest population comes. And these districts are appertain of administration area of East Surabaya. The study took sample of 182

14

[A-02]
households spread over four districts to investigate the characteristics of the residential mobility. Internal factors (life-cycle) further translated into five variables, age head of household, marital status, occupation, family size and dwelling duration. While the external factors (housing supply) is the amount of housing supply every year and number of housing growth every year. Based on the descriptive analysis and Likert scale, these variables are described as follows: 3.2.1 Validity Test and Reliability

Based on a primary survey Rungkut District, Kenjeran District, Sukolilo and Mulyorejo District, there were 182 respondents who doing the residential mobility. In the results, the questionnaire are tested with the validity and reliability test. Reliability values can be seen from the value of Cronbach's Alpha if Item Deleted while the value of validity can be seen from the value of Corrected Item-Total Correlation in SPSS test results. For the results of the test validity and reliability varabel presented in Table 1 below.
Table 1. Validity and Reliability Test Results in Residential Mobility Variables in the Suburbs of Surabaya Indicator Variable Validity (r tabel= 0,144) 0,032 0,317 0,017 0,156 0,355 0,543 0,467 Reliability (= 0,6) 0,704 0,678 0,710 0,695 0,674 0,646 0,662 Notes Not Valid and Reliable Valid and Reliable Not Valid and Reliable Valid and Reliable Valid and Reliable Valid and Reliable Valid and Reliable

Age of the head of household Status Life-Cycle Number of family member Job type Dwelling duration Number of housing supply Housing every year Supply Growth of the house every year Source: Miftahul, 2012

It can be seen from the table above that the age of family head and family size variables do not have a sufficient validity number to be considered as variables associated with residential mobility in the suburbs of Surabaya. In statistical tests, these two variables have no correlation values and the variability that can represent the association on residential mobility. Meanwhile, below are presented on Table 2 Likert scale results for each variable of residential mobility.
Table 2. Likert Scale Results on Each Variables Indicator Life-Cycle Variable Marital Status Job Type Dwelling Duration Number of housing supply every year Growth of the house every year Level of Linkages 2 3 4 51 61 60 88 64 21 110 40 8 99 99 58 47 14 17 Index Value 133,75 115,25 99 109,75 106,5 1377,253 105,944

1 10 9 24 11 19

Housing Supply Total Average

The total amount is obtained from addition of all factors in each indicator, however in this paper, authors only described lifecycle and housing supply indicator. 4 Value of mean also obtained from all the factors, thus the value of mean is 105,94.

15

[A-02]
source: Miftahul, 2012

Based on the results of the study, it is known that the age of head household, family size and dwelling duration variables have no association with residential mobility in the suburbs of Surabaya. This is caused by a different response to each household on residential mobility variables. Thus, the variables of internal factors associated with residential mobility in the suburbs of Surabaya are marital status and occupation. As for the external factor is the amount of housing supply each year and the annual growth. 3.2.2 Marital Status

Based on interviews with 182 respondents which have been done, it was found several factors related to the decision to move. One of the factors that are related is marital status. The fact on the study showed that all the samples (actors residential mobility) are in married status. From the Likert scale results also showed that the marital status having the highest scores. For them, marriage is the most appropriate moment to move and have a house (residential mobility). Changes in the status of being married has a higher tendency to move. Therefore, a new household demand for housing. This is in line with Rossi (Feijten; van Ham, 2007) that life events are associated with residential mobility.

Figure 1 describes the results a study conducted using questionnaires. The majority of respondents from all four districts agree that marital status has an impact on the decision to residential mobility. As much as 121 of the respondents of 182 respondents claimed that the main reason they moved was because of the change in status (especially since the wedding). While the rest respondents do not consider marital status of his decision to move. Particularly, the reason is because the migrants have managed to buy a house before marriage.

Source: Miftahul, 2012 Figure 1. Number of respondents of change in status variable

3.2.3

Job

Regarding the job variable, in this study, work is described as a career change, change of job sites or even change the work itself that causes the household must make some adjustments to their homes. From the study conducted in four districts, it is known that the majority actors of residential mobility has a job as a self-employed (entrepreneur/businessman). Household characteristics including type of job, impact on the response of household residential mobility. Including the preference of households to a new house location. The Table 3 below shows the number of respondents for every type of job.

16

[A-02]
Table 3. Number of Respondents by Type of Job Job Type Army/Police Civil Servants Entrepreneur/Businessman Labor Teacher/Lecturer Private Employees Retired Other Total Source: Miftahul, 2012 District Mulyorejo Rungkut 0 1 6 14 25 10 3 1 1 1 9 13 1 5 2 2 47 47 Total 3 33 79 10 5 41 6 5 182

Kenjeran 2 8 17 4 1 10 0 1 43

Sukolilo 0 5 27 2 2 9 0 0 45

In certain cases it was found that the house be used as working capital and it cause the households should move. They sell their house so they get money to expand their business. The case occurred in households with a head of household working as self-employed (entrepreneur/businessman). In fact, they moved 12 times. In this case, it appears that type of job in each household associated with residential mobility, and it is dependent on the life-cycle of each household. Figure 2 shows the frequency for each type of job displacement on the districts studied. The majority of households move only once. But the reason for their displacement varies according to the characteristics of the household. The frequency of residential mobility indicates how often the households move within the city. This will lead to higher circulation supply and demand for housing market in which households with a high frequency of residential mobility takes more houses. But the old house house is to be a supply for households who want to move.

Source: Miftahul, 2012 Figure 2. Frequency of residential mobility for every type of job

In Figure 3 below, it is known that the majority of households that move, have an income of Rp. 750,000 to Rp. 2.5 million per month. This means that low income households are more likely to make the decision to move.

17

[A-02]

Source: Miftahul, 2012 Figure 3. Total Revenue for Every Job

While in Figure 4 shows the data about the proximity to the trade preferences for each type of job. It is known that the head of the household who works as a self-employed (entrepreneur/businessman) tend to choose the location of the house adjacent to the trading facilities. The reason is the easiness to get their daily needs and it is considered as a business opportunity. Location which is adjacent to the trading facility will facilitate the household who works as self-employed (entrepreneur/businessman) to develop their business.

Source: Miftahul, 2012 Figure 4. Proximity preference to the trading facility

18

[A-02]
3.2.4 Total House Supply Every Year (Supply)

The availability of house in a certain location considered to influence households decisions to move. Mobility models often treat the supply of housing as an exogenous factor, purportedly because complex government interventions in land use and in nance, construction and pricing of housing constrain the supply of (new) housing (Strassman, in Dieleman 2001). These are presented on the extent of housing built by developers in every district.
Tabel 4. Size of House Construction in Every District District Kenjeran Sukolilo Mulyorejo Rungkut Source: Miftahul, 2012 Number of Developer N/A 11 12 19 Area N/A 378,96 766,91 883,89

From the data above it can be seen that there are quite a lot of housing developers are doing development in the districts study. Housing can be an alternative to potential actors of residential mobility. This availability has a close connection to the household's decision to move. If the availability of houses (supply) are considered better than the house occupied now, the household tends to want to move. Moreover, if the household has increased economic or social side. So basically the displacement done to get a better life. 3.2.5 House Growth Every Year

These variables explain the growth in the number of houses for a year. The growth of house can be a measure of going phenomenon of residential mobility. Where the house growth is a form of demand increasing housing needs. If the needs of housing increases, there will be a growing number of house. As noted earlier that residential mobility is one part in a housing market where every household that does residential mobility needs a new house (demand) and leave the old house into the supply for other households. Growth of the new houses are also considered as a new residential alternative that better be an option for households to residential mobility. 4 CONCLUSION

Referring to the results of the study, residential mobility in the suburbs the city of Surabaya has associated with internal and external factors. Internal factors include marital status and employment, while the external factors are the supply of houses every year (supply) and the annual growth. Where these factors have an impact on the household's decision to move. Reactions to residential mobility factor may vary according to the household characteristics. This study is important because of the ever-increasing demand of the housing needs trial the balance of the sustainability in the urban periphery especially at East Surabaya. The further recommendation study is to formulate spatial externalities impact level in sustainable urban settlement provision in Surabaya. 5 REFERENCES

Adjisasmita, Sakti, 2011, Transportasi dan Pengembangan Wilayah, Graha Ilmu Publisher, Jakarta. Habib, M Ahsanul. Miller, Eric J., 2007, Modeling Residential and Spatial Search Behaviour, Evidence from Greater Toronto Area, Toronto.

19

[A-02]
Cadwallader, Martin, 1992, Migration and Residential Mobility: Macro and Micro Approaches, The University of Winconsin Press, London. Beatty, Christina. Lawless, Paul. Pearson, Sarah. Wilson, Ian, 2009, Residential Mobility and Outcome Change in Deprived Areas: Evidence from The New Deal for Communities Programme, Sheffield Hallam University, London. Caldera Sanchez, A. Andrews, Dan., 2011, To Move or Not to Move: What Drives Residential Mobility Rates in the OECD? OECD Publishing, Paris. Dieleman, Frans M., 2001, Modelling Residential Mobility: a Review Of recent Trends in Research. Utrecht University, Netherlands. Feijten, Peteke. Van Ham, Maarten, 2007, Residential Mobility and Migration of The Divorced and Separated, Max Planck Institute for Demographic Research, Jerman. Fischer, Claude, 2000, Ever-More Rooted American, University of California, Berkeley. Fullaondo, Arkaitz. Cladera, Josep R., 2006, Residential Mobility and Foreign Immigration Settlement in the Metropolitan area of Barcelona, Barcelona. Holden, Ering., 2004, Ecological Footprints and Sustainable Urban Form, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Printed in the Netherlands. Miftahul, Alen., 2012, Mobilitas Residensial di Surabaya Timur, Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember. Surabaya. Tjiptoherijanto, Prijono., 2000, Paper Badan Perencanaan dan Pembangunan Nasional: Mobilitas Penduduk dan Pembangunan Ekonomi, Jakarta. Rahmawati, et.al., 2012, Kajian Eksternalitas Perumahan di Kota Surabaya, Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember Surabaya. Rossi-Hansberg, E., Sarte, P.-D., & Owens III, R., 2010, Housing Externalities, Journal of Political Economy, pp. 118 (3). World Commission on Environment and Development, 1987, Our Common Future, Oxford.

20

[A-03]

DEFINING URBAN ACUPUNCTURE AS AN ALTERNATIVE STRATEGY TO CURE THE CITY PROBLEMS OF INDONESIA
Astri Anindya SARI1 and SHIRLEYANA2

ABSTRACT: Urban acupuncture is an approach offered to cure acute environmental disease in the city as well as improving the quality of urban life. As a combination between urban design and traditional Chinese medicine called acupuncture, this strategy views cities as living, breathing organisms and pinpoints areas in need of repair. The treatment is conducted by revitalizing some small strategic aspects of the problem which could finally trigger other aspects to make good improvement. Public open space is one of the strategic aspects that affect the quality of the city. By doing some small intervention on it, we can directly improving the quality of urban life. Through comparative study on the application of urban acupuncture in four successful public open spaces in the world, this paper attempts to study the strength and weaknesses of the approach and the possibility to be applied in Indonesia. From the literature study, this paper highly recommends inclusion of public space planning in the urban development. Further, it also strengthens the importance of joint planning between the government and the community to avoid providing spaces in vain. Sense of belonging from the community can come up if the community involved in the planning and implementation. Thus creating attractive and unique public spaces for the community in Indonesia is possible within limited spaces and resources. KEYWORDS: Urban acupuncture, public open space, quality of urban life, participative planning. 1 BACKGROUND

Big cities in developing countries including Indonesia suffer significant urban problems. The socioeconomic problems like poverty, waste management, uneven development, slums, traffic congestions, and environmental degradation become a common thing in the life of the urban society. These problems represent the poor quality of life especially in the urban area. Jaime Lerner, an urban design expert, stated that the poor quality of life is the implications of the poor quality of urban space. Therefore, the essential requirement to improve and enhance the quality of people in cities is to improve the quality of public open spaces. This would not be easy, since the urban problems has a strong chain reaction among the different socio-economic, political, and environmental factors. Appropriate methods and approaches are needed to break the chain thus the current problems can be solved without creating new problems. The complexity of the problems is in need of urgent solving. However, it is difficult to find the most appropriate approach to solve the problems. Many concepts offered from developed countries cannot be implemented directly, since they have to be in accordance with the socio-economic conditions of developing countries, like Indonesia. There are differences in geography, socio-economic, culture, and also planning systems. Another point which hampers the effort to solve urban problems is the perspective of the policy makers. Many policy makers assume the answer to cure such problems is sufficient financial resources

1 2

Lecturer in Architecture, Widya Kartika University, Surabaya, Indonesia Lecturer in Architecture, Widya Kartika University, Surabaya, Indonesia

21

[A-03]
and good capability of planning instruments problems (Lerner, 2011). As a matter of fact, financial resources have been encountered as the major problems of developing countries. According to Lerner, many policy makers in developing countries merely focused on the magnitude of the problems rather than finding ways to make their cities better through developing the cities potentials. This false paradigm implies in the delay of improvement of the cities. This condition will further influence the peoples point of view. People would think that urban problems were prominent and there is no solution to find a better city. This can result in apathetic community, considering the poor quality of life as a normal way of life with no effort to alter the pathetic condition. 2 URBAN ACUPUNTURE AS AN ALTERNATIVE STRATEGY FOR IMMEDIATE SOLUTION

Urban Acupuncture is one of the alternative strategies to resolve the current urban problems with immediate effects. It is recognized as urban acupuncture since this strategy combines urban design with acupuncture, a traditional medical techniques from China. In Urban Acupuncture, cities are considered as one living organism with pinpoints areas in need of repair (Lerner, 2003; Harsema, 2011). Cities are treated as one living body with its parts, thus when one of the body part started to decay, it should not be cut off. Hence, it is better to repair and make the organism work in different way. The healing of this broken part will likely bring much improvement to cities instead of just simply removing or changing it. A city is like a family portrait. You may not like the nose of your uncle but you dont tear up the whole family photo. You dont do this because the family portrait is you. (Jamie Lerner, 2011) Cities revitalization using the urban acupuncture should be done by giving interventions to the vital parts of the cities. The successful of this treatment will eventually lead to synergism and improvement of quality of life in the surrounding areas and the city as a whole. Simply using this small intervention to the necessary vital part can minimize the cost for the cities revitalization and faster, compared as if the whole cities were changed. "Sometimes, urban planning is just too slow and laborious," Lerner has said. The acupuncture strategy is therefore "a way of supplying the city with a quick dose of energy, using few resources" (Lerner 2003). A city consists of a complex network of interconnected spaces. These nerve pathways are not always visible, physically, but can also be constituted by intensity zones in the smooth space(cf. Deleuze & Guattari, Thoughts). As mentioned above, Urban Acupuncture is a method to enhance the quality of the city through small interventions at critical parts of the city. One way to locate the critical parts of the city is to perform mapping of the intensity of the community activities (cJuul | Frost Architects, 2011). Places with high intensity of activities can be identified as a strategic pinpoint of repair. On the contrary, the strategic locations in the cities but having low intensity of activities from the community could be a sign of decay hence this area need intervention or improvement. Apart from the mapping method, the critical points of the city can be identified from their relation to the main aspects that determine the quality of the city. Jaime Lerner (2011) acknowledged three main keys to the good quality of urban life: mobility, sustainability, and identity. The three main keys were applied by Lerner in his efforts to improve the quality of urban and community life in Curitiba. The mobility is implemented through integrated public transport and infrastructure planning, known as Bus Rapid Transit (Lerner, 2011). This system gives priority and

22

[A-03]
convenience to public transportation users. Eventually, this affects public preferences towards the use of transport mode. This successful strategy is evidenced by reduced number of private vehicles and traffic congestion, which used to happen on the streets of Curitiba. The sustainability is applied by building a collective dream within the community and inviting them to participate to determine the future of their city (Lerner, 2011). The community involvement is needed to build their dream together to bring the sense of ownership and public awareness of the city to assure that the projects will sustain. The community involvement in Curitiba for improving the quality of life can be examined from implementation of waste management. They can now have a higher awareness to manage their solid waste and to wisely use the existing natural resources. To form the image of the city, revitalizing the city center is performed through the implementation of pedestrian mall and historical area restoration. Besides, Lerner also planned a network of public parks which function is not just as a gathering space for community, but also to solve the drainage problem and illegal occupation of blighted areas. These parks also serve as vegetation and animals habitat. All of these parks were designed with attractive theme and different character for a unique and pleasing appearance. All efforts are made with an emphasis on the functionality, begins with the community participation to build a collective dream. This good practice results in the enhancement of the quality of public spaces and the life of Curitiba citizens which has been significant increasing since 1940. Almost all of Curitiba people feel happy to live there. 3 PUBLIC SPACE FOR A BETTER QUALITY OF LIFE

According to Jaime Lerner (2003), livable cities should offer a better quality of life. Big cities start to miss the value of community and humanity, when cities fail to maintain the three basic elements of space: river, street and square- the public open spaces. To have a public life, a public open space is necessary to be developed. Public spaces are the heart of a city. They offer open access for diverse activities and social interaction (Madanipour, 1996). They can be in forms of nodes, focal points, symbolizing identities and culture of a city. Public spaces are tangible spaces with tangible qualities where communities have social interaction, doing business or just relaxing (Carr, S et al, 1992). In neighborhood context those spaces can be parks, playgrounds, playing fields, school playgrounds, and incidental spaces. While, in civic urban context, public spaces serve a bigger area like squares, plazas, and recreational spaces like parks, hospital grounds, transport and waterway corridors (rivers, canals, railways, and roads) (Wolley, 2003). Worpole and Greenhalgh (1996, in Shaftoe, 2008) mentioned the importance of public space as central to questions sustainable, equitable and enriching urban life. Further, Wolley (2003) also emphasized the importance of a well planned, designed, and managed open spaces and community involvement to enhance the quality of life of the people. People do not want bland spaces, and those spaces will not benefit their life. The benefits and opportunities of open space in urban context have been recognized as: 1. Social benefits. Public open spaces provide spaces for event and activities, either for recreational, cultural, or educational purposes. Active and passive recreation involving communities can take part in these spaces. Active recreation allows active participation in activities for groups and sports, like football, basketball, or just jogging and walking. Passive recreation considers small activities like reading and watching children, vegetation, animals, and surrounding activities. All these activities provide facts that urban open spaces as a focus to community and even enhance the value of community attributes to its urban open spaces.

23

[A-03]
2. Health benefits. Urban open spaces are used for improving peoples physical and mental health. This means people have opportunities to use these spaces for exercising, resting, and relaxing. 3. Environmental benefits. Urban open spaces bring on more than just greeneries and preserving wildlife habitat. They improve airflow, reduce air pollution, air temperature, and reduce noise pollution. Availability of these spaces improves the urban climate through vegetation and green spaces. 4. Economic benefits. Green spaces will increase property values and provide a variety of employment opportunities and promote tourism. They develop self esteem and empower communities to develop new skills (ibid). These benefits are closely related to measurement for the quality of life. Thompson and Travlou (2007) associate a better quality of life to concepts of independence, active social life, good health, and good neighborhood environment.. Carr, S et al (1992) emphasized the need to improve public space as the way to reach public welfare. Nevertheless, urban sprawl has turned down the use of public space and the importance of these spaces for activities and communication (Madanipour, 1992). Especially in developing countries, public spaces have turned into left over spaces. Learning of the roles of public open spaces in improving quality of life, there should be a concern for effective use of public spaces, not just making these spaces functionally appropriate, but also consistent with the surrounding character (Pasaogullari and Doratli, 2004). Using the principle of urban acupuncture, there should be lines of actions, to treat urban open spaces as living organisms, to produce immediate effects, with reasonable cost and applicable to managed (Lerner, 2011). 4 4.1 LESSONS LEARNED FROM BEST PRACTISES IN PUBLIC SPACE ACUPUNCTURE CHEONGGYECHEON STREAM REVITALIZATION - SEOUL, SOUTH KOREA

An example of small intervention with a big impact to urban public space is the revitalization project of Cheonggyecheon Stream in Seoul, South Korea (Murray., et al, 2010). Cheonggyecheon used to be a stream flows from West to the East through the central part of Seoul downtown until mid of 1970s. Its strategic location stimulated the area along the Cheonggyecheon Stream to be vital parts for Seoul inhabitants. Since the Dinasty of Joseon, the Stream became densely populated and a well-known business district (Hwang, 2007). During 1967-1976, the Korean Government decided to cover the approximately 6 kilometers stream of Cheonggyecheon and change it with public road, and even made elevated highway with total length of 5,84 kilometers above the road. This highway construction became a symbol of South Korean development for years. Yet, it also resulted in a decline in the quality of the surrounding environment of Cheonggyecheon. For many years, more than 168 cars per day passed by the highway and 62.5% of them are stuck in traffic (Hwang, 2007). Moreover, the residents living around Cheonggyecheon suffer respiratory diseases more than twice as compared to the other residents. Years over years, number of people resides in the downtown of Seoul has decreased by 66%. This happened as well to business activities in the city center, which sharply decreased over the years. According to Hwang (2007), the new paradigm towards sustainable development has brought the idea for the Cheonggyecheon Stream Revitalization, along with the problem of security and the high cost for highways service and maintenance. This project later on is considered to be the first right step to improve the quality of urban life.

24

[A-03]
The Cheonggyecheon was restored to its earlier function as an urban natural stream, to provide a human and environmentally friendly waterfronts space and sidewalks. The project focused on creating attractive public space with sense of place and historical impression as well as a pleasing place for community activities. Since its opening on October 1st, 2005, the Cheonggyecheon Stream has brought 100 billion visitors within 50 days. Cheonggyecheon finally became the most popular tourism destination throughout Seoul and the Central Business District (CBD).

Source: Lee, 2006 Figure 1. Cheonggyecheon Stream before and after restoration

The successful of Cheonggyecheon restoration program has brought positive implications in the improvement of environmental quality for surrounding area. Moreover, Cheonggyecheon popularity as a tourism destination area also has triggered the successful of Gangbuk regeneration project called Newtown in town. Gangbuk itself is a CBD area which during the highway existence encountered environmental degradation, thus its role changed from a central business into a neglected area. The high number of tourists brings back the business center of Seoul to life. Land price and real estate has increased significantly and redevelopment is happened everywhere. Eventually, the restoration project provides opportunity for Seoul transformation into a hub city in the North East Asia and International Finance Center. The most important part of this is the balanced development growth between the North and South part of Seoul (Hwang, 2007). 4.2 ESTONOESUNSOLAR - ZARAGOSA, SPAIN

Estonoesunsolar means This is not a vacant lot is a strategy conducted to give intervention to neglected public space in Zaragosa and change it into a temporary live public space. At the beginning, this project is initialized by the local government of Zaragosa to provide employment opportunity to reduce number of unemployment (Di Monte and Gravalos, 2011). In the original plan, the only work available is cleaning the unattended private lots in the historical city center. But during its implementation, the planning team pointed by the government called for the community ideas to alter the vacant lot into a temporary public space according to their needs (Di Monte and Gravalos, 2011; Di Monte, 2012). The community welcomed the idea enthusiastically. Several of community organization such as: neighbourhood associations, schools, parents associations and cultural centers participated to realize the projects. The participatory process took place over a series of meetings until they reach a unanimous decision.

25

[A-03]

Source: http://www.underconstructions.eu/estonoesunsolar-spain-2/ Figure 2. Estonoesunsolar, Zaragosa - Spain

The project finally succeeded in altering the vacant lots in the city center as well as other vacant lots across the city. The range of modified vacant lots has spread within 13 months and managed to 18 public and private plots with approximately 42,000 square meters with more than 60 community organizations involved (Di Monte and Gravalos, 2011). So far they have been converted into childrens playgrounds, basketball courts, urban gardens and squares. In the end, the project was not only able to reduce the number of unemployment, but also helps to improve the quality of the city and provide spaces for activities based on the community needs. Further, the thought of communicating ideas of community in series of workshops has helped to configure a collective dream for the future of the city. This collective dream is certainly enhance the sense of belonging from the community to the city they live. As Lerner (2011) remarked, the sense of belonging and community participation are important to create a sustainable development. 4.3 PALEY PARK - NEW YORK, USA

Paley Park is a pocket park covering an area of 1 hectare, designed by Zion & Breene Associate, and funded by William Paley, Chairman of CBS (the William S. Paley Foundation). It is located on the opposite of the road, and thus makes this park very visible and easily accessible to the public. Besides, the design details make people enjoy being inside the park. The seats are moveable, hence people are free to choose sitting wherever they like. The existence of waterfall and some greenery make the park as a vocal point amid the bustle of downtown of Manhattan while creating a dramatic atmosphere that provides peace and privacy for people. Likewise, the availability of good food with friendly price added the reason of why Paley Park is admired by all people, surrounding community, employees of downtown Manhattan, or even people who just passing by (Project for Public Spaces). Located among the skyscrapers buildings of downtown Manhattan, New York City, this park finally managed to be the pleasant place for surrounding atmosphere, as a meeting point, relaxing place, and lunch spot for people who works in nearby offices. This park has become an oasis, an escape of fatique life atmospehere. I would like to go to the park again to just relax, I mean I love the city. But sometimes it gets so fast paced and overwhelming that it's a good thing Paley park is there to get you away from it all. I think it keeps a person more down to earth. I wish I was able to just sit there for a long while. (Virginie L. review for Paley Park http://www.yelp.com/biz/paley-park-new-york)

26

[A-03]

Source: Jale Sari teaching document. http://www.akademia.edu) Figure 3. Paley Park

4.4

PARK FICTION, SAN PAULI HAMBURG, GERMANY

St. Pauli Neighborhood where the Park Fiction located is a densely populated and poor neighborhood along the Elbe River in western part of Germany. Parks are rarely found in this high density area. The Park Fiction Movement began in 1995, the same time as the harbor wall along the Elbe River was sold off to Schfer media companies (2004). The local government planned to close the view to river with a block of buildings along the harbor wall. This plan was not in accordance with the wish of the community. They do not require buildings which blocked the scenery to the river. All they want is a park. The community of St. Pauli Neighborhood comprises of musicians, priests, a headmistress, a cook, caf-owners, bar-men, a psychologist, squatters, artists and interventionist residents; did a demonstration to express their wishes and aspirations. This constituent practice was done along with the series of lectures, talks, discussions, exhibitions, and other infotainment facilities to come up with the desired park. The strategy of using bottom-up approach in the St. Paul Park Fiction not only benefitted the community in demanding a public space, but also gives an example as if the park existed. In the reality, many residents and visitors have used empty spaces as a meeting point, even before the park was eventually built in 2005 (Casanova and Hernandez, 2011)

Source: Schfer, 2004 Figure 4. Park Fiction Movement

4.5

COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE STUDY

The improvement of public open spaces in the previous four case studies was performed using different approaches: top-down, bottom-up, or even combination of both approaches. The implementation and maintenance agent also varies from the public, private agency, community, or the joint co-operation between public agency and community. However, all of the case studies represent the positive implications in enhancement of the quality in urban life. The next question is which of these approaches and implementation mechanism is suitable to face the challenge and opportunities in Indonesia.

27

[A-03]
Another lesson to be learned from the cases above is that intervention is needed to improve the quality of public open space to reach sustainable urban environment and places for community activities. The existence of public open space with varies community activities will provide an identity for the city, turn the atmosphere of the city, and most importantly make the people enjoy living in the city. 5 DEFINING URBAN ACUPUNCTURE AS A SOLUTION FOR INDONESIA A DISCUSSION

Indonesia also faces many challenges in the attempt to provide and improve the quality of public open space. Some of the challenges include improper point of view from the government to preserve and maintain public spaces (Yoga and Antar, 2007); no sense of belonging from the community to the public open spaces, and lack of resources. Until now, many of the policy makers do not view the necessity of providing public open space for community activities. The investment made for the provision of new public spaces as well as maintenance cost expended for the existing public spaces are considered less profitable than investment made in other subject areas. This results in the exclusion of public open space amid the urban development, even when its existence is primarily needed to balance the urban environment. This false perspective from the government can be viewed from the planning process and implementation of public open spaces that has been occurred without the community involvement. At the end the planning will result in public space that is not really suitable with the need and preference of the community, and this means a vain attempt. Furthermore, empowering the community in the overall process-planning and management of public space- will gain result in the emergence sense of belonging of the community to the open space. That will eventually support the sustainability of the place. The second challenge faced is the lack of sense of belonging of the community to the public space. This is evidenced by the low public awareness to take part in maintaining and preserving public space. The high level of vandalism and the behavior of throwing away the garbage anywhere is just such an example. Another thing to be considered is the bad character of most of Indonesian people who are less concerned about the environment. This character requires the right approach to be cured. The slackening space in urban areas and the limited financial resources that owned by the government are also frequently used as excuses for the lack provision of public open spaces that are appropriate for the community. However, from the case study that have been conducted previously, it is found that by doing the right strategy, a good and livable public open space is possible even though in the limited space and a lack of funds. Thus, those cannot be considered excuses anymore. Beside these challenges, there are also some opportunities for supporting the provision of public open spaces that are appropriate to the needs of people in Indonesia. Indonesia is a country which has a beautiful panorama as a natural gift. On the other hand, the high number of population in Indonesia and its diversity are the countrys potentials which can be further utilized and managed. Many people in Indonesia are experts in the field of design, architecture, urban planning, and landscaping. They all can be considered as an asset to be used. Besides, there are also so many young adults and their communities which are full of creative energy. In addition, the ethnic diversity and cultural uniqueness that underlie people of Indonesia are such big assets that should be managed to create some attractive and unique public space that is beneficial for the community. Considering the challenges and opportunities in Indonesia, it seems that the human resources are the largest asset owned by the nation. With this consideration, the most appropriate approach to solve problems of public open space in Indonesia is through the combination of top-down and bottom-up approach with community participation, as has been done in Estonoesunsolar in Zaragosa.

28

[A-03]
The combination of top-down and bottom-up approach is considered as the most appropriate approach for Indonesia because it includes the role of society and government. Community serves as the main subject; doing the planning, designing, and also managing as well as end users who use the open space. On the other hand, the government runs a supporting function and control. The role of society and government are required in order to have planned programs run smoothly without any contradictions that can be detrimental to one another. As Casanova & Hernandez (2011) stated that at the time of development and communications technology, people are increasingly active in voicing their aspirations including in the term of planning and development of public open spaces. Hence, the strategy of community-based planning and management is deemed most appropriate. Besides, the participation of the community is required not only to reduce costs but also to bring such a sense of belonging of public open space. 6 CONCLUSION

Urban problem affected in the poor quality of urban life. One way to enhance the quality of life is by improving the public urban open spaces. For such build environment, small interventions are needed to cure the city problems and bring solution to bring forth a sustainable environment. Urban Acupuncture can be a way to build a collective dream within community to create and determine the future of a city, as a pleasing place to live. The public open space is an essential part of this effort. Its existence will strengthen the identity for the city, contribute in the lively urban atmosphere, and most importantly make people happy to live in the mid of urban environment. To make our cities better will need an effort from all stakeholders from the government, private agencies, and the community to work together in a joint planning. The community participation is the major requirement to make the project for public spaces sustainable. The local government should also change their perspective and examined the bottom up planning approach to welcome the ideas from the community. If all parts of the city participate and work together, the project will likely to be successful. Urban Acupuncture opens access to all stakeholders for a good quality of public space. The Government of Indonesia can apply this method where the problems in major cities need to be cured. All of Indonesian citizens will definitely put hope on immediate effects especially with our limited financial resources. Naturally, this effort would need our first attention in creating great public spaces to make our cities comfortable for living. 7 REFERENCES

American Society of Landscape Architect (ASLA), 2012, Jaime Lerner: A City Is Like A Family Portrait. The Dirt, Connecting The Built And Natural Environment. http://dirt.asla.org/2012/01/27/jaime-lerner-a-city-is-like-a-family-portrait/ downloaded at 1st August 2012 Blake, Alison, 1998, Urban parks: Pocket parks. http://depts.washington.edu/open2100/pdf/2_OpenSpa ceTypes/Open_Space_Types/pocket_parks.pdf. downloaded at 30th July 2012 Carr, S., Francis, M., Rivlin, L. G. and Stone, A. M., 1992, Public Space, Cambridge University Press, New York. Casanova, H and Hernandez, J., 2011, The Regeneration of Public Life. Scape: The International Magazine For Landscape Architecture And Urbanism 2011/1. pp. 18-25 cJuul | Frost Architects., 2011, Public Space 2: The Familiar Into The Strange. Copenhagen: 2011/2009. http://byensrum.dk/english/documents/BYENSRUM2PM.pdf. downloaded at 30th July 2012

29

[A-03]
Di Monte, P and Gravalos, I., 2011, Estonoesunsolar-Zaragosa, Spain. Observatory of innovative architectural practice in Europe. http://www.underconstructions.eu/estonoesunsolar-spain-2/ downloaded at 30th July 2012 Di Monte, P., 2012, Estonoesunsolar-thisisnotaplot. Presented in Eurocities, March 2012. http://nws.eurocities.eu/MediaShell/media/Case%20Study%20march%202012%20%20estonoesunsolar.pdf downloaded at 30th July 2012 Harsema, H., 2011, Acupunctuur. Scape: The International Magazine For Landscape Architecture And Urbanism 2011/1. pp. 15-17 Hwang, Kee-Yeong., 2007, Cheonggyecheon Restoration and Downtown Revitalization, Paper presented in HKIP & UPSC Conference on When Creative Industries Crossover With Cities, Hong Kong; 2007 Joga, N., Antar, Y., 2007, Komedi Lenong Satire Ruang Terbuka Hijau. Jakarta: Gramedia Pustaka Utama Lerner, J., 2003, Urban Acupuncture, Rio de Janeiro, Record. Lerner, J., 2011, Migration and Global Environmental Change: Lesson Learn From Curitiba, fastest urbanisation rate with a higher standard of living than its neighbours. A Review for UK Governments Foresight Project, Migration and Global Environmental Change. Gorvenment Office for Science Madanipour, A., 1996, Design of Urban space. An Inquiry into a Socio-spatial Process, John Wiley & Sons, New York. Madanipour, A., 2003, Public and Private Spaces of the City, Routledge, New York. Murray, R., Grice., J. C., Mulgan, G., 2010, The Book of Social Innovation. Social Innovator Series: Ways To Design, Develop And Grow Social Innovation. The Young Foundation Publishing Pasaogullari, N and Doratli, N., 2004, 'Measure Accessibility and Utilization of Public Spaces in Famagusta'. Cities, Vol. 21 No. 3, pp. 225-232. Project For Public Space. Paley Park. http://www.pps.org/great_public_spaces/one?public_place_id=69. Downloaded at 1st August 2012 Schfer, C., 2004, 'The City is Unwritten: Urban Experiences and Thoughts Seen Through Park Fiction', in Belltown Paradise / Making their own Plans, ed. by Brett Bloom and Ava Bromberg (Chicago: White Walls Inc., 2004), pp. 38-51. http://www.inthefield.info/unwritten.pdf. downloaded at 2nd August 2012 Shaftoe, E., 2008, Convivial Urban Spaces: Creating Effective Public Spaces. Earth Scan, London. Thomson, CW and Travlou, P., 2007, Open Space: People Space, Taylor & Francis, New Woolley, H., 2003, Urban Open Spaces, Spon Press, New York. York.

30

[A-04]

THE ACHIEVEMENT OF SUSTAINABILITY ON VERTICAL HOUSING DEVELOPMENT THROUGH WHOLE SYSTEM DESIGN
Christiono UTOMO1 and Yani RAHMAWATI2

ABSTRACT: The development of urban economic brings not only positive causes but also negative as well, especially in urban environment. One factor that causes negative impact is the emerging of new comers. Some negative impacts are the appearance of slums, crowded roads, and social degradations. The provision of affordable and feasible vertical housing is needed in order to handle the problems. To overcome this, the Government formulates the 1000 towers program. It is the program with main purpose is to build 1000 leased and owned apartments in some big cities all over Indonesia. The towers are built in order to facilitate the needs of places to stay for people categorized as the middle-low income level. The program can not be continued, because of some problems related to the failure of 1000 towers program realization. Urban space planning is still featured by the presence of slums, and the density of mobility path. This condition ruins the environment system as a whole. The failure and delays of 1000 towers program are mainly caused by the lack of integrated design as a whole system. At the planning process, problems are solved without implementing design thinking process as a whole sustainable system by considering social, economy, and environment aspects. In order to solve this problem, this paper presents a comprehensive literature study-based research with main purpose is to build a theoretical framework which can be used to support successful design process in achieving sustainable design through Whole System Design (WSD). A major contribution is to acquire potential research in the area of WSD by a new conceptual model resulted in this paper. KEYWORDS: Sustainable design, collaborative design, whole system design, vertical housing. 1 INTRODUCTION

Development of urban economics in Indonesia is improving rapidly, not only in major areas, but also in minor areas. Several new companies are popping up, followed by the emerging of national and international companies branches in several cities, as well as the development of previous companies in the city. These contribute to enliven the economic development of a city (Firman, 2006). Migration is appeared as necessitate in getting labors and employees to fill vacancies of various companies. The cities are becoming crowded, as well as problems related to provide requirement space in facilitating development of the city itself (Harjanti, 2002). Space is needed for the development of enterprises, residential space for new comers, space for mobility, and also space for infrastructures. These are needed to be considered in supporting the city or urban development. Problems that are major concerns are provision of living space for new communities, especially for low-income communities (Mauliani, 2002). Higher living costs in a city leads people to look for affordable housing or settlement in suburbs which will affect daily routine mobility becoming overcrowded (Biro Kominfo, 2012). Some people who cannot reach their needs of affordable houses will lead to the increase of slums in a city. High density of urban spatial structure, overcrowded mobility, and the increasing of slums will lead to the destruction of sustainability environment of the city itself which will affect other areas as well. Surtiani (2006) found factors that influence the increase of slums in downtown, which consist of number of occupants, ownership status, income, area, period of stay, density, buildings

1 2

Department of Civil Engineering, Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember, Indonesia Department of Civil Engineering, Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember, Indonesia

31

[A-04]
types, and also facilities and infrastructure. From those several factors, the strongest influential factor is income. It can be concluded that low-income communities is emerging and will cause widespread slum area in the city. In facing this problem, the Government should provide an appropriate residential facility for civil categorized on middle-low level. In addressing the issue of affordable settlements, government proposed the concept of vertical housing development for middle-low communities called 1000 towers program (program 1000 menara) which will be built in several cities in Indonesia. The 1000 towers program consisted of Rusunami (owned residential apartment) and Rusunawa (rental residential apartment). The realization of 1000 towers program was a failure. There are few things behind the failure of 1000 towers program development. Tanuwidjaja et.al (2009) mentioned several factors that caused the failure of 1000 towers program, which included political issues, economic issues (funds), and environmental issues (related to environmental sustainability). Some aspects that can be used as reference from the failure of 1000 towers program is the need to consider all aspects as an integrated system, with the purpose to carry sustainability of built environment through design process. In order to achieve sustainability of built environment, it is important to consider social, economic and environment aspects to produce a building design or a system of sustainable built environment. Tanuwidjaja et.al (2010) described the criteria of sustainable building design for vertical housing project in supporting sustainability of urban development, which consist of affordability, accessibility, near to resources and infrastructures have clear ownership status, close to social places, safety, healthy with adequate infrastructures, safe from any possibility of disaster, able to reduce negative impact on environment. In achieving sustainability project development, Stasinopoulos et.al (2009) introduced one approach that can be applied to design process which is called Whole System Design (WSD). The method is adapted from Whole System approach at pre-construction process that is in design process. This method has been applied by the Australian government with the purpose to achieve a sustainable built environment in Australia (The Natural Edge Project, 2007). The Government of Australia educated their experts to apply WSD at design process, which is need to be done in order to take into account sustainability of built environment in their minds and thoughts. By implementing this step, factor of sustainable development becomes a major factor and goal that need to be achieved by experts. Besides Australia, the Government of Netherland also applied the approach to program development in Netherland (Melchert, 2007). Implementation of the system is expected to support the development of each country, especially in supporting the sustainability of built environment. This research examined problems that arise from urban economic development through the provision of vertical settlement which is allocated to middle-low communities by using WSD approach in design process, with considering social, economic, and environmental aspects in order to develop and build project with purpose to achieve sustainability of project development in vertical settlement. Complexity of design criteria, especially considering the integration of various design aspects into one whole system, is leading to the involvement of various experts in design process with main purpose to achieve optimum design. A good system of collaboration is necessary to facilitate the diversity of participants involved in design process. Utomo et.al (2011) conducted research in building concept of negotiation in collaboration process with main purpose to achieve sustainable construction. Therefore, this research aims to obtain a model of collaboration on design process by using WSD approach, in which it can be applied to achieve design that can support environmental sustainability in accordance with the criteria of social, economic, and environmental optimally. It is also conducted in order to discover potential research in the area of WSD. 2 CONCEPTUAL BACKGROUND

The main objective of this research is to build a model which aims to produce sustainable design of vertical residential buildings for the middle-low communities through literature review. The model is

32

[A-04]
leading to effective collaboration process design, which can be applied to facilitate and support WSD approach on design process by considering three main aspects which support sustainable development, that consist of social, economic, and environmental. This literature study-based research was conducted to address the provision of living space as causal factor of urban economical development. From this basic thoughts, as seen on Figure 1, it can be described several bodies of knowledge that can be used as theoretical basis in this research, such as real estate development with a focus on vertical residential development; Whole System Design (WSD); collaborative design; and sustainable built environment (sustainable built environment). In building the model, the authors will describe the scope of WSD, collaborative design, and sustainable built environment, including the conceptual definition of knowledge and supported factors that contribute as foundation in constructing the model. Outcomes resulted from this research is a conceptual model in which it can be used as a consideration in producing sustainable design of vertical housing in solving issue of urban living space planning as caused from the development of urban economics.

Figure 1. Conceptual model of theoretical mapping

LITERATURE REVIEW

Literature review is applied as research methodology in building the conceptual model. The main purpose of the methodology is to reveal and construct conceptual definition of each body of knowledge from collected papers. It also used as method in finding and compiling supported factors that can be used as a foundation in building the model. The body of knowledge consists of whole system design, collaborative design, and sustainable built environment. 3.1 WHOLE SYSTEM DESIGN

Rocky Mountain Institute (2006) outlined that considerations in achieving optimum result on design process is not only based on single aspect, but also requires consideration of whole system which involves expertise of multi disciplines followed by good teamwork of experts. Everything must also be considered and analyzed simultaneously to express and describe mutual benefit of interaction among them. From these statements it can be concluded that optimum result can be achieved through consideration of multi aspects as one integrated whole system in the process, especially in planning or design phase. In line with this, Anarow et.al (2003) stated that every individual who is involved in the teamwork needs to change their thinking process from individually into globally by considering all influenced aspects as a whole integrated system, especially in achieving the concept of sustainable development. Based on the idea of Anarow et.al (2003), Piancastelli et.al (2011) concluded that in achieving sustainable development, it required an optimal design of sustainable built environment, in

33

[A-04]
which it can be achieved by making changes in design thinking process by implementing and considering whole system as basic thought in design. Consideration of multiple aspects is needed in the design thinking process, especially in achieving sustainable built environment, in which it can be achieved through optimum and sustainable design of built environment, by implementing the whole system design in the design process. Consideration of sustainable built environment is becoming emerging topics in the research; WSD is developed by the researcher in order to achieve it. Charnley et.al (2010) examined factors that supported successful implementation of WSD in design process to produce sustainable design in which it synergized with its environment. These factors consist of forming and sustaining a partnership, individual characteristics, alignment of interest, facilitating WSD, sense making, integration, understanding of purpose and process, and also human and non human interaction. The results were developed and applied by Piancastelli et.al (2011) on the production of sport car design which is quite popular in Italy. Compston (2010) stated that the context of WSD has to be informed in order to educate experts and public communities in the future to implement WSD through sustainability environment consideration in their professional work. Design will not only viewed from several aspects, but also considers all related aspects (especially environmental aspects) as integrated whole systems. The concept of WSD was also introduced by Stasinopoulos et.al (2009), by encouraging development of relationships works between experts whom involved in design process and composed of diverse backgrounds, disciplines, and different parties with the purpose to find solutions which are innovative, sustainable, and optimal according to all criteria. The aspect of sustainability environment is a main consideration in WSD, which needs to consider the aspects of social, economy, and environment in implementing it. Those three aspects need to be considered and integrated with the products design as whole systems, in which it is done to achieve the sustainable development. In realizing the WSD approach, participants with various backgrounds and different skills are involved, with the main purpose to obtain optimal solution. Utomo et.al (2009a) stated that in optimizing building design needs agreement of multi-person decision. The involvement of diversity participants needs an effective collaborative design process in order to facilitate the collaboration of multiple experts in achieving the expected result. 3.2 COLLABORATIVE DESIGN

Developments in the construction industry are leading to involve complexities of various disciplines in completing construction projects. Development of architecture and building design, development of buildings structure, and also development of buildings utilities and facilities are some reasons which caused multiple experts are involved in design process who collaborate in producing architectural and building design. According to Favela et.al (1994) collaboration is a very important aspect in design process, it is because of decision making in design process is not linear and requires collaboration process in making decisions. Kvan (2000) stated that collaboration of various experts is one of approaches that need to be made in order to support problem solving and decision making process. It related to the need of data and information from experts in accordance with required expertise in producing design. Collaboration is needed in design process, Sebastian and Prins (2009) described that collaboration in design process is developed because of the increasing of global organization which is used with purpose to finish works effectively and efficiently in accordance with data and information obtained from each expert in solving the problem. There are some definitions of collaborative design. According to Chiu (2002), collaborative design is an activity which requires participation of individuals in sharing information and organizing tasks and resources. Especially on a large scale project, the design always involves multiple participants or groups who work together in design process. They need to collaborate in information sharing,

34

[A-04]
negotiating, and decision-making. In addition Zha and Du (2006) stated that collaborative design is considered in design process which members are working together in order to jointly define design goal; formulating alternatives; and building solutions. Bucciarelli (2002) described collaborative design as a collective activity of diverse individuals or teams in teamwork with different competence, responsibility, and results on same object. From previous descriptions, it can be concluded that collaborative design is needed in order to facilitate the collaboration works of multiple disciplines. Detienne (2006) stated that there are two important processes in collaborative design, which consists of coordination process in managing task interdependence and also negotiation mechanisms in order to manage integration of multiple perspectives. The main goal of collaborative design process is experts collaboration in producing design process in order to complete complexities of building and construction systems. Participants involved in collaborative design process are architects, civil consultants, mechanical and electrical consultants, owners, sub-contractor, project managers, engineers and suppliers. According to Kvan (2000), collaborative design is a design process where participants with various expertise are working together to complete the design effectively and efficiently. From previous definitions of collaborative design, it can be concluded that collaborative design is required to obtain complex design works done effectively and efficiently. Liu et.al (2004) supported this statement by explaining that collaborative design on construction is an early stage at construction project which is involving multiple experts in producing design with solutions built from complexities of various disciplines. In line with this statement, Sebastian and Prins (2009) explained that collaborative design is process that supports design production which is placed at the beginning of project that is in the process of design management. Patel et.al (2012) conducted literature study-based research and concluded several factors that affect fruitfulness of collaborative design process, especially related to human factors. The supported factors consist of context, support, task, interaction process, teams, individuals and overarching factors. Many factors affect the success of the collaborative design process. Lin et.al (2008) formulates a model that supports the effectiveness of collaborative design process through the achievement of social and task factors. Social factors are achieved through communication process which supports to establish the relationship between individual development and cohesion among individuals within teamwork. Both of these factors can affect performance and results of collaborative design process. Rahmawati et.al (2012a) conducted literature study and concluded that there are two main factors that need to be considered in conducting successful collaborative design process. The factors are technical and social factors. In reaching the success of collaborative design, it is recommended to consider both technical and social factors. Based on this statement, Rahmawati et.al (2012b) revealed socio-technical factors which support successful collaborative design. The factors consist of project collaboration, change management, shared understanding, distributed teamwork, efficiency, knowledge/data management, shared workspace, data integration, integrated social infrastructure, organization, communication, perspectives, cohesion, partnership, social agreement, social presence, participation, conflict management, and social sustainability. The involvement of experts with divers background causes collaborative design process becomes very important in supporting and facilitating design process in implementing WSD (Charnley et.al, 2010). Integration of knowledge through collaborative design process is an important aspect that can drive the success of WSD. Integration basically can be achieved through a well-supported decision making and problem solving process that can facilitate the achievement of optimum design (Chiu, 2002; Zha and Du, 2006; Buciarelli, 2002; Detienne, 2006). Agreement of participants needs to be achieved in order to support selecting alternatives process in formulating solution at design process (Utomo, 2009b). These aspects should be taken into consideration to produce an optimal and sustainable design which is able to support the achievement of sustainable development of the built environment.

35

[A-04]
3.3 SUSTAINABLE BUILT ENVIRONMENT

There are three main aspects that need to be considered in achieving sustainable development. The aspects are social, economic, and environmental. Built environment must consider environmental and social aspects through building construction process and the building object itself, which impact the sustainability of the urban development (Ding, 2008). Social aspect also needs to be considered in order to support urban economic growth (Besley and Ghatak, 2010). The concept of sustainable development can be reached if all of these aspects are integrated into whole system (Heising, 2012), whether it is in the construction process or its result. White and Lee (2009) stated that sustainable development is not only supported or achieved through the completion of each criterion, but it has to be integrated in all aspects. In terms of achieving urban development as a whole system, it needs to apply sustainability of built environment as a whole system in design thinking process. Development that does not support the aspect of environmental sustainability, will affect the structure and systems of urban as a whole system, which has been concluded by Meijer et.al (2011). For example is the emergence of flood as a result of bad arrangement and planning of building systems that do not pay attention to sustainability aspects of built environment, especially influences to other environmental sustainability. In addressing environmental problems which are impacted from building that does not consider whole system in built environment is to applied consideration of sustainable built environment in design thinking process, by producing building design that meets all criteria for sustainable buildings as an integrated whole system. Omer (2008) stated that sustainable building design is necessary in order to renew energy system, by producing smart building design. In which it can be achieved if the building design able to save energy and reduce negative impacts of environment. The other criteria is revealed by Pulaski (2004) that is an independent building design, in which it is defined as building that does not consume conventional resources. These criteria support the design production process which is suitable to the achievement of sustainability of built environment. 4 RESULT AND DISCUSSION

This research is conducted with the main purpose to reveal factors which can be used in building conceptual model that able to support the achievement of sustainable development through vertical housing building design. From empirical study, it can be concluded that the government needs to support programs in facing the problems of affordable settlement provision for middle-low communities. The Government has already had a program to solve the problem, by proposing the 1000 towers program. The program failed, because of the lack of sustainable development consideration in producing the design. Based on literature study, it can be concluded that sustainable development especially in built environment can be achieved through WSD (Stasinopoulus, 2009; The Natural Edge Project, 2007; Charnley et.al, 2010; Compston, 2010; Piancastelli et.al, 2011). WSD approach has been applied to some countries with the main purpose to achieve sustainability development of their own country (The Natural Edge Project, 2007; Melchert, 2007). WSD is applied not only for achieving urban sustainability of built environment through building design, but also applied to other design process which contributes to influence the sustainability of the environment as a whole system (Charnley et.al, 2010; Piancastelli et.al, 2011). It can be concluded that WSD is used as an approach to achieve the sustainable built environment, not only through building design but also vehicle design, in which both of them influence the environmental sustainability. WSD is an important approach that enables to support the achievement of environmental sustainability through the implementation of whole system consideration in design thinking process. Based on this conceptual definition of WSD, authors build model based on it in solving vertical housing development through WSD-based design process.

36

[A-04]
In order to deal with the main purpose of this research, the authors propose a model based on empirical and theoretical study which can be applied in producing sustainable design outcomes. The model, which is illustrated in Fig ure2, is built based from WSD approach. Because of the need to involve multiple disciplines or expertise in implementing WSD approach, it needs successful collaborative design process to facilitate collaboration and integration of experts. The implementation of WSD in order to achieve design that support sustainable development of building is mainly focus on the aspect of sustainability built environment, which is considering environmental, social, and economical aspects as an integrated whole system. There are three main factors that support the achievement of sustainable design outcomes, which related to design of vertical housing development. The main factors consist of WSD, collaborative design, and sustainable built environment (see Figure 2). Those main factors are applied to build model in achieving sustainable building development through design production. The model is mainly concerned with the implementation of WSD in design process, in which it can be applied successfully through the influences of sustainable built environment aspects and successful collaborative design process.

Source: adopted from Charnley et.al (2010), Patel et.al (2012), Rahmawati et.al (2012a, 2012b), Stasinopoulos et.al (2009), Heising (2012), Besley and Ghatak (2010), White and Lee (2009), Meijer et.al (2011) and Tanuwidjaja et.al (2010) Figure 2. Conceptual model of achieving sustainable development through WSD

CONCLUSION

Whole System Design is an approach that can be applied in design process with the main purpose of achieving sustainability environment as an integrated whole system. This approach is able to be used in solving problems of providing vertical housing which is suitable to sustainable development of urban through design process. The success of WSD implementation in design process can be achieved by applying successful collaborative design and considering sustainable built environment aspects, in which these main factors are used with purpose to build model in achieving sustainable design outcomes.

37

[A-04]
6 REFERENCES

Anarow, B. et.al 2003, Whole System Framework for Sustainable Consumption and Production, Vol. 807, Denmark: Danish Ministry of the environment, pp. 1-51. Besley, T, and Ghatak, M. 2010, Chapter 68 Property Rights and Economic Development, Handbook of development economics, Vol. 5, pp. 4525-4595, Elsevier. Biro Kominfo 2012, Kajian Perkotaan: Kemacetan Kota Bandung Sebagai Dampak Perkembangan Ekonomi, (http://km.itb.ac.id/site/?p=7255, published on February 9th 2012, accessed on July 28th 2012). Bucciarelli, L. 2002, Between Thought and Object in Engineering Design, Journal of Design Studies, Vol. 23, pp. 219-223. Charnley, F, Lemon, M, and Evans, S. 2010, Exploring The Process Of Whole System Design, Journal of Design Studies, Vol. 32, no. 2, pp. 156-179. Chiu, ML. 2002, An Organization View of Design Communication in Design Collaborative. Journal of Design Studies, Vol. 23, pp. 187-210. Compston, P. 2010, Review, Whole System Design: An Integrated Approach To Sustainable Engineering By P. Stasinopoulos, M.H. Smith, K. Hargroves, C. Desha, Earthscan, UK 2009, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 18, pp. 695. Detienne, F 2006, "Collaborative Design: Managing Task Interdependencies And Multiple Perspective", Journal Of Interacting With Computer, Vol. 18, pp. 1-20. Ding, GKC 2008, Sustainable Construction - The Role Of Environmental Assessment Tools, Journal of Environmental Management, Vol. 86, pp. 451-464. Favela, J, et.al 1994, "Hypermedia Support For Collaborative Design", Journal of Design Studies, Vol. 15, no. 1, pp. 45-58. Firman, T. 2006, Chapter 7.5: Globalisasi Dan Tata Ruang Wilayah Dan Kota, Dari Era Boom Ekonomi Ke Otonomi Daerah Dan Desentralisasi Fiskal, Sejarah Penataan Ruang Indonesia. Harjanti, A. 2002, Identifikasi Faktor-Faktor Penyebab Perubahan Penggunaan Lahan Permukiman Menjadi Komersial di Kawasan Kemang Jakarta Selatan, Final Project, Universitas Diponegoro. Heising, W. 2012, The Integration of Ideation and Project Portfolio Management A key factor for sustainable success, International Journal of Project Management, Vol. 30 (5), pp. 582-595. Kvan, T 2000, Collaborative Design: What Is It?, Journal of Automation in Construction, Vol. 9, pp. 409-415. Lin, C, Standing, C, and Liu, YC. 2008, A Model to Develop Effective Virtual Teams, Journal of Decision Support Systems, Vol. 45, pp. 1031-1045. Liu, H, Tang, M, and Frazer, JH 2004, Supporting Dynamic Management In a Multi-Agent Collaborative Design System, Journal of Advance In Engineering Software, Vol. 35, pp. 493-502. Mauliani, L 2002, Rumah Susun Sebagai Alternatif Penyediaan Perumahan Bagi Masyarakat Golongan Menengah Bawah, Jurnal Arsitektur NALARs, Vol. 1, No. 1. Meijer, M. et.al, 2011, A Next Step for Sustainable Urban Design in the Netherlands, Journal of Cities, Vol. 28, pp. 536-544. Melchert, L 2007, The Dutch Sustainable Building Policy: A Model For Developing Countries, Journal of Building and Environment, Vol. 42, pp. 893-901. Omer, AM 2008, Energy Environment and Sustainable Development, Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, Vol. 12, pp. 265-300

38

[A-04]
Patel, H. et.al, 2012, Factors of Collaborative Working: A Framework for a Collaboration Model, Journal of Applied Ergonomics, Vol. 43, pp. 1-26. Piancastelli, L. et.al 2011, Applying Whole System Design in a Sportscar Factory, Nonlinier Sciences: Adaptation and Self-Organizing Systems, Cornell University Library, arXiv: 1107.3085. Pulaski, MH 2004, Book Field Guide for Sustainable Development, the Partnership for Achieving Construction Excellence. Rahmawati, Y. et.al 2012a Collaborative Design in Construction: Past, Present, and Future Research, International Conference of Sustainable Built Environment, presented on July 10-12, 2012. Rahmawati, Y. et.al 2012b Exploring Socio-Technical Factors to Successful Collaborative Design in Product Development: A Review, International Conference of Organization Innovation, presented on July 10-12, 2012. Rocky Mountain Institute 2006, Hypercar Design and Technology, in Charnley, F, Mark, L, and Evans, S 2010, Exploring the process of whole system design, Journal of Design Studies, Vol. 32, no. 2, pp. 156-179. Sebastian, R, and Prins, M 2009, Chapter 5 : Collaborative Architectural Design Management, in Emmit el al (2009), Architectural Management International Research and Practice, United Kingdom : Willey-Blackwell. Stasinopoulos, P. et.al 2009, Whole System Design: An Integrated Approach To Sustainable Engineering, London: Eartscan. Surtiani, EE 2006, Faktor-Faktor Yang Mempengaruhi Terciptanya Kawasan Permukiman Kumuh di Kawasan Pusat Kota (Studi Kasus : Kawasan Pancuran, Salatiga), Master Thesis, Engineering of Urban and City Development, University of Diponegoro. Tanuwidjaja, G. et.al 2009, Integrasi Kebijakan Perencanaan Dan Desain Rumah Susun Yang Berkelanjutan, Dalam Konteks Pembangunan Kota Yang Berkelanjutan, National Conference on Institut Teknologi Bandung. The Natural Edge Project 2007, Engineering Sustainable Solutions Program Technical Design Portfolio : Whole System Design Suite, Australian Government: Department of the environment and water resources. Utomo, C. and Idrus, A., 2011, A Concept toward Negotiation Support for Value Management on Sustainable Construction, Journal of Sustainable Development, Vol. 4(6), pp. 56-66. Utomo, C. et.al, 2009a, Agreement Options in Multi-person Decision on Optimizing High-Risk Building Columns, International Journal of Computer, Information, and System Science, and Engineering, Vol. 3(2), pp.97-104. Utomo, C. et.al, 2009b, Agreement Options on Multi Criteria Group Decision and Negotiation, International Journal of Computational and Mathematical Science, Vol. 3(5), pp. 203-207. White, L. and Lee, GJ., 2009, Operational Research and Sustainable Development: Tackling The Social Dimension, European Journal Of Operational Research, Vol. 193, pp. 683-692. Zha, XF, and Du, H 2006, Knowledge Intensive Collaborative Design Modelling and Support Part 1 : Review Distributed Models and Framework, Journal of Computers in Industry, Vol. 57, pp .3955.

39

[A-04]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

40

[A-05]

RIVERINE ECOLOGY DEGRADATION AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT VULNERABILITY IN CITARUM RIVER BANK AND ADJACENT AREA
Harri A. SETIADI1

ABSTRACT: Citarum riverine ecosystem degradation contributed mainly by the changes of water catchment area converted to human settlements, paddy field and commercial area. As a result, environmental degradation affected ecological balance along Citarum watershed. The implication of this ecological imbalance is changing in flood characteristic. Flood occurrence repeatedly occurred not as natural hazard but transformed into natural disaster. This situation raising vulnerability along Citarum river bank and adjacent area as human settlement. This study was designed to determine whether or not conceptual factors which contribute to the vulnerability of human settlement are present in the study locale. Qualitative inquiry was used and research conducted on human settlement on the river bank and the adjacent area, principal tool for collecting primary data are using observation and interview. The theory of urban sustainability was used in this study. The result showed that almost all of the conceptual factors were found. KEYWORDS: Urban sustainability, riverine degradation, flood, vulnerability. 1 INTRODUCTION

When human settlement spread and so does the activity, urban and agricultural land uses destroy and alter natural environment. Environmentally sound ecosystems are basic requirement for the sustainability of human settlement (Perlman & Milder, 2005). Unfortunately this very basic requirement frequently ignored, people continue to live in urban area which environmentally unsound. From urban sustainability stand point, degradation of environmental will raise the vulnerability of human settlement (Baker, 2006; Benton-Short & Short, 2008; Monto, Ganesh, & Varghese, 2005; Forman, 2008). Rising density in riverine areas is accompanied by greater amount of impervious surfaces, the hydrological system, and an overall diminished capacity for these systems to hold and store surface water run-off naturally. As a result, communities, households and private property are increasingly vulnerable to damage from repetitive flood (Brody et.al, 2007). Several decades ago flood along Citarum river and its tributaries are normal occurrence during rainy days. Flash flood and heavy flood rarely happened. Adversely, when green landscape in the upper and along Citarum river changing into human settlement, paddy field and other economic activity, heavy flood become normal occurrence. Heavy flood in Citarum river mainly caused by the environmental degradation of Citarum riverine ecosystem (BBWS Citarum, 2011). Rapid and uncontrolled urbanization colonized Citarum watershed ecosystem mainly viewed as the main drive of environmental degradation (Kunto, 1986). Flood in current situation have been changing from natural hazard become natural disaster due to spreading human settlement and their activity along Citarum river watershed.

Researcher in the field of development management, Research Institute for Human Settlement, Indonesia

41

[A-05]
Human settlement along Citarum river bank and its tributaries are susceptible for flood hazard. Media reported that flood occurrence affected by Citarum overflow more frequent to recent dates. It is suspected that human settlement along Citarum river bank and adjacent area were built above flood plain and become disaster prone area. Frequent occurrence of flood affected the vulnerability of human settlement. This present study explores the flood impact on humans health, building damage and infrastructure disruption. The objective of this study is to determine whether or not conceptual factors which contribute to the vulnerability of human settlement present in the study locale. The assessment mostly based from the aftermath of heavy flood occurrence in 2010. 2 METHODOLOGY

The present study use qualitative research which refers to the research method from Creswell.One out of five strategy of inquiry, phenomenology, was used to identify the essence of phenomenon based from peoples experience (Creswell, 1998). The study conducted in three village which located by the Citarum river bank and well-known as worst flood-hit area in Bandung. The location is under administration of Bandung Regency, West Java. Principal tool for collecting primary data are using observation and interview. Additional data are obtained from government report, research report, official census publication and media report. Method of analysis of the present study uses the concept urban sustainability, exploring the interlock among ecology, economic and social (Forman, 2008; Laquian, 2005). Research mainly focused on sustainability of human settlements, which derived from sustainability concept, to explore part of urban region deprivation caused by environmental degradation. Indicator to review humans health, building damage and infrastructure disruption derived from urban sustainability perspective (see Table ). Method of assessing building damage and infrastructure disruption are using direct and indirect method. Direct method uses visual observation to assess building damage, infrastructure disruption and interview conducted with local resident, indirect method using photographic analysis of the aftermath event and publication.
Table 1. Study locale No & area code I Area Kampong Andir Cogosol, Andir, Cibadak, Parung Halang, Jambatan, Sindang Reret Bale Endah Kp. Cienteung DayeuhKolot Bojongasih, Cangkuangwetan, Pasawahan RW 13, 07, 09

II

9, 10, 20, 21, 28 and RT 09 04, 14, 08, 09, 05

III

2.1

STUDY LOCALE

Housing and settlement.Geographical feature of study location indicate some part of settlement and housing which hard-hit by flood are built above the flood plain area. Flood plain is relatively smooth valley floors adjacent to and formed by alluviating rivers which are subject to overflow(Licker, 2003).This indication confirmed by informant that their house was built on land which previously it was a paddy field and fishing pond and for the most time inundated during rainy season. Aerial topographic along Citarum River and research report also confirmed that the study locations are part of Citarum flood plain (Kunto, 1986). River surface elevation during normal flood measured 659.3 meters above sea level, whereas average land surface elevation in the study locale located below the above number, even some places located 658 meter above sea level (BBWS Citarum, 2012).

42

[A-05]

Human population. According to data from official census publication the study locale is part of the fast growing and urbanized area of Bandung municipality (Badan Pusat Statistik, 2010).Demographic information of people reside in the study locale are comprise mostly factory worker, private company worker; informal trader and small number are farmer (Badan Pusat Statistik, 2010). Citarum river and its tributaries and flood occurence. The Citarum river,which is the largest river in West Java Province, connected with its tributaries (Cikapundung and Cisangkuy river) in location not far from study locale. Flood occurrence is natural characteristic in the study locale. Historical record of heavy flood occurrence was reported in 1917 and 1931(Kunto, 1986). Normal flood occurrence inundated the whole study area when local rain pour in and around study area, water level submerged access road but receded to normal level in less than two eight hours. In the present day more frequent heavy flood occurrence inundated larger area, submerged not only inland road but main road and in some area (including study locale) totally changing visual appearance of Citarum river and its tributaries(BBWS Citarum). 2.2 ENVIRONMENT AND RIVERINE ECOSYSTEM DEGRADATION ALONG CITARUM RIVER

Degradation is human-activity process decreasing natural vertical structure, horizontal pattern, and/or flows in a natural area (Forman, 2008). Degradation along Citarum River intakes place mainly due to land conversion into human settlements, paddy field and economic activity (Kunto, 1986); surface water depletion, sedimentation, domestic solid waste, changing in morphology of river(BBWS Citarum, 2011), and susceptible changing pattern of global climate which affected local climate. Land conversion. Historically, riverine ecosystems along Citarum River are consisting mostly green vegetation and flood plains. Human activity altered the water catchment area into human settlement, paddy field and other economic activity. Inappropriate land uses in Citarum riverine include forest and flood plain conversion into farmland and conversion of farmland into human settlement(Kunto, 1986).Replacing green vegetation and flood plains removes the absorptive capacity of natural vegetation, and accelerates water flows over the land surface into streams and rivers. More water arrives faster, causing a higher peak flow or flood in Citarum River. In the upper Citarum region settlement area increased from 25,000 ha (1991) to 46,000 ha (2001), correspond with decline 40% paddy field(BBWS Citarum). Changing morphology of river. Naturally morphology of Citarum riverine trailed with geologic contour. Some effort to mitigate flood is to re-align or to straightened out the body of river (through cut off), in doing so expectantly the flow of water move straight to the lower part of river, to reduce the inundated area during flood, to lower the number of people affected by the flood. Conversely, effort to alleviate flood in the upper part of river have had negative effect in lower part of river. Increasing peak flow, expanding large part of inundated area and escalating the number of the flood victim in lower part of river. 2.3 FACTOR THAT CONTRIBUTE TO THE RISING VULNERABILITY OF HUMAN SETTLEMENT IN RIVER BANK AND ADJACENT AREA

Water flooding level. In the past, it is estimated based from informants interview, water flooding elevation generally less than half body height. Recent measurement, using visual observation indicate that water floods elevation, found after receding the water flooding, water elevation in some location reach up to rooftop of house. That is almost equivalent with 3 meter above ground elevation.2010 flood recorded as the worst flood affected not only human settlement in research location but almost the whole human settlement along Citarum river bank and its adjacent area (BBWS Citarum, 2011). The worst in term of areainundated by waterflooding, duration of waterflooding, number of victims&

43

[A-05]
displacee, loss & damage of property, and social-economic disruption caused by the flood (BBWS Citarum, 2010). Flood duration. Normally water flooding receded within hours or in less than a day; in worst situation water flooding will recede within days or week. In 2010 flood, never before in history of peoples lived in Citarum river bank and adjacent area, water flooding did not recede up to 10 months. In the years to come heavy flood become embedded characteristic of Citarum river. This pattern contributed by changing in local climate pattern which is coincides with the changing pattern of global climate situation(D'Arrigo, Abram, Ummenhofer, Palmer, & Mudelsee, 2009). Sediment and pollutant load. The average annual sediment inflow was estimated at 8 million m3, it is equivalent to an erosion rate of 3 mm per year. Wet season floods carry large amount of sediment. The increased flood frequency and severity is associated with sedimentation(BBWS Citarum).The river polluted by untreated domestic sewage, solid waste disposal and industrial effluent. In the upper part farming and household dairy industry contributed for organic pollutant. Mounting sediment transported during heavy flood, mixture of mud and solid waste are main component of sediment. 3 URBAN SUSTAINABILITY AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT VULNERABILITY AFFECTED BY ECOLOGICAL FACTOR

According to Seralgedin (1995), three component needed to understand the concept of urban sustainability, i.e. economic, social and ecological. Ecological sustainability addresses ecosystem integrity, habitat conservation, the interaction of species and their preservation, and consideration of carrying capacity of ecological system (Laquian, 2005). Monto, Ganesh & Varghese (2005) also proposed that ecological sustainability is a healthy living environment that enables fullfilment of societal, economic and governance (including political) need by trying to achieve balance beetwen resource needs for human development and protection of environmental vitality (Monto, Ganesh, & Varghese, 2005). The Natural environment performs certain functions that are essential for the welfare and survival of the human species, and which can not duplicated by humans.The living environment is an important determinant of the health of the community. Good housing and suitable physical and social environment are to promote good mental and physical health. Where these are absent, physical disorder can become a major cause of morbidity and eat within community, and severely threaten the sustainability of community. Also location were human lived is very important, as long as there is exist a force that draw a community to a particular location it will continue to remain in that location (Monto, Ganesh, & Varghese, 2005). Forest provides natural protection from floods, evidence that forest loss imposes and additional vulnerability on landscapes to floods; at least in certain circumstances. The proposed mechanism is that loss vegetation can lead to increased runoff due to reductions in the interception of rainfall and the evaporation of water from tree canopy, coupled with reduction in the hydraulic conductivity (infiltration rate) of soil (Bradshaw et.al., 2007). Riverine flood are mainly caused by the overflow of stream channel. Flood occurrences in an urban area continue to mount. Media report showed that flood loss rising from past to present date. Floods are serious in urban region where people and human structures are so concentrated. Major component of urbanization and contributor to flood occurrence is the increase in impervious surfaces. Flood, as natural hazard, become a disaster when the ability of community unable to cope with that event. Directly the flood become hazardous to structure and living thing, by the pressure it can exert to structure and when it fill the lungs and prevent respirations (Lindell & Prater, 2003).

44

[A-05]

In term of quantitative economic estimation, flood impact to human settlement classified into categories, tangible and intangible impact (Nadal et.al., 2010). Building damage and infrastructure disruption classified as tangible impact and inhabitants health problem can be classified as intangible impact. In this result and discussion divide into three sections. The conceptual factors of flood which contribute to the vulnerability of human settlement are as follow.
Table 2. Conceptual factor which affect Inhabitants Health, Building damage and Infrastructures disruption Category I 1. 2. 3. 4. Sediment Water absorption Kinetic force Horizontal static pressure raised water Upward hydrostatic pressure Debris load/impact Sediment Water displacement Pollutant load Infectious agents Organic chemical Inorganic chemical Examples (Cause building damage) Soil, silt Building-decay Building erosion, Structural & nonstructural deformation floor cracking, floating furniture /home appliance Structural &non-structural deformation Cause infrastructure disruption Soil, silt Infrastructure dysfunction Environment contamination Cause health problems Bacteria, viruses, parasites Pesticides, plastics, detergents, oil, and gasoline Acid, caustic, salts, metals Sources Land erosion Inundated water Water flow Raised water

5. II 1. 2. 3. III 1. 2. 3.

Log Land erosion Inundated water, organic and inorganic water-content, fungus Industrial and household effluents Human and animal excreta Industrial, household, and farm use Industrial effluents, household cleansers, surface run-off (Mining and processing

4. Radioactive materials Uranium, thorium, cesium, iodine, radon Source : Nadal et.al., 2010; Gao et.al., 2007; Licker, 2003; DrDacky, 2010

ASSESSMENT OF FLOOD IMPACT ON HUMAN HEALTH, BUILDING DAMAGE AND INFRASTRUCTURE DISRUPTION

The first section examine vulnerability assessment of inhabitants health problem, and the next assessing building damage and followed by the last which assessing flood impact on infrastructure. This assessment based from the aftermath of heavy flood occurrence in 2010 and later heavy flood with magnitude disaster is less than 2010 flood. Data shown in Table 3,Table 5 and Table 7 are obtained from interview with flood victim and official from respected village and have had crosschecked with available data publication. Author admitted that the data may be different with the data obtained from different sources; some of the disclosed data are conflicting among any sources (especially data in the form exact number).

45

[A-05]
Table 3. Number of people affected by flooding No& area code I 1.1 Area Kampong Cogosol, Andir, Cibadak, ParungHalang, Jambatan, SindangReret Kp. Cienteung Bojongasih Cangkuangwetan, Pasawahan Andir RW Number of people (People/household) N/A

1.2 II 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 III 3.1 3.2 3.3

13, 07, 09 Bale Endah 20 9, 21, 28 RT 09 10 DayeuhKolot 04, 14, 08, 09, 05

N/A 370 household or (1047 people) N/A 870 people 350 people N/A 600 household N/A N/A

4.1

GENERAL ASSESSMENT OF INHABITANTS HEALTH PROBLEM

No action was taken during normal water inundation. Prolonged Inundated water flooding force dwellers to evacuate to temporary settlement, the duration of water flooding correspond with the length dweller live in temporary shelter. The longest duration the dweller live as displace occurred in 2010, with almost 10 months continuously. It is estimated flood affecting nearly all human settlements within study locale. The severity of flood also affected and disrupted not only dweller along Citarum river bank and adjacent area but almost of local resident as well. The diseases affected human through direct physical contact with water flooding or through inhaled degrading air quality which contaminated with infectious agents (no. 1 of Table 4). No human death and disappearance are reported during heavy flood and these diseases generally are non-lifethreatening, affecting mostly infant, elder and sickness people. However, small number of lifethreatening disease from the above category 1, 2 and 3 (see Table 5) also found, such as leptospirosis and inorganic intoxication, further examination are required because the victims are from outside study locale. Generally types of disease found during and after water flooding are list on Table 5. Research literatures suggest that flood not only affected physical health, also mental health as well. Although no known cases found directly in the study locale, however qualitative inquiry to flood victim and interview with health practitioner indicates to some degree that flood also affected mental health as well. Research literatures and government publication also revealed that mental health affected more severe than physical health (Carrol et.al., 2010; Departemen Kesehatan RI, 2002). The most prevalent symptom of mental sickness is headache, loss of appetite, hypertension, insomnia, and emotional disturbance. This clinical symptom is hard to treat if problem associated with mental sickness not rooted out. Prolonged and frequent occurrence of heavy flood with no real solution to solve the problem raised the severity of mental illness.

46

[A-05]

Table 4. General assessment of suspected contributing factors to inhabitants health problem Contributing factors Infectious agents Organic chemical

No 1. 2.

Description Physical contact with contaminated flood water and inhaled unclean air are major source of sickness by infectious agents. Dairy farm industries and farming are mostly located in the upper part Citarum river (Situ Cisanti). Waste generated from this home industries disposed directly to the body of Citarum river and become major sources of organic chemical which contaminated Citarum river, including study locale. In and around study locale were found many type of factories (food processing, textile, garment & apparel, housing industries) which polluted river with its effluent dumped directly to the body of river. No conclusive evidence with the existence or trace of radioactive material. The mountains surrounding the origin of Citarum river are mining area.

3.

Inorganic chemical

4.

Radioactive materials

Table 5. Type of disease found during and after waterflooding Location Non- Study Non- flooded locale, flooded adjacent area area

Diseases

Study locale

Respiratory problems Skin irritation Cuts, bruises and other physical injuries Leptospirosis

4.2

ASSESSMENT OF BUILDING DAMAGE

Flood actions describe those effects that a flood could directly impose on a building, potentially causing damage or even structural failure (Nadal et.al., 2010). Building infrastructure, residential and non-residential building, and other human built object are subjected to various forces and action during flood occurrence. Building infrastructure found on the study locale are bridge, school, electric and telecommunication tower, water drainage. Residential gate, monument, are among building object. Majority of residential building are permanent building (building with foundation and column with brick as wall partition) and semi-permanent building (building with foundation but no column and used wood or bamboo as wall partition). Traditional building (building without foundation and column and almost entirely used organic building material such as wood or bamboo) is also found. Mosques, church are non-residential building. During heavy and normal flood all types of building were affected. Table 6, show residential and nonresidential building affected by flood. The damage corresponds to the type of building and height of water flooding and the duration of inundated water. Direct measurements of flood water height up to 3 meter from surface elevation. Indirect measurements of flood (using photographic analysis) water flooding reach rooftop of building. Table 6 shows number of building which are affected by heavy and normal flood.

47

[A-05]
Table 6. Number of building affected by flooding No & area code I 1.1 1.2 II 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 III 3.1 3.2 3.3 Area Kampong RW Building affected Heavy Normal flood flood

Andir Cogosol, Andir, Cibadak, Parung Halang, Jambatan, SindangReret 13, 07, 09 Bale Endah 20 9, 21, 28 Kp. Cienteung RT 09 10 DayeuhKolot Bojongasih Cangkuangwetan, Pasawahan 04, 14, 08, 09, 05

N/A

N/A

3,084

952

N/A

690

Contributing Factors Sediment. Sediment is a mass of organic or inorganic solid fragmented material, or solid fragment itself, that comes from weathering of rock and suspended water, that forms in layer on the earth surface such as mud. The main part of sediment carried off after flood occurrences are soil and loosed organic material (such as decayed wood and leave). Normal sediment is easy to clean. In normal flood occurrence sediment washed away by itself after inundated water receded, leave only bigger particle which easy to clean. In heavy flood with longer duration leave a wider area covered by mounting sediment. Mounting sediment is not washed away by itself when it solidifies and also not easy to remove when it hardens. Mounting sediment in 2010 flood, measuring 1 1.5 meter of thickness. Destructive effect of mounting sediment when it makes contact with soft-material of the building, especially wooden partition (see Figure 1 (a)).The more destructive the effects of sediment when it solidify and develop into harden material. Prolonged contact of harden sediment with partition damaged both wood and non-wood partition. Water absorption. All permanent residential and no-residential building in the study locale are nonhydraulic building. The infiltration of flood water into building are through small opening of door and window. The damage started when building material (such as wood and brick), usually started from lowest part, absorbed water, then it raised humidity which lead to lose its strength. Water absorption affected severely wooden building material such as window and door partition which are commonly made from wood. Wet material is easily colonized by biological infection. The most prevalent building damage caused by water absorption is building decayed (see Figure 1 (b)). Kinetic force. Kinetic forces or hydrodynamic forces those generated by flowing flood water (Nadal et.al., 2010). This kind of force occurred when flood water moves with high or significant velocity. Kinetic water penetrate through particulate media can wash out fine particle and cause land subsidence which may cause further damage residential building and infrastructure building such as school. When flood water inundated densely building, water move through narrow alley or narrow passage and flowing with higher velocity. The building segments which severely damage are free standing wall partition (see Figure 1(c)), opening such window and door, and fences. Building damage caused by this type of force mostly located along the edge of river and inside densely building found on area II and III.

48

[A-05]

Hydrostatic pressure. Hydrostatic pressure those impose by a mass still flood water acting on a building or building component such as columns, walls, doors, and windows. (Nadal et.al., 2010). Examples for this building damage by this type of force are floor cracking (see Figure 1(d)), floor bending, inclined or distorted wall. Buoyancy is associated with hydrostatic pressure, it lift up any kind of material which have lower density with water such wood (furniture) and plastic (utensil) and floating-movable material. This kind of damage found almost on inundated building. It also penetrates sewerage system which has dangerous effect to the dwellers health (area code I, II, III; see table 1 for reference).

(a) Building covered by mounting and harden sediment

(b) progressive damage of semi-permanent building caused by frequent inundated

(c) Building wall collapsed unable to resist the kinetic forces

(d) Crack on floor, and water lift

Figure 1. Type of building damage

Debris load/impact. River stream transport floating object. Although no conclusive evidence of building was damage or hit with debris collision, during flood occurrence, all kind of debris / material transported by Citarum water stream. Debris frequently reported clogged clean water pipe system and local sewerage.

49

[A-05]
Table 7. General assessment of contributing factors to building damage found on study locale No 1. 2. 3. Contributing factors Sediment Water absorption Kinetic force Description Mixture of mud with solid waste, and other organic material (wood, leaves, and corpses) littering and layering study locale during and after flood occurrence. The most severe damage are building which located in low lying area, which inundated longer than any other area. Area II and I fit with this criterion. Traditional building and semi-permanent building are the worst building damaged by kinetic force. Official assessment reported that area I had more building damaged than area II and III In low lying area II which had building surrounded by wall container (levee), when elevation of river surface higher compared with surrounding ground elevation, water inundated in certain building flowing up through the ground. Buildings near the edge of river comprise mostly semi-permanent building. Although no evidence of building damage caused by collision with debris is found, it is susceptible if that will happen, it will happen in this area.

4.

Hydrostatic pressure Debris load/impact

5.

4.3

ASSESSMENT OF INFRASTRUCTURE DISRUPTION

In term of infrastructure functionality, flood impact exaggerated and affect all residence lived both in flooded and non-flooded area.
Table 8. Level of flood and flood mitigation No & area code I 1.1 Area Kampong Recorded peak level Flood Sediment (meter) (meter) Andir 1.0 2.0 0.1 0.5 Flood structural mitigation

RW

1.2 II 2.1

Cogosol, Andir, Cibadak, ParungHalang, Jambatan, Sindang Reret -

N/A

N/A

13, 07, 09 20

1.0 2.0 0.1 0.5 Bale Endah 2.5 3.0 1.0 1.5

N/A Levee (height 1,5 m, long 150 m) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A Water pumping N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 III 3.1 3.2 3.3

Kp. Cienteung Bojongasih Cangkuangwetan, Pasawahan -

9, 21, 28 RT 09 10

2.0 2.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.5 0.5 1.0 DayeuhKolot 1.0 2.0 0.1 0.5 1.0 2.0 0.1 0.5 1.0 2.0 0.1 0.5

04, 14, 08, 09, 05

50

[A-05]

Contributing factors Water displacement or inundated water. Almost 100% study locale areas are submerge during flood (see Figure 2 (a)). Directly flood occurrence disrupt the functionality of transportation, communication and electricity infrastructure inside flooded area, further social and economic losses also affect all residence lived in non-flooded area. During the flood occurrence all mean of conventional transportation will stop working, mobility of people, good and service will ceased as well. Using certain estimation tool, economic losses caused by infrastructure malfunction are enormous, but noneconomic losses estimated cost much higher. Prolonged flood water can loose and wash away subsoil or clay mortar from masonry. Deformation of small bridge and non-concrete rock-hardened road found inside inundated settlement. Contaminated water with chemical or biological substances and made contact with building caused chemical contamination and biological infection. Discolorations of building and rapid growth of fungus are common in inundated building. After recedes, tones of garbage littering and pile up in open space. Sediment and pollutant load. Citarum famously known by its notoriety as the most polluted river in the world. During flood occurrence contaminated water inundates both residential building and infrastructure building indiscriminately. Low lying areas are the most severe contaminated with sediment and pollutant load (see Figure 2 (b)).

(a) Non-conventional mean of transport replace land conventional mean of transportation

(b) Mounting harden sediment disrupt transportation infrastructure

Figure 2. Type of Infrustructure Disruption Table 9. Assessment of contributing factors to Infrastructure Disruption Contributing factors Sediment

No 1.

Description Transportation infrastructure disrupted during flood, even after water receded disruption continue by the sediment blockage. To normalize, transportation infrastructure cleaned up from mounting sediment and more effort needed when sediment hardened. Sediment obstruct infrastructure in all research area. Directly, water inundated public building (school, hospital, mosque) and forced to closed. Additionally and indirectly, water and electric power contain potential danger of being electrocuted if contacted or touched with wet material. It is suspected that Citarum river contaminated with pollutant load. Intact flood water during flood had characteristic strong hazardous odor, and visually darken. Many pollutant sources present in and around study locale.

2.

Water displacement Pollutant load

3.

51

[A-05]
5 CONCLUDING REMARK

Rising escalation and intensity of flood is an indication of an obstruction of Citarum riverine hydrological system in absorbing rain water, retain it and to drain the rain water to the body of river steadily. The obstructions of hydrological system are due to disproportionate land-used into human built purposed, mainly human settlement, paddy field and other economic. If this obstruction persisted so do with the escalation and intensity of flood. In the end it will create new environmental balance with heavy flood become common occurrence. The new environmental balance with typical characteristic of frequent heavy flood occurrence will raise vulnerability of human settlement in Citarum river bank and adjacent area. More human health problem, building damage and infrastructure disruption will be the companion of the new environmental balance. With densely human settlement, flood occurrence no longer as natural hazard but a human disaster. Unless certain actions need to reverse the situation, Citarum river bank and adjacent area are vulnerable location for human settlement. Until now only with adaptive capability strategy, people still able to live in the disaster prone area. 6 REFERENCES

Badan Pusat Statistik 2010, Hasil Sensus Penduduk 2010 Data Agregat per Kecamatan di Kabupaten Bandung. Bandung. Benton-Short, L., & Short, J. R. 2008, Cities and Nature. New York: Routledge. Birkland, T., Burby, R., Conrad, D., Cortner, H., & Michenner, W. 2003, River Ecology and Flood Hazard Mitigation. Natural Hazard Review. Bradshaw, C. J., Sodhi, N. J., Peh, K. H., & Brook, B. W. 2007, Global Evidence that Deforestation Amplifies Flood Risk and Severity in Developing World. Global Change Biology. Brody, S. D., Zahran, S., Highfield, W. E., Grover, H., & Vedlitz, A. 2007, Identifying the Impact of the Build Environment on Flood Damage in Texas. Overseas Development Institute. Carrol, B., Balogh, R., Morbey, H., & Araoz, G. 2010, Health and Social Impacts of Flood Disaster : Responding to Needs and Implications for Practice. Disaster. Creswell, J. W. 1998, Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Choosing Among Five Tradition. SAGE Publication. D'Arrigo, R., Abram, N., Ummenhofer, C., Palmer, J., & Mudelsee, M. 2009, Reconstructed Streamflow for Citarum River, Java, Indonesia : Linkages to to Tropical Climate Dynamic. Springer - Verlag. Departemen Kesehatan RI. 2002, Menanggulangi Masalah Kesehatan Akibat Banjir. Forman, R. T. 2008, Urban Region Ecology and Planning Beyond The City. Cambridge University Press. Kunto, H. 1986, Semerbak Bunga di Bandung Raya. Bandung: PT Granesia. Kuswartojo, T., Rosnarti, D., Effendi, V., Eko K, R., & Sidi, P. 2005, Perumahan dan Permukiman di Indonesia, Upaya Membuat Perkembangan Kehidupan yang Berkelanjutan. Bandung: Penerbit ITB. Laquian, A. A. 2005, Beyond Metropolis The Planning and Governance of Asia's Mega-Urban Region. John Hopkins University Press. Licker, M. 2003, Dictionary of Environemntal Science. Mc Graw - Hill.

52

[A-05]

Lindell, M., & Prater, C. 2003, Assessing Community Impacts of Natural Disasters. Natural Hazards Review. Mani, M., Varghese, K., & L.S., G. 2006, Integrated Model Framework to Simulate Sustainability. Journal of Urban Planning and Development. Monto, M., Ganesh, L., & Varghese, K. 2005, Sustainability and Human Settlement, Fundamental Issues, Modelling and Simulations. New Delhi, Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publication. Nadal, N. C., Zapata, R. E., Pagan, I., Lopez, R., & Agudelo, J. 2010, Building Damage Due to Riverine and Coastal Floods. Journal of Water Resources Planning Planning & Amanagement @ ASCE. Perlman, D. L., & Milder, J. C. 2005, Practical Ecology for Planner, Developers, and citizen. Lincoln Institute of land Policy.

53

[A-05]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

54

[A-06] THE INFLUENCE OF VEGETATION TO THE INDOOR TEMPERATURE IN TROPICAL AREA

Khalid A. MANNAN1, Elisa ANGGRAENI2, Aisyah N. HAYATI3 Aulia F. MUCHLIS4

ABSTRACT: The climatic characteristic of tropical area is the high temperature and humidity. This may cause the uncomfortness to live in a tropical area. Some people feel so exhausted for the hot weather. This problem should be handled by building to create a thermal comfort in a building. Vegetation is believed to be a building element that has the ability to decrease temperature. The objective of this research is to find the placement of a vegetation in a building to create a thermal comfort. The method of this research is the field measurement using a model and a hygrotermometer as a tool to measure the temperature. There are five different placement of vegetation in a building to be compared to find the best placement in creating thermal comfort. the result of this research is that using vegetation is a good way in creating thermal comfort. The placement in the west side of wall is the best placement to create thermal comfort. KEYWORDS: Vegetation, thermal comfort, temperature. 1 INTRODUCTION

Indonesia is the region around the equator has a humid tropical climate, rich in water vapor due to cloud formation. In the humid tropical climate, the conditions inside buildings are often less comfortable to live if there is no exchange of air in it. The temperature inside the building will tend to the threshold standard of comfort or overheating (Himawan, 2005), and provide physical and psychological discomfort for the users of buildings, and high energy consumption . Thermal comfort has a close relationship with the local climatic conditions, in order conditioning and indoor air regulation. To obtain the thermal comfort within a building, can be done in various ways, including active control, passive control, and hybrid control (Priatman, 2003). For active and hybrid control are processes that involve the use of electrical energy. Most of the energy used in homes is used for indoor thermal systems, both for heating and cooling. Department of Primary Industries Data and Energy Commonwealth of Australia in 1997 (Priatman, 2003) suggests that most of the energy used in residential buildings are used for thermal comfort, which is about 43% for Air Conditioner, 13% for unitary AC and 6 % for cooling tower and about 40% is used for other electronic devices. The figure above shows the amount of energy used for thermal comfort in buildings. It would require a specific strategy for thermal comfort is obtained with low energy consumption and comfort for the occupants can be achieved. A solution which can be an alternative to overcome these problems is the use of vegetation as part of the landscape elements, but also may have other functions as a thermal controller. This is an alternative that can be utilized to maintain the temperature in a stable condition. As we know that the

1 2

Student, Department of Architecture, State Islamic University of Maulana Malik Ibrahim Malang, Indonesia. Student, Department of Architecture, State Islamic University of Maulana Malik Ibrahim Malang, Indonesia. 3 Student, Department of Architecture, State Islamic University of Maulana Malik Ibrahim Malang, Indonesia. 4 Lecturer, Department of Architecture, State Islamic University of Maulana Malik Ibrahim Malang, Indonesia.

55

[A-06]
vegetation produces oxygen which is then released into the air so as to make the surrounding air becomes cooler. This study emphasizes the placement of vegetation on some of the buildings, in order to see how much the temperature can be reduced so that the effect on thermal comfort and indoorbased energy-efficient 1.1 RESEARCH PROBLEMS

Overview of some of the above, some of the problems that the target of this research: 1. How does the placement of vegetation on thermal comfort in the room ? 2. Where is the best placement of vegetation to reduce the temperature in the room ? 1.2 RESEACH BOUNDARY

This study will provide a great benefit to science, especially in the field of thermal building. The limitation in this study using a model similar residential buildings, both of the types of building materials, location of openings, area of the room, as well as the type of vegetation. The only difference is the placement of vegetation on some of the buildings. The result will be known to the impact of the placement of vegetation to temperature in the room. 1.3 RESEARCH METHOD

The study was conducted to determine the effect of vegetation on placement in the room temperature in the tropics in Indonesia, by taking samples in the area around the city of Malang. Purple-leaved vegetation (Graptophylium pictum) was chosen because it readily available at the community residential area. Model building measuring 50x50 cm made with cement and brick material, adapted to the original building material. Vegetation attached to the walls of the building to the north, south, east, west and on the roof of the building. At each placement, the temperature was measured using a hygrometer per hour within the same day. The measurement results were then compared between the placement of one placement to another to find out where the best placement in reducing the temperature in the room. In general it can be concluded that the independent variables in this study is the placement of vegetation on the model building. Control variable is the type of vegetation, time and material model of the building. While the dependent variable is the temperature in the model room of the building. The research process described in the following chart in Figure 1.

Figure 1. Research process

56

[A-06]

LITERATURE REVIEW

Intangible energy in various forms, and one form of energy that exist on this earth is the thermal energy (Lechner, 2001: 50). Thermal energy is divided into three forms, namely: 1. The heat can be felt / measured (semsible heat) / can be measured by a thermometer. 2. Latent heat (latent heat) change of form or a phase change material. 3. Radiated heat (radiant heat) radiation is a form of an electric magnet. 2.1 THERMAL COMFORT

Thermal comfort is a thermal condition that is felt by humans, not by the objects, animals, and architecture, but is conditioned by the environment and objects around the architecture. To create thermal comfort, we should be able to understand not only the mechanisms of heat loss from the human body, but also to the environmental conditions that can make the heat disappear. The four conditions are: 1. Air temperature (C) 2. Humidity 3. Air Speed (Feet / Minute) 4. Radian Mean Temperature (MRT) Thermal comfort can be obtained by controlling the following matters: 1. Heat sources (combustion of carbohydrates in food, air temperature, solar radiation). For that there must be heat transfer (lower or heat exchange) from the body into the environment. 2. Moisture, should be conditioned or control the moisture from perspiration, of these objects, the source of moisture, which is the source of water and plant species 3. Wind, wind occurs because of differences in air pressure and air temperature differences. 4. The source of radiation heat comes from direct sunlight and indirect (reflection and conduction) and the combustion process in the human body (metabolism). 2.2 HEAT, VEGETATION AND THERMAL

Internal condition of the building has a large amount of heat generated by humans, light and electronic equipment or any combination in between. Heat is a form of energy, contained in substances as molecular motion or appearing as electromagnetic radiation in space (Szokolay, 2004). The heat that is formed is called sensible heat / latent. Vegetation is one of the principal factors that could affect the micro and macro climate. By providing shelter in buildings, can significantly reduce the temperature. For hot and humid climate, the ideal situation is to have a roof covering of tall trees for shade. The air is stuck in low trees and shrubs allow moisture to wake up in a very undesirable. In cold climates, trees can reduce noise and air clean of dust and other pollutants. In addition, broad-leaved plants have the ability to absorb carbon dioxide (CO2) is greater. In one human being requires 2.9 kg of oxygen (02) so that the plants help to accelerate the procurement of 02 in the room during the day. For the comfort room, a plant which can be utilized such as in-law tongue (Sansevieria), srigading (Dracaena Massangeana), Chrysantheium monfohum, Sri sustenance (Aglaonema modestum), and plant root fibers.

57

[A-06]
3 DISCUSSION

In this study using five measurements with different placement of vegetation. The first measurements made on the placement of vegetation on the west wall, continue on east, south, north and final placement on the roof as a roof garden. Can be explained in Figure 2.

(a) West

(b) South

(c) Eeast

(d) North

(e) Roof garden

Figure 2. Placement of a vegetation on the wall

The results of measurements at room temperature, the placement of vegetation on the west and east walls, are showed in Table 1 and Table 2.
Table 1. Measurement results for the placement of vegetation in the Western Time 06.00 07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00 Indoor temperature (oC) Before* After* 24,6 24,1 24,8 24,5 25,9 25,7 26,6 26,2 26,4 26,0 26,8 26,3 26,5 26,3 26,9 26,2 27,0 26,5 27,7 27,1 27,4 27,0 27,4 27,2 27,5 27,0 Outdoor Temperature (oC) 24,8 25 26,3 26,8 26,8 27,1 27,1 27,3 27,5 27,9 27,8 27,7 27,6 The temperature difference before and after * 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,4 0,4 0,5 0,2 0,7 0,5 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,5

Table 2. Measurement results for the placement of vegetation in the East Time 06.00 07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00 Indoor temperature (oC) Before* After* 24,6 24,4 24,8 24,4 25,9 25,7 26,6 26,5 26,4 26,1 26,8 26,5 26,5 26,3 26,9 26,5 27,0 26,7 27,7 27,5 27,4 27,3 27,4 27,1 27,5 27,3 Outdoor Temperature (oC) 24,8 25 26,3 26,8 26,8 27,1 27,1 27,3 27,5 27,9 27,8 27,7 27,6 The temperature difference before and after * 0,2 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,3 0,3 0,2 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,3 0,2

58

[A-06]
In a period of time (day and evening) of the above can be seen a drop in temperature after the laid vegetation, both on the west and east. The average value of temperature drop, for placement in the west is 0.415 C. While the average value of temperature drop in the room, to the east is the placement was 0.25 C. Chart comparison between the temperature before and after the placement of vegetation on the east and west can be seen in Figure 3.
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 06.00 07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00

Indoor temperature (Before) Indoor temperature (After)- Vegetation on West Indoor temperature (After)- Vegetation on East

Figure 3. Comparison between the temperature in the room before and after, the placement of vegetation the west and east

Measurement is then performed for vegetation that is placed on the south and north. Results of these two measurements ware showed in Table 3 and Table 4.
Table 3. Measurement results for the placement of vegetation in the South Time 06.00 07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00 Indoor temperature (oC) Before* After* 24,6 24,2 24,8 24,4 25,9 25,8 26,6 26,5 26,4 26,2 26,8 26,4 26,5 26,3 26,9 26,7 27,0 26,7 27,7 27,4 27,4 27,1 27,4 27,2 27,5 27,3 Indoor temperature (oC) 24,8 25 26,3 26,8 26,8 27,1 27,1 27,3 27,5 27,9 27,8 27,7 27,6 The temperature difference before and after * 0,4 0,4 0,1 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,2 0,2 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,2 0,2

59

[A-06]

Table 4. Measurement results for the placement of vegetation in the North Time 06.00 07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00 Indoor temperature (oC) Before* After* 24,6 24,5 24,8 24,6 25,9 25,7 26,6 26,4 26,4 26,2 26,8 26,6 26,5 26,2 26,9 26,7 27,0 26,8 27,7 27,3 27,4 27,3 27,4 27,0 27,5 27,3 Outdoor temperature (oC) 24,8 25 26,3 26,8 26,8 27,1 27,1 27,3 27,5 27,9 27,8 27,7 27,6 The temperature difference before and after * 0,1 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,3 0,2 0,2 0,4 0,1 0,4 0,2

In a period of time (day and evening) from the table above can be seen a drop in temperature after the laid vegetation, both on the south side and on the north side. The average value of the decrease in temperature in the room is equal to 0.254 C, for the placement of vegetation on the southern side. While the average value of the decrease in temperature in the room for placement on the north side is amounted to 0.207 C. Chart comparison between the temperature before and after the placement of vegetation on the south and north can be seen in Figure 4.

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 06.00 07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 Indoor Temperature (Before) 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00

Indoor Temperature (After) - Vegetation on North Indoor Temperature (After) - Vegetation on South

Figure 4. Comparison between the temperature in the room before and after, placement of vegetation on North and South

60

[A-06]
The last measurement made on the placement of vegetation as a roof garden. Results of these two measurements ware showed in Table 5.
Table 5. Measurement results for the placement of vegetation in the North as roof garden Indoor temperature (oC) Before* After* 24,6 24,3 24,8 24,6 25,9 25,8 26,6 26,3 26,4 26,2 26,8 26,5 26,5 26,4 26,9 26,6 27,0 26,8 27,7 27,3 27,4 27,1 27,4 27,3 27,5 27,1 Outdoor temperature (oC) 24,8 25 26,3 27,0 26,8 27,1 27,1 27,3 27,5 27,9 27,8 27,7 27,6 The temperature difference before and after * 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,3 0,2 0,3 0,1 0,3 0,2 0,4 0,3 0,1 0,4

Time 06.00 07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00

In a period of time (day and evening), can be seen a decrease in temperature after the vegetation placed on the roof garden. The average value decrease of indoor temperature is 0.246 C. Chart comparison between the temperature before and after the placement of vegetation as a roof garden can be seen in Figure 5.
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 06.00 07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18.00 Indoor Temperature (Before) Indoor Temperature (After)-as Roof Garden

Figure 5. Comparison between the temperature before and after, the placement of vegetation as a roof garden

61

[A-06]
From the above results, the comparison of data obtained by the placement of vegetation to the decrease of temperature is showed in Figure 6.
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 06.00 07.00 08.00 09.00 10.00 11.00 12.00 13.00 14.00 15.00 16.00 17.00 18,00

Vegetation on West Vegetation on North

Vegetation on East as roof garden

Vegetation on South

Figure 6. Comparison all of temperature after placement, of vegetation on the North, South, East, West and as a roof.

CONCLUSION

From the above data, it can be concluded that: 1. the use of vegetation shown to lower the temperature in the room so that it can be applied in planning the design of houses, so it does not require more water conditioner 2. tlacement of vegetation that are most pressing at room temperature is the placement on the west wall of the room. 5 SUGGESTION

This research is beginning to prove the influence of the placement of vegetation to the decrease of temperature in the room. This study has several disadvantages, one of them the weather is always changing at the time of the study, so it can not be a formal reference in the determination of the actual placement of vegetation. However, the results of this study may be the basis for further research regarding the placement of vegetation that is more detailed and focused, so that the obtained results are more valid and convincing. 6 REFERENCES

Lechner, Norbert. 2001, Heating, Cooling, Lighting: Metode Desain untuk Arsitektur, Rajagrafindo Persada, Jakarta, pp. 50.

62

[A-06] Szokolay, Steven V. 2004, Introduction to Architectural Science The Basis of Sustainable Design, Architectural Press, Burlington. 5. Priatman, Jimmy. 2003, Energi Conscius Design, Konsepsi dan Strategi Perancangan Bangunan di Indonesia, Dimensi Teknik Arstektur, Vol. 31, No 1, pp.45. Himawan, F. 2005, Arsitektur Berkelanjutan Dayak Kenyah Ditinjau dari Aspek Kenyamanan Termal, Studi kasus di Desa Pampang, Samarinda Utara, Kalimantan Timur, Tesis, Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember, Surabaya.

63

[A-06]

-- This page is intentionally left blank -

64

[A-07] A STUDY ON THE EXTERNALITY OF GAS-STATIONIN URBAN AREA, A CASE STUDY OF BANDUNG, INDONESIA
Mahatma S. SURYO1 and Arip P. RACHMAN2

ABSTRACT: Urban infrastructure must be developed based on the principal of sustainable development. Without a good comprehensive planning, it would be contra productive for the development. Gas-stationis very important in Indonesian cities, which have high dependency on private vehicles (cars and motorcycle). In certain case, the existence of gas-station has created a negative effect on urban area especially in the form of traffic congestion. This paper attempts to identify the externalities of gas-station and to formulate planning criteria for gas station in this area. The study was conducted by field observation and critical discourse based on related standards. The study identifies that gas-stations, which are located on street intersection and provide commercial function will create considerable negative externalities on traffic. This paper is expected to provide policy recommendation and urban design guideline related to gas-station planning in urban area. KEYWORDS: Externality, gas-station, urban design guideline. 1 INTRODUCTION

Indonesian cities can be considered as automobile-dependent cities. These cities' dependency to the private cars has been triggering various problems such as traffic congestion and conflicts among road users. The high number of personal automobile also the reason of why this country has a high level of fuel consumption. As reported by Bisnis Jabar (6 June 2012), such condition will be followed by the operation of many gas-stations in order to catch the market demand. The tight competition among the gas-station operators enforces them to increase their service by providing additional service such as retail store, which complemented by cafeteria, as well as shuttlebus terminal. One crucial issue arises from this condition is the increasing level of traffic generation caused by the operation of these gas-stations as well as the land use function created surrounding them. The purpose of the study is to identify the gas-stations typology regarding its location and land use feature. 2 LITERATURE REVIEW

The growing number of private vehicles have induced the increasing number of gas-stations in Indonesia. There are requirements, and specific criteria must be met in planning and designing the gasstation.The gas station site selection is a multi-criteria complex problem. It includes criteria such as surrounding traffic, environmental factors, visibility, and criteria related to competitors (Semih & Seyhan,2011). Aslan and Alesheikh (2011) categorized theparameter of gas station in Iran in the following classes: 1) Safety: Safety mostly refers to safety of stations, including their vicinity to fire fighting stations and their remoteness from earthquake fault line, high pressure electric posts and oil
1 2

Researcher, Puslitbang Permukiman PU, Indonesia Researcher, Puslitbang Permukiman PU, Indonesia

65

[A-07]
and gas lines. 2) Traffic: Gas stations should be located far from squares and one way streets to considerably reduce the traffic. 3) Accessibility: This class includes the ease of access to highways and main roads and the maintenance of a suitable distance from parking. 4) Environmental: Gas stations should be far from green areas, hospitals and schools. In general, Pertamina as a private owned enterprise and the biggest player in fuel distribution business in Indonesia has developed detailed requirements for its station. According to Pertamina, the building anatomy of its gas-station has to meet the standard as follows: 1. The design of the building has to be adapted to the characteristic of its surrounding (e.g.: the location of the entrance and exit gate); 2. The building elements have to be adaptive with the climate and environment (the design of louvre and the utilization of proper material and texture) 3. The design of gas-station has to be harmonious with the character of dominant building in its surrounding; 4. The architecture of supporting facility building has to be integrated with of the main building. 5. All the buildings' facade has to express consistent detail and character. 6. Attractive variation of roofings form and line 7. The building has to be adaptive with the solar heat and its refflection through designing louvre 8. The building is divided into smaller scale components in order to avoid oversized building form. For the circulation of gas station: 1. The circulation is designed so that any vehicle can make turns easily to enter the gas-station and into the queue near the pump. The vehicles also facilitated to make easy turn while leaving the station without encounter any obstruction and the drivers provided good visibility when re-entering the street; 2. The entrance and exit of gas-station must not be intersected 3. There should be at least two entrance lanes into the gas-station; 4. The minimum number of exit lane is three or same with of the petrol-filling lane. 5. The width of entrance and exit of the gas-station are set to be at least 6 m. There are also many gas-station operator that provide additional services, suc as: praying room, airpump, toilet, etc. Modern gas station ofthe provides with minimarket and ATM.Planning criteria for location of Petrol Filling Stations (RURA Version) 1. Stations should be located within a growth center or an urban area except in circumstances where it can be shown through appropriate studies that the need exists otherwise. 2. Stations should be located at a minimum of 100 m from any public institution such as schools, churches, public libraries, auditoriums, hospitals, public playground, etc. However, other small and medium commercial activities may be located within the specified limits. 3. Distance between one gas-station and another : 150 m 4. Area of land to be developed should be sufficient to allow maneuvering of vehicles within its cartilage but should not be less than 1100 m2 with a minimum frontage of 9 m on the primary street.

66

[A-07]
5. Filling stations will not be allowed in any area where the traffic situation is such that it will cause obstructions in entering or leaving a station or on tight curves where visibility is not adequate. 6. Petrol pumps shall be located a minimum 30 m from any residential building. 7. Urban stretches : Intersection with any category of road (irrespective of carriageway width) 100 m Undivided carriageway 300 m Divided carriageway 100 m if not on same side of carriageway; 300 m if on same side of carriage way Minimum plot size of gas-station shall be 35 m x 35 m Maximum building coverage 60% Minimum landscaping 10% 8. Where the site adjoins the side or rear boundary of residential lot, a solid wall 3 m in height should be constructed and maintained along that lot boundary. 9. Normally no acces to or egreess from a gas-station shall be closer than 45m to any road intersection or 75m from the intersection of two main roads. 3 3.1 CASE STUDY SPBU ARCAMANIK HERMINA

Arcamanik Gas-station is located on Jalan A.H. Nasution Bandung. This gas-station is the main gasstation in this area within 4 km range. The size of this gas-station is about 1575 square meter with 11 meter width of each acces. The site is located on busy crosssection between the main road and secondary road. It is surrounded by public institutions such as elementary school, hospital, police station, and minimarkets within 100 meter radius. The additional facilites in this area is ATM.
LEGEND Gas Station Commercial Housimg Public Institution (School, Hospital, Office)

Figure 1. Land use map surrounding the Arcamanik Gas Station

The main problem that occurs in this area is the traffic congestion. This traffic congestion is mainly caused by the traffic flow from the road intersection and the inflow.

67

[A-07]

Main flow Secondary flow Local Alley flow Gas Station flow

Figure 2. Traffic Flow surrounding the Arcamanik Gas Station

3.2

SPBU PUSDAI

Gas-station is located on Jalan Surapati. This gas-station is the main gas-station in this area within 4 km range. The size of this gas-station is about 1843 square meter with 12 meter width of entrance and 6,8 meter width of the exit. The site is located on busy crosssection between the main road and secondary road. It is surrounded by public institutions such as PUSDAI, traditionl market, banks, and minimarkets within 100 meter radius. The additional facilites in this site are minimarket, ATM, Shutlle Bus Pool, and Carwash.
LEGEND Gas Station Commercial Housimg Public Institution (School, Hospital, Office) Traditional Market
0 10 20 m

Figure 3. Land use map surrounding the Pusdai Gas Station

The main problem that occurs in this area is the traffic congestion. This traffic congestion is mainly caused by the traffic flow from the road intersection and externalities from the gas-station, shuttle bus pool and traditional market.

68

[A-07]

10

20 m

Figure 4. Traffic Flow surrounding the Pusdai Gas Station

3.3

SPBU AHMAD YANI

Gas-station is located on Jalan Ahmad Yani. This gas-station is the main gas-station in this area within 2 km range. The size of this gas-station is about 2488 square meter with 50 meter width of each acces. The site is located on the corner of busy crosssection between the main roads. It is surrounded by public institutions such as Public School, Government office, Shopping Malls (IBCC Plaza) and shophouses within 100 meter radius. The additional facilites in this site are minimarket and ATM.

LEGEND Gas Station Commercial Housimg Public Institution (School, Hospital, Office)

Figure 5. Land use map surrounding the Ahmad Yani Gas Station

Figure 6 shows that Ahmad Yani Gas Station is located on busy cross section. The potential conflict of traffic flow will occure on the exit gate which is on Jalan Riau and the entrance side on Jalan Ahmad Yani. This gas stastion is to close to any crossection within 50 meter range.

69

[A-07]

10

20 m

Figure 6. Traffic flow surrounding the Ahmad Yani Gas Station

3.4

SPBU SURAPATI

Gas-station is located on Jalan Surapati. This gas-station is the main gas-station in this area within 4 km range. The size of this gas-station is about 1500 square meter with 7,4 meter width of entrance and 11 meter width of the exit. The site is approximately 150 meter far from crosssection. It is surrounded by public institutions such as public school, university, banks,offices, and minimarkets within 100 meter radius. There is no additional facilities such as ATM or minimarket.
LEGEND
Gas Station Commercial Housimg Public Institution (School, Hospital, Office)

10

20 m

Figure 7. Land use map surrounding the Surapati Gas Station

Figure 8 shows that Surapati gas station has minimal conflict on traffic flow compared to other gas station in this study. There is no road intersection in the surrounding area. The closest intersection is in 150 range from this gas station. The externalities from the surrounding area is not as much as other objects..

70

[A-07]

10

20 m

Figure 8. Traffic flow surrounding the Surapati Gas Station

SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATION

According to field observation, it is identified several facts as follows: 1. The city government has no guidelines or building code in urban masterplan which regulates the gas station. 2. The typology of gas-station according to its position and proximity to the nearby street a) Gas-station located on t-junction and has close proximity to public facilities tends to give significant externalities to the traffic. b) Gas-station which also serves as shuttle-bus terminal will generate considerable traffic the surrounding area. c) Generally, the width of entrance and exit of gas-stations analyzed in this study has met the standard requirement; more than, 6 meters.

Figure 9. Typology of gas station based on its location.

RECOMMENDATION

Standard/guideline in planning gas-station in urban area is needed to control traffic generations and externalities to the surrounding area of the station. This guideline may consist of : the aprroriated location of gas station minimal radius from road intersection minimal radius from public facilities such as traditional market, hospital and public school.

71

[A-07]
6 REFERENCES

Aslan,M and. Alesheikh,A 2011, Site selection for small gas stations using GIS , Academic Journals, Vol. 6(15), pp. 1361-3171, 11 August, 2011 Guidelines Construction for Petroleum Station, Rwanda Utilities Regulatory Agency, www.rura.gov.rw, downloaded June 2012 Panduan Bangunan SPBU Pertamina, spbu.pertamina.com, downloaded June 2012 Rencana Tata Ruang Wilayah Kota bandung 2011-2031, Pemerintah Kota Bandung, 2011 Semih, T & Seyhan, S. 2011, A Multi-creiteria Factor Evaluation Model for Gas Station Selection, Journal of Global Management, July 2011, Volume 2. Number 1

72

[A-08]

DEVELOPMENT OF A RAPID SYSTEM FOR URBAN AIR QUALITY INDEX MEASUREMENT BASED ON PHOTONIC CRYSTAL SENSOR
Mamat RAHMAT1, Muhamad AZIS2, Erus RUSTAMI3, Wenny MAULINA4, ISNAENI5, Husin ALATAS6, Arief S. YUWONO7, Yong-Hoon CHO8 and Kudang B. SEMINAR9

ABSTRACT: Urban air pollution has become increasingly severe and uncontrollable.Thus, requiring proper and accurate detection equipment. Acquired data can be used to perform anticipation actions based on the clear priority. In this study, we developed an integrated air pollution measurement system that consists of several parts: sensor systems, wireless data acquisition systems, and information technology systems. The sensor system was built using an optical sensor formed nanostructures photonic crystal based on physical material characteristics of pollutant gases. Wireless data acquisition system (WDAS) was built using open hardware module DFRduino and Xbee-PRO based wireless data communications. Analog data from sensors, which are converted into digital, is then stored in a MySQL database. The data is displayed in real-time in the form of desktop and web-based applications, which is developed using a graphical user interface (GUI) and visual basic programming, hypertext preprocessor (PHP), asynchronous JavaScript and XML (AJAX) and J-Query techniques. The data can be shown directly in web pages and downloadable in Microsoft Excel format. KEYWORDS: Urban air pollution, real-time, photonic crystal sensor, wireless data acquisition system, web based application. 1 INTRODUCTION

Pollution in major cities in Indonesia such as Jakarta, Bandung, and Surabaya has come to an alarming extent. Concentration of pollutant gases in the form of suspended particulate matter (SPM), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), and lead (Pb) are above the standards set by the World Health Organization (WHO) (Soedomo et al., 1991; Resosudarmo 2002). Gurjar et al. (2008) put Jakarta as one of the cities with the Mega-cities Pollution Index (MPI) equivalent to Beijing's tallest, higher than Karachi and Cairo. Urbanization and industrialization is a major cause of air pollution in developing countries like Indonesia (Hertel&Goodsite 2009). Nitrogen dioxide is part of the nitrogen oxides (NOx), the most attention related to air pollution and human health (WHO 2000; Brunekreef 2007; Esplugues et al., 2007). Nitrogen oxides produced from human activities (anthropogenic) and natural (biogenic) (USEPA 2008). The transport sector is the largest contributor of nitrogen oxide emissions in Asia and America than power generation and industry (Streets et al., 2003; USEPA 2006).The government of Indonesia has set a nitrogen dioxide

PhD Student, Agriculture Engineering Science Study Program,Graduate SchoolBogor Agricultural University, Indonesia Master Student, Biophysics Study Program,Graduate School Bogor Agricultural University, Indonesia 3 Master Student, Biophysics Study Program,Graduate School Bogor Agricultural University, Indonesia 4 Master Student, Biophysics Study Program,Graduate School Bogor Agricultural University, Indonesia 5 Reseacher,Department of Physics Korea Andvanced Institute of Science and Technology, Korea 6 Associate Professor,Department of Physics Bogor Agricultural University, Indonesia 7 Associate Professor,Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering Bogor Agricultural University, Indonesia 8 Professor,Department of Physics Korea Andvanced Institute of Science and Technology, Korea 9 Professor,Department of Agriculture Engineering and Biosystem Bogor Agricultural University, Indonesia
2

73

[A-08]
along with particulate matter (PM), sulfur dioxide (SO2), carbon monoxide (CO) and ozone (O3) as a parameter of the air pollutant standard index (IndeksStandarPencemarUdara, ISPU) (MNLH 1997). The impact of air pollution on human health is affected by the type of pollutant, concentration, duration of exposure, and vulnerability of each individual (Mishra 2003). In general, exposure to NO2 a long time and a high concentration has a negative impact on health, especially for children, such as reduced lung function, wheezing, and asthma (Galan et al., 2003; Gauderman et al. 2005). Health problems from air pollution are also affected by the economic sector. Patankar and Trivedi (2011) reported a total financial burden, including burden of individuals, government spending and social costs, due to health problems in India at around $ 218.10 million to 50 g/m3 increase in NO2gas. NO2 exposure measurements are performed by the method of passive air samplers (PAS) or active air samplers (AAS). PAS method can be used to complete the AAS with the advantage of cheaper operating costs (Gouin et al., 2005; Moodley et al. 2011). However, the PAS method has the disadvantage that it cannot provide data in real time on the in-situ measurements, because the characterization performed in the laboratory. Parameter measurements of NO2 to ISPU PAS method have been standardized by the Indonesian National Standard (SNI). In this study, we developed a detection system of air pollution, because it is very important to be noticed and become the focus of the world. Development of photonic crystal sensors are the basis of the concept development of the measurement system and built in integrated ISPU ranging from theoretical studies, experimentation, instrumentation and applications of information technology to deliver data presented to the public. This is done to address climate change and environmental pollution for the development of a rapid system for urban air quality index measurement based on photonic crystal sensor. 2 RECENT DEVELOPMENT

NO2 gas sensor has been developed semiconductor based detectors (Meixner et al., 1995; Bei et al., 2004; Wei et al. 2004), a thin layer (Tsiulyanu et al., 2001; Shishiyanu et al. 2005) and nanowire (Zhang et al ., 2004; Ahn et al., 2008; Choi et al., 2008). On the other hand, optical-based detection methods have also been progressing quite rapidly. Photonic crystal optical material is one that is widely used as a sensor (Asher et al., 2003; West Ham et al., 2003; Koronov et al., 2005; Chuang et al. 2011). Refractive index became one parameter in a photonic crystal-based detection (We et al., 2008; Chen et al., 2008). Alatas et al. (2006) developed a refractive index sensor based on a one-dimensional photonic crystal with two defects (defects). The addition of two defects in the crystal produces a phenomenon called photonic pass band (PPB). PPB intensity is very sensitive to changes in the refractive index in the second defect. Testing of photonic crystal sensor for measuring the concentration of sugar solution to produce data with the coefficient of determination (R2) reached 98% (Grace 2009). The development of information technology (IT) is very fast in recent years and has expanded into many areas of life, including in agriculture. At first, the utilization of information technology in agriculture is widely used to disseminate information about fresh produce and agricultural industries to be traded and it is widely used by business people in agriculture, and also to spread information about research results, and dissemination policies that are done by government agencies, universities, nongovernmental organizations and business people in the farming and agricultural industry (Thysen, 2000). Therefore, a distributed instrumentation required to submit the results of this monitoring. Technological developments currently allow the use of applications to deliver informative data at a low cost, fast, and easily accessible. The most rapid and easily accessible facility is internet.

74

[A-08]
Therefore, communication is used to connect the server with the public internet network. The database is displayed on a web server to be distributed to the public. The present data also needs to be given a special format because many people who do not understand about the air quality data. Measurement data should be packaged in the form of data that is informative, so that ordinary people can use it (Hart and Martinez, 2006). Wireless Sensor Network (WSN) is an equipment package system in which there is one or more automatic sensor and is equipped with communication systems, where each point sensor in the sensor network is equipped with a radio transceiver or some sort of wireless communication devices. Such sensors work together and are typically used to monitor the condition of the physical environment, such as temperature, motion, sound, vibration, color changes, and others. Each point (spot) sensors are usually equipped with a microcontroller and energy source (battery or solar cell). (Affan, 2006) WSN application in the fields of environmentare is known as the Environmental Sensor Network (ESN). ESN facilitates fundamental studies related to the process and the development of an alarm system contamination. ESN has been developed starting from a passive storage system that requires the downloading of the manual to sensor networks that enable intelligent network stain combination of automatic sensor and communication systems that can actively communicate data in a Sensor Network Server (SNS) at which data can be integrated with environmental data sets other. Stains sensor can be placed in fixed and moving in mobility scale suitable for measuring specified environmental parameters (Hart and Martinez, 2006). 3 SCOPE AND LIMITATION

In this paper, we present the results of the development of the photonic crystal sensor for the detection of gas concentrations of pollution, followed by instruments supporters to generate measurement data digitally. The next step is to make wireless data acquisition system and database system that reads and stores the data so that data can be displayed in computer either desktop-based or web-based. In this case, we present only one sensor development nitrogen dioxide (NO2) as an illustration in the development of other sensors, such as O3, SO2, CO and so on. While the development of instrumentation and data acquisition system, we builtthree devices which have five sensors in each station. 4 4.1 METHODOLOGY GAS CHARACTERIZATION

A pollutant gas sample, in the case of NO2 gas, is sucked into the impinger containing a solution of 10 mL Griess Saltzman. Suction vacuum pump set at a rate of 0.4 L/min. Sampling was carried out for 60 minutes. Temperature and humidity environment is accounted for three times, i.e. the first minute, the 30th minute, and the 60th minute. Then the sample characterizedusing a spectrophotometer UV-VIS Ocean Optics USB 4000 with observed changes in the wavelength spectrum and displayed on a computer screen. 4.2 SENSOR DEVELOPMENT

Photonic crystal sensor system was developed based on the characterization of pollutant gases which show absorption wavelength in accordance with the rules of Beer Lambert. Photonic crystal sensor design adapted to the results of previous studies conducted Alatas et al. (2006) using the transfer matrix method with the optimization of design patterns using two defects. Fabrication of photonic crystals used electron beam evaporation method at a temperature of 300 K and pressure of 2 x 10-5 Pa.

75

[A-08]
The coating process was performed in two steps. First, coating process are 14 layers from layer-1 until layer-14 before the second defect. In this first process, the first defect in layer-5 was already included. This process was implemented in substrate-1 that was in the form of glass BK-7 (refractive index = 1.52). Second, coating 5 layers from layer-20 until layer-16, meanwhile layer-15 was emptied to place the sugar solution that will be further analyzed. This process was implemented in substrate-2 that was also in form of glass BK-7 (refractive index = 1.52). The resulting fabricated photonic crystal is formed in a circular disk with a diameter of 6.5 mm. The device is constructed by setting a light source left the photonic crystal system and the photo detector right, so that light will pass through the photonic crystal before received by the photo detector. Reagent solution is inserted with a spacer interval of l - 2 mm which allow easy and continuous flow. The next stage is the testing and validation of sensor performance based on the SNI standard method. 4.3 INSTRUMENTATION DEVELOPMENT

NO2 gas measurement instrumentation system that is built consists of three subsystems, namely photonic crystal-based optical sensors, signal conditioning circuit (signal conditioning), as well as control and data processing (control and data processing). The analysis is restricted to the design of functional analysis, namely the selection of components based on the function that fits the needs of the system. Functional analysis of a series devoted to the optical sensor and signal conditioner through the process of selecting LED, photodiode, op amp, and Instrumentation amplifier. The simulation was performed to investigate the characteristics of electronic components or circuits that are used. Simulation photodiode, transimpedance amplifier, and the analog low pass filter using Orcad Capture Professional 9.2 PSPICE. And for the other electronic components simulated using the Isis Proteus 7.7 Professional. 4.4 APPLICATION SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

Application software development consists of three main parts include design of data acquisition wirelessly (wireless), design of interface software of desktop-based applications, and design of interface software of web-based application. The software thatwe used in this study i.e. Windows 7 operating systems, Visual Basics 6.0, Arduino, X-CTU/Putty, TeraTerm, Dreamweaver 8.0, PHP, MySQL, Apache, and FusionCharts. While the programming language used in this study include: BASIC, C / Wiring, PHP, HTML, XML, Javascript (Inc. AJAX, jQuery) and FusionCharts. 5 5.1 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION PHOTONIC CRYSTAL SENSOR SYSTEM

Optical sensor components are selected based on characteristics of the absorbance of NO2 in the Griess-Saltzman reagent solution and the properties of fabricated photonic crystal. The maximum absorbance occurs in the wavelength range 500 nm to 600 nm, the highest peak in the 550 nm. The greatest interaction between light energy and NO2 gas which absorp in reagent occurs at a wavelength of 500 nm to 600 nm. To increase the sensitivity of the PPB photonic crystal designed to operate at a wavelength of 550 nm. But the influence of tooling factor in the production process led PPB operating at 533.16 nm value. This value is still within the range of maximum absorbance of the GriessSaltzman reagent solution. LED light source and a photodiode using EPIGAP optronic products. LED operating wavelength is 480 to 606 nm with a peak at 525 nm. While photodiode wavelengths operate at between 490 to 560 nm. Figure 1 shows the spectra of optical components making up the photonic crystal-based sensors.

76

[A-08]
Suitability of the operating wavelength can prevent other measurability of environmental interaction. PPB received photodiode intensity comes from the interaction of photonic crystals with the reagents. PPB intensity change only affected by changes in the refractive index of the solution.

Figure 1. Spectra characteristics of the sensor components i.e. photonic crystal (PC), LED as light source and photodiode as detector

5.2

SIGNAL CONDITIONING CIRCUITS

Transimpedance Amplifier (TIA) circuit was built using artificial LMC660 IC National Semiconductor as the core of the current to voltage converter and amplifier. Component selection is based on the input bias current is very small, which is about 2 pA. The smaller the value input bias current willgenerate the smaller noise also. TIA circuit stability is influenced by the characteristics of the photodiode is used. One of the potential to raise noise is the source capacitor (Cs) which is an intrinsic characteristic of photodiode. The simulation was performed to see the influence of a combination of Cs and the feedback resistor (Rf) of the noise and how to reduce them. Simulation are based on its equivalent circuit are photodiode. The simulation results illustrate that the influence of noise due to Cs can be reduced by adding a feedback capacitor (Cf) in parallel with Rf. Figure 2 shows the equivalent circuit photodiode combined with a series of TIA.

Figure 2. Equivalent circuit of photodiode and TIA

The experimental results show the same phenomenon with the simulation, i.e. the greater the smaller the value of Cf noise is also generated, as shown in Figure 3. TIA output voltage value is converted into digital data using analog to digital converter (ADC) 10-bit internal microcontroller. The main part is to strengthen the signal conditioning circuit and an analog low pass filter. Strengthening selected using 204 PGA Instrumentation amplifiers Burr-Brown made to strengthen the signal up to 1000 times. Signal amplification has a negative impact that noise from the previous series shares the gains. ADC values measured before the reinforcement is stable in the absence of noise. In

77

[A-08]
fact, based on measurements obtained using an oscilloscope noise value of about 4 mV. This value is still below the 10-bit resolution ADC with a reference voltage of 5 V, which is 4.88 mV. ADC did not detect any change in the bits of the circuit being measured. At the time of strengthening the influence of noise becomes significant. Measurements using an oscilloscope states that after the strengthening of 100 times the noise value of about 200 mV with a frequency of 50 Hz. This value is equivalent to 40 bits in digital data. To cope with the emergence of the added noise due to the strengthening of passive circuit analog low pass filter with cutoff frequency of 1 Hz. Changes due to noise signals with frequencies above 1 Hz will be blocked. The series just miss the true value of the previous series. Cutoff frequency of 1 Hz obtained from the combination of 3.9 k resistor and a capacitor 47 F.

Figure 3. Illustration of Feedback Capacitor (Cf) dependence of signals

The presence of data outliers may affect the accuracy of the results of measurements of NO2 gas. Data outliers arise as a result of system problems or limitations of microcontrollers internal ADC. To avoid such incidents will require the addition of filter data in digital form median filter. The method used in the median filter is taking a number of data, sorted, and then find the middle value (median). Ordering data insertion sorting method has advantages in terms of time, which is a faster process (Astrachan, 2003). The median value is taken because it is more robust against data outliers. Amount of data collected measured values affect stability. Figure 4 shows the variation of data population to the ADC output.

Figure 4. Illustration of variation of data population in median filter

Instrumentation system build to response of changes in gas concentration of NO2 in the reagent solution that shown in Figure 5. A change in concentration of 30 g/m3 is detected by the change bit of 254 bits. In order word, it can be said that the system has a measurement resolution of 0:13 g/m3 per bit. NO2 gas concentration tests performed for an hour is only about 46 g/m3. The system can detect changes in the concentration of NO2 gas even in small amounts. For larger concentrations of gas detection is more likely to do. Just need to be adjusted in the reinforcement as it relates to the measurement range can be handled.

78

[A-08]

Figure 5. Illustration of performance test of the sensor

5.3. WIRELESS DATA COMMUNICATION In the instrument development, we use dummy sensors. A dummy sensor of 10 k potentiometer is used to simulate of the equivalent circuit before using the actual sensor, photonic crystal sensor. The output of the dummy sensor is presented in the form of analog data voltage value. The resulting analog data is processed by DFRduino Mega 1280 into digital data. Mega DFRduino module 1280 is equipped with analog circuits to digital converter (ADC) 10 bit. So, it is not need an external ADC circuit. The output of the sensor can be directly connected to analog pin on the module board DFRduino Mega 1280. Every module is programmed DFRduino Mega 1280 and 5 dummy sensors are connected to analog pin. Xbee transceiver section serves as a transmitter. Xbeetransmitter is used to transmit data wirelessly from the location of the station prototype to a computer server. Xbee transceiver has two modes of operation as a configuration, the transparent mode (AT) and Packet mode (API). Due to the design of this study is only point-to-point is simple, and then the mode is transparent mode (AT) with 16 bit addressing system. The receiver consists of transceiver Xbeemodules and Xbee adapter. Xbee transceiver section serves as a receiver. Data on Xbee transceiver can be received and accepted by the server computer requires a data communication intermediary, in this case is Xbee adapter. While Xbee transceiver is used to configure the X-CTU software. The wireless data communication system illustrate on Figure 6.

Figure 6. Illustration of schematic of wireless data communication based on Xbee platform.

5.3

APPLICATION SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

In general, program of the module with Arduinoplatform consists of two main functions void setup and void loop. Function void setup is usually used to perform initialization such as serial communication mode, setting baudrate, pin mode of Mega DFRduino modules 1280, and so on. While

79

[A-08]
the function void loop typically contains commands that are used by programs such as reading analog Read, enter a function or formula, giving the delay time (delay) program, print to a serial, and so forth. Mega DFRduino module 1280 has the analog to digital converter (ADC) with a resolution of 10 bits. So there are 1024values which presented the digital value supplied by the voltage sensor. This means that the voltage between 0-5 volts is supplied by the sensor digital value equivalent to 0-1024. When used as the Vcc voltage is 5 volts, then the resulting resolution is 5 Volt/1024 = 0.0048 volts = 4.8 mV. This means that any increase in voltage of approximately 4.8 mV the digital value will rise by 1. AnalogRead syntax () has function to read an analog voltage pin. As was mentioned earlier that the ISPU has some range category, i.e. GOOD (0-50), MEDIUM (51100), NOT HEALTH (101-200), VERY UNHEALTHY (201-300), and DANGEROUS (301-500), to facilitate interpretation of the data is unreadable, the authors narrow down the digital value with a maximum value of 1000. ISPU maximum value 1000 is the assumption that thepollutant gas level already saturated. To separate the digital data of each parameter of ISPU station prototype, we use characters #, $, and @. So that although the five pieces of data sent from each of three different prototype ISPU stations will not be confused, and will be recognized by both the desktop application. After Xbee transceiver on the receiver and connected to the pin on programed by UartSbee v4.0, the next step is to test a wireless serial communication (wireless). If the dummy data sent by the sensor is in conformity with the expected range is from 0 to 1000, means the series has been running well. The following Figure 7 shows the results of testing of serial communication with a USB cable using TeraTerm application.

Figure 7. Illustration of wired and wireless data communication inTerraTerm application.

5.3.1

Desktop Application Development

Data sent by each station prototype ISPU stored in the database with the name dbsispu, initially only consists of three tables is dbstasiun1, dbstasiun2, and dbstasiun3. This database developed using MySQL software. And the desktop application developed using Microsoft Visual Basic. Desktop application is developed to display measurement data from database. Display of desktop application is shown in Figure 8. This application is capable to accomodate multiple station data in real time mode and simultanously. Each station operate 5 sensors directly. In this application, we can select tab of the station that will be display. Here, we can read the real time measured data and ghraphical interface to display data fluctuation in time series. And we can select the delay time of data capture.

Figure 8. Desktop application display of multistation of air quality index measurement system

80

[A-08]
5.3.2 Web Application Development

Web applications are built require some additional tables, banner, download, halamanstastis, contact, MainMenu, modules, stations, statistics, submenu, templates, and users. Similar with typical web site page, we create Home contains menu information on the website, About Us consists of the following sub-menu Aims and Developer Team. Main page is ISPU Real Time. This page contains information about ISPU graphs in real time with the technique of Asynchronous JavaScript and XML (AJAX) from each station. In other page, we create Non-Real Time ISPU. This page contains information about the data ISPU in non-real time (more accurately called datalog ISPU) with paging techniques from each station.Download page contains information files that can be downloaded by the user.Contact Us contains a form that serves as a medium for the delivery of advice and constructive criticism of an integrated system that has been made. To complete the web interface, we create additional widgets. ISPU Today is a widget that provides information about the minimum, maximum, and average ISPU today. Values listed in the form of data (moving average of data). These values change with increasing time, calculated starting from 00.00 pm every day. Brief Info is widget contains information newsticker. Newsticker is running the news contained in webisite client.User statistics widget contains statistical information about users who access the website. Bannerprovides information to display ads (banners) in the form of logos and related links, such as KEMDIKBUD, IPB, and MENLH. And Datalog ISPU is a module functions to view the datalog ISPU and to export and download datalog ISPU in Microsoft Excel file format. Files are downloaded to a computer that will automatically have access datalog_ispu_sta format (nomorstasiun).xls and already has a title header when opened by Microsoft Excel application (on windows) or Calc (in linux). The development result of web application can be seen in Figure 9, Figure 10 and Figure 11.

(a) Main page of web application to display air quality (b) Non Real Time page to select period range of index measurement data in real time mode saved data Figure 9. Main page and Non Real Time page

(a) Non Real Time page to display selected data

(b) Function module to export and download datalog ISPU in xls file format

Figure 10. Non Real Time page and function module

81

[A-08]

Figure 11. Downloaded data that displayed in Microsoft Excel application.

CONCLUSION

This study has successfully developed a rapid system for urban air quality index measurement based on photonic crystal sensor. This configuration allows users to access data easier. It is not only possible to handle the data by the user directly, but also possible to support decision making based on artificial intelligent approach. Development of air quality index measurement has been using low price open hardware component, low power consumption, and several open source software. This air quality index measurement can be operated with three stations each of which is equipped with five sensors in real-time mode. 7 FUTURE WORK

In the future, we will study the implementation of air quality index measurement in the real field of urban environment. The target is air quality index measurement that can work well when operated in the real field. The next stage will test the durability and power management consideration. 8 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The research was supported by Integrated Outstanding Scholarship (BeasiswaUnggulanTerpadu) Program from the Ministry of Education and Culture of the Republic of Indonesia, Center for Environmental Research - IPB (PPLH-IPB), Department of Physics, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Department of Mechanical Engineering and Bio-systems Bogor Agricultural University (IPB), West Java, Indonesia, Department of Physics Korea Advanced Institute on Science and Technology (KAIST), Republic of Korea. 9 REFERENCES

Affan, M, F, F. 2006, Perspektif Pertanian Dalam Lingkungan Yang Terkontrol, Inovasi Vol.6/XVIII/Maret 2006. Ahn MW et al. 2008, Gas sensing properties of defect-controlled ZnO-nanowire gas sensor. Applied Physics Letters 93:263103. Alatas H, Mayditia H, Hardhienata H, Iskandar AA, Tjia MO, 2006. Single Frequency Refractive Index Sensor Based On Finite One-Dimensional Photonic Crystal With Two Defects, Japanese Journal of Applied Physics 45 (8B) pp. 6754.

82

[A-08]
Asher SA et al. 2003, Photonic crystal carbohydrate sensors: low ionic strength sugar sensing, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 125:3322-3329. Astrachan O. 2003, An Archaeological Algorithmic Analysis, in SIGCSE Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education; Nevada, February 19-23. Brunekreef B. 2007. Health Effects Of Air Pollution Observed In Cohort Studies In Europe. Journal of Exposure Science and Environmental Epidemiology B: S61-S65. Chen C et al. 2008.Sensitivity of photonic crystal fiber to temperature, strain, and external refractive index.Optics Express 16 (13). Choi YJ et al. 2008, Novel Fabrication Of An Sno2 Nanowire Gas Sensor With High Sensitivity. Nanotechnology 19:095508 (4pp). Chuang W, Guan BQ, Chao L, Tam HY. 2011. Salinity sensor based on polyamide-coated photonic crystal fiber. Optics Express 19 (21). EspluguesA et al. 2007, Air Pollutant Exposure During Pregnancy And Fetal And Early Childhood Development.Research Protocol Of The INMA [Childhood and Environment Project].Gaceta Sanitaria 21:162-171. Galan I et al. 2003, Short-Term Effects Of Air Pollution On Daily Asthma Emergency Room Admissions, EurRespir J. 22:8028. Gauderman WJ et al. 2005, Childhood Asthma And Exposure To Traffic And Nitrogen Dioxide. Epidemiology 16:6. Gouin T, Harner T, Blancahrd P, Mackay D. 2005, Passive And Active Samplers As Complementary Methods For Investigating Persistent Organic Pollutants In The Great Lakes Basin, Environ. Sci. Technol. 39:9115-22. Gurjar BR, Butler TM, Lawrence MG, Lelieveld J. 2008, Evaluation Of Emissions And Air Quality In Megacities, Atmospheric Environment. 42 (7):1593-1606. Hart, Jane K. and Kirk Martinez. 2006, Environmental Sensor Networks: A Revolution In The Earth System Science?, Earth-Science Reviews 78 (2006) 177191. Hertel O, Goodsite ME. 2009, Urban Air Pollution Climates Throughout The World, Issues in Environmental Science and Technology 28.Royal Society of Chemistry. Kita S, Nozaki, K, Baba T , Refractive Index Sensing Utilizing A Photonic Crystal Nanolaser And Its Utilizing Array Configuration, Optics Express 16 (11). Koronov SO, Zheltikov AM. 2005, Photonic Crystal Fiber As A Multifunctional Optical Sensor And Sample Collector. Optics Express 13 (9). Meixner H, Gerblinger J, Lampe U, Fleischer M. 1995, Thin-Film Gas Sensors Based On Semiconducting Metal Oxides, Sens. Actuators B 23:119-125. Mishra V. 2003, Healts Effects Of Air Pollution, Population-Environment Research Network (PERN) Cyberseminar.East-West Center, Honolulu. [MNLH] Menteri Negara Lingkungan Hidup. 1997, Keputusan Menteri Negara Lingkungan Hidup Republik Indonesia Nomor 45/MNLH/1997 tentang Indeks Standar Pencemar Udara. Jakarta: MNLH. Moodley KG, Singh H, Govender S. 2011, Passive Monitoring Of Nitrogen Dioxide In Urban Air: A Case Study Of Durban Metropolis, South Africa. Journal of Environmental Management 92:2145-2150. Patankar AM, Trivedi PL. 2011, Monetary Burden Of Health Impacts Of Air Pollution In Mumbai, India: Implications For Public Health Policy. Public Health 125:157-164.

83

[A-08]
Rahmat M. 2009, Design And Fabrication Of One Dimensional Photonic Crystal As A Real Time Optical Sensor For Sugar Solution Concentration Detection [Thesis]. Bogor: Graduate School, Bogor Agricultural University. Resosudarmo, BP. 2002, Indonesias Clean Air Program. Bulletin of Indonesian Economic Studies 38 (3): 343-365. Shishiyanu ST, Shishiyanu TS, Lupan OI. 2005, Sensing Characteristics Of Tin-Doped Zno Thin Films As NO2 Gas Sensor, Sens. Actuators B 107:379-386. Soedoemo M, Usman K, danIrsyad M. 1991, Analisis Dan Prediksi Pengaruh Strategi Pengendalian Emisi Transportasi Terhadap Konsentrasi Pencemaran Di Indonesia: Studi Kasus Di Jakarta, Bandung, Dan Surabaya. Bandung, InstitutTeknologi Bandung. Streets DG et al. 2003, An Inventory Of Gaseous And Primary Aerosol Emissions In Asia In The Year 2000. J. Geophys. Res 108:8809. Tsiulyanu D, Marian S, Miron V, Liess HD. 2001, High Sensitive Tellurium Based NO2 Gas Sensor. Sens. Actuators B 73:35-39. Thysen, I. 2000, Agriculture In The Research, 76, 297-303. Information Society, Journal of Agriculture. Engineering

[USEPA] United States Environmental Protection Agency. 2006, 2002 National Emissions Inventory Booklet. North Carolina: USEPA [USEPA] United States Environmental Protection Agency. 2008, Integrated Science Assessment For Oxides Of Nitrogen-Health Criteria, North Carolina: USEPA Wei BY et al. 2004. A Novel Sno2 Gas Sensor Doped With Carbon Nanotubes Operating At Room Temperature, Sens. Actuators B 101:81-89. [WHO] World Health Organization. 2000, Air Quality Guidelines For Europe, 2nd ed. WHO RegPublEurSer 91:1-287. Zhang D et al. 2004, Detection Of NO2 Down To Ppb Levels Using Individual And Multiple In2O3 Nanowire Device, Nano Letters 4:1919-1924.

84

[A-09] THE SYSTEMIC DEPRIVATION OF URBAN GREEN OPEN SPACE: A CHALLENGE OF MAKING AN URBAN ENVIRONMENTAL-FRIENDLY
Martinus B. SUSETYARTO1

ABSTRACT: Rapid urban expansion without effective environmental consciousness has occurred in urban areas in Indonesia. Government regulations are not able to anticipate the dynamics of rapid urban development so that the city seemed to grow incrementally without good enough management. One of the phenomena seen is the deprivation of the presence of green open spaces of the city. If anything, the green open space that was built is not an integral part of urban planning system, but as the rest of the spatial planning puzzle. This paper examines some of the challenges of urbanization and sustainable development of the urban green open space in the Jakarta City. This work is as an assessment of the implementation of the Millennium Development Goals in the contexts of sustainable urban developments which is being done by positivistic methodology. Special concern examines the goals pertaining to poverty alleviation and environmental sustainability and their application in high density urban settlements. It was discovered that none of the identified goals or targets has been adequately addressed. Therefore, the Jakarta City actually is far from achieving Sustainable Urban Development. The paper concludes by recommending some urban planning strategies for achieving sustainable urban development, especially the new approach of urban green open space development. KEYWORDS: Urban green open space, deprivation, environmental-friendly. 1 INTRODUCTION

Urban planning and urban development are one unified process of urban spatial which is dynamic, interlocking, mutually correcting, and complementary. Urban planning has never been a process that stops for a specific period only, for example: 20 years for Regional Spatial Planning (RTRW) of DKI Jakarta. It does not always lead to the commencement of the urban development process. It could be corrected, and/or equipped with a more detailed urban planning, which is generally called as urban (environment) design. All of these processes tend to be a comprehensive urban management process and holistic approach of the growing urban areas dynamically. When the dynamics of urban spatial development occurred, rapid economic growth would be more considered in the urban planning and urban development processes rather than the socio-cultural dynamics, and awareness of environmental quality is ignored. Furthermore, the face of a city would be more economical, no space enough for the process of socio-cultural interaction, as well as happening a decline in quality environment. Conversely, if the socio-cultural dynamics of the people, and environmental quality of settlements of more attention in the urban planning compared to the dynamics of economic growth, then the blue print of urban development planning assumed to be less strategic to achieve the business prosperity. Synchronization to the reality of the dynamic urban growth is actually needed to be held carefully by urban management system which is dignified and humane. Urban development and environmental problems of humankind appear with an exceptionally dramatic effect on focus group discussion of the systemic deprivation of urban green open space of Jakarta Metropolitan: a challenge of making urban environment-friendly. That fact came to be realized as early as year 2005, when Jakarta Metropolitan people first began to be really conscious of environmental problems, such as: rob (means inundation due to sea water intrusion) and flood, air pollution, waste, traffic jam, micro climate change, etc. At that time, it was not already undeniable that for a while environmental problems threatened seriously.
1

Lecturer in Architecture Department, Faculty of Civil Engineering and Planning, Trisakti University, Indonesia

85

[A-09]
2 SYSTEMIC DEPRIVATION

Jakarta Metropolitan city became one of the largest contributors of carbon dioxide (CO2) in the world, the cause of global warming as a result of traffic congestion that occurs every day, the high exhaust gas emissions of the city, and the reduction of urban green open space. The global warming actually is resulting in rising sea levels to the mainland. A simulation of the satellite images illustrates that in year 2010, the sea levels will explore coastal plains north of Jakarta. By year 2020, a part of the SoekarnoHatta Airport will be inundated by sea water. Then year 2050, the Presidential Palace and the National Monument Park will be submerged by sea water, and at that time the seaside city shifts to Dukuh Atas. Such simulations would not be excessive considering 40% of geographical land area of Jakarta is below sea level at the time of tide, and the Jakarta area is passed by 13 rivers, which run from Bogor area to the north coast of Jakarta. With a height of seven meters of land to minus three meters above sea level, and the result of groundwater pumping on a large scale by the inhabitants of the city, as well as the inability to resist the intrusion of sea water inland, the tendency of sea level rise 0.57 cm per year, and land subsidence occurred 0.8 cm per year, then of course 24% of Jakarta would be permanently inundated. The temperature of Jakarta rise 1.46 degrees Celsius in just two years, well above the rise in Earth's average temperature 0.8 degrees Celsius (1980-2005). Increased air temperatures occurred mainly in the center of commerce, roads with high traffic congestion, and at the densely populated residential areas. The temperature of Jakarta is more oppressive to be breathed free cause air pollution levels of the city is also higher, and reduced the shady trees, shrubs, and ground cover in the green open spaces of the city. Regarding the reduction of urban green open spaces need to be observed, that in fact there has been a deprivation of rights to the green open spaces of systemically, both in term of making laws and the implementation. It may be noted that the Master Plan (RIK) of Djakarta 1965- 1985 mentioned, that targets the land use for urban green open space is defined 37.2% of the area of Djakarta at that time, or about 241,8 km2. Refers to the General Spatial Plan (RUTR) of DKI Jakarta 1985-2005, the land use plan of urban green open space turned into 25.85% of the total area of DKI Jakarta in 1985. At the Regional Spatial Plan (RTRW) DKI Jakarta 2005-2010 (see Fig.1), the land use planning of urban green open space is reduced again to 13.94% of DKI Jakarta area, or about 95.44 km2. Total area of DKI Jakarta is about 661.52 km2. However, based on the Act No.26/2007 in the Spatial Planning, the Master Plan (RTRW) of DKI Jakarta 2010-2030 should mention that the land use planning for urban green open space is 30% of total area of DKI Jakarta. How come DKI Jakarta government can achieve it? While the areas of green open spaces (rain water catchment areas) in Jakarta were declining, so that rainfall in the region to reach two billion m3 per year, only 36% of it is absorbed, some flushed rains flooded roads, flooded the public spaces, flowing directly into sewers and rivers. Awareness of environmentally sound urban development in developed countries has taken place in a matter of centuries. In the days of ancient Egypt, historically green open spaces laid out in parks or gardens are enclosed by walls, and such agricultural lands in the Euphrates valley and Tigris river, and hanging gardens of Babylon are very impressive, the Temple of Aman Karnak, and some parks in the residential area. Subsequently the Greeks and Romans developed the Agora, the Forum, Mausoleums and various urban spaces to give pleasure to people and also the symbol of the greatness of a leader in power at that time. Next on Meldevel era, the church courtyard that serves as a place to trade, gathered so dominant before the Renaissance era of glamorous replaced with plaza, piazza and vast square, with spacious and interesting ornaments. Art developed optimally at that time so that the implementation of the beauty and perfection of design, such as: Versailles and Paris became a role model of the world. The new movement was more aware of environmental significance delivery of large-scale city parks and may be cited as the beginning of thinking about urban open space system. New York's Central Park by Frederick Law Olmested and Calvert Voux gave birth to the profession of Landscape Architecture, then expands and worldwide. Seeing this fact seems green open space requirements are not only prioritized to the aspects of flexibility, but also to aspects of security and beauty in a city

86

[A-09]
which cannot be avoided, even from day to day urban green open space becomes increasingly crowded. How metro cities dealt with this, the following described several cities that are considered to represent the success of the government in hold of urban management system especially in term of urban green open space development. Singapore, with area of 625 km2 and population of 3.6 million in 2000 and the density of 5200 people/km2, is projected to have awakened the space reaches 69% of the city as a whole. The plan outlined 24% or 177 km2 as green open space, thus opening space standard to 0.9 hectares per 1,000 people. However, Shirvani (1985) said that green open spaces should not be less than 30%, and Grove (1983) stated that 1.200 m2 plant canopy is necessary for one people. Tokyo made improvements to the green open space development on the green belt road, industrial estate, hotel and closure of several lanes. Although the vast city of Tokyo is very limited, the Government is still seeking city parks, which have a standard of 0.21 ha per 1,000 people. Meanwhile, the approach to the provision of green open space made in Bombay, India, can also be used as initial input in order to understand the hierarchy of green open space in dense neighborhoods. Further, it could be shown a study from Ker, 1994, illustrated 12 metro cities with amount of population and the green open space which could be contributed to the city. Because Jakarta is not included, and then author added the data of Jakarta to the Table 1. Jakarta with the population density is quite high; reaching 8 million people in daylight is a reality. It means Jakarta should achieve the vast green open spaces about 16.538 m2/people in year 2030, or 198.456 km2. To determine which areas of the city should be developed as urban green open spaces, it has to be made a comprehensive study based on the needs of the present community to meet their own vision of urban environmental-friendly without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. Therefore, the study should use inductive methodology so by the indigenous people in each region the researchers would formulate urban green open spaces that should be served for their dense residential areas. The existence of urban green open spaces, both volume of areas and function of urban green open spaces, actually have to relate with the density of the settlements so that urban green open spaces could serve a region to create socio-cultural interaction as well as the growth of economic.
Table 1. Green open space in the Metro City Population Green Open Space (millions of people) (m2/people) 1 Singapura 2,70 7,0 2 Baltimore 0,93 27,0 3 Chicago 3,37 8,80 4 San Fransisco 0,66 32,20 5 Washington DC 0,76 45,70 6 Muenchen 1,27 17,60 7 Amsterdam 0,81 29,40 8 Geneva 0,17 15,10 9 Paris 2,60 8,40 10 Stocholm 1,33 80,10 11 Kobe 1,40 8,10 12 Tokyo 11,80 2,10 13 Jakarta 8.00 11.93 Source: Liu Thai Ker, 1994, and data of Jakarta, 2012 No. Metro City

In terms of implementation, the approval of the Government to use urban green open spaces for other uses, such as: housing, services and trade (commercial), public facilities and social facilities, and road spaces, although be used for the time being, in essence is an act that violates the constitution, and not take sides in the program of sustainable development. Any reason given for violations of the use of urban green open space for the benefit of that is not related to the function of urban green open space then it must be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of existing laws. Enforcing the functions

87

[A-09]
of urban green open space should start from preserving the existing vegetations, keeping the whole landscapes and soil as a function of surface water infiltration. Therefore, in practice actually people have to take a part of making an urban environmental-friendly. Awareness of the citizen to the loss of urban green open spaces or switch-functions of urban green open spaces should be improved by reminding the parties that want to eliminate or use them for other purposes. When it is ignored, people could make report to the relevant institutions or even further to make a class action in cases of deprivation of rights to enjoy the urban green open spaces. Meanwhile, the Government is expected to immediately respond to complaints by citizens who are disadvantaged because of the loss or switch-functions of urban green open spaces to other functions that are not in accordance with statutory provisions. To be sensitive to the presence of citizens of the urban green open spaces is high, then the agency should place their information board about the name and address of urban green open spaces and technical information that relates to the things that need to be maintained and taken care of by the citizens or the users of green open spaces. Systemically deprivations of urban green open spaces are done in Jakarta. For examples: Construction of electrical power, houses of worship, police station, or post security environment. Development of Mall and commercial area in the Senayan sport centre, the Sumantri Brojonegoro sport centre, ex-Kemayoran Airport, etc. Intensive development of housing in areas with low coefficient of the basic building (KDB), such as: Kebayoran Baru, Condet, Situ Babakan, Halim Perdana Kusuma Airport, etc. Omission of the spatial management of green open space along the river banks and the railway line. Negligence in the care of vulnerable tree fell on the sidewalk and public spaces. Expropriation the catchment area, UI Depok and surrounding, or a violation of the basic building coefficient (KDB) while taking care of Building Permit (IMB).

Basically by definition, urban green open space is a region or area of land surface is dominated by plants cultivated for functions specific habitat protection, and/or facilities of urban environment, or security and network infrastructure, and agriculture or aquaculture. In addition to improving the quality of the atmosphere, supporting water and soil conservation, green open space in the midst of urban ecosystems also serve to improve the quality of the urban landscape. A number of urban areas in the tropical hemisphere which are experiencing the effects of air pollution and a prolonged hot weather, city residents prefer the social interaction in public spaces in the building with air conditioning rather than outside the building. As if modern architecture of Jakarta, such as the mall, hotel, commercial building, multipurpose room, etc. have been eliminated by social and cultural customs of traditional communities in tropical regions to gather outside the building, in the green open spaces which provide natural air of coolness and freshness. If so, then of course hanging out with people's habits will be constrained by the availability of air condition energy, limitations of the group/social status, and time consumption of the building. On the other hand, the development of ideas to continue to seek additional land area for green open space in Jakarta was eliminated by the habit of "cool off" in a building with air conditioning. Ideally, urban green open spaces are about 30% until 40% of the city area. However, some metropolitan cities of the world have defined that New York is 25.2 % of the city area in year 2020; Tokyo 32% of the city area in year 2015; London 39% of the city area in year 2020, Singapore 56% of the city area in year 2034; Beijing 43% of the city area in year 2008; Curitiba 30% of the city area in year 2020. In fact the urban green open space is needed for health, playground, sports and public communication. Therefore, development of urban green open spaces should follow the structure of national or regional standards that exist.

88

[A-09]
Curitiba, a city in Brazil is a testament to the success of spatial planning that emphasizes urban green open space development. Through efforts such as the spatial development of trade centers in a linear way to the five parts of the city, transportation systems, and various regional development incentives, waste and green space, the city has managed to increase the average area of green open space per capita than 1 m2 to 55 m2 for last 30 years. As a result the city is now a comfortable city, income per capita increased population has doubled. This shows that the assumption that only the development of green open space would reduce the city's economic productivity is not proven. All of these phenomena could be explained by the ESE model, which is shown in Figure 1.

Source: www.wikipedia.org Figure 1. Sustainable Development Concept

Curitiba was developed through the efforts of dynamic spatial management, such as the development of economic activities in trade and services, transportation systems built into five-way over town, and various regional development incentives grows, including providing urban waste and green open space, etc. It means the city manager has managed to attract a balanced range of three pillars of sustainable development concept. Pillars of economic, environment, social (and cultural) drawn into the center of the three circles, so that the three central of circles have the same wheelbase to the centre. It is able to generate a momentum of balance or significance the survival function of the three pillars, which then inter-connection of the three pillars is called "sustainable". When the inter-connection is established between two pillars, for example: economic and social pillars, then the momentum generated is referred to as "equitable." If so, the interconnection between social and environmental pillars is called "tolerable," and interconnection between economic and environment pillars is called "viable." When sustainable condition is achieved significantly, the other three interconnections occurs certainly significant too, i.e. tolerable, viable, and equitable. At moments like this, the concept of sustainable development is underway, and the city manager must always maintain a state of balance. 3 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Sustainable development is development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs (WCED, 1987). The term sustainable development is debatable since it calls for a balance between two opposing needs, i.e. utilization of natural resources for production and conservation of natural resources for future generations. Redclift (1987) identifies the ambiguity of the concept as a contradiction of development vis--vis environment. Yet, Chan and Yung (2004) argue that sustainability is a possibility with political and ethical commitments. It is a desirable compromise since it serves to obscure the economic growth in the name of environmental protection. However, if the sustainability as a concept is wisely applied it would not allow economic growth takes precedence over environmental protection or vice

89

[A-09]
versa. Sustainable development as a guiding principle has been integrated into national development policies of many countries. Despite that economic development priorities are often seen to take the priority over environmental goals. Sustainable development is also interpreted as a trade-off between utilization and consumption, between environment and economics, or between development and conservation. Later interpretations of the term call for achieving social equity goals while achieving economic efficiency and environmental goals. Infrastructure development from the perspective of sustainable development should also achieve these three goals. Otherwise, infrastructure development would only produce physical development per se without contributing to achieve social, economic and environmental goals of development. Similarly, focusing only on economic goals would possibly leads to adverse environmental impacts as well as social equity problems. Integration of the three goals of development at the planning stage itself would enhance the possibility of achieving sustainability in infrastructure development. This review study defines sustainable infrastructure development as a process of developing physical infrastructure for various purposes that uses minimum amount of non-renewable resources and minimizes their impacts while adequately facilitate sustainable living. With this definition, the development of infrastructure should consequently promote economic development and at the same time minimize the use of resources used. To ensure that sustainable infrastructure development is properly addressed in all cities, particularly some metro cities in developing countries in Asia and the Pacific, the concept of sustainable infrastructure development should be mainstreamed into the policies of national development. The process of mainstreaming infrastructure development may involve major aspects of the development other than social, economic and environmental considerations. The other major aspects include planning and design of infrastructure, regulatory control, financing, investment, institutional arrangement, and most importantly, implementation system. Opinions of pertinent stakeholders, particularly infrastructure development experts, on what considerations should be mainstreamed in governments policies are very vital. Sustainable urban development should be guided by a sustainable planning and management vision that promotes interconnected green open spaces, multi-modal mass transportation system, and mixeduse development. Diverse public and private partnerships should be used to create sustainable and livable communities of the city that protect historic, cultural, and environmental resources. In addition, policymakers, regulators and developers should support sustainable site planning and construction techniques that reduce pollution and create a balance between built environment and natural environment systems. New sustainable urban development or redevelopments should provide a variety of commercial, institutional, educational uses as well as housing styles, sizes and prices. The provision of sidewalks, trails, and private streets, connected to transit stops and an interconnected street network within these mixed-use developments provides mobility options and helps reduce pollution by reducing vehicle trips. Walking, bicycling, and other mobility options should be encouraged throughout the urban mixed-use core and mixed-use neighborhoods with easily accessed and welldefined centers and edges. 4 SPATIAL PLANNING PUZZLE

Maintaining the existence of urban green open space and revising all the provisions of the Governor of DKI Jakarta which does not favor the development efforts of urban green open space is a legalistic effort that needs to be done. But making urban green open spaces of the green Jakarta should be intensified both within the budgeting program and designing program so the development not just put the green zone into the urban space is left, as the Jakarta government experience over the years, such as: [Re]development of Interactive Neighborhood Parks in the crowded and squalid housing, by way of pay back to the house plots that allow the local government bought.

90

[A-09]
[Re]development urban green open spaces in the urban spaces are left, even in areas with high traffic density, such as: Green open space of Kampung Sawah, West Jakarta, next to the high way of Tomang - Kebon Jeruk, and Green open space of Kampung Condet, a part of Ciliwung riverside, East Jakarta. [Re]development green open spaces, such as: Mega Kuningan District, Puri Kembangan Region, Menteng Park, Barito Park, etc.

Source: www.google image Figure 2. [Re]development of Green Open Space

Planning and development of urban green open space at the moment is similar to arrangement the green puzzle on the map of Jakarta which is already massive with residential zone, commercial buildings, industrial, roads and toll roads, and indeed these are DKI Jakarta government's best efforts, which technically held by the agency of urban landscape and the funeral. There was no clear development concept in term of urban green open space in Jakarta. In fact, in the spatial planning only mentioned that urban green open space as a space to complement greenery of the city, which meant that it was only as a supplement or cover the remaining space in between other urban spaces. For example, development of urban green open space in the road islands, or pedestrian way, its existence depends from the organizer of road transportation agencies because according to the law the urban green open space in the street at any time can be eliminated if roads need to be expanded, and otherwise can be redeveloped if roads need the green open space as traffic control devices. It is unfortunate fate of green open space in Jakarta which was systemically deprived since the spatial planning of DKI Jakarta is done. In addition, the spatial planning puzzle otherwise tend to be a way of corruption, because DKI Jakarta government has to buy a piece of land with many optional locations in order to propose the project budget of green open space development to the house of representative (DPRD). The budget could buy the land to add a quantity of urban green open space, the landscape material, the mechanical and electrical, the maintenance of parks, or the maintenance of funeral area, etc. The price of land for developing urban green open space is unpredictable, and there are games of the land broker. Those phenomena are very difficult to overcome. All of the spatial puzzle developments are facts and problem which could be solved by the Governor of DKI Jakarta. 5 NEW APPROACH OF URBAN GREEN OPEN SPACE DEVELOPMENT

Although DKI Jakarta is growing to a modern metro city, the movement of the economic growth should maintain to the most visible sustainable urban development trend. The most innovative movement should be more embryonic, economic, and strategic, in order to ensure environmental sustainability related to Millennium Development Goals. One of the greatest barriers of making urban environmental-friendly, making the public and private investments and policy changes to mitigate climate change and enhance environmental sustainability is the fear feeling that such actions would be too costly and disruptive to economic growth. This concept in US (2007) is namely sustainable

91

[A-09]
economic strategy which aims at achieving climate prosperity and quality of life. Beyond the issue of the absolute necessity of climate protection, however, there still remains deep concern about the possible negative effects of climate action on economic growth and prosperity. Therefore, it is becoming increasingly urgent to directly address these concerns by demonstrating that protecting against climate change by improving urban sustainability can actually be good for the economy, and improve the prospects for prosperity, productivity, competitiveness, efficiency and cost-effectiveness. Firstly, the city should expand production of green technologies will create many new business and job opportunities, thus increasing incomes for many people and institutions. Secondly, replacing fossil fuels with energy efficiency and renewable energy sources will greatly conserve natural resources and lead to substantial cost savings in the long run, particularly since fossil fuel production is peaking globally and the costs will continue to rise to astronomic heights as supplies dwindle and the demand keeps rising. Thirdly, strengthening green infrastructure will reduce vulnerability to harm from the natural environment due to changes in the weather and other related factors. For example, reducing traffic congestion through higher urban densities and better mass transportation saves time and money and lowers risks of oil shocks and climate disruptions. Finally, a greener, cleaner, more conserving of existing land and buildings, and more pedestrian-friendly, urban environment greatly strengthens quality of life, which is essential for attracting and retaining a highly skilled workforce. In the new economy of the 21st century, which is knowledge and information-based, technology and communication-intensive, and globally oriented, people are now the single most important economic asset in the world, more than geographic location, natural resources, or even financial capital. In order to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce, every urban area must have a good quality of life, including an attractive and sustainable physical and cultural environment. Thus, economic growth is no longer the enemy of environmental protection, and a good environment is essential for a good economy. Further, it would be proposed a new approach of urban green space development refers to the sustainable development concept and response to the challenge of making environmental-friendly. 5.1 REVITALIZING: IMPROVEMENT LAND-USE AND MASS RAPID TRANSPORTATION

In order to response sustainable development issue, i.e., making a balance of economic growth, social and cultural activities and environmental protection, firstly DKI Jakarta government has to revitalize land-use and urban transportation by involving initiatives of its inhabitants. The issues of land-use for urban green open spaces development and build mass rapid transportation must be clearly understood by urban communities with the consequences are fundamental revolution of urban spaces. On the other hand, the condition of existing urban land is such a massive development, so it's hard to think of changing the orientation of private sector and citizens to re-arrange their environment to be residential or commercial environments that are more environmentally friendly. Green revolution in this city have to successfully socialize into a strong foundation for a growing movement to build a sustainable economy by promoting the creation of a comfortable environment for living, socio-cultural activity and economic growth, and finally to improve the quality of life for Jakarta citizens wherever they live and work. It is something ideal urban [re]development concept that should be sounded by the Governor of DKI Jakarta government. The concept would combine three distinct issues into one comprehensive legislative and policy package, thus uniting four separate political constituencies in support of the revitalizing proposal. The three issues were: 1) revitalizing inner city neighborhoods; 2) revitalizing older inner suburban communities and small towns; 3) preserving agricultural land and green open spaces from urbanization; and 4) stopping the endless growth of suburban sprawl. The concept in a very innovative way towards creating smart growth management or growth controls by involved citizens effort to impose strict land-use regulations to inhibit and direct development patterns. 5.2 SUSTAINABLE ARCHITECTURE: GREEN BUILDINGS AND URBAN COMMUNITIES

One of the interesting trends in sustainable urban development issues is the growth of green building, both new buildings and retrofits. These buildings are exemplary for energy efficiency in heating and cooling and lighting, for water conservation, and for many other environmentally friendly

92

[A-09]
features. Some buildings also include solar panels for renewable energy, and a few even have small wind turbines. DKI Jakarta government should have a kind of Green Building Council which organized by affiliate organizations, and provides education and training to encourage green buildings. However, it would be better if the Green Building Council is as non-governmental organization, formed by urban communities concerned within urban environment affairs and sustainable urban development. Involving the urban communities could encourage the credibility and integrity of the organization itself, particularly in guiding a norm of sustainable development, and "green" building to the urban communities. 5.3 URBAN AGRICULTURE: LOCAL FOOD AND FLOWER

Another interesting trend is reorientation away from globalized local food production and distribution with its intensive energy utilization, organic fertilizers, and without pesticides. Many metro cities are now encouraging farmers markets on vacant lots in parking lots or small parks, with organic and locally grown food brought in for direct sale to urban residents. In addition, urban green open spaces, urban gardens, including roof gardens, both for foods and for flowers, and other attractive vegetation, are also being supported by many city governments and non-profit community groups. These initiatives sometimes are supplemented by extensive tree planting to provide shade, beauty, and help keep the air cleaner. Finally, urban parks and green open spaces, including pedestrian plazas and related cultural amenities, are becoming more important because of the vital importance of quality of life in attracting a good workforce as well as promoting tourism and attracting suburban visitors. 5.4 CLEANING UP: AIR AND WATER POLLUTION

Cleaning up air and water pollution is the most important aspect of urban sustainability in DKI Jakarta, when environmental laws should be enforced, including both the clean air which used for neighborhoods and waste water into the river. Since air quality is actually getting worse in most metropolitan regions due mainly to the incessant growth of motor vehicle utilization, land-use and traffic congestion, and other transportation problem. Cleaning up urban waterways -rivers, lakes, bays, estuaries, and sea coasts- is also of greater interest for commercial and recreational use, including boating, swimming, and fishing. Land-use pattern also becomes an important factor, because many urban areas historically used their waterfronts for industry, railroads, ports, and warehouses. However, some of them which have declined in business, opportunities have grown to redevelop waterfronts for upscale cultural and social attractions, such as hotels, restaurants, esplanades, museums, stores, and performing arts venues. The redevelopment of the port perhaps would be the most celebrated success along the history of Jakarta. Land-use planning of Jabodetabek also is becoming more necessary to protect urban watersheds, prevent run-off and contamination, avoid and control flooding, and preserve health drinking water. Finally, water conservation is part of green building design. 5.5 URBAN CONSERVATION: ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND RENEWABLE ENERGY

Another trend, given both the rapidly rising costs of fuel, the problems of Indonesia dependency of foreign oil imports and the growing climate crisis of carbon and other greenhouse gas emissions from burning fossil fuels, is an accelerating focus mainly on energy efficiency or conservation, and to a lesser extent, on renewable energy production. For example, many urban governments are redesigning new government buildings and facilities, often without the standards of energy efficiency. They are installing new energy efficient lighting, including in street lights and traffic signals, along with cooling, water and plumbing, and other mechanical systems, as well as recycling materials much more than before. In some cases they are also experimenting with different types of solar or photovoltaic panels on the roofs of buildings to generate renewable energy. Cutting energy costs saves money for the municipal budget at the same time that it reduces the citys carbon footprint to protect against global warming. Public opinion has now

93

[A-09]
changed in DKI Jakarta to be much more supportive of such urban initiatives, so good energy and environmental policies are also finally becoming good politics at the same time. 5.6 URBAN RECYCLING: WASTE MANAGEMENT AND MATERIAL FLOWS

One of the most visible recent trends is the rise in urban recycling, including pick up the waste in curbside, glass, metals, paper, and other materials. Those actions help to conserve energy and other resources and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. In general, the urban sustainability movement has been raising the issue of the need to transform urban life, production, and consumption from linear metabolism, in which materials currently are discarded as waste in landfills and sewers, polluting the land, air, and water, be circular metabolism whereby all materials and resources can be recycled back into productive use raw materials or finished products for other viable uses. Under this sustainable method, everything once again becomes part of the continuous cycle of birth, growth, death, and rebirth, as circular metabolism naturally. 6 CONCLUSION

Systemic deprivation of urban green open space has to be closed and changed by the new approach of urban green open space development. The six stages must be implemented with really understanding to the actual condition on each area and based on the needs of the present generation without compromising the future generation to meet their own needs. Therefore, in case of Jakarta urban development, the stage of revitalizing i.e., improvement land use and MRT must be realized and hopefully be a stimulus of sustainable development and making an urban environmental-friendly. 7 REFERENCES

Kunszt Gyorgy 2003, Sustainable Architecture, Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Budapest, Hunoru, Periodica Polytechnica Ser.Civ.Eng, Vol 47, No 1, pp 5 10, Perera, R and Permana, A S 2009, Review of current practices and criteria used to integrate environmental and social aspects into urban infrastructure development processes in cities in Asia and the Pacific, Urban Environmental Management Program, School of Environment, Resources and Development, Bangkok. Thompson B Paul 1997, Sustainability as a Norm, PHIL & TECH 2:2 Winter, Texas A&M University, Texas, pp. 75 94. Weiss A Marc 2007, Sustainable Urban Development in the US, A report prepared for the Government of Swedens Mistra Foundation for Strategic Environmental Research, US, Global Urban Development, pp. 1 11. Yoga, N and team 2009, 'Jakarta Menuju RTH 30%, Kajian RTH: RTRW Jakarta 2010-2030', Dinas Pertamanan dan Pemakaman, Pemerintah Provinsi DKI Jakarta, pp.89.

94

[A-10] ECOTOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN THE ENVIRONMENTAL OF TRADITIONAL OF HUMAN SETTLEMENTS IN THE UNDISAN VILLAGE - BALI PROVINCE
MUHAJIRIN1 and Iwan SUPRIJANTO2

ABSTRACT: Some of environmental of traditional human settlements in Bali are potential to develop as ecotourism area, one of them is Undisan Village. The problem is how to develop ecotourism area without making environment worse, maintaining and conservating the natural environment, social and culture by participating the whole of stakeholder. The methodology in this study used a qualitative descriptive method that is trying to describe a social phenomenon that accured in the Village Undisan. Reffering to object and interesting tourist areas (natural, culture and human made areas) that had been owned by Undisan Village, therefore the models of the development of ecotourism which can be developed by defending of natural enviroment and social order of society and persistently on conservation needed, conservation area, minimazing an impact on the environment, consider to sacred characteristic and a cultural product which prevails in Undisan Village, the protection of natural nuance of village, a traditional house plan, drainage system plan, managerial of waste water and garbage, an increasing buildings quality, the implementing of one door management model in managing eco-tourism and costumer oriented philosophy in servicing tourists who will come to Undisan Village. KEYWORDS: Environment, traditional of human settlements, ecotourism, object and interesting tourist areas. 1 1.1 INTRODUCTION BACKGROUND

Bali as one of the favorite tourist destination for domestic and foreign tourists. According to Central Bureau of Statistics (BPS) Bali Province (2009) that the tourist arrivals to Bali during the period from January to October 2008 as many as 1,660,258 people, an increase 20.34% over the same period the previous year was recorded 1,379,907 people. Some tourist destinations in Bali that are of interest in the form of nature tourism, cultural and man-made. Object Development and Tourism Attractions can be ecotourism or a visit to a traditional neighborhood that is still natural. 1.2 PROBLEM FORMULATION

Based on the above background, the issues raised in this paper is how to do tourism development, while still conserving the natural environment, artificial and culture that integrates all relevant stakeholders.

Researcher in the field of Human Settlements & Accessibility, Traditional Housing Technology Development Center of Denpasar, Indonesia. 2 Researcher in the field of Human Settlements & Accessibility, Traditional Housing Technology Development Center of Denpasar, Indonesia.

95

[A-10]
1.3 LIMITATION OF THE PROBLEM

Substantial scope of this activity: a. Assessment of potential ecotourism in traditional neighborhoods; b. Assessent of patterns of community development in Undisan village; c. Preparation of a model ecotourism in the traditional neighborhoods. Site assessment is Undisan Village, District Tembuku, Bangli District as a traditional neighborhood planned as an environmentally sustainable rural tourism (ecotourism). 1.4 RESEARCH PURPOSES

To develop the concept of tourism development (ecotourism) that match/ fit with the local indigenous community and also increase the income of local communities. 1.5 BENEFITS OF THE RESEARCH

As a reference for local governments and the private sector in tourism development (ecotourism) in traditional neighborhoods. 2 METHODS

The method used in this study is a qualitative descriptive. According to Maman (2002: 3) descriptive study sought to describe a social phenomenon. In other words, this study aims to describe the nature of something that is taking place at the time of the study. Qualitative methods provide the latest information so beneficial to the development of science and a lot more can be applied to various problems (Hussein Omar, 1999). 2.1 METHODS OF PARTICIPATORY RURAL APPRAISAL (PRA)

The method used in the preparation of ecotourism models in a traditional neighborhood is the method of PRA (Participatory Rural Appraisal), which emphasizes community involvement process in full from the planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation. 2.2 DATA COLLECTION TECHNIQUES

This study used data collection techniques of observation / observation and in-depth interviews/ indepth interviews (Chaedar, 2002). Also to enrich the data in the preparation of models of ecotourism in the village of Undisan was conducted technical discussions with experts / specialists in the field of tourism, architecture and environment. 2.3 PROCESSING TECHNIQUES AND DATA ANALYSIS

According to Miles and Huberman (1992) to analyze this research, it is done with the following steps: a. The collection of information, through interviews, questionnaires and direct observation. b. Reduction. This step is to choose which information is appropriate and not according to the research problem. c. Tabulation. Once selected, the information can be presented in tabular form with an explanation or description.

96

[A-10]
d. The final stage, is to draw the conclusions. Questionnaire submitted to the informant only as a basic study material for making conclusions. However the opinion of many people is an important though not guaranteed validity. The more information, it is expected to produce data that is filtered with a tighter and more accurate. 3 3.1 STUDY REFERENCES/ THEORY DEFINITION OF ECOTOURISM

By The Ecotourism Society (1990) in Chafid Fandeli (2000) is a form of travel to natural areas with conservation objectives and preserve the lives and welfare of local residents. Ecotourism is a new form of responsible travel to natural areas and an adventure that could create a tourism industry (Eplerwood, 1999). The phenomenon of education needed in the form of this type as defined by the Australian Department of Tourism (Black, 1999) is based on nature tourism by including aspects of environmental education and interpretation of natural and cultural community with the management of ecological sustainability. This definition emphasized that not only the aspects related to the business as well as other forms of tourism, but closer to special interest tourism, alternative tourism or special interest tourism with objects and natural tourist attraction. 3.2 ECOTOURISM MANAGEMENT APPROACH

Ecotourism is a form of tourism that is managed with conservation approach. If ecotourism management of natural and cultural communities to ensure sustainability and prosperity, while conservation is an effort to sustain the use of natural resources for present and future time. This is consistent with the definition of the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (1980), that conservation is a human attempt to make use of biosphere by trying to give great results and sustainable for current and future generations. Ecotour destinations that tourists are interested in natural areas. Conservation area as an object can be a tourist attraction of national parks, forest parks highway, nature reserves, wildlife reserves, theme parks and hunting parks. But others, such as forest protection forest and production forest if it has a natural object as the attraction of ecotourism can be used also for the development of ecotourism. Natural areas such as rivers, lakes, swamps, peat, at the headwaters of the river or estuary can also be used for ecotourism with the approach while maintaining the area remain stable as a natural area. 3.3 CONCEPT DEVELOPMENT OF ECOTOURISM

The development of ecotourism implemented as the development of tourism in general. There are two aspects to consider which aspects of the destination and market aspects. For tourism development carried out by the concept of product driven. Although aspects of the market to consider, but kind, nature and behavior of objects and attractions of nature and culture and sought to preserve its existence. In effect the use of ecotourism and conserving natural and cultural community, far more stringent than just sustainable. Environmentally sound ecotourism development is much more reliable results in the preservation of nature rather than sustainable development. Ecotourism is not the exploitation of nature, but only use the services of nature and society to meet the needs of the knowledge, physical and psychological tourists. Even in the various aspects of ecotourism is a form of tourism that led to

97

[A-10]
metatourism (instead of selling the destination but the selling philosophy). From the aspect of ecotourism is not going to know the market saturation. 3.4 ECOTOURISM PRINCIPLES

The Ecotourism Society (Eplerwood, 1999) says there are eight principles, namely: a. To prevent and overcome the impact of tourist activities on nature and culture, prevention and management tailored to the nature and character of nature and local culture. b. To educate tourists and local people the importance of conservation. This educational process can be performed directly in nature. c. To arrange the area used for the management of ecotourism and conservation that can receive direct income or revenue. And conservation tax levy can be used directly to develop, preserve and improve the quality of nature conservation area. d. To invite the community participation in tourism development planning. Similarly, in the supervision, the role of the community are expected to participate actively. e. To provide tangible benefits the local economy of tourism activities and to encourage people to preserve natural areas. f. All development efforts including the development of facilities and utilities should continue to maintain harmony with nature.

g. In general, the natural environment has a lower carrying capacity on the carrying capacity of the artificial. Although it may demand very much, but supportive of limiting power. h. Income opportunities on a large portion of the country so that the spending of foreign tourists and foreign exchange could be enjoyed by local government. 3.5 OVERVIEW OF THE VILLAGE UNDISAN

Undisan Village in the Tembuku Bangli District, lies on the path to Denpasar - Besakih if passed Bangli City. Undisan village consists of five hamlets (banjar), namely: Tabunan, Sekaan, Undisan Kaja, Undisan Pancasari and Undisan Kelod. Undisan village border to the Village Peninjoan (Bangli) in the north, Bangbang Village (Bangli) in the east, Tembuku Village and Yangapi Village (Bangli) in the west and Nyanglan Village (Klungkung) to the south. 3.5.1 Conditions of Population

The population of Undisan Village in 2004 amounted 3531 men, 1805 men and 1726 women. Divided in 1009 households (HH) by the number of family members on average 3-4 people per family. This structure of population as much as 58.20% of the population is of working age Undisan Village productive between the ages of 17-55 years as shown in Figure 1.

Source: Monografi of Undisan Village, 2006 Figure 1. Composition of the people in Undisan Village based on age

98

[A-10]
Referring to the educational background of its people, the population of Undisan village has a composition based on the level of education and business fields as shown in Table 1 and Table 2.
Table 1. Composition of the people in Undisan Village based on education No. 1 2 Level of education Amount Percent 3,96 7,14 4,84 44,27 15,69 20,50 2,04 1,56 100

People Illiterate 140 Pre-school 252 Pre-Elementary School 3 171 (age is over 65 years old) 4 Elementary School 1.563 5 Junior High School 554 6 Senior High School 724 7 Bachelor 72 8 Under Gratuated 55 Amount 3.531 Source: Monografi of Undisan Village, 2006

Table 2. Composition of the people in Undisan Village based on business No. Amount People Percent 1 Agriculture 1.000 69,74 2 Middle and big entrepreneur 10 0,68 3 Craftman/ small industries 170 11,85 4 Building labour 61 4,25 5 Transportation 91 6,34 6 Official Government 82 5,72 7 Indonesian Army 15 1,05 8 Chiken farmers 5 0,35 Total 1.434 100 Source: Monografi of Undisan Village, 2006 Business of people

Educational facilities available in one unit Undisan Village Kindergarten (TK) and one unit the elementary school. The population of Undisan Village entirely (100%) Hindu religion, with the temple as much as 52 units. 3.5.2 The Environmental of characteristics of the village

Undisan village situated on the plateau, where in the East, South and West is a ravine (an overdraft in the landscape relative). In general, conditions of the lanscape and or codes of green landscape of this village was built up and maintained well, evidenced by the still solid the existing vegetation around the village. As shown in Figure 4. The quality of the environmental of the Undisan Village are natural and still awake of its original, between the built environment and the natural environment in harmony.

99

[A-10]

NORTH DIRECTION

SITUATION OF VILLAGE CENTRE

WEST DIRECTION

EAST DIRECTION

SOUTH DIRECTION Figure 2. Situation in the Village Centre

3.5.3

Housing land

The average area of each house 2500 - 5000 m2, which is divided into three parts: the front of telajakan (a transitional area between the street with houses that used to park curbside), the patr of the center is housing (cluster mass with the different functions) and the back is called teba (vacant land used as reserves land for residential expansion, implementation of the ceremony which is daily used for plantations and corral). Sketch of the division of their yards as shown in Figure 3.
TELAJAKAN PERUMAHAN TEBE

JALAN DESA

Figure 3. Land yard division

The most of the home in Undisan Village have a "tebe" (land rear), but there are some houses that do not have them, especially homes in Banjar Undisan Kelod that is located in the center of the village.

100

[A-10]
3.5.4 Road Network Systems and Other Infrastructure

The road network in the village of Undisan consists of two types: inter-city road network - District (Bangli - Klungkung Karang asem) and the road of network environment. Both of district and neighborhood streets are paved, paved county road had hotmix and the road of environment is asphalt lapen Network is the power grid and other infrastructure that has reached a whole village, a network of clean water through the ministry of water from the taps and surface water and telecommunications networks. The whole network is in good condition and has been serving the entire village community Undisan as listed in Table 3 and Table 4.
Table 3. Communication Facilities In Undisan Village No. 1 2 3 4 5 Types Fixed phone (from telkom) Celuler Phoneshop Internet shop Post Office Pos Amount 17 15 % Remarks Home phone 15 % from total people -

Table 4. Water resources in Undisan Village No. 1 2 3 4 Water Resources Surface water Water under the land Regional Water Company (PDAM) Bubuh river Amount Debit

2 resources 9 liter/second 100 % PDAM Services Depend on Tidal Season

There are 4(four) units of health facilities as aid health center. Some public economic support facilities such as a building unit market with permanent/ semi permanent, 15 store /kiosks /bank, money changer and ATM is not available in this village. For security supporting facilities are equipped with 5 security posts, but there is no police station. 3.5.5 Potential of Tourism

Objects and potential tourist attraction in the village of Undisan can be grouped into the potential of natural, cultural and man-made. In terms of natural potential, the potential Undisan Village, among others, comes from the beauty of the landscape (view), the atmosphere of the countryside, rice fields, plantations/ fields, the plants (flora) and animals (fauna). Some of the objects and natural tourist attraction in the village Undisan can be seen in Table 5. Objects of cultural and tourist attraction / artificial can be seen in Table 6. Some of the potential attractions/ tourist activities found in the village of Undisan can be seen in Table 7. In addition to object and appeal of cultural/ artificial mentioned above, in the Undisan Village area also available handicraft products which are sold to support tourism in the village of Undisan shown in Table 8.

101

[A-10]

Table 5. Objects and Natural Tourist Attraction In Undisan Village No. Names of Objects & Natural Tourist Attraction Locations In Manik Bringin Temple, Banjar Undisan Kelod Border east village area and Part of West of village area. In Banjar Undisan Kaja and Undisan Kelod in Pucak Sari Temple area Banjar Undisan Kelod Banjar Undisan Kaja

1 Giant tree 2 Rice field terraces 3 Cacao and coffee plantations 4 view from the high land 5 Fishing locations 6 Natural Water Resources (natural spring)

Table 6. Objects and Cultural tourist attractions in Undisan Village No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Names of Objects and Tourist Location attractions Swimming Pool Banjar Undisan Kaja Manik Bingin Temple Ganesha Statu Diameter 1 m Monument / stone sacred rock Baris Gede Dance Cupak n calon Arang Dances Traditional market Yangapi Market (in the out of As a supporting attraction village) located in West Village Undisan Banjar Undisan Kelod Puseh Temple Puseh Temple Kahyangan Tiga Temple Remarks In progress development Big Banyan Tree Heritage Ancient believed to be resized the day getting bigger Danced at the ceremony piodalan

Table 7. Types of attractions/ tourism activities in Undisan Village No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Types of Attractions Bicycle Trekking Mapeed Art/ dance performance Ceremony at the temple Melasti Ngaben Remarks From Undisan Village to Besakih Short, middle and long track Along the way Undisan (can be exercised at any time upon request) It can be exercised any time on demand Kahyangan Tiga Temple & others (regular at a particular time) Along the road to spring (regular) Along the road to the cemetery (any time)

102

[A-10]
Table 8. Types of craft product is sold in Undisan Village No. Name of Products Origin of Products Destinati-on area Destinati-on area (from inside) (from outside) Gianyar; Kr. Asem; Denpasar. Gianyar; Kr. Asem; Denpasar. Gianyar.

1 2 3

flower crafts artificial (imitation) Means jewelry/ Clothing Undisan area Bali wedding Woodcraft Undisan area

Tourism Infrastructure Tourism facilities and infrastructure in the village of Undisan still very minimal. Currently, tourist accommodation facilities are available only at home Jro Gede Karang TS (A Bali tourism figures are derived from the local village). The accommodation facilities which are provided such as homestay with 11 rooms. If the terms of the number of rooms available, then the accommodation can be classed as jasmine hotel is equipped with restaurant facilities. However, there are several places around the rice fields trekking paths have the potential to be used as a location to eat (lunch) as coined a beautiful view. Bar, cafe and accommodation support is not yet available. At this location also has available a swimming pool, although still in the stage of completion and fishing facilities in Banjar Kaja Undisan, as well as private fishing pond in Banjar Undisan Kelod. In the village are also available helipad located around the pool. However, in the Village is not yet available Undisan art market or art gallery where display and sell handicrafts/ art. Travel Products That Have Been Marketed Tourism products which are sold in the village is Undisan trekking package in the Village area and its surroundings. Trekking is packaged into three different packages, namely: short lines (about 1.5 hours), medium line (about 2 hours), and the path length (about 4 hours). Illustrations can be seen trekking paths in Figure 4. Travelers visit to the village of Undisan The village located in the real Undisan a strategic, as it is a tourist route to Pura Besakih (a Big Temple). According to Head of Undisan village information almost every day there are tourists stop in the village of Undisan. Per day 5 to 10 people stopped by the hour intensity of visiting less than 1 hour. Precisely the tourists are get down at the main intersection Undisan Village and took the time to look around the intersection. From direct interviews with tourists who happened to stop in the village of undisan, generally they are attracted by the presence of Pura Manik Bingin and the old of Banyan Tree at the intersection of Undisan Village. However, tourist arrivals have not been able to make a meaningful contribution to the Village Undisan. On the other hand the existence of a tour package tourists visiting the village Undisan currently only tourists who follow the tour package offered by the company's Gde Karang Jro only and numbers are still very limited. Current which is the main tourist markets of Europe (France, Belgium and Germany), who loves the nuances of the countryside. Usually they come in small group or large group. Visits are incidental. In general, tourist arrivals of foreign tourists approximately 2-3 per week, given the still new Undisan village as a tourist attraction and is still in development stage. Until now Undisan tourists visiting the village has not been recorded.

103

[A-10]

T 3

P E N IN J A U A N
B A N J A R T A B U N A N

T 3 T 3
B A N J A R S E K A A N

Y A N G

A P I

T 2 T 1S
t a r t

B A N J A R U N D IS A N K A J A

K O L A M

T 3

T 2
B A N J A R U N D IS A N P A N C A S A R I

T 3

A N T IL A N D E S A

T t a2 r t S

K A N T O R P U R A D E S A M A N IK B IN G IN

T 2
T E M B U K U
B A N J A R U N D IS A N K E L O D

B A N G

B A N G

T 3S

t a r t

T 2

K e t e r a T 1 T 2 T 3

n g a n : = T r a c k in g = T r a c k in g = T r a c k in g

P e n d e k M e d iu m P a n ja n g

N Y A N G

L A N

Source: Map of Bali, 2008 Figure 4. Trekking paths in the village and surrounding Undisan

THE RESULTS OF PARTICIPATORY RURAL APPRAISAL (PRA)

For the development of ecotourism activities in the Village Undisan, there are several requirements that must be met, such as: A. General Requirements for Development 1. Activities with the main objective to get pleasure 2. Contains educational activities relating to recognize and preserve the natural 3. Oriented to the preservation of natural environment 4. Travelers not only enjoy in activities but actor in activities 5. Aiming for the welfare of local people (not as an object) B. Special Requirements Development 1. Tourism activities that are developed are not potentially damaging to the natural 2. Types of tourism activities that developed an activity supporting the preservation and conservation of natural 3. Tourists positioned not as lovers but as active agents of activities

104

[A-10]
4. The community's role involve in its implementation 5. Aiming to improve the welfare of society or the direct benefits enjoyed by local people. C. Additional Requirements for Development 1. In general, the traditional settlements, aspects of environmental sanitation should receive priority attention in the development of eco-architecture to support eco-tourism activities. 2. Infrastructure development in traditional neighborhoods adapted to the conditions of each region (topographical, geographical, and wisdom of local communities) 3. Ecoarchitecture and ecotourism develop-ment as much as possible involve the participation of local communities. 4. Sought outside investment does not change and damage the environment and still maintain / preserve the local environment. D. Typology Development Stop a moment (just stop for a moment) Single Tourist attractions (not varied). The distance is relatively close to the center of tourist accommodation. The amount of restricted settlement (population, characteristics, and area) The Trust Systems and community with strict rules. It is not supported by infrastucture. Stop for a while (rest for a while) Varied of Tourist attractions is enough. Mileage is far away from the city and it is tourist road. The amount of settlement is limited (population, characteristics, and area) The system of trust and community with strict rules Supported by adequate infrastructure. Inpatient stay (enjoy an overnight stay). tourist attraction is varied mileage is relatively far away from the city The amount of settlements is relative to the area and supporting to the tourism activities (population, characteristics, and area) The trust system and community with a relatively flexible rules Suported by the available of infrastructure E. Ecoarchitecture suport to ecotourism The steps can be choosen to realize the ecoarchitecture that support ecotourism, namely: Maintain the patterns of traditional settlement Maintain the shape, spatial patterns in the traditional housing

105

[A-10]
Utilizing the natural potential in the region around/ local and appropriate technologies to meet the needs of environmently to fullfill the energy required in the management of ecotourism, for example: the use of hot springs, wind, waterfall to produce electricity. Providing the incentives to the people who defend the authenticity of the building and traditional settlement patterns. These incentives can be a direct funding or building materials. Provide the incentives to communities who want to plant origin plants used for traditional buildings such as grass, bamboo, and local wood. Provide the incentives or rewards to the public/ private/ local government that promote and preserve the traditional settlements such as direct grants, tax elimination, the administrative convenience and so forth. Management of retribution such as admission to the attraction of traditional settlements which will be allocated for the needs of traditional settlements. Provide a research to identify the traditional buildings and traditional settlements so that its data can support the preservation of traditional buildings and settlements. Provision of supporting tourism facilities who adopt traditional architectural forms. Establish/ develop groups of arts, crafts, carpentry in the community, especially the younger generation so that arts and culture is maintained. 5 CONCLUSION

Referring to the potential objects and Tourist Attractions (Nature, Culture and Artificial) in Undisan village then the model what can be developed to ecotourism in the Undisan village are as follows: A. Development of Object & Tourism Attractions The existing of beautiful landscape, the atmosphere of the country side with rice fields and gardens including various types of plants (flora) and animals (fauna) are still maintained its existence, If it will be developed without destroying the existing and the interests of sustainability. Developing of object and tourist attractions should be in harmony between nature and environment and able to minimize negative impacts. B. Development of cultural/ human made Swimming pool, Bringin Manik Temple, Ganesha Statue, Monument/ Rock Rock, Dance Line Gede, Dance and Candidate Cupak Charcoal and Traditional Market, various crafts are developed by considering the sacred and permissive of these cultural products. Residential and rural environments that have been formed naturally are needed the maintain and strengthen more natural feel of the village such as structuring telajakan, drainage systems, waste management and waste, improving the quality of the buildings. 6 RECOMMENDATIONS

The need for facilities and infrastructure required in order to Ecotourism Development in the Undisan Village are:

106

[A-10]
A place of management of construction / building as an ecotourism center which is equipped with various office and communications facilities. Providing the shuttle transportation to deliver tourists to the guest house or to objects of the attractions. In each hamlets (in Balinese : Banjar) is needed the place for tourists transit before being placed in their respective houses. Providing guide who is always standby to tourists who do not stay. pick tourists up to ecotourism area, especially for

Required parking area for individual travelers or group or travel agents. It is needed a models integrated management in ecotourism management. The application of customer oriented concept in providing services to tourists who will visit to Undisan Village. 7 REFERENCES

Anonymous 2009, Attractions in Bali. www.Google.com (accessed January 27, 2009). Anonymous 2009, Taiwan Tourist Arrivals to Bali Down. News and Views. www.mediaindonesia.com (accessed January 4, 2009). Traditional Housing Technology Development Center of Denpasar. 2008, Final Report: Development of Model Ecoarchitecture Environment and Ecotourism in Traditional Settlements. Traditional Housing Technology Development Center of Denpasar 2009, Final Report: Model Development Environment Ecoarchitecture & Ecotourism in Traditional Settlements. Fandeli, Chafid or Mukhlison 2000, Cultivation of Ecotourism. Yogyakarta, Faculty of Forestry, University of Gadjah Mada.

107

[A-10]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

108

[A-11] LANDSCAPE CHANGES IN DENPASAR CITY

Ni Made YUDANTINI1

ABSTRACT: Denpasar City is one of cities in Bali Province which faces the problem of landscape change. Most land use is for rice fields, dry lands, crops, housing, grave yards, fish ponds, forests and other functions. Based on Agriculture Office, in 2010 Denpasar City has 20% rice fields of the citys total area, compared to 41% rice fields of the citys area in 1992. This shows that Denpasar landscape has changed from agriculture field to commerce, housing, industry etc. and that changing landscape also happened in several green belt areas. This fact is supported by the Agriculture Office report that Denpasar City lose rice field about 25 hectares every year. In contrast, Denpasar City must provide at least 30% of land for open spaces. Furthermore, Denpasar City should keep city based on traditional philosophy such as Tri Hita Karana concept, Rwa Bhineda concept, etc. This paper examines the causes of landscape changes due to growing of population, tourism facilities, economic, and lack of government policy. There are the negative impacts of landscape changes which are associated with social economics and environmental issues. This study seeks to offer guidance for the legitimate use of landscape planning for sustainability development in Denpasar City. Some recommendations could be applied such as prevention of population growth, tourism development base, strict building regulation and increase tax property, and provide the policy and institutional options in land use planning. KEYWORDS: Landscape changes, traditional philosophy, cultural landscape, conservation, Denpasar City. 1 INTRODUCTION

Bali is one of Indonesias 13,667 islands, and is located between the Java Island in the west and Lombok Island in the east. The mainland of Bali is surrounded by 5 smaller islands including Nusa Dua, Nusa Ceningan, Nusa Lembongan, Serangan and Menjangan Island. Bali covers an area of 5,632.86 km (around 140 km x 80 km) or about 0.29% of the Indonesian area (5,632.86 km2). Bali consists of 9 administrative regions (8 regencies and 1 municipality), 51 districts, 579 villages, and 3,945 traditional banjar and these are populated by 3,522,375 inhabitants (Badan Pusat Statistik, 2011) with a population density of 625 inhabitants per km focused in the southern part of Bali. Denpasar Citys population currently stands at 788.445 people (www.denpasar.go.id, 2010) with the total area of 123.98 km2 (47.9 sq mi). This means the density of Denpasar City is 6.359,5 per km2 (16.470, 9/sq mi). Based on Agriculture Office, in 2010 Denpasar City has 2.717 hectares of rice field (20% of the citys total area), compared to 5.343 hectares or 41% of the citys area in 1992 (Atmojo, 2011). This shows that Denpasar land use has changed from agriculture field to commerce, housing, industry etc. and that changing land use also happened in several green belt areas. This fact is supported by the Agriculture Office report that Denpasar City lose rice field about 25 hectares every year. In contrast, Denpasar City must provide at least 30% of land for open spaces (Public Work Regulation No. 26/2007). Furthermore, Denpasar City should keep city based on the Balinese cultural and traditional values. Regarding this, it is necessary to review and investigate the negative impact of changes in land use especially Balinese traditional landscape.

PhD student, School Architecture and Building, Deakin University, Australia

109

[A-11]
The paper will review the Balinese traditional landscape and land use development in Denpasar City, followed by examining the causes and effects of the problem of changing in land use in Denpasar City. Finally, the paper would like to recommend the appropriate scheme of the concepts of land use planning adapted in sustainable urban development and landscape planning in Denpasar City. 2 THE BALINESE TRADITIONAL LANDSCAPE AND LAND USE ASSOCIATED TO LANDSCAPE CHANGES

Bali Province has an area of 5,632.86 square kilometers (2.175 square miles) with a very rich nature spread over the island. Based on study of landscape in the program of Bali to head for Garden Island, (Dinas Kebersihan & Pertamanan and Udayana University, 1998), structurally, the vernacular of Balinese landscape can be divided into five types as follows: Regional Landscape, Villages landscape, City landscape, Highway landscape and Inheritance / Archaeological landscape (see Figure ).

Regional Landscape

Bali Provincea)

City Landscape

Village Landscape Source: a) Google Earth, 2012

Inheritance Landscape

Highway Landscape

Figure 1. Bali Province and the Balinese traditional landscape types

The Balinese traditional landscape is based on the concept of Balinese culture and related to its religion. Hindu religion has several concepts for Balinese culture development, which have been reformulated by the Local Government of Bali (1994), including Tri Hita Karana Concept, Rwa Bhineda Concept, Desa Kala Patra Concept, Karma Phala Concept, Sekala Niskala Concept, Tri Masa Concept, Catur Parama Artha Concept, Taksu and Jengah Concept, and Spatio Balinese Culture Concept. Denpasar City is one of cities in Bali Province which faces the problem of land use change. Most land use is for rice fields, dry lands, crops, housing, grave yards, fish ponds, forests and other functions. Table 1 shows land use in Bali Province from 2001 to 2006. As can be seen, rice fields had decreased significantly from 101.815 Ha to 97.636 Ha, followed by dry lands, crops fields, fish ponds and forests. On the other hand, housing, grave yard and other functions have increased in the same period.

110

[A-11]
Table 1. Land use in Bali Province in 2002 to 2006 Rice Field (Ha) 101,815.00 100,230.00 100,012.28 99,098.00 Dry Land (Ha) 188,385.00 189,240.00 167,378.93 194,300.60 Crops Field (Ha) 183,776.00 175,031.00 174,720.97 183,572.00 179,325.00 Housing (Ha) 51,892.00 52,353.00 53,076.00 53,857.00 54,334.00 Grave Yard (Ha) 350.38 416.26 Fish Ponds (Ha) 1,283.70 1,298.00 1,228.00 1,205.50 999.26 Forest (Ha) 205,096.00 205,075.00 171,475.00 196,676.00 197,984.20 Other (Ha) 51,883.00 52,019.00 68,221.18 53,383.35 53,950.32

Year 2002 2003 2004 2005

2006 97,636.00 199,752.78 Source: Bali Dalam Angka, 2005

Table 2 illustrates the pattern of land use in each region in Bali Province in year 2006. The pattern of land use in most regions has increased in built-up areas and decreased in green open spaces. An example for this trend is that built-up areas in Denpasar City increased from 7.651 Ha to 7.832 Ha from 2002 to 2006, and non built-up areas decreased from 5.136,73 Ha (59,88%) to 4.955,73 Ha (38,78%) in the same period. Urban development affects Balinese traditional landscape, which creates a lot of changes such as loss of open spaces, sprawling development, changes of function from field to housing, yard, etc. This condition is also shown by the study of Regional Spatial Planning (RTRW) team of Denpasar City (2006) that explains that most problems of Denpasar City such as the increase in land housing demand are caused by population growth, thus influencing the change of rice fields to settlements. The increasing of incoming people requires urban facilities and utilities. Although some effort has been done by local government to solve city problems such as the planning of traditional villages in some regions in Bali and planning and improvement of green open spaces in some cities, the projection for the coming years seems to be getting worse (see Table 2).
Table 2. The pattern of land use in each region in Bali Province in 2002 to 2006
Year Land Use Function Built-Up Area 2002 Green Open Space Built-Up Area 2003 Green Open Space Built-Up Area 2004 Green Open Space Built-Up Area 2005 Green Open Space Built-Up Area 2006 Green Open Space Luas Wilayah (Ha) Jembrana (Ha) 5,722 78,458 5,891 78,289 5,993 78,187 6,089 78,091 6,067 78,113 84,180 Tabanan (Ha) 5,484 78,449 5,597 78,336 5,950 77,983 5,967 77,966 6,020 77,913 83,933 Badung (Ha) 9,076 32,776 9,139 32,713 9,171 32,681 9,341 32,511 9,383 32,469 41,852 Denpasar (Ha) 7,651 5,137 7,656 5,132 7,679 5,109 7,714 5,074 7,832 4,956 12,778 Gianyar (Ha) 5,029 31,771 5,036 31,764 5,068 31,732 5,078 31,722 5,079 31,721 36,800 Klungkung (Ha) 1,258 30,242 1,268 30,232 1,273 30,227 1,279 30,221 1,297 30,203 31,500 Bangli (Ha) 3,282 48,799 3,282 48,799 3,282 48,799 3,309 48,772 3,322 48,759 52,081 Karangasem (Ha) 2,405 81,549 2,424 81,530 2,434 81,520 2,439 81,515 2,447 81,507 83,954 Buleleng (Ha) 4,790 131,798 4,818 131,770 4,896 131,692 5,101 131,487 5,220 131,368 136,588

Source: Bali Dalam Angka, 2007

111

[A-11]
3 CAUSES OF LANDSCAPE CHANGES

This study will focus on four major causes of land use change in Denpasar City that contribute to urban development in Bali Province. These causes are population growth, tourism development, economic development, and lack of government regulation. 3.1 POPULATION GROWTH

Population growth is one of factors that play an important role in land use changes in Bali Province. As can been see from Table 3, the increasing population of Bali Province from 2004 to 2005 is 1.36% of average growth. Two regions that have highest population growth are Badung Region and Denpasar City with 4.32% and 2.09% of average growth in 2004 and 2005, respectively. This population growth will continue to increase for coming years.
Table 3. Bali Inhabitants in 2004 and 2005 Inhabitants Growth Average (%) 2004 2005 1. Jembrana 221,316 224,990 0.71 2. Tabanan 397,673 405,484 1.05 3. Badung 358,311 374,377 4.32 4. Denpasar 379,005 463,915 2.05 5. Gianyar 170,092 382,591 0.66 6. Klungkung 210,103 170,744 0.44 7. Bangli 389,576 211,186 0.23 8. Karangasem 607,616 395,409 1.41 9. Buleleng 446,226 618,076 0.64 Total 3,179,918 3,247,772 1.36 Source: Bali Dalam Angka, 2005; Bali Dalam Angka, 2006 No. Region/City

Figure 2 shows that Denpasar City has the densest population among regions in Bali Province with 4.21% of average growth in year 2007. This is caused by Denpasar City as a centre of Bali Province which is based on Bali Province Master Plan. All national activities are centred in Denpasar City as well as international services for Bali Province.

Source: Statistic of Bali Province, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 Figure 2. Population Growth in each Region in Bali Province

112

[A-11]

1,800,000 1,600,000 1,400,000 1,200,000 1,000,000 800,000 600,000 400,000 200,000 -

Jiwa

Kabupaten Jembrana 256,164 280,752 307,701 337,236 369,606

Kabupaten Tabanan 415,125 440,855 468,180 497,199 528,016

Kabuaten Badung 378,633 419,478 464,729 514,861 570,401

Kabupaten Gianyar 390,745 409,053 428,219 448,283 469,287

Kabupaten Klungkung 174,023 181,816 189,958 198,465 207,352

Kabupaten Kabupaten Kabupaten Bangli Karangasem Buleleng 215,364 232,924 251,915 272,456 294,671 409,854 437,196 466,362 497,474 530,662 657,447 734,455 820,482 916,587 1,023,94

Kota Denpasar 686,033 843,125 1,036,18 1,273,46 1,565,06

2007 2012 2017 2022 2027

Source : Analysis of Bali Green Open Space Team, 2008 Figure 3. Population Growth Prediction in each Region in Bali Province, 2007-2027

Figure 3 illustrates the prediction of population growth in Bali Province. It appears that Denpasar City will have a population more than one and half million in 2027, followed by Buleleng Region, which will have one million people. On the other hand, other regions will have population only about 500.000 in 2027. The increasing population growth will affect the provision of housing and public facilities but Denpasar City has the only a total area of 123.98 km2. 3.2 TOURISM DEVELOPMENT

As a destination island in Indonesia, Bali Island cannot avoid the needs of tourism development facilities in tourist areas such as in Kuta, Sanur, Nusa Dua etc. As Warren (2005) denotes, during the 1990s land was diverted from agriculture to mega-developments in some areas of tourism. This was also based on central authority in that period in which the Suhartos regime was very strong to determine areas such as at Tanah Lot, BTID in Serangan, Pecatu Graha in Nusa Dua and other sites. These projects were considered as threatening Balis cultural and environmental integrity. One method to monitor the changing of land use is by using remote sensing and GIS technique. Bedugul is one of tourism destinations in northern part of Bali Province. There is an increasing use of Bedugul land for settlement, dry lands, forests etc. Table 4 shows the land use type in Bedugul in 1981 and 2003. There were land use changes in Bedugul, Bali, based on research over 22 years (19812003). Settlement areas increased by 62.6 Ha which are caused by the development of hotels or lodgings and new villas. Dry land vegetable crops increased by 7.5 Ha which are caused by the change of coffee crops in Pancasari Village into dry land. Shrub increased by 26.2 Ha that are caused by bush fire in 1994. However, coffee crops decreased by 116.5 Ha, and forest areas decreased by 32.5 Ha which are caused by the development of the exploration of geothermal project for electricity by Bali Energy Ltd. (Adnyana, et al., 2006). 3.3 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

The development in Denpasar City is growing based on citizens finances to fulfill demand for their social lives and better lifestyle. People in the city who find better job and earn more money will prefer to invest their money by owning properties to do their business in the future. Table 4 show the increase in built-up areas such as housing, hotels, and new villas etc.

113

[A-11]
Table 4. Areas of land use type in Bedugul Region year 1981 and 2003 No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Land Use Area (ha) 1981 2003 126.7 189.3 967.1 974.6 58.9 86.3 130.8 14.3 120.0 120.0 237.7 263.9 3748.4 3715.9 183.3 208.5 159.2 159.2 1029.4 1029.4 6761.4 6761.4

Settlements Dry land Mixed crops Coffee crops Golf course Shrub Protected forest Secondary forest Botanical garden Beratan, Buyan and Tamblingan Lakes TOTAL Source: Adnyana, et. al, 2006

3.4

LACK OF GOVERNMENT REGULATION

The weaknesses of land uses government regulations to defend and conserve green open spaces in term of building permit, the regulation of floor area ratio and building density coefficient do not appear to fulfill the requirement. There are some reasons for these such as lack of regulation, no optimalization of green open space regulation, inappropriate land use duty forms, and inappropriate job description of land use planning office. These will bring faster growth of land use change if there is a planning of new road provision. This phenomenon is quite difficult to protect, while government regulations do not have power to limit the problems. Government also has an important role to develop stakeholders understanding of land use planning, especially green open spaces in the city. On the other hand, citizens still have weaknesses in understanding and awareness of green open space. 4 THE NEGATIVE IMPACTS OF LANDSCAPE CHANGES

There are some effects of land use change in Bali Province, especially in Denpasar City. Due to the uncontrolled nature of land use development and lack of government regulations, many social economic and environmental impacts result from the problems (http://www.istp.murdoch.edu.au). Social economic problems have occurred in society such as restricted access to beaches for local people for leisure and ceremony; noise pollution; traffic congestion; conversion of valuable productive land to tourist developments; and touristification of culture (dance, theatre, crafts and art). While environmental impacts of land use changes have appeared on the scene such as beach erosion; pollution of fresh water resources; loss of offshore coral reefs due to mining and pollution; loss of forest elevation due to legal and illegal logging; loss of lowland mangrove forests due to cutting down the mangrove for new lands; and exhaustion of fresh water resources and resultant salt water intrusion due to huge destruction by dominant customers such as hotels and golf courses.

114

[A-11]

Figure 4. The sprawling pattern of development in Denpasar City

5 5.1

THE CONCEPT OF LAND USE PLANNING IN DENPASAR CITY. PREVENTION OF POPULATION GROWTH

Due to the fast growing of population in the coming years in Denpasar City and to avoid uncontrolled migration which will affect the land use change as well as environmental degradation, some recommendations could address the problems. 5.1.1 Redirected Migration Flows

It is recommended that migration flows be redirected (Ministry of Environment and Forests Government of India, 2009) in order to prevent population growth. This way would avoid population density in certain places such as slum areas. In addition to this, investments should be directed in small cities which have been ignored. It would improve urban financial and band migration redirection to new small cities could be possible. 5.1.2 Encouraging of Family Program

In order to minimize population growth, the family planning program of the Indonesia Government needs to be strictly implemented. The program encourages every family to only have maximum two children. Therefore, government regulations should be associated with city urban planning which contains such as operation, development and monitoring (Ministry of Environment and Forests Government of India, 2009). 5.2 TOURISM DEVELOPMENT BASE

Regarding to history of tourism in Bali, the Tourism Master Plans for Bali (SCETO) was produced in 1971 and had aim for tourism development. However, the board was closed due to financial problem and a new provincial government department, then followed by uncontrol of tourism development in some areas which are out of the tourism boundaries. Therefore, it is recommended that tourism development base in improving networking and increasing awaraness of tourism would be adapted. 5.2.1 Improving Networking of Tourism

It is recommended that tourism roundtable partnership as concern in South Australia (State and Territory Australia Government, 2008) be applied in order to improve a better tourism partnership.

115

[A-11]
This would create a good networking between stakeholders who relate in tourisms activities such as hoteliers, restaurants, souvenirs, business, travel agencies, entertainments, as well as the local community who are involved. This would provide adequate information in tourism activities to limit unnecessary land use dysfunctions. 5.2.2 Environmental and Social Awareness of Tourism

As Bali tourism concern in traditional culture, it is necessary that the local wisdom of Tri Hita Karana concept can be adapted to improve the tourism industry (WWF, 2007). The Tri Hita Karana concept is Balinese philosophy which is applied for all development in Bali. This concept implies a relationship between human to the God or creator, relationship between human to human being, and relationship between human to environment. This concept is also inspiriting the Balinese people lives. In this way, tourism can be involved in the environmental awareness and social activities which can give contribution to the society. Moreover, sense of belonging (Jaya, n.d., p.65) should be developed in tourism activities to control and protect nature and culture. In order to develop stakeholder understanding of land use planning, an action of community based natural resources management needs to be applied (Ministry of Environment and Forests Government of India, 2009). Regarding to this, it is appropriate to empowering farmers to defend their traditional agriculture. Evidence for this, Balinese people have traditional subak irrigation system that would be the rich opportunities in the implementation of community-based natural resources strategy. It would improve social productivity of natural resources and can prevent environment friendly. 5.3 STRICT BUILDING REGULATION AND TAX PROPERTY INCREASE

In order to prevent land use changes which are caused by development and population growth, strict building regulations and increasing tax properties should be implemented. Investors should strictly apply building regulations which contain traditional architecture and local norms. In addition, increasing tax properties for investors will reduce the use of productive lands. These strategies would preserve natural land use and traditional building appearances in order to the implementation of sustainable development and Denpasar City base on culture. 5.4 PROVISION OF THE POLICY AND INSTITUTIONAL OPTIONS IN LAND USE PLANNING

It is recommended that the Spatial Planning Department should provide the Policy and Institutional Options to cope with the land use change problems (Ministry of Environment and Forests Government of India, 2009). It is necessary to emphasize increasing stakeholder responsibility and accountability and promoting more cooperative efforts to limit the problems of land use change. Therefore, it is necessary to improve awareness and to involve people at local level to make decisions. The participatory approach has been seen as one of the best solutions for government to involve local people who are playing a role in decision making processes that will benefit them. 6 CONCLUSION

Bali Island is one of tourism destinations with Denpasar City as the centre of Bali Province faces land use problems regarding in improvement in many areas of development. This paper has proposed the four basic causes of land use changes in Denpasar City. The first cause is related to population growth, which has predicted to continue to increase for coming years. Increasing population will be gathered in the provision of social facilities. The second cause is due to development of tourist facilities in some tourist destinations. The third cause is necessary from the

116

[A-11]
increase of society finance. People will improve their future life by investing in some properties that affects the land use too. Finally, goverment regulation has an important role for land use changes to protect, control and monitor development in many areas. However, this is not properly done due to lack and weaknesses of government regulation in approaches and implementation. Land use changes will bring negative impacts in social economics and environmental problems such as pollution, restricted area, beaches erosion, exhaustion of fresh water resources etc. The action is needed to tackle those problems. The recommendations could be adapted in Denpasar City i.e. prevention of population growth, tourism development base, strict building regulation and tax property increase, and provision of the policy and institutional options in land use planning. Moreover, the philosophies of Balinese culture should be adopted in all development areas which are inspiriting all Balinese lives. 7 REFERENCES

Adnyana, Nishio, Sumantyo, Hendrawan 2006, Monitoring of Land Use Changes Using Aerial Photograph and Ikonos Image in Bedugul, Bali, Remote Sensing and Earth Sciences, Vol 3 Atmojo 2011, the Jakarta Post, Jakarta Badan Pusat Statistik 2011, Bali Dalam Angka, Denpasar Dinas Kebersihan dan Pertamanan Propinsi Daerah Tingkat I Bali dan Universitas Udayana 1998, Hasil Penelitian: Penyusunan Rencana Umum Pertamanan, Propinsi Daerah Tingkat I Bali, Denpasar. http://www.worldatlas.com/webimage/countrys/islands/au/bali.htm, retrieved 1st September 2011 Impact Assessment and Development/Land Use Planning in Bali (http://www.istp.murdoch.edu.au/ISTP/casestudies/Case_Studies_Asia/bali/case01.html#physical), retrieved 30th August 2011 Jaya, IGAP n.d., The Conservation of Green Open Spaces in Bali, ASEAN Journal: Hospitality and Tourism, Vol. 1, pp. 6368, Indonesia, retrieved 6th September 2011 Ministry of Environment and Forests Government of India 2009, State of Environment Report, India 2009, retrieved 5th September 2011 Rindrasih Erda 2008, Bali Tourism Footprint Regarding to Climate Change, http://erdha.wordpress.com/2008/01/22/bali-footprint-regarding-to-climate-change/, retrieved 30th August 2011 State and Territory Governments in Australia 2008, Climate change: Best practices, retrieved 5th September 2011 Tjokorda Nirarta Samadhi 2000, Conservation Of Principles Or Objects? An Approach Of Conserving The Traditional Balinese Cultural Landscape In Urban Areas, Dimensi Teknik Arsitektur, Vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 98 105 Warren, Carol 2005, Community mapping, local planning and alternative land use strategies in Bali, Danish Journal of Geography,Vol. 105, No. 1, pp 29-41 WWF, 2007 Rapid Assessment On Climate Change, Potential Threats And Impact To Balis Economy And Community Livelihoods And The Role Of The Tourism Industry Potential Threats And Impact To BaliS Economy And Community, retrieved 6th September 2011

117

[A-11]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

118

[A-12] MODEL OF GREENSPACE RANGE EFFECT TOWARDS SURFACE TEMPERATURE IN URBAN AREA
Putri YASMIN Nurul Fajri1

ABSTRACT: This research was conducted in Bogor, located at 106o48'40''E and 6o30'53''S until 106o46'22''E and 6o40'08''S. The research aimed at determining the influence of greenspace distance on urban surface temperature, and therefore the effective distance of greenspace can be determined for urban spatial planning consideration. Urban surface temperature is functioned as energy balance component & greenspace distance. Information of greenspace was derived from satellite image of Landsat 5. The image was classified into seven types of landcover including water bodies, constructed land, bush, paddy field, high vegetation, field, and palm. Distance between each greenspace type (bush, paddy field, high vegetation, field, and palm) were calculated by using Euclidean distance principle. Energy balance components of each landcover class including net radiation (Rn), soil heat flux (G), sensible heat flux (H), and latent heat flux (LE) were extracted from band 1,2,3 and 6 of Landsat 5 TM image data. The analysis result showed that the influenced of energy balance component & greenspace distance to surface temperature could be formalized in an equation. When the albedo is the ratio of radiation reflective to incoming radiation, Rn is the net radiation, Dpaddy is the distance of observation point on the paddy field, and Dfield is the distance of observation point on the field. The equation has a coefficient of determination (R2) 88% and validation results showed a correlation 93.3% between the estimated surface temperature and the actual surface temperature. In the equation, the high vegetation does not affect significantly to the surface temperatures due to the high value of LE in the area of Bogor. Therefore, it is required to increase the high vegetation in Bogor by considering the relationship between the high vegetation on the surface temperature and the correlation value 67.8%. KEYWORDS: Remote sensing, vegetation, energy balance, urban environment, surface temperature. 1 INTRODUCTION

Surface temperature is a variable of microclimate that influences the other microclimates, for example air temperature, wind direction etc. The atmosphere condition is strongly influenced by human and landuse activities. The activities form typical microclimate of urban area. One of visible microclimate characteristic is urban heat island. As a definition, urban heat island (UHI) is a phenomenon showing a real gap of mean heat flux between sub-urban and urban area. Heat flux that is showed by mean temperature at the urban area will decrease toward sub-urban area. Basically, land use will be influenced by the solar radiation acceptance and land cover material capacity to release heat accepted from the sun. According to Wardhani (2006), vegetation land cover can reduce urban temperature toward sub-urban. By those reasons, the urban area really needs open greenspace existence. Nevertheless, almost of all urban area planning is built without any consideration to the physical aspects. Thus, it needs a formula for determining the best distance between an open greenspace areas to the other areas. It was conducted to create a good microclimate in urban area. Nevertheless, recently, urban area planning is built without any consideration to the physical aspects. Commonly, open greenspace is built on the vacant land and it doesnt have enough effect for reducing urban heat. Therefore, it needs a formula for determining the best distance between an open greenspace areas to the other one. It was done create a good microclimate in urban area.
1

Graduate student of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Bogor Agricultural University, Indonesia

119

[A-12]
The effective distance of open greenspace for decreasing urban heat and urban surface temperature can be determined by a direct observation approach. Of course, this approach needs long period data series which spread evenly in the study area. Consequently, it is quite difficult to conduct this approach.. Therefore, remote sensing method and the geographical information system are the best ways to determine a fit model for calculating the distance of open greenspace as the diminution of urban heat and urban surface temperature. Those approaches can easily produce data series of spatial data that spread in the study area evenly. Moreover, to anticipate bias prediction of the model because of climate effect, this research was conducted in the normal year. It mean s the reference year of the model was the year without being influenced by ENSO (El Nino Southern Oscillation) and IODM (Indian Oscillation Dipole Mode) . Furthermore, this research was aimed at determining the model of greenspace distances influence on urban surface temperature, and therefore the effective distance of greenspace could be determined for urban spatial planning consideration. 2 MATERIALS AND METHOD

This research was conducted at Laboratory of Environmental Analysis and Spatial Modeling, Conservation of Forestry Resources and Ecotourism Department, Bogor Agricultural University, in October 2010 until April 2011. The specific study of the research was conducted1 in Bogor, located at 106o48'40''E and 6o30'53''S until 106o46'22''E and 6o40'08''S. In this research, spatial analysis (land cover classification, determined open greenspace distance and determined energy balance components, albedo and surface temperature) was processed by software named ArcGIS 9.3. Additionally, statistical software named Minitab 15 was also utilized in this research for deciding the best model of greenspace distances influence on urban surface temperature. For determined the model of greenspace distances influence on urban surface temperature, in this research has been through some spatial analytical processes and statistical process. They are: made land cover classification, determined open greenspace distance using Euclidean distance principle and determined a model. Each step needs some materials as their input and analysis. They are: Landsat 5 TM+ image Path/Row 122/065, acquisition date May 18th 2006 and cloud cover 0%; administrative map of Bogor; and climate data series of Bogor. 2.1 LANDOVER CLASSIFICATION

In this research, land cover was classified by supervised classification method. For helping determine and classify any kinds of land covers on the research area, the classification process of the research was helped by three bands of Landsat 5 TM+ image. They are band 5 as band for detecting clouds, band 4 to detect water bodies, and band 3 for determining and classifying vegetation species. Supervised classification of the research was conducted by comparing land cover classifications based on the image to land cover classifications based on ground check at the research area. The classification was accorded by dominant land cover classifications in the study area. In Bogor, dominant land cover classifications are water bodies, building land, paddy field, grasses, field, high vegetation, and palm field (Figure 1).

120

[A-12]

(water body)

(paddy field)

(high vegetation)

(palm field)

(field)

(built area)

(bush) Figure 1. Land overtypes of the research area.

2.2

DETERMINING OPEN GREENSPACE DISTANCE USING EUCLIDEAN DISTANCE PRINCIPLE

Euclidean distance is defined as a distance technical computation between two object s using Pythagoras theory. In this research, each vegetation land (paddy field, grasses land, palm field, field and high vegetation) would be connected to the same kind of land cover. Therefore, it resulted some distance functions between an area of paddy field and the other ones, an area of high vegetation and the other ones, etc. 2.3 2.3.1 DETERMINING SURFACE TEMPERATURE, ENERGY BALANCE COMPONENTS AND ALBEDO Surface Temperature

Surface temperature was extracted from band 6 of Landsat 5 image. According to Landsat 7 science data Users Handbook-chapter 11 (2003), to get surface temperature, firstly, digital number of band 6 was converted to spectral radiance by following Eq. 1 where L is spectral radiance at band-i (Wm2sr-1m-1), QCAL is digital number band-i, LMINi is minimum spectral radiance band-i, LMAXi is maximum spectral radiance band-i with minimum pixel value, QCALMIN is 1 for LGPS Products and 0 for NPLAS Products, QCALMAX is Maximum Pixel value (255).
LMAX (i ) LMIN (i ) L QCAL QCAL MAX MIN QCAL QCALMIN LMIN (i )

(1)

121

[A-12]
Before getting surface temperature value, spectral radiance was converted to brightness temperature by following Eq. 2 where TB is brightness temperature (K), K1= 607.76 Wm-2sr-1m-1 and K2 = 1260.56 Kelvin, L is spectral radiance band-i (17.04/255 ) DN radiance (Wm-2sr-1m-1). Basically, brightness temperature was computed by consideration to the emissivity, conductivity and heat capacity of the land. As defined, brightness temperature is a temperature that is reflected to the computation of thermal radiation intensities emitted by objects.
TB K2 K1 ln 1 L

(2)

After getting brightness temperature, it was converted to surface temperature by following Eq 3.

(3) Where TS is surface temperature, is value of hc/ ( = 1.438 x 10-23), is Boltzman constant (1.38x10-23 JK-1), emission long wave radiation (11.5 m) and is emissivity. According to Artisdan Carnahan (1982) in Hermawan (2005), emissivity value for un-vegetated land is about 0.96, for vegetated land is about 0.97 and for water bodies is 0.98. 2.3.2 Albedo

Albedo is defined as a ratio between output radiations and input radiations. Albedo is also used to determine soil heat flux and the other energy balance components. According to Landsat 7 science data Users Handbook-chapter 11 (2003), albedo was determined based on spectral radiance of the land by the following Eq. 4.

(4) When d is astronomical distance (Earth-Sun); ESUN is average value of solar spectral radiance; L is solar radiance of Eq. 1; and cos is zenith angel of The Sun. Computational albedo parameters of the research in Eq. 4 are showe on Table 1.
Table 1. Albedo parameters of the research. Parameter Sudut elevasi matahari Solar irradiation Distance between Sun and Earth Band 1 58o32' 1969 1.016707 Band 2 -58o32' 1840 1.016707 Band 3 58o32' 1551 1.016707

2.3.3

Energy Balance Components

Energy balance components of this research consist of net radiation (Rn), soil heat flux (G), heat flux (H) and latent heat flux (E). They were extracted of band 1, band 2, band 3, band 6, albedo and surface temperature. Firstly, band 3 and band 4 were extracted to be NDVI by the following Eq. 5.

122

[A-12]

(5) When NDVI is normalized difference vegetation index, NIR is near infra-red and IR is Infra-red. Afterwards, soil heat flux (G) was predicted in the following Allenet. al. equation (Eq. 6), when is albedo, Ts is surface temperature and Rn is net radiation extracted by band 6 (Eq. 7). Net radiation is determined by input shortwave radiation (Rs), output shortwave radiation (Rs), input longwave radiation (Rl) and output longwave radiation (Rl) (Jing et. al., 2006).

(0.0038 Rn = Rs-Rs+Rl-Rl

(6) (7)

Subsequently, sensible heat flux was predicted by following Eq. 8, where is bowen ratio. Bowen ration is ratio of sensible heat flux to latent heat flux.

(8)

2.4

DETERMINING A MODEL

The data extracted by image interpretation assumed as variables for determining a model of open greenspace range effect to surface temperature in urban area. The variables consist of soil heat flux, sensible heat flux, latent heat flux, net radiation, albedo and the vegetation distance (paddy field, bush, palm field, field, high vegetation) explained by Sub-topic 2.2.For generating a model by sample point of variables, in this research, points were placed on the built area refer to open greenspace and were extracted as independent variables (soil heat flux, sensible heat flux, latent heat flux, net radiation, albedo and the distance of paddy field, distance of bush, distance of palm field, distance of field, distance of high vegetation) and dependent variable (surface temperature). In generating a model using regression analysis, it is needed an assumption test (Draper et. al., 1981). The assumption are: errors of independent variables are normal, varieties of independent variables are homogen (homoscedasticity), there is not autocorrelation among independent variables. After the assumption were completed, they were analysed by regression analysis between independent variables and dependent variables. 3 3.1 RESULT AND DISCUSSION LANDOVER CLASSIFICATION

Landover classification in Bogor, located at 106o48'40''E and 6o30'53''S until 106o46'22''E and 6o40'08''S, consist of seven classifications. They are: water bodies, land building, field, bush, paddy field, palm field, and high vegetation (Table 2).

123

[A-12]
Table 2. Landcover classification at 2006 Landcover Water bodies Paddy land High vegetation Bush Palm field Field Building land Area (Ha) 505 2357 1704 2786 118 7434 6616 Area (%) 2.3 11.0 7.9 12.9 0.6 34.5 30.7

The land cover classification showed that agricultural land (65.95%) was the domination land cover in the study area at 2006. In this research, high vegetation area showed only 11% of all land cover in Bogor. It was happened because of land conversion (high vegetation area to built area and agricultural area). This condition was supported by increasing of population (226 populations per Km2 per decade) and construction activities in Bogor (Figure 2).

Figure 2. Landover classification of the research area

3.2

ENERGY BALANCE COMPONENTS

This research resulted that latent heat flux was the greatest allocation of net radiation than sensible heat flux and soil heat flux (see Figure 3). According to Meyers T P et. al. (2004) and June (1993), this condition could be influenced by vegetation and water bodies domination. This statement was supported by this research. The research showed that presentage vegetation land in this research was 65.95%, water bodies was 2.34 %. The total of vegetation area and water bodies were bigger than building land.

124

[A-12]

Figure 3. Energy balance proportion of land cover in Bogor

3.3

DETERMINING ENERGY BALANCE AND SURFACE TEMPERATURE EFFECT

The result of normality test of energy balance effect towards surface temperature in 2006 showed that error of energy balance components (Rn, G, H dan E) were normal and had homogen varieties. Nevertheless, there were multicolinierities among independent variables, especially in energy balance components. The multicolinerities showed at relations among net radiation with soil heat flux and sensible heat, and the relation between soil heat flux and sensible heat. Langensiepen (2003) and Monteith (1975) explained the formula among net radiation, latent heat flux, soil heat flux and sensible heat flux (Eq. 9). It showed that there was relation among energy balance components. Drapper (1981) explained that the way for handling multicolinierity was reduce any variables which had multicolinierities relations. Base on Eq. 9 and Drapper (1981), in this research, the multicolinierities among the variables (net radiation, latent heat flux, soil heat flux and sensible heat flux into a variable, that was net radiation) was handled by reduction them into a variable. That variable was expected can represent all of energy balance components. Hence, net radiation was chosen as a variable which explained energy balance components. Rn = G + H + E 3.4 DETERMINING EFFECT OF EACH OPEN GREENSPACE TYPE TO SURFACE TEMPERATURE (9)

According to image processing result by tracking sample point around and outward Bogor Botanical Garden, it showed that high vegetation in Bogor Botanical Garden influenced surface temperature of building land at distance 515 m and surface temperature 34oC. This effect decreased continuously at distance 707 m. At distance more than 707 m towards Bogor Botanical Garden, surface temperature changed dramatically (surface temperature was 37oC). Regression analytical result showed relation of high vegetation range towards surface temperature in built area had correlation 67.8%. High vegetation range (Dv) was also contributed 29.2% to influence whole of Bogor surface temperature (Ts) by Eq. 10. Ts = 28.6 + 1.17ln(Dv) (10)

In regression analytical result, showed that almost there wasnt relation between bush and surface temperature on built area. It was different when compared with field and paddy field. Field range

125

[A-12]
(Dfield) had correlation 45.8% and it was contributed 32.4% towards surface temperature on built area (Eq.11). For paddy field range, it could explain surface temperature on urban area 21.5% and it had correlation 46.4% (Eq. 12). Ts = 24.6 + 1.47 Ln(Dfield) Ts = 31.3 + 0.00471 (Dpaddy) (11) (12)

In the research area, minimum distance of palm field to urban area was 11.544 kilometer. By the distance and wide of palm field (118.5 m2), this land cover type only contributed a little influenced to surface temperature on urban area (Figure 4).

Figure 4. Sample points of analysing high vegetation range effect

3.5

DETERMINING MODEL OF GREENSPACE RANGE EFFECT TOWARDS SURFACE TEMPERATURE IN URBAN AREA

According to predictors (net radiation, albedo, high vegetation, field and paddy field) as the model generator, they were analysed toward surface temperature on built area. The result showed that only net radiation (Rn), albedo, range of field (Dfield) and range of paddy field (Dpaddy) influenced surface temperature on built area. High vegetation did not influence surface temperature on urban area. It was showed by P-value on regression analysis at 0.495. This condition was caused by high number of E (latent heat flux) in research area. High content of E was a reflection of vegetation which dominates in urban area. It showed by mean NDVI value in research area was 0.341. Moreover, the other vegetation beside high vegetation was the domination landcover in Bogor. It allowed for other vegetation reduce the influence of high vegetation towards surface temperature on built area. Besides that, image from Landsat 5 was captured at 10.00, so surface temperature of Bogor is almost homogen. After getting the fit independent variables, they were transformed by natural logarithm. This method was chosen to normalise the variables. Subsequently, to get the best model which explained

126

[A-12]
greenspace range effect towards surface temperature in urban area, dependent variable (surface temperature) was transformed by Box-Cox transformation. This transformation normalise the residual of dependent variable. The model was showed at Eq. 13.

= -0.0280+ 0.0198 albedo+0.00538 Ln(Rn)- 0.000038 Ln(Dpaddy)- 0.000053 Ln(Dfield) (13) The model of this research had R2 at 88.0%. In addition, validation 20 % sample points between Ts of the model and Ts observation were 93.3 %. Therefore, it could be called that the model are a good model. It expressed that greater range of opengreen space towards built area, would result higher surface temperature on built area until the surface temperature reached the maximum surface temperature of the study area. 4 CONCLUSION

Determined relation between open greenspace and surface temperature of built area, resulted an equation:

= - 0.0280 + 0.0198 albedo + 0.00538 Ln(Rn) - 0.000038 Ln(Dpaddy- 0.000053 Ln(Dfield) (12)

Selected model between open greenspace and surface temperature of built area had a linier pattern. It means that short range of open greenspace would reduce higher surface temperature of built area. Influenced open greenspace in Bogor consist of field and paddy field because high vegetation had not enough wide to meet Bogors needs. 5 REFERENCES

Allen R G, Masahiro T, Kramber W J, Trezza R dan Wright J L. 1998, Crop EvapotyranspirationGuidelines for Computing Crop Water Requirement-FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper 56. FAO-Food and Agricultue Organization of The United Nation. Rome. Draper N R dan Smith H. 1981,.Applied Regression Analysis, 2nd ed. New York : John Wiley and Sons. Hermawan E. 2005, Analisis Perubahan Komponen Neraca Energi Permukaan, Distribusi Urban Heat Island dan THI (Temperature Heat Index) Akibat Perubahan Penutup Lahan Dengan Menggunakan Citra Landsat TM/ETM+ (Studi Kasus Kanalung tahun 1991 dan 2001) [skripsi]. Departemen Geofisika dan Meteorologi FMIPA IPB. Bogor. Jing H, Fienhua Z, Xiaomin S, Zilin Z danYanlian Z. 2006, Study Of Model Correcting For The Effect Of Horrizontal Advection On Surfaces Fluxes Measurement Based Of Remote Sensing. Science in China Series: 49 : 273 280. June T. 1993, Ekofisiologitanaman.Pelatihan Dosen-dosen Perguruan Tinggi Negeri Indonesia Bagian Timur dalam Bidang Agrometeorologi. Bogor 26 Juli- 7 Agustus 1993. Bogor. Langensiepen M. 2003, Evaporation and Energy Balance Encyclopedia of Water Science., Taylor & Francis : 1 : 153. Meyers T P, Hollinger S E. 2004, An Assessment Of Storage Terms In The Surface Energy Balance Of Maize And Soybean. Agrformet : 125 : 105-115. Monteith JL. 1975. Vegetation and Atmosphere. Academic Press, London: 278.

127

[A-12]
USGS. 2002, Landsat 7 Science Data Users Handbook. http://ltpwww.gsfc.nasa.gov/IAS /handbook_htmls/chapter111.html. [5 Juli 2010] Wardhani D E. 2006. PengkajianSuhuUdara Dan IndeksKenyamananDalamRuang Terbuka Hijau (StudiKasus : Kota Semarang). DepartemenGeofisikadanMeteorologi FMIPA IPB. Bogor.

128

[A-13]

THE STUDY OF SO2 POLLUTANT EMISSION FROM BOILER STACK OF BIODIESEL PLANT USING ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION MODELLING
Rosmeika1, Arief S. YUWONO2 and Armansyah H. TAMBUNAN3

ABSTRACT: Fossil fuel depletion, global warming issues, and environmental pollution issues, had been encouraging the development of biodiesel industry. Biodiesel is an alternative fuel that is renewable, sustainable, and environmentally friendly. However, several biodiesel plants still utilize fossil fuel as a boiler fuel that can give the negative impact to the environment. The purpose of this study was to analyze the distribution of SO2 pollutant concentration emitted from the biodiesel plant stack using Gaussian Dispersion Equation. To obtain the concentration of SO2 pollutant distribution required the meteorological condition data from the impact receiving area, such as wind speed, wind direction, and atmospheric stability. Dispersion models use mathematical formulations to characterize the atmospheric processes that disperse a pollutant emitted by a source. Several types of fuel that were examined including industrial diesel oil (IDO), firewood, and coal. The result of this study showed that the SO2 concentration level for utilization of IDO and firewood as boiler fuel was still below the threshold values, which was below 0.08 mg/m3 with the ISPU value was below 50. It was mean that the SO2 concentration level was still in the safe level. Whereas, SO2 pollutant concentration from the utilization of coal as boiler fuel, give negative impacts to the environment in the radius below 200 m from the emission source. Therefore, it was considered not to be used. KEYWORDS: Biodiesel plant, Gaussian Dispersion Equation, SO2 pollution, human health. 1 INTRODUCTION

Biodiesel is an alternative fuel that could substitute the petroleum diesel fuel. Compared to petroleumbased diesel, biodiesel has a high cetane number (a measure of a fuels ignition quality) and has a potential to reduce emission because it yields a better combustion emission profile, such as lower emissions of carbon monoxide, particulate matter and soot, unburned hydrocarbons, NOx and, especially, SOx (Zhang et al., 2003a; Zhang et al., 2003b; Kiwjaroun et al., 2009). Therefore, biodiesel is recommended as a fuel that has impact on the reduction of air pollution and public health risks. The development of biodiesel industry is currently became very important along with the declining of petroleum diesel fuel reserves, global warming issues, as well as the issue of environmental pollution. However, in the industrial process, some of biodiesel plants still use the fossil fuel to produce biodiesel. Therefore, in planning of a biodiesel plant establishment should be considered to the proper location in order to minimize the impact of environmental pollution that may endanger the populations health nearby the plant. The quantity of air pollutants that potentially could be released from the biodiesel plant should be considered. The major emission sources associated with the operation of the biodiesel plant is emissions from the boiler stack (ERM, 2007). Some air pollutants like nitrogen oxides (NOx), carbon monoxide (CO), sulfur dioxide (SO2), hydrocarbons (HC) and particulate matter (PM), generated from the combustion

1 2

Research engineer, Indonesian Center for Agricultural Engineering Research and Development, Indonesia Researcher, Bogor Agricultural University (IPB), Indonesia 3 Researcher, Bogor Agricultural University (IPB), Indonesia

129

[A-13]
process from boiler providing steam and energy to the process, directly affects the environment and health risks (Cretu et al., 2010). Pollution is the act that pollutes the environment that causes instability, disorder, harm or discomfort to the ecosystem i.e. physical systems or living organisms. Air pollution is one of the major problems of urban environment as a consequence of economic development, urbanization, energy consumption, air and urban road transport and increasing number of urban population. Air pollution has been and continues to be a significant health hazard all over the world. Exposure to air pollution is an issue of concern due to the diversity of these pollutants, adverse effects were observed at different levels of air pollution, and a large number of people at risk. The effects of air pollution can sometimes be observed even when the pollution levels below the level indicated by the air quality guidelines (Cretu et al., 2010). Sulfur dioxide (SO2) emissions come from burning sulfur-containing fossil fuels which may contain up to 6% sulfur. At relatively high concentrations, SO2 causes severe respiratory problems at sufficiently high concentrations; SO2 exposure is harmful to susceptible plant tissue. Sulfur dioxide is also a source of acid rain, which is produced when SO2 combines with water droplets to form sulfuric acid (H2SO4). Fine particles of H2SO4 will be binding in the lungs which can cause respiratory diseases. It can also heighten the risk of skin cancer due to sulfate and nitrate compounds into direct contact with skin. Another impact of acid rain include: influence of surface water quality, dissolved heavy metals contained in the soil thus affecting the quality of groundwater and surface water, and its corrosiveness damaging materials and buildings. Sulfur dioxide and other tropospheric aerosols containing sulfur are believed to affect the radiation balance of the atmosphere, which may cause cooling in certain regions (Cahyono, 2007; Fardiaz, 1992; Matthias et al., 2006). Considering the fact that SO2 pollutant has been associated with a series of adverse health effects, it is important to predict SO2 pollution from the biodiesel plant stack. An easy and an inexpensive estimation can be performed through atmospheric dispersion modeling. The purpose of this study was to analyze the distribution of sulfur dioxide (SO2) pollutant concentration from the biodiesel plant stack using Gaussian Dispersion Equation. Several types of boiler fuel that were examined including industrial diesel oil (IDO), firewood, and bituminous coal. 2 2.1 METHODOLOGY AIR POLLUTION DISPERSION

Pollutants dispersion in the air can be visualized by looking at the pattern of dispersion (plume) of smoke emitted by the stack continuously. The size of the plume carried by the wind will increase due to dispersion. Dispersion also leads to the decreases of pollutants concentration in the smoke along with the increase of the distance from the emission source. Dispersion models use mathematical formulations to characterize the atmospheric processes that disperse a pollutant emitted by a source. Using observations and/or simulated meteorological fields, dispersion models can predict concentrations at selected downwind receptor locations (Matthias et al., 2006). The Gaussian Dispersion Equation, a mathematical approximation that simulates the steadystate dispersion of pollutants from a continuous point source is given below (Turner, 1994; Matthias et al., 2006).

(1)

130

[A-13]
Where: C = point concentration at receptor, in g/m3 (x, y, z) = ground level coordinates of the receptor relative to the source and wind direction, in meters; H = effective release height of emissions, in meters (m); Q = mass flow of a given pollutant from a source located at the origin, in g/s; = wind speed, in m/s; and = standard deviation of plume concentration distribution in y and z plane, in meters. Value of in the above equation is estimated from several empirical formulas that connected with the distance of the wind flow and the stability conditions of the air flow (equation 2). The formulas were developed by Brookhaven National Laboratory (BNL).

and

(2)

Where values of a, b, c, and d, are parameters that depend on the stability conditions of the air flow (Matthias et al., 2006). It is assumed that the total reflection of the plume at ground level (z = 0 conditions). 2.2 SCENARIO

The study was limited to a small scale biodiesel plant and used the data of SO2 emission from the boiler stack of biodiesel plant, then the distribution of SO2 pollutant concentration was analyzed using Gaussian models (equation 1). The air qualities were measured based on Air Pollution Standard Index (Indeks Standar Pencemar Udara / ISPU) based on KEP 45 / MENLH / 1997 and Kep Ka. Bapedal No. 107 in the year of 1997. There are three types of fuel that were examined including industrial diesel oil (IDO), firewood, and bituminous coal. SO2 Pollutant concentration from the combustion of IDO in Boiler was directly measured from the boiler stack of a small scale biodiesel plant located in Research Development Engineering Operation (RDEO) in the region of Research Centre for Science and Technology, Serpong, South Tangerang, Indonesia. The plant capacity is 1 ton/day with a compact design and small size boiler for steam generator. Whereas, the SO2 pollutant concentration from the combustion of firewood and coal used the Data SO2 emission factor from IPCC 2006 that found in the category of emission factor database for fuel combustion activities in the boiler (EFDB, 2012). To obtain the concentration of SO2 pollutant distribution required the meteorological condition data from the impact receiving area. The data included wind speed, wind direction, and atmospheric stability. 3 RESULT AND DISCUSSION

The meteorological condition data that were obtained from the first class of Geophysics Station in the Meteorological, Climatological, and Geophysical Agency Tangerang, on the official site of South Tangerang City Government, were as follows: the wind speed average is 8.3 m/s, with the wind direction in January to April and November to December is to the West, while May to October is to the North (South Tangerang City Government, 2012). Air flow conditions in Tangerang tend to be unstable because the number of high buildings.

131

[A-13]
The wind is one of the most important meteorological parameters for the transport and dispersion of air pollutants. The wind acts either by speed and direction, its influence on air pollution being high variable, depending on the source position. Generally, wind speeds increases with altitude; the dispersion is being facilitated by the wind. More wind will be stronger; the pollution levels will be lower whereas, a wind with a low speed supports the local accumulation of pollutants (Cretu et al., 2010). Based on the research that was conducted at the RDEO biodiesel plant, IDO boiler stacks emitted 0.000025 kg/s SO2 pollutant. Emission rate of SO2 from the combustion of firewood and bituminous coal in boiler stack obtained using biodiesel production process data, physical characteristic of the boiler stack, meteorological condition, and the IPCC 2006 emission factor. SO2 emission rate for firewood and coal boilers was 0.000012 kg/s and 0.000608 kg/s, respectively. The analysis result for SO2 Pollutant concentration from biodiesel plant using Gaussian Dispersion Model (equation 1) is given in Table 1.
Table 1. The value of SO2 concentration distribution Distance by the wind direction, x(m) 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 SO2 Concentration, C (mg/m3) IDO Firewood Coal 0.969418 0.031823 1.6666627 0.027196 0.012467 0.652948 0.008920 0.004089 0.214163 0.002772 0.001271 0.066555 0.991387 0.000636 0.33307 0.000848 0.000389 0.020347 0.000578 0.000265 0.013876

Analysis result showed that the coal boiler emitted the higher concentration of SO2 pollutant comparing to IDO and firewood boiler. While the lowest concentrations of SO2 pollutant was produced by the firewood boiler. The result shows that utilization of IDO and firewood as boiler fuel didnt affect to the air quality around the biodiesel plant, which based on the ISPU, a distance of 25 meters from the emission source (boiler stack) for the utilization of those two fuels, already in 'good' category, where the concentration of SO2 was below 80.00 g/m3 (0.08 mg/m3) with the ISPU value below 50. At this air quality level, there was no adverse effects neither on the health of humans, animals, and plants, nor on the building and aesthetic value. The analysis result for utilization of coal as boiler fuel showed that a distance of 25 m from the emission source was in the ISPU 'danger' category, which the concentration of SO2 was 1.67 mg/m3 with ISPU value was 617. Air quality level in this condition could harm the health of humans, animals, and plans, seriously. In a distance of 50 m from emission source, the concentration of SO2 was 0.65 mg/m3 with ISPU value was 166, which mean it was in not health category. At this air quality level, the concentration of SO2 could be harmful to humans or groups of sensitive animals and could cause the damage to the plants or aesthetic value. In a distance of 100 m from emission source, the concentration of SO2 was 0.21 mg/m3 with ISPU value was 74, which mean it was in medium category. The level of air quality in these conditions had no negative impact on human or animal health, but could affect to the sensitive plants that could cause injury to some plant species and could affect to the aesthetic value. The good category was obtained at a distance of 200 m from the emission source. SO2 pollutant distribution models can be seen in Figure 1, Figure 2, and Figure 3 for IDO, firewood and coal fuel, respectively.

132

[A-13]
y (m) 100 50 0 -50 -100 100 200 300 400 x (m) 500

Figure 1. SO2 pollutant distribution model derived from IDO boiler

y (m) 100 50 0 -50 -100 100 200 300 400 x (m) 500

Figure 2. SO2 pollutant distribution model derived from firewood boiler

The result showed that SO2 emission from the biodiesel plant that utilize IDO and firewood as boiler fuel was below the threshold for SO2 emission, which means it did not endanger the surrounding population. Whereas, SO2 pollutant concentration from the utilization of coal as boiler fuel in the radius below 200 m from the emission source, give the negative impacts to the environment. Therefore, the utilization of coal as boiler fuel considered to be avoided.

133

[A-13]

y (m) 100 50 0 -50 -100 100 200 300 400 x (m) 500

Figure 3. SO2 pollutant distribution model derived from coal boiler

CONCLUSIONS

The analysis result of the distribution model of SO2 pollutant concentration derived from the boiler stack of biodiesel plant using Gaussian Dispersion Model showed that the utilization of IDO and firewood as boiler fuel didnt influence the air quality around the biodiesel plant, which based on the ISPU, a distance of 25 meters from the emission source (boiler stack) for the utilization of those two fuels, already in 'good' category, where the concentration of SO2 was below 0.08 mg/m3 with the ISPU value below 50, which mean it was still in the safe level. Whereas, SO2 pollutant concentration from the utilization of coal as boiler fuel, give the negative impacts to the environment in the radius below 200 m from the emission source. Therefore, it was considered not to be used. The analysis for the other pollutants (NO2, CO, PM, and O3) that emitted by biodiesel plants will be conducted to determined the safe distance of biodiesel plant site to the settlements area. 5 REFERENCES

Cahyono, W E 2007, Pengaruh Hujan Asam pada Biotik dan Abiotik, Berita Dirgantara Vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 48 51. (in Bahasa Indonesia) Cretu,M, Teleaba, V, Ionescu, S and Ionescu A 2010, Pollution Scenarios Through Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling Based on Real Measurements - Impact on Human Health, WSEAS Transactions on Environment and Development, Issue 8, Vol. 6, pp. 604 613. EFDB 2012, Emission Factor Database, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/EFDB/find_ef.php. [29 Juli 2012]. Environmental Resources Management (ERM) 2007, Development of Biodiesel Plant at Tseung Kwan O Industrial Estate, Project Profile, Environmental Resources Management, Hongkong. Fardiaz, S 1992, Polusi Air dan Udara, Penerbit Kanisius, Yogyakarta. (in Bahasa Indonesia) Kiwjaroun, C, Tubtimdee, C and Piumsomboon, P 2009, LCA Studies comparing Biodiesel Synthesized by Conventional and Supercritical Methanol methods, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 17, pp. 143153.

134

[A-13]
Matthias, A D, Comrie, A C and Musil, S A 2006, Atmospheric Pollution, Environmental and Pollution Science, 2nd Edition, Elsevier. Tangerang Selatan City Government 2012, Kondisi Geografis dan Iklim, Pemerintah Kota Tangerang Selatan, Provinsi Banten,. http://www.tangerangselatankota. go.id/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=62&Itemid=56. [29 Juli 2012]. (in Bahasa Indonesia) Turner, D B 1994, Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimate, PHS. Publication No. 999, Ap-26, Cincinnati, Ohio. Zhang, Y, Dube, M A, McLean, D D and Kates, M 2003a, Biodiesel production from waste cooking oil: 1. Process design and technological assessment, Bioresource Technology, Vol. 89, pp.116. Zhang, Y, Dube, M A, McLean, D D and Kates, M 2003b, Biodiesel production from waste cooking oil: 2. Economic assessment and sensitivity analysis, Bioresource Technology, Vol. 90, pp. 229 40.

135

[A-13]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

136

[A-14] THE EMERGENCE OF INFORMAL RIVERSIDE SETTLEMENTS AND CHALLENGES FOR PLANNING: THE CASE OF KALI MAS IN SURABAYA, INDONESIA
SHIRLEYANA1 and Astri Anindya SARI2

ABSTRACT: Informal settlement is now a worldwide issue in developing countries. Rapid urbanization has triggered urban growth and slum formation is likely to go hand in hand with the urban growth. In Surabaya, informal settlements have been a problem since the last seven decades. Poor people choose to squat on abandoned land, such as riverbanks for their living places, since these are the only affordable options for them. Hence, informal settlements can be seen along the river. The local government is on the way to implement the River Redevelopment Plan as one strategy of the Surabaya Vision Plan 2005-2025 to introduce pro-business approach to redevelop riverside to attract investors. Yet, this plan has not come up with a proper solution for the informal riverside settlements. This study aims to investigate the reasons behind the emergence of informal riverside settlements and their implications and also to bridge the gap between the existing river redevelopment plan and the existing informal settlements along the riverbanks. Recommendations for planning approach will provide an input for the local government on how to deal with the informal riverside settlements to create a better planning in the future. KEYWORDS: Informal settlements, planning challenges, river redevelopment. 1 INTRODUCTION

On a global scale informal settlements are a significant problem especially in developing and transitional countries. About half of the population growth in these countries is the result of natural increase. The natural increase of the population generates pressure on resources and this situation triggers migration movements (Drakakis-Smith, 1981). Urban growth in developing countries comes primarily from individuals migrating from rural areas, searching for job opportunities in urban areas. The rapid urbanization accelerated urban growth and led to urgent need for shelter. The inadequate capability to cope with housing needs of people in urban areas contributed to rapid increase in the evolution of informal settlements (Europe Aid-Asia link, 2007). The number of people living in informal settlements, slums and squatter settlements has increased to over one billion, and more than half of them live in Asia (UNCHS, 2003). The most obvious place to choose is unauthorized public land, such as: river banks, fire access lanes, railway yards, and even Chinese cemeteries (Dick, 2002). These are the only options poor migrants who have to acquire a living space. The common features of informal settlements are low level of infrastructure, poor sanitation, inadequate social services and lack of open space, which highlights conditions related to poverty (Sheuya, 2004). Surabaya, as the second most important city in Indonesia, faces the same problem. Evidently, the phenomenon of informal settlements along the riverside is to be seen. River is one of the important geographic factors that shape an image of a city. But the riverside in many cities of the developing world has become an available and open place for the poor to squat in unauthorized and unsupervised
1 2

Lecturer in Architecture, Widya Kartika University, Surabaya, Indonesia Lecturer in Architecture, Widya Kartika University, Surabaya, Indonesia

137

[A-14]
land. On one side, the municipality plans to redevelop the riverside and try to invite investors for the development of business districts along the river. On the other side, inhabitants in informal riverside settlements feel threatened of being evicted. Even before the Riverside Redevelopment Plan, informal settlements already have several problems which mostly affect inhabitant. Therefore, planning challenge for informal riverside settlements should be addressed. This paper provides a better understanding of the reasons behind the emergence of informal settlements and to answer the challenges it poses to municipal and city planners, particularly on how the river redevelopment project can still be implemented in view of addressing the existing situation of informal settlements poverty, health problems, and poor living conditions. The main issue is having a better planning practice and approach that can improve the quality of life of the riverside settlements. In undertaking this study, the main data was collected from various secondary sources, such as: planning documents, official site from local government, previous studies, and aerial photographs. The primary data collection is derived from observation for the informal riverside settlements condition. 2 2.1 AN OVERVIEW OF INFORMAL SETTLEMENTS DEFINING INFORMAL SETTLEMENTS

The definition of informal settlements varies and it depends on a specific context of a given country. UN Habitat Program probably gives the most widely applicable definition for informal settlements as residential areas where a group of housing units has been constructed on land to which the occupants have no legal claim, or which they occupy illegally; and unplanned settlements and areas where housing is not in compliance with currentplanning and building regulations (unauthorized housing). (UN, 1996, quoted by WHO, 2008). Another term used for informal settlement is slums, defined as legal, permanent dwellings which have become substandard through age, neglect, and/or subdivision into micro occupational units such as rooms or cubicle (Drakakis-Smith, 1981). According to Silas (1989), the more appropriate definition for informal settlements in Indonesia is pemukiman kumuh settlements with poor living conditions. There are two appropriate terms for informal settlements in Indonesia: (1) Kampung kumuh, is a kampung with legal tenure but bad living conditions, and (2) Kampung liar, is an illegal settlement (ASIP, 2008). The definition for informal settlement in this study is based on what is commonly used as illegal settlements in Indonesia. Hence, the informal riverside settlement is defined as a settlement which has no legal bounding, lack of urban services, and the condition itself has been seen as a slum area of the city. 2.2 CHARACTERISTICS OF INFORMAL SETTLEMENTS IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

About 924 million people lived in slums worldwide in 2001, or 32 percent of the global urban population. Particularly, slums have the highest concentration in cities of developing countries. Fifty (50) percent of slum dwellers were found in both South-central and Eastern Asia, and 14 percent in Latin America and 17 percent in sub-Saharan Africa (UNCHS, 2003). In South-East Asia, number of people living in urban slums is as high as 498 million, about half of the total urban population (UNESCAP, 2003). United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (UNCHS) defines land tenure as the main indicator: Households in squatter housing, or housing which has no title to the land on which it stands, and who pay no rent as well as Households in squatter housing who pay rent (UNCHS, 1997). In South East Asia, informal settlements tend to locate on the sides of rail tracks, riverbanks, steeper slopes/hill, garbage dumps, or industries waste sites. These locations are in the inner city, which influenced by

138

[A-14]
their economic activities. Most of the settlers use their houses as part of livelihood strategies to generate income, since most of them come from low income groups. A common feature of informal settlements is their construction materials. Shack housing built out of recycled and reused materials. The materials which they use, namely: zinc, plastic, cartons, woods, palms, branches, have little resistance and are not appropriate for housing constructions (Napier et al, 2002). Lack of basic urban services such as water supply, sanitations, waste disposal, and electricity can also be taken as an indicator of the prevalence of informal settlements. In riverbanks, the inhabitants use river for sewerage disposal and bathing. Electricity is illegally obtained by the inhabitants themselves by linking to the local power lines (Napier et al, 2002). The inhabitants normally suffer from health problems and diseases. Unavailability of clean water supply and appropriate drainage lead to water borne diseases, such as diarrhea. Lack of medical facilities intensifies this health risks problem lead to increase in mortality and morbidity rates. The settlers also suffer from high densities and crowding in informal settlements, which give poor air quality. The settlements are mostly located in hazardous locations, thus natural disasters like flood, draught, and earthquake threaten the inhabitants life, particularly when the house structure is not supported with permanent construction materials. Waste can build up in gullies and block drain or waterways (Napier et al, 2002). On the other hand, informal settlements can promote the emergence of informal economic activities. These people will have to look for other opportunities which are likely to be small-scale informal economic sector (CSIR, 2001). The Indonesian Ministry of Environment (quoted by Larasati, 2006) pointed out that in 2000 about 25 percent of all households in Indonesia lived in houses below the ideal size of 10 square meters per person as specified by the World Health Organization. It was getting worse during the economic crisis, because less people could afford to buy a house and in fact a substantial part of the community cannot afford to pay housing credit. The lack of affordable housing has partly led to the increase in numbers of informal settlements, which reached to four million hectares in 1996 (Larasati, 2006). 2.3 RESPONSES AND INTERVENTIONS TOWARDS INFORMAL SETTLEMENTS

There have been a huge variety of responses to informal settlements over the last half-century. From eviction, low-cost housing, relocation, slum upgrading, land sharing, and providing loan for low income group. In the last few years, promoting partnership between and among government with NonGovernment Organizations (NGOs), Community Based Organizations (CBOs), and local community for slum upgrading has been an effective way to build the institutions capacity in both community and local government level (UNCHS, 2001). Slum upgrading consists of improving infrastructure. Typical upgrading projects include providing footpaths and pit latrines, street lighting, drainage and roads, and water supply (UNESCAP, 2003). In Indonesia, one of the most famous settlements upgrading in the world is the Kampung Improvement Programme (KIP). The objective of the programme is to provide access to physical infrastructure, such as roads, footpaths, drainage, sewage systems, water supply, and social infrastructure, such as schools and health centre for the urban poor living in the informal settlements. It has improved more than 500 kampungs and provided basic services to about 3.8 million people (United Nations, 1989 quoted by Europe Aid-Asia Link, 2007). Another example of successful slums upgrading implementation in Indonesia is the Code River case in Yogyakarta. Settlements along the banks of the Code River were planned to be demolished by the local government, with the argument that the river view caused negative impressions for the tourists. Evictions have been implemented several times, but the inhabitants keep on returning to their former place. In 1983, an initiator, Y.B. Mangunwijaya (a former priest, architect and writer) came to assist the inhabitants and tried to persuade the government to pursue an upgrading project instead of

139

[A-14]
demolition. He worked together with Code River community to create an acceptable settlement, and succeeded. The neighborhood was almost entirely built by the residents themselves. The patterns on the walls of the houses were painted by a group of art students, which gave the site a unique and colorful appearance. Finally, the government issued land ownership certifications for the Code River community, whose site has received international recognition (Aga Khan Award in 1992) and has become one of the citys tourist attractions (Larasati, 2006). Despite all of these efforts and successful stories, the problem of informal settlements still exists. Therefore, it is necessarily to give emphasis on urban planning for settlement of this type which will introduce safer forms of building and services. 3 3.1 KALIMAS RIVERSIDE SURABAYA CASE STUDY SURABAYA AT A GLANCE

Surabaya, the second biggest city in Indonesia, is located in East Java Province. It has borders of Strait Madura in the East and the North, and Sidoarjo Regency in the South, and Gresik Regency in the West. Surabaya is also known as the City of Budipamarinda. It stands for Industries, Commerce, Maritime, Education, Culture, and Tourism, for its location, ethnic diversity, and economic activities (Ferita, 2006). The area is lowland at 3 to 6 meters above sea level, except the southern area, which is 25 to 30 meters above the sea level (Pemkot-SBY, 2008). The metropolitan region occupies a land area of 33,048 hectares and is divided into 31 sub districts and 163 villages (Bappeko-SBY, 2008). The total population recorded in the Family Cards until December 2007 reached 2,861,928 inhabitants, consisting of 755,914 households (Citizenship and Civil Record Agency quoted in Bappeko-SBY, 2008). The population growth is about 0.5 percent per annum, as measured on the constant number of population census conducted in 2000 (Bappeko-SBY, 2008). The area of Surabaya consists of built up areas reaching 60.06 percent of all area. According to the Master plan of Surabaya (Figure 14), the area used for housing reaches 42 percent, service and trade area 10.76 percent; industry and warehouse area 7.3 percent, and the rest are open areas taking a share of 36.94 percent (Bappeko-SBY, 2008). According to the Executive Summary of Land Use Planning of Surabaya (2007), land to be used for settlements in Surabaya in the next ten years is assumed to reach 85 percent of built up area (Bappeko-SBY, 2007). In 2001, the land use for settlement has reached nearly 13,711 hectares. Out of the 13,711 hectares used for settlements, 63.34 percent have private ownership status, 19.35 percent are on land leasing basis, 11.17 percent are housing leasing, 0.17 percent is government housing, land of free rent reaches 3.84 percent, and the rest 2.13 percent are informal settlements (Rolalisasi, 2006). The revision of Surabaya Master Plan 2004 (quoted by Rolalisasi, 2006) reported that slum areas are found in 23 sub districts out of the 163 sub-districts in Surabaya. Surabaya municipality has implemented many programs on slum upgrading such as C-KIP (Comprehensive-Kampung Improvement Program) and Social Rehabilitation of Slum Area (Rehabilitasi Sosial Daerah Kumuh /RSDK). Nevertheless, informal settlements are not decreased significantly because of lack of community involvement in the beginning of the process. There are 11,416 households of informal settlements scattered in the 23 sub districts with a total of 36,208 inhabitants (Rolalisasi, 2006).

140

[A-14]
3.2 HISTORICAL BACKGROUND OF INFORMAL SETTLEMENTS IN SURABAYA

After the colonial era in 1930, the quality of housing deteriorated mainly because of an economic depression. There was a collapse in the volume of sugar export in the country. This slashed the demand for wharf labor. The labor was repatriated from North Sumatra to Java, which reached thousands to East Java. Those returnees who were not accepted in their old village made their way back to Surabaya and hoped to get better income there. Since they were unable to turn to any extended living place, they started to form squatter settlements and started to live in terrible conditions (Dick, 2002). Subsequently, the rapid growth of population during Japanese occupation and the destruction of many kampungs in the Battle of Surabaya caused housing shortage. Later on in 1946, there was an influx of immigrants which had given suspension more to size and quality of housing stock. Squatter housing was noticeable in formerly open spaces, such as parks, riverbanks, and railway lines, and had no decent infrastructure (Dick, 2002). During 1978, in the heart of business district, squatters had built shacks and were actually growing maize and cassava along the riverside. From there to Wonokromo, the river was lined with illegal extensions and squatter shacks. The way they lived, threw garbage into the river, had blocked the river and cause flood. Public schemes of dredging were set up along 10 kilometers of Kali Mas. Before beginning the dredging process, there must have been clearance of the building in riverbanks. The dredging began in 1976 and was completed in 1985, but after a year, the river was again shallow and clogged. Almost a thousand squatter huts had been cleared in 1978-1980 which were rapidly reappearing (SP, 7/11/86, quoted in Dick, 2002). The municipality started to initiate Kampung Improvement Program in 1969. Many areas have been upgraded and are now protected from flooding. However, the upgrading program did not reach the inhabitants of informal settlements, since they are scattered and are mostly small settlements (See Figure 1). Some slum clearance project were done but failed to relocate the people to better settlements. The slum dwellers were moved out to sub-urban and peri-urban or fringe villages (Wibowo, 2005). This partially happened because improved transport facilities between the villages and the built up areas of the city have made these areas more accessible (Silas, 1989). According to Dick (2002) the cause of deterioration which created slums was rising density of population, lack of basic infrastructure, lack of cooperation from the kampung dwellers, and lack of regular supervision by the municipality (ibid).

Source: Dick, 2002 Figure 1. Location of Marginal Settlements in Surabaya Inner-City

141

[A-14]
3.3 INFORMAL SETTLEMENTS ALONG KALI MAS SURABAYA

Kali Mas flows from South to the North through the middle of Surabaya City and ends in Tanjung Perak, port of Surabaya to Strait of Madura. The length of Kali Mas is approximately 12 kilometers, with the width varies from 20-35 kilometers (Bappeko SBY, 2008). At the moment, the river functions as: urban drainage for flood control, irrigation water supplier for rice field in East Surabaya, ground water surface regulator along the river, and to prevent water sea intrusion with Gubeng Dam support (Ferita, 2006). Kali Mas condition which is visible now, is very contradictive. Some demarcations of Kali Mas have been arranged beautifully and it is now a recreation place or tourism destination, with added values of Taman Prestasi and Submarine Monument. Yet, on the other side of the scenery visible alongside of Kali Mas is a grimy area, as a consequence of scattered shacks by outsiders of the community and beggars (Ferita, 2006). Along the Kali Mas, scattered informal settlements (see Figure 2). Settlements with poor living conditions are located from north to south district: Perak, Jembatan Merah, Semut Kali, Peneleh, Genteng, Kayoon, Keputran, Darmo Kali, and Wonokromo at the gate of the river. Poor quality of the settlements are characterized by non permanent building structure or substandard, small size of houses, high density, and some are built on the top of water surface and throw sewage directly to the river.

Figure 2. Informal Settlements along Kali Mas Surabaya

142

[A-14]
3.3.1 The Study Area: City Center - Genteng Sub District

The Genteng subdistrict is one of the 31 subdistricts (kecamatan) of Surabaya City that is located in the city center, near the centre of Surabaya City Government. It covers a 353 hectares area, with borders of: Simokerto and Pabean Cantikan sub district in the North, Gubeng dan Tegalsari sub district in the South, Bubutan sub district in the West, and Tambaksari sub district in the East. There are 62 resident associations (RT) and 318 neighbourhood associations (RW). According to 2006 Census data, the Genteng sub-district has 68,200 inhabitants belonging to 17,634 households (Monografi Genteng Subdistrict: Pemkot-SBY, 2008). 3.3.2 Characteristics of the Informal Riverside Settlements in the City Center

As investigated by this study the characteristic of informal riverside settlements in city centre has a component of physical environment, land tenure, public facilities, economic features and livelihoods, and social and culture conditions.

Figure 3. Maps showing Squatters location in Surabaya Land Use Planning 2006 of Genteng Sub District

1) Land Tenure; The settlements stand on public owned land. The settlers have no legal status, and they actually know that they have no right to live there. Land is occupied illegally and the shacks are built through informal process. 2) Physical Environment; The shacks are scattered along the riverside. The houses are constructed from non-permanent building materials such as: zinc, tarpaulin, and wood (see Figure 4). Most of the settlements are built on the riverbanks and they are without any sanitation facilities. Eventually, the river environment is get deteriorated and cause some health risks.

Figure 4. Informal Settlements in Genteng District

143

[A-14]
3) Public Facilities; The settlement lacks proper open public spaces for social activities. They also lack basic public utilities like water, electricity, telephone, and drainage system and garbage disposal mechanisms. 4) Economic Features and Livelihoods; Close to where the settlement located, there are large traditional markets, smallscale fruit markets, truck pool, commercial areas, and local government branch offices. These provide opportunities for different sources of livelihoods. The main sources of livelihood are: street vendors, carrying market stuffs for the consumers, pedicab driving, parking keeper, and scavenging. 5) Socio Cultural Conditions; The informal settlers live in a way which poses a threat for the environment and the inhabitants themselves. They use the river for bathing and washing clothes. Environmental degradation also occurs and affects the quality of ground water due to the infiltration of the polluted surface water. The informal settlers have a high social relationship among themselves, due to close distance between houses and the common problems and social characteristic they share. 3.4 PROBLEMS: CAUSES AND IMPLICATION

The major socioeconomic factors behind the emergence of informal riverside settlements include: unmet demands for housing, lack of affordable housing, and economic inability of the inhabitants to have formal shelter. This problem is also linked to poverty, reflected by unemployment and low income of people. Similar causes under economic factors are lack of credit facilities (micro finance), increased cost of construction, and high interest rate and collateral requirements of financial institutions which lead to inadequate affordable housing. The informal settlements have implications of poor living conditions because of degradation and pollution of the river environment, contaminated ground water surface, and health risks due to poor sanitation and drainage facilities. Moreover, they do not have land tenure security due to their inability to buy or to rent a house. In fact, they live as a marginal society, isolated from the rest of the community. Nevertheless, these people have a very high solidarity among themselves which is similar to the lifestyle of people living in the rural villages. The informal settlers are creative to make income sources, such as petty trade. For them, the settlement is not only a place to live, but also a place to make a living. From the government point of view, these settlements are illegal. Looking at the possible measures to be taken by the government there are different expectations. In the worst case, the municipality may demolish squatters houses and evict them with violence. In the positive case, the government will undertake upgrading of these settlements and/or relocation of the settlers based on certain joint agreements/consensus building which leads to a smooth, effective and win-win solution to this particular problem. The different approaches are expensive and have their own side effects and needs careful consideration and proper management. However, eviction should be avoided as much as possible as it leads to social conflict and instability. Indeed, it is hard for the marginal society to find a place to live and also to make a living. 4 CHALLENGES FOR PLANNING

As a part of the Surabaya Vision Plan 2005-2025 (SVP), the municipality came up with the Riverside Redevelopment Plan. The Vision Plan itself act as a supporting document for Surabaya Mid-Term Development Plan (Rencana Pembangunan Jangka Menengah-RPJMD) and Regional Spatial Plan (Rencana Tata Ruang Wilayah-RTRW), particularly providing input to achieve the goal of becoming a Waterfront City- city of trade and services, focusing on waterfront and maritime zones to attract investment and tourists as well (SVP, 2005).

144

[A-14]
The municipality has committed to redevelop the river side areas as a unique feature of Surabaya. As shown in Figure 5, the plan proposed to bring seven main areas along the river (SVP, 2005). The Kali Mas riverside redevelopment plan attempts to create one continuous network of pedestrian and waterfront lifestyle residential communities. The objective is to improve the river side environment, building structure, open spaces, to create a safety and quality landscape which is attractive to tourists and investors. From the business approach, the redeveloped area will promote investments and facilitates many business outlets along with a new well-lighted promenade. In the city center, the plan seeks to revitalize and transform Surabayas city center into a business lifestyle district (Central Business Improvement and Beautification District or CBIBD) by upgrading the image of river frontage. The applied Urban Design Strategies include (SVP, 2005): focusing development along the river, with guidelines requiring new projects from the river; creating locations for events and celebrations along the river; creating distinct riverfront identities and connecting promenade with a diversity of edge (e.g. Soft green parks, hard-plaza edges); and improving overall linkages, connections and access to the river (river boat, taxi, tour, etc.).

Source: Surabaya Vision Plan, 2005 Figure 5. Surabaya Riverside Redevelopment Plan

The current challenge for the local government is the way to implement the plan which is already developed, not only seeing what is not right in the existing condition, but also takes the potentials. All problems challenge the government to be creative and open to incremental planning action, which means that the government will allow changes through the process. Planning is actually a process which can accommodate changes through inputs, feedback, and evaluation. The challenge is how to integrate both the pro-poor and pro-business approaches in implementation of the redevelopment plans. In other words, how the government can promote business in the city without excluding the most vulnerable segments of the community. Another point from the government view, it is difficult to legalize the informal settlements. Legalizing settlements should be done carefully to avoid misuse of license given by the municipality, for example in land speculations. There is a great possibility that the government will again encounter problems if it continues to exclude the affected groups. Thus, it is important to involve the affected groups, the informal settlers as key stakeholders in planning and implementation processes, and this should be started at early stage in the planning process. The late consultation results in difficulties during implementation. From the community side, the challenges is as how to build the local capacities which enable them perform

145

[A-14]
better and contribute more in planning process. Consequently, there should be an effort for integrating people factor in the development process. 5 CONCLUSIONS & RECOMMENDATIONS

The major reason behind the emergence of informal riverside settlements in the case study area is rural urban migration. The city center became an attractive destination for the migrant people to move and stay, because of income generating opportunities it offers. The informal settlers themselves are the one who suffers most because of the poor conditions of the informal settlements. Poor living conditions and poverty are common features of informal settlements with a chain reaction among the different socioeconomic, political, and environmental factors. Eviction is not the best way to deal with informal settlements. It strongly violates human rights and makes the settlers victim. Moreover, it will create further conflicts between the municipality and the informal settlers. The eviction will only move people from one location to another location in the city. A joint planning between the local authority and settlers as the affected group based on certain agreement can be a good practice to avoid potential conflict. Total participatory approach which includes the real poor community- the informal riverside settlers need to be implemented (see Figure 6). The involvement of the settlers as the affected group needs to be done in the early stage of the planning process. This could be organized by creating a dialogue forum which functions as advisory, consensus, and enabling forum. An external negotiator or mediator, like an NGO, can be used so that it is possible to bring the different interests into one common consensus. This should be followed by integration between pro-poor and pro-business approach from the government planning agency to keep a balanced approach, to promote business without excluding the interest and need of the poor. In the decision making process, plan appraisal has to involve all the stakeholders, to give input for final approval by the municipality. In the implementation, the business investors or private sectors can involve the poor in the action plan and the NGO as a mediator. Evaluation results can be a basis for further readjustment as planning is a process and changes can be made for good.

Figure 6. Restructuring Planning Process

The possibility of combining upgrading and relocation of the informal riverside settlements can be an integral solution for redeveloping the riverside (see Figure 7). Upgrading can be in the form of two stories - housing with mixed use functions: as a place to live and to make a living. Even, with creative

146

[A-14]
design, the upgraded settlements hopefully can be one of the tourist attractions for the city. The upgrading process should be done through government subsidies, private sectors, NGOs support, and self-help initiatives. Relocation of the informal riverside settlements as an alternative offered by the government should be based on consensus building. It should consider physical and non-physical aspects, thus people will finally agree on why, how, when, and where to move. Another important point is that prevention for further emergence of the informal riverside settlements has to be done simultaneously. This again necessitates capacity building of the local government to have a strong control mechanism for preventing the spread of informal riverside settlements together with clear policy and regulations towards the actions of upgrading or relocating the informal settlements.

Figure 7. Physical improvement framework

All aspects in the recommendations are aimed at one focus so that the informal settlers will not return to their afflictive poverty. As a development planner, it is good to have a business oriented development approach, but it is more important to keep a balance between pro-poor and probusiness approaches. 6 REFERENCES

ASIP (Asian Social Issues Program) 2008, What is a "Slum"? An Etymological Tour around Asia. [http://www.asiasource.org/asip/housinglanguage.cfm] (last accessed 11 May 2008). Bapeko-SBY (Surabaya City Development Planning Agency) 2008, Official website for Surabaya City Development Planning Agency. [http://bappeko.surabaya.go.id] (last accessed 16 May 2008). CSIR (Council for Scientific and Industrial Research) 2001, Guidelines for Human Settlement Planning and Design, CSIR Report, BOU/E2001, Pretoria. Dick, H 2002, Surabaya, City of Work. A Socioeconomic History, 1900-2000, Ohio University Center for International Studies, Ohio. Drakakis-Smith, D W 1981, Urbanisation, Housing, and the Development Process, Croom Helm, London.

147

[A-14]
Europe Aid-Asia Link 2007, Informal Land Market and Urban Poverty. UPA Package Module 2. Wuhan University. [www.itc.nl/upa/pack2/pres/Package_2_Module_3_Lesson_2.pps], (last accessed 17 January 2008). Ferita, H D 2006, City Report of Surabaya, AUICK First 2006 Workshop, [www.auick.org] (last accessed 3 January 2008). Larasati, D 2006, Towards an Integral Approach of Sustainable Housing in Indonesia, With an Analysis of Current Practices in Java, Technische Universiteit Delft, Delft. Napier, M, de Bustillos, L A, Santosa, H and Rubin, M 2002, Understanding the interface between the environment and sustainable livelihoods in the integration of informal settlements in Asia, Latin America and Africa: a review of current thinking and practic, CIB, Rotterdam. Pemkot-SBY 2008, The Official Site of The Surabaya City Government. Geography. [http://www.surabaya.go.id/geografis.php] (last accessed 14 June 2008). ______ 2008, The Official Site of The Surabaya City Government. Monography Genteng Subdistrict. [http://www.surabaya.go.id/genteng_eng.php?page=gambaran] (last accessed 16 May 2008). Rolalisasi, A 2006, Community Participation in Slum Upgrading Programme. ITS. Surabaya, [www.hdm.lth.se/fileadmin/hdm/alumni/papers/sdd2006/sdd2006-05.pdf] (last accessed 3 February 2008). Sheuya, S 2004, Housing Transformations and Urban Livelihoods in Informal Settlements, The Case of Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. SPRING Research Series No. 45, Universitt Dortmund. Dortmund, pp. 35. Silas, J 1989, Marginal Settlements in Surabaya, Indonesia: Problem or potential?, Environment and Urbanization, Vol. 1 No.2, October 1989, IIED (International Institute for Environment and Development), [http://eau.sagepub.com/cgi/content/abstract/1/2/60] (last accessed 22 January 2008). Surabaya Vision Plan (SVP) 2005-2025. [http://bappeko.surabaya.go.id/bappeko/index.php?section=VisionPlan] (last accessed: 14 May 2008). UNCHS (United Nations Centre for Human Settlements) (Habitat) 1997, Global Urban Observatory: Monitoring Human Settlements with Urban Indicators, UN Habitat, Nairobi. ______2001, Cities in a Globalizing World: Global Report on Human Settlements 2001, UN Habitat, Earthscan, London. _____ 2003, Challenge of Slum, Global Report on Human Settlements 2003, UN Habitat, Earthscan, London and Sterling. UNESCAP (United Nations Economic and Social Comission for Asia and the Pacific) 2003, Overview of the State of Implementation of Agenda 21 and JPOI in the Human Settlements in Asia and The Pacific, Regional Implementation Meeting for Asia and the Pacific, UN, Bangkok. Wibowo, N. M. G 2005, Towards Sustainable Settlements Pattern: Spatial Changes in the Urban Rural Relationship of Metropolitan City, Indonesian Case Study, In Sustainable Development of Emerging Settlement Patterns, Technische Universitt Berlin, Berlin. WHO (World Health Organization) 2008, People Living in Informal Settlements, [www.who.int/ceh/indicators/informalsettlements.pdf] (last accessed 16 February 2008).

148

[A-15] THE CONTRIBUTION OF HOUSING SECTOR TO ANTICIPATE THE INCREASED DEGRADATION OF URBAN AREAS: A CASE STUDY OF BANDUNG CITY
Siti Z. KURDI1

ABSTRACT: Bandung City, a big city in West Java Province, has been developed to be a tertiary urban function. A proliferation of migrants in Bandung causes a sharp increase in number of informal traders, job seekers, homeless and slums, and insufficient urban services. One of the most severe problems is the gap between demand and supply as well as the ability to maintain existing house. The figures that are presented annually by the housing institutions showed a deficit that is indicated that housing stakeholders efforts on housing are not able to meet the overall housing demand. It seems due to most construction more based on number instead of social and environment matters and formal houses can only be accessed by employees in the formal sector. Rental houses may be a partial answer to the problem of urban housing. They are viewed as important solution not only for the urban poor but for people who are not ready to buy or build own house, are highly mobile, and prefer easy and cheap procedure. Tax revenues from the rental house are promising, but the records of the taxpayer are still very weak. This paper investigates possible changes that the provision of low-cost housing can be implemented more efficiently and effectively in order to meet the government goal and people desires. Data discussed in this paper was collected through literature study from various resources. The method used in this paper is to examine the facts and phenomena in the community and discuss the pros and cons of expert opinions and the housing rules that are derived from the study of literature. The findings are expected to be an additional consideration in the housing sector, so that deprivation in urban areas can be minimized in order to support the existence of better living places. KEYWORDS: Low-cost-housing, slums, urban degradation, rental houses.

INTRODUCTION

Cities continue to attract people because of their vitality, excitement and economic opportunity. Every city has a characteristic of built environment, consisting of building, roads, bridges and other structures. People built cities to fulfill certain purposes, and once they are built they influence how people live in them. Cities are center for consumption with all manner of restaurants, shopping arcades, bookstores, antique stores and peddlers stalls. Cities tend to be large when they have a broad economic base. Nowadays, the process of urbanization in the world is growing rapidly. Migration to the city, either circular or permanent, is based on desire of the actors to get jobs and better incomes, and declining employment opportunities in rural areas as a result of the narrowing of both agricultural land and as a result of the development of agricultural technologies that reduce dependence on humans. The overpopulation in the inner city that is predicted to reach 59 per cent in 2030 (UNHABITAT, 2011:3) has caused problems covering unemployment, environmental degradation, lack of urban services, overburdening of existing infrastructure and lack of access to land, finance and adequate shelter
1

Researcher on housing and human settlements, Research Institute for Human Settlements, Ministry of Public Works, Indonesia

149

[A-15]
(UNCHS, 2001). That urbanization makes the gap between the rich and the poor in urban areas quite evident. The shelter shortage has been a serious issue in urban areas in most developing countries, and many urban people will suffer serious deprivation. People arriving in already overstressed urban centers are forced to live in dangerous areas. Low-and middle-income people construct their own home in informal settlement on floodplains, in swamp areas and on unstable hillsides, often with inadequate or completely lacking infrastructure and basic services to support human life, safety and development. In addition, land speculation and expensive house prices also make them unable to have a home. Another significant impact of urbanization in developing countries is the movement of residential area location to sub urban area in order to get cheaper land. Housing situation in Indonesia is still far from sufficient in number and quality. Conditions of most housing also do not meet the requirements. In major cities, housing shortage more pronounced because of the high increase of urbanization and the lack of available facilities or the means of housing development. Sub-standard of the quality of housing is not only found in rural areas but also in big cities as slums. If the housing shortage is not addressed properly it will get worse in the future; because development in the housing sector should also keep abreast of the population. Bandung city is the densest city in West Java Province. This is reflected by the high increase of population that in 1990 was 2,058,122 people, in 2000 was 2,136,260 people, and in 2011 it was 2,420,146 people or 605,037 household (Central Bureau of Statistics of Bandung City, 2012). Considering the population forecast for 2013, with the population growth rate 1.59% the city will accommodate a population of 2,950,000 people, and the population will reach 5,000,000 by the year 2025. The housing need in Bandung is escalating. Currently, the available house is about 579,566 units and the backlog is 18,843 units (http://sembilannews.com/bandung-butuh-18-834-rumah, accessed 10th August 2012). The housing backlog however, seems to even get worse as reflected by the following conditions: the increase in prices of 36m2 house by 26%, from IDR 70 million to IDR 88 million (Regulation of Ministry of Housing No.7/2012); the derease in capability of the government to provide low-cost housing by 20%, (Agency for Planning and National Department), about 80% of housing need fulfilled with self-support housing of the informal sector, and the limited income of the urban poor to afford standardized house. Accordingly, the occurrence of dense housing all over the city is inevitable. In 1999, there were 16 slums spreading across the Bandung city (World Bank, 2002). Currently, the slums covered 11,641Ha and spread out in 44% of Bandung regions (Pikiran Rakyat News, 30th August 2012). Slums, squatters and number of people living in these regions will continue to increase. Living in slums is away from getting comfort but is guaranteed to live cheaply. Deprivation will no doubt occur in the region. To these phenomena, a housing observer stated that slums are regarded as a disease that must be cured (Mapalus Manggala Engineering, 2004). In this discussion, deprivation is defined as a situation where people do not have the basic things they need to live comfortably (Macmillan Dictionary, http://www.macmillandictionary.com, accessed 16 August 2012). Deprivation also implies a standard of living or quality of life below that of the majority in a particular society to the extent that it involves hardship, inadequate access to resources and underprivileged (Herbert, 1975). An urban deprivation community has a mixture of rich living alongside poor people and the gap is visible in terms of housing conditions as well as employment opportunities (https://plus.google.com/101117901945776883599, accessed 15 August 2012). Referring to above definitions, lack of houses is part of urban deprivation. It relates with what was stated by Spicker that many of the key issues in deprivation are housing issues

150

[A-15]
(http://www2.rgu.ac.uk/publicpolicy/introduction/housing.htm). Further, Sulistyani in Hamonangan (2010) explained that urban poverty can be understood as a condition of deprivation on resources of need fulfillment and low access to facilities on the development of economic, political, social and cultural. Urban communities should live in harmony with the environment, and there should be no ostracism of the urban poor. This is also supported by the statement in the Act of Housing No.1/2011 and Law of Human Rights No.39/1999, which stipulates that every citizen has the right to reside and inhabit homes and life he/she deserves. The question that arises based on the facts is how to facilitate residential urban migrants who have limited capacity but high fighting spirit of live. This paper investigates possible changes that the provision of low-cost housing can be implemented more efficiently and effectively in order to meet the government goal and people desires. Data discussed in this paper was collected through literature study from various resources. The method used in this paper is to examine the facts and phenomena in the community and to discuss the pros and cons of expert opinions and the housing rules that are derived from the study of literature. 2 DEVELOPMENT OF BANDUNG CITY

Bandung is located in West Java Province, Indonesia (see Figure 1). It is the capital of the province that is categorized as metropolitan city. The city has an area of 16,721 Ha consisting of 27 districts and 142 sub-districts. In 1997, it has established to be a big city whose functions are governmental centre, higher education, trade, industry, culture and tourism. The functions have developed so that they led the city to be metropolitan with over one million populations. Bandung city was populated by 2,420,146 people in 2011, and will reach 2,950,000 people by 2013. As capital city, Bandung has many facilities and activities to support and makes people feel comfortable to live. Those situations attract people to move from other places to Bandung.

a) West Java Province

b) Bandung city

Figure 1. Location of Bandung City

Starting in 2005 the city of Bandung was growing rapidly since the operation of toll road that connects Jakarta (capital of Indonesia) and Bandung which is about 180 km in a travel time of about 2.5 hours. The growth is even faster when the authority opened direct flights from Bandung to neighboring countries. Good access to Bandung affected the development of shopping and eating places centres, education facilities, working opportunities mainly informally. The significant effect was traffic congestions in the lanes where the services were available. Bandung has attracted the migrants because of the facilities and infrastructure, industrial zones which absorb skilled workers, expansion of physical development and economic growth, especially the real sector and services from a variety of sectors that do not require skilled and educated workers. A bulk

151

[A-15]
of migrants from surrounding the city came for trying their luck to make a better living. People have to live where they can; so they have to live in unfit accommodation, and they may have to accept overcrowding. Accommodation covering various grades of hotels, lodges and inns, and various types of home and simple shelter were also flourishing. This development was anticipated by the municipality to make the city of Bandung a city service. Bandung city can also serve as a centre of economic activity around West Java. 3 HOUSING DEVELOPMENT

Housing is necessities of human life besides food and clothing, and is one element of welfare. Besides being a requirement, condition of housing also has an influence on the formation of character and personality as well as an important factor to one's work productivity. Urban housing continuously changes in terms of function and population structure. Thus good housing can support the development of economy, social and culture, and environment. However, the ability to provide adequate urban housing depends on the existence of growth and economic development. Socio-economic level of a city can shape the character and quality of life of the residents. Cities with low socio-economic level tend to generate squalor. Conversely, the city with high socio-economic level tends to be more organized. However, this statement can not be happening in the city of Bandung. Even though the citys economy has developed, housing shortage was not just in the cities but also in rural areas. Efforts on housing provision had been made by private developers and the government. However, the backlog and slums persisted. It indicated that the housing schemes only met limited social strata of the community. The condition gets even worse since the government budget is limited for housing provision for urban poor. The imbalance between housing supply and demand is showed in Table 1 and Table 2. (Ilhamdaniah, 2005). The total construction of new housings only covered about 40% of the needs.
Table 1. The growth of land and house needs in the city of Bandung. Type of house 2000 Simple 366.072 Medium 183.036 Luxury 61.012 Total 610.120 Source: Hilfan, 2005 2010 470.000 235.000 78.333 783.333 2020 602.204 301.102 100.367 1.003.673 Total 1.771.588 885.794 295.264 2.952.646

Table 2. Formally housing provision by the developer in Bandung Type of house 2000 Simple 146.429 Medium 73.214 Luxury 24.405 Total 244.408 Source: Hilfan, 2005 2010 188.000 94.000 31.333 313.333 2020 240.882 120.441 40.147 401.469 Total 708.635 354.318 118.106 1.181.058

In the inner city, most houses in commercial areas were converted into buildings suitable for economic activities. This is an attempt to optimize the use of the land and to deal with the high property tax. The growth in trade and services sectors which dominates urban land leads to higher land prices, and the occurrence of gentrification is inevitable. People moved from the inner city to suburbs. The migrants were also driven to the outskirts of town to get cheaper accommodation, and develop their place to be the center of residential, commercial and new industries. A major portion of land area assigned for

152

[A-15]
housing development was converted from agricultural bare land and rice fields. The rapid growth of Bandung has been causing a massive urban sprawl effect to the regions surrounding it. People who came from the city to the suburbs generally had good socio-economic conditions so that they were able to stay with a controlled growth of their settlement, and will develop it well. On contrary, migrants from rural to urban areas generally had socio-economic conditions which were less well, so that the settlements were likely to grow out of control, lack of facilities and infrastructure, and tend to become slums (Setiawan, 2010). Then slums grow in both inner city and fringe areas. In 2008, the available houses occupied 55.5 % of the residential area. In line with the on going migration, housing will occupy more than 60% of the total housing area of Bandung by 2013 (National Land Agency of Bandung City, 2008), while green areas will be very few. It has become the international agreement about the importance of keeping the earth from the damage. The international community has put the environmental commitment in the strategy of sustainable development. As a consequence, all aspects of development in Indonesia should also be concerned with sustainable environment. The Law No. 26/2007 on Spatial Planning and the Ministry Decree No.403/KPTS/M/2002 on Technical Guideline of Construction of Low Cost Housing are two regulations that relate to the provision of green open space in housing areas. According to the Law No. 26 Year 2007, a city must have a green open space covering 30% of the total area of the city. Then, the city of Bandung must totally allocate about 5,000Ha for open green area. 4 BETWEEN OWNING OR RENTING A HOME

People migrate to Bandung for a purpose other than working in the informal sector, such as studying, doing business, working in the formal sector, trading, etc. The data recorded by the Regional Planning Board of Bandung showed that during 2004-2011 about 200,000 new urbanist had arrived in Bandung. Other data showed that at each end of the month of Ramadhan (Muslim calendar), residents of Bandung certainly increased by 2%. In the daytime the population was even bigger because 0.5 million people came to Bandung as commuter. As a result, the city has a heavier load and might be over capacity. A good city is a city that is able to serve the needs of the population. Then one of the responsibilities of the local government of Bandung is to provide habitation that fits for permanent and temporary residents. Attempting to overcome housing shortage, the government has launched programs to provide low-cost housing. National Housing Urban Development Corporation (NHUDC), a state owned company, together with government institutions were responsible for the construction of rental and owned low-cost flats. The NHUDC together with Ministry of Housing was targeting to build 196 flats spread over 182 locations throughout the cities in Indonesia. The NHUDC itself planned to construct 200,000 low-cost housing in 50 districts allocated for government officials. While private developers have contributed on the construction of ownership landed housing. All built houses however, can only be accessed by employees in the formal sector. This is because informal sector workers are not recognized by the housing schemes. Research indicated that 90% of informal sector workers could not afford housing with the market rates (Suhaeni et al, 2001). Because housing operates in a market, the people who are most likely to be left out will be those who have least resources. These conditions make the ability of people having a permanent home become smaller. The migrants other than informal sector workers are also experiencing the same problem. They had to provide their own through house options other than owned house. They need a temporary place to live, and a place that suits their needs is a rental house or a boardinghouse. Rental houses can be in a form of apartments, row houses, or single houses with various shapes and sizes. Rental house can be a part of the house occupied by homeowners. In any city, rental housing is an important element in the housing market for the rich and poor citizens (ESCAP & UNHABITAT, 2008).

153

[A-15]
When the houses were built, while the number of housing needs is not reduced, this may indicate that the provision of houses did not respond significantly to housing issues. This might due to the facts that most construction is more based on number instead of social and environment matters; livable home ownership is more pronounced than the ability of people to occupy the habitable house; and the policy has always focused on home ownership instead of on rental houses that develop largely. In Jakarta, the number of "owned house" was almost equal to the amount of "non-owned houses" that were 45% and 40%, respectively (Census data, 2010). In this case rental houses were assumed to include non-owned houses. In Bandung, the number of house ownership was 53.73%. It was assumed that the rest 46.27% included rental houses. Since the migrants who came to Bandung increased every year, the percentage of owned homes was predicted to decline compared to the percentage of rental houses. For the city government, the benefits that can be obtained from the high percentage of migrants are in terms of local income tax. This has been responded by the local government through the issuance of the Law No 32/2000 on Regional Taxes and Levies. The Government urged landlords to register the rental house. Within 2004-2008, about 157 had been registered. On the one hand, tax revenues from the rental house are promising, on the other hand the records of the taxpayer is still very weak. The tax revenue collected from them was significant as presented in Table 3. Bandung Tax Revenue of Rental House and/or Building Year 2004-2008.
Table 3. Bandung Tax Revenue of Rental House and/or Building Year 2004-2008 (Target) Tax of rental house (IDR) 2004 62,450,000 2005 80,290,000 2006 95,600,000 2007 110,890,000 2008 133,324,000 Source: DIPENDA Bandung Fiscal Year (Realization) Tax of rental house (IDR) 76,340,000 88,570,700 105,187,000 125,344,500 162,986,650 Revenue (IDR) 356,316,833,809 416,004,953,913 461,383,466,762 489,977,564,350 508,632,781,255

This table shows the increment of revenue received by the local authority. By comparing the level of revenue in column (2) and (3), the revenue realization was greater than the revenue target. This case illustrated that the number of rental homes in the field was greater about 22.25% than the number of recorded rental houses. Thus during 2004-2008, tax revenue in Bandung city from rental houses had increased about 42.75%. At present, the house rent flourished everywhere, especially in the area around colleges, factories and workplaces. It is certain it will continue to occur in the following years. Landlords involve rich and poor, companies and individuals, private sector and housing agencies. They contribute a lot in the establishment of living environment. As an example, Depok is a city in West Java Province that belongs to the Jabotabek Metropolitan region. Depok is one of the cities that the local government began to strictly implement the taxation of business house or boardinghouse with reference to the Law. No. 34/2000 and the Local Regulation of Depok No. 02/2002 on Hotel Tax, Entertainment Tax, Advertisement Tax, Restaurant Tax and Parking Tax, dated March 7, 2002 which was enacted in Depok City Regional Gazette on March 8, 2002. This rule specifies that the building of boardinghouse consisting of more than 10 rooms will be taxed, while building of boardinghouse with less than 10 rooms is not subject to tax. The amount of tax charged is 5% of the total revenue each month (http://infokostbandung.wordpress.com/2009/04/12/ meraup-duit-dari-usaha-kos-kosan/). Through the application of taxes, local governments can find residential developments undertaken by the community, and can indirectly control the physical condition of the facility, so the amount of unhealthy areas and slums is not increasing and / or can be detected early.

154

[A-15]
Rental houses may be a partial answer to the problem of urban housing, and important housing option not only for the urban poor but for new migrants. The rental house is also a solution for people who are not ready to buy or build their own homes and are highly mobile. Enthusiasms to stay in the rental homes are high, because the procedure is easy and relatively cheap. However, as renters generally come from out of town and they are considered not having a sense of belonging to the beauty and cleanliness of the city. Research indicates that they are no longer just associated with poverty, because most of them are independent business owners. They contribute a role as a creator of jobs employment that is not absorbed in the formal sector, and even a link from the formal sector (Ramli, 1992). Spatial planning of a sustainable city should regulate the use of urban space in such a way so as to minimize conflicts in the utilization for the main functions of economic space, social space and ecological space. Economical space is the area for economical activities; social space is area for obtaining equality and sense of community; and ecological space is space for maintainance the balance of natural ecosystems (Figure 2). In providing homes, landlords must consider these three basic components but in small-scale environment, otherwise it will decrease the quality and can be a forerunner to the slums. Standards and regulations should be introduced to the landlords especially those who are individuals, and to the renters too in order to introduce right and obligation to stay in rented house and to keep the living environment. In a nutshell, the rented houses must be built in accordance with the rules and standards, so it will not lead to a new city slums. Since the emergence of slums is one indication of the failure of government programs that are in favor of the direct production, especially for the middle and upper economic classes.

Figure 2. Three basic components of forming the sustainability

CONCLUDING REMARKS Development of the city of Bandung to be wider than the current state (extension) is not an easy thing. It would be wise to set up with the intensification of urban land without reducing the extent of 30% green space. Through providing assistances and guidelines, slums will remain or be expected to improve. Further, providing decent and safe housing units in difference sizes and types for eligible citizens is a challenging task to any landlords and government. The effective planning for the housing development requires a triangulation that takes into account the 3 views of planners, managers and occupants/owners to better understand the requirements for enabling housing livability. Housing programs are more emphasized on home ownership while rental housing is ignored. Despite the fact that the important role of the informal sector in employment has been recognized, the city government's actions do not seem consistent with the recognition. For most city planners and policy makers, informal sector, especially street vendors and urban slums, is the disruption to the beauty and regularity of the city. Perhaps it's time for city planners and policy makers to think about the alternatives of looking at the issue and slum

155

[A-15]
areas. Solving the root problem of the growth of slums starts from the countryside, but it is still important to recognize that the city belongs to a group of different people, and informal sector is an integral part of a city 6 REFERENCES

------------ 2002, Globalization, Growth, and Poverty, A World Bank Policy Research Report, A publication of the World Bank and Oxford University Press. ------------ 2004, Executive Summary - Kajian Penataan Rumah Kumuh Di Kota Bandung (Review on Planning of Slums in Bandung City). PT. Mapalus Menggala Engineering. ------------ 2004, Urban Spatial Planning, Bandung City 2013. Bandung Municipality. ------------ 2009, Bandung in Figure 2009. Badan Pusat Statistik Kota Bandung. ESCAP & UNHABITAT 2008, Housing For the Poor in the Cities of Asia. United Nations Human Settlement Programme Hamonangan, M A 2010, Kajian Partisipasi Penerima Manfaat Dana Bergulir Proyek Penanggulangan Kemiskinan Perkotaan di Kelurahan Tawang Mas Kota Semarang (Assessment of Beneficiary Participation Revolving Fund of the Urban Poverty Project in the Village of Semarang Tawang Mas). Master Thesis. Universitas Diponegoro. Semarang. Herbert, D.T 1975, Urban Deprivation: Definition, Measurement and Spatial Qualities. The Geographical Journal, Vol. 141, no.3, 1975, pp. 362-372. Ilhamdaniah, Kajian Pengembangan Lahan untuk Kawasan Perumahan Kota Bandung Ditinjau dari Aspek Status Kepemilikan Tanah dan Preferensi Pengembang Perumahan Studi Kasus: Kecamatan Gedebage, Kota Bandung (Study on Land Development for Housing Areas in Bandung City Evaluated from Aspects of Status of Land Ownership and Preferences of Real Estate Developer Case Study: District Gedebage, Bandung), Scientific Magazine UNIKOM, Vol.8, No.2, p: 243 Ramli, R 1992, Sektor Informal Perkotaan: Pedagang Kaki Lima (Urban Informal Sector: street vendors), Jakarta, Ind-Hill. Setiawan, I 2010, Migrasi Penduduk Menuju Daerah Pinggirian Kota Bandung dan Implikasinya Terhadap Kualitas Lingkungan Permukiman (Migration of the Population Towards Regional outskirts of Bandung, and Its Implications on the Environmental Quality Settlement), GEA Jurnal Pendidikan Geografi. Vol.10, no.2, October 2010. Suhaeni, et al 2001, Strata Sosio-Ekonomi Masyarakat Sebagai Basis Pengembangan Perumahan yang Proporsional (Socio-economic strata of society as a Proportional Base of Housing Development), Jurnal Penelitian Permukiman, Vol. 17, no.3. 2001, Bandung, pp.51-58. Suprihadi, S B 2001, Temuan Hasil Penelitian: Kasus Kota Bandung (Research Findings: The Case of Bandung City), in Karakteristik dan Sosial Budaya dan Ekonomi Masyarakat Perkotaan di Indonesia (Characteristics and Socio-Cultural and Economic Urban Communities in Indonesia). Saleh Buchari et.al (Eds.), PMB-LIPI, Jakarta, 2001, 126-149. UNCHS 2001, State of the Worlds Cities 2001.Nairobi, United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat). UNHABITAT 2011, Cities and Climate Change Global Report on Human Settlements 2011, United Nations Human Settlement Programme, Earthscan-Washington DC.

156

[A-16]

HIGH-DENSITY HOUSING IN KAMPUNG BRAGA IN BANDUNG

Sri SURYANI1 and Ismet B. HARUN2

ABSTRACT: Kampung kota (urban village) is an urban phenomenon in Indonesian cities. In a number of cases, kampung is considered as one of urban problems and various effort have been made to overcome it. Kampung Braga is one of the unsolved cases. It has a unique location because it is located downtown, next to the historic Jalan Braga and the problematic Cikapundung River. High-density housing development might be the answer to the problems, without forgetting the potential that already exists. The residential function will consists of several types of dwelling units. The public space serves as green open space and areas of interaction among residents. This housing project has two main concepts, namely the site concept and building concept. Mass forms of residential blocks are arranged in such a way to create open spaces between buildings. Accesses towards housing blocks from Jalan Braga area retained. The entrance points area distributed in space between the residential blocks to make an impression of homes without fences like the conditions of earlier Kampung Braga and to make the spaces the medium dialogue with their surroundings. This housing also has continuous corridor on and between residential blocks with the aim of maintaining the communication that has occured in the village before. A flexible concept design is the answer to the varying needs of occupant. The concept of housing block is like a lego block, constructed from prefabricated structural elements for the efficiency of development schedule. Two major concepts as described above, is to create a high-density housing for developing Kampung Braga riverside community with the appropriate and efficient system and building technologies. With this project, Kampung Braga is expected to remain kampung because a kampung indirectly supports other functions of the city. KEYWORDS: Residential area, high-density housing, low income group, Kampung Braga. 1 INTRODUCTION

This paper is about a design concept for a high-density housing project for an urban kampung in Bandung. This is a proposed housing design, made for an undergraduate final project. In this paper, the background and the concept of the design are described as a solution to revitalize an already dilapidated kampung area and develop its community. 1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND

The needs of houses increase as the number of citizen increases. Unfortunately, land for houses does not increase. In Indonesia, vertical housing as an option for solving this problem has not been effectively applied because there are weaknesses in the design and high cost operation and maintenance. This has caused people left their housing by living in unplanned high-density urban village for affordability reason. In many cities, this condition makes the deprivation of slum area and unhealthy environment, where many people choose to live. Meanwhile in the Amandment of 1945Constitution point 28H it is said that a house is one of fundamental civil rights so that every citizen has rights to live and settle in healthy residential and environment.

1 2

Alumni 2012, Institut Teknologi Bandung, Indonesia Lecturer, Institut Teknologi Bandung, Indonesia

157

[A-16]
Located in the centre of Bandung City, Kampung Braga has a long history. In old times, this kampung was the main supporting factor for the shops along Jalan Braga. But since 1997, Kampung Braga had started to fade out as Braga area faded away. Local government had tried to reborn the glorious times of Braga by building Braga City Walk, but this attempt wasnt successful as expected. As Braga is abandoned, Kampung Braga is affected by this condition, resulting in the decreasing environmental quality. Revitalisation of Cikapundung River Programme also has impact on Kampung Braga as one of its boundary area. With the condition as described above, the improvement of living quality in Kampung Braga is needed. A certain design concept for a high density housing in Kampung Braga could be the answer for the affordable housing and the citizen rapid growth. The concept is not only to respond the needs of housing and living quality improvement in Kampung Braga, but also to re-emerge sustainable settlements in Braga area. 1.2 GENERAL AIM

The aim of the new concept of high-density housing in Kampung Braga is to respond the needs for affordable houses and to propose an innovation for a new settlement in urban village area such as Kampung Braga. In the bigger context, this project attempts to be the pilot project for the riverside settlements revitalisation in many cities. High density housing in Kampung Braga project hopefully could stimulate the local economic growth within the city and support Braga as a tourist destination in Bandung as it used to be. In the local context, this housing also could improve the living quality in Cikapundung riverside and Kampung Braga. 1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The new concept of high-density housing in Kampung Braga is located in Kampung Braga neighborhood, Bandung, West Java. This residential housing project is proposed with rental and owner-occupancy units. Owner-occupancy units are targeted to the former Kampung Braga people while rental units area allocated not larger than 50% of total units in order to keep the characteristic of the former Kampung Braga in the new settlement. Site area availabe for the project is 6800 m2 with regulation such as 80% building coverage ratio, and 1,6 floor area ratio, divided into three main functions: residential, supporting facilities, and service facilitites. The proposed project is semi-fiction, because there is a plan for vertical housing development in some high-density settlements in Bandung, including in Kampung Braga. 2 2.1 DESIGN FACTORS SITE BOUNDARIES

Based on actual condition, the designation of site boundaries is done by considering potential access like street or alley. As far as possible, site boundaries do not interfere former houses. The shape of the site is also decided according the worst part of the exisiting Cikapundung River. Based on these considerations, site area fixed in 6800 m2 surrounded by residential and commercial areas (see Figure 1). The character of residential area is dense along Cikapundung River, whereas the commercial area is located along Jalan Braga, including Braga City Walk and Cikapundung Traditional market.

158

[A-16]

Figure 1. Site area and land-use context

2.2

LOCAL REGULATIONS

According to Bandung Urban Structure Plan 2013, the project is located in the centre of the city with commercial trade and socio-cultural functions (see Figure 2). The proposed high-density housing in Kampung Braga is intended to respond to these three functional needs. Social function aspect of housing is applied in urban village revitalisation with low income group as the target to make a better living space for them. Commercial and trade aspect is applied in the proposed housing design through the establishment of trading activities. City festival such as Cikapundung Festival and Braga Festival are also responded by the proposed housing as the cultural aspect.

Figure 2. Bandung Urban Structure Plan 2013

Based on Bandung Land-Use Plan 2013, Kampung Braga area is designated as commercial and green area along the riverside. In the proposed project, residential area already exist is maintained and combined with commercial area. As the result, commercial land use in the proposed project is as intended precisely in the plan, but in another way, local economy activity could be more suntainable because it is supported by residential use. Green area along the river can give a chance to create better nature friendly residential ambience and comforting amenity for commercial activities. 2.3 USER-STUDIES

Target of the proposed project is the low income people in Kampung Braga. Beside for local people, this housing project is also for new comers to respond the need of housing. Based on calculated data from local neighborhood, there are forty houses on site (see Figure 3). If it is assumed that in one

159

[A-16]
house live four families, total amount of actual families to be housed is 160 families. If one family contains four persons, there are 941occupants/hectare in which Kampung Braga can be categorized as high-density area. This number also must be added for the amount of new comers.

Figure 3. Building distribution in Kampung Braga

According to local context, the proposed housing is located in commercial trade area. More than aa quarter of Kampung Braga people are in small scale private business as their profession. They can be categorized into two groups, some of them have business in their house like small kiosk, some others are sellers outside house such as informal vendors on street and traditional market (see Figure 4). Each of these economy professions need different spaces to support their working activities. Because of this condition, housing unit as working space must meet the design criteria.

Figure 4. Occupation percentage: Seller and Clerk are the biggest

2.4

ACCESSIBILITY

There are three accesses to reach the site; Cikapundung alley, Affandi alley, and Suniaraja alley (see Figure 5). These alleys are responded by the proposed project by opening space into building from these alleys. Moreover, new alternative local street on Cikapundung riverside for construction aceess, waste truck collecting, and emergency exit is proposed, also as a means for building set back from the river.

160

[A-16]

Figure 5. Acces analysis

Cikapundung River is the main view of Kampung Braga. Two metre-wide bridge crossing the river connetcs Kampung Braga and Banceuy. In actual condition, Cikapundung River becomes the backyard of the houses in Kampung Braga, so that the river is dirty and polluted, even full of waste. Almost every year in rainy season, Cikapundung River flood reaches 60 centimetres height in the residential area. Because of this, Kampung Braga people must consider Cikapundung River as a part of their living condition (see Figure 6).

Figure 6. Cikapundung River view (left) and Kampung Braga access from Suniaraja alley (right)

3 3.1

DESIGN CONCEPT HIGH-DENSITY LIVING

The proposed housing project is planned to reach high-density by adding the former density level, but with a higher living quality standards. The existence of the existing kampung is still maintained for its sustainability. The plan for a of high density housing can be seen in 240 house units designated, where 160 are dedicated to former Kampung Braga people while another 80 addition units dedicated to new comers. Design of the unit is made as compact as possible. Land efficiency and compact living concept is offered by this housing (see Figure 7).

161

[A-16]
Figure 7. Site and neighborhood context (left) and historical Jalan Braga (right)

3.2

ACCESSIBILITY

Lay out of housing masses is based on housing blocks configuration with river orientation and existing acces. In this lay out, former accessed alley is preserved as access to housing entrances from Jalan Braga. The entrance points are distributed in the space between the residential blocks to make an impression of homes without fences, in order to adopt theearlier Kampung Braga nature and to make the spaces as the medium dialogue with their surroundings.This housing is also integrated with new alternative local street by the Cikapundung River connecting Jalan Cikapundung and Jalan Suniaraja. Indirectly, the existence of this street is potential to stimulate river revitalisation within city by making Cikapundung river as city front view (see Figure 8).

Figure 8. Distribution of proposed acces

3.3

SOCIAL

Circulation in this proposed high density housing project is not only considered as functional space, but also as interaction space among residents. Based on site observation, the kampung people use circulation as their place for social interation with others (see Figure 9). This could indicate social charecteristic of urban village (kampung) people. For this purpose, this housing design proposes a network of continued circulation in the form of unbroken corridors from every farthest point. Configuration of different number of floors in each block makes new open space on rooftop. The open sky spaces can be used to support communal space activities for upper floor residents. With this arrangement it is hoped that the communication already developed among Kampung Braga people that existed before and social bond could be maintained stays there.

Figure 9. Continuous circulation connects every housing resident

162

[A-16]
3.4 ECONOMY

This housing offers three different units; 18, 24, and 36 types (see Figure 10). These types are based on quick observation on site about the range house size that exist in Kampung Braga. By considering these data, the new unit types could be economically affordable and well targeted to the the new occupants of the housing. Besides, these design units incorporate a support system by which the occupants could create their own house lay-out. The design also intends to keep their former in-house working activities in the new units for their income. While flexible design unit would help the occupants adapt their ability to expand the house and needs to their house unit through self help process.

Figure 10. Unit types: 18 type, 27 type, and 36 type

From the three unit types described above, there are four combinations of housing mass block created with a configuration of two types of unit each (see Figure 11).

Figure 11. Configuration of four different blocks

Because the occupants are expected to design and arrange their own house unit by themselves, the facade of housing could vary (see Figure 12). At first, housing block is just an empty box, but after it is occupied by the incoming occupants, it become a box of attractive puzzle.

Figure 12. Facade of buiding is made by occupants

163

[A-16]
3.5 BUILDING SYSTEM

With slim proportion for the mass block (12m x 6m) and combination of single loaded corridor and double loaded corridor, natural daylighting and cooling could be optimally applied. Framed structure system is chosen with prefabricated concrete as structural elements (see Figure 13). There are several types of framed structure for prefabrication, but the most suitable for the proposed housing design is framed structure comprising portal frame units, considering different number of floor of each mass block. T-shaped column units and suspended beams (the bearing of these beams area located at the points of zero bending moment). The structural system is that of a rigid or a pin-joined multi storey frame-work.

Figure 13. Framed structure system with prefabrication elements

3.6

SITE CONTEXT

The mass form as blocks with repetitive configuration makes open space and green space between blocks as social space for residents. Blocks are also arranged in a way to make distinct orientation to Cikapundung River (see Figure 14). By this site planning concept, the occupants of high density housing in Kampung Braga could see the river as part of their everyday activites. With more positive site orientation toward the river as the frontage of their house, hopefully occupants could look after the river for a better quality of life.

Figure 14. Cikapundung River oriented and Green points in housing area

164

[A-16]
With the integration of public green space area and residential functions, this proposed high density housing project results in the following allocation; 40 % building coverage for housing blocks and facilities, 30% for green space as natural elements of site on riverside and between the housing blocks, and 30% for public space for unbroken corridors amongst the housing blocks (see Figure 15). Proposed alternative local street 7 metre-wide also functions as public space for occupants. In annual or biennale events such as Cikapundung or Braga Festival, this street can also be used for Bandung citizens to gather. Vegetation points along the river make a defined public space and the river space itself. These natural elements also help prevent landslide and flood that usually occur every year. In addition, natural elements could erase the image of slum urban village and balance the crowdedness of high density in housing, so that the maximum comfort for residential living could be reached.

Figure 15. Before and after: housing design view from Cikapundung River

Figure 16. Before and after: housing design view from Braga City Walk

4 4.1

CONCLUSION SUMMARY

The proposed high density housing project could be the answer of housing needs for slum urban village area like Kampung Braga. This housing project has two main concepts, namely the site concept and building concepts. Mass forms of residential blocks are arranged in such a way to create open

165

[A-16]
spaces between buildings. Access towards housing blocks from Jalan Braga area retained. The entrance points are distributed in space between the residential blocks to make an impression of homes without fences like the conditions of earlier Kampung Braga and to make the spaces as the medium for dialogue with their surroundings. This housing also has an continuous corridor on and between residential blocks with the aim of maintainig the communication that has occured in the kampung before. A flexible concept design is the answer to the varying needs of occupants. The concept of housing block is like a lego block, constructed from prefabricated structural elements for the efficiency of development schedule. After the revitalisation, the economic growth would be rise within city as well as improving environment quality of Kampung Braga and Cikapundung riverside area. 4.2 RECOMMENDATION

The proposed project could be the pilot-project for revitalisation of slum urban village on riverside in other cities. In the realization, basic planning practice is very important in order to fix the problems correctly. Project management also shall be concerned for the comprehensive guidelines for starting the project such as collecting data, analyzing site and the local people, to the preparation of prefabrication structural elements and temporary relocation of the residents during the construction process. 5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This paper is a product of the Final Project Studio of the undergraduate program in the Department of Architecture Institut Teknologi Bandung. Everything contained inside is truly a result of facts and analysis process through creative design method. Data collection process to the final concept wont be made without the great support from Chief neighborhood of Kampung Braga and his people and thoughtful critics form lecturers during design process. 6 REFERENCES

Koncz, Tihamer. 1970. Manual of Precast Concrete Construction. Berlin: Rud. Bechtold & Comp. Rencana Tata Ruang dan Wilayah Kota Bandung 2004-2013.

166

[A-17]

THE CAPACITY OF URBAN ENVIRONMENT, A CASE STUDY OF URBAN KAMPONG AT BANDUNG

SUJARMANTO W1 and SAHID2

ABSTRACT: The environment of urban kampong should be studied intensively related to degradation of its environmental quality that is indicated by its thermal environment and level of energy consumption. In this research, were done several studies of characteristic of urban kampong such as; 1) living characteristic, 2) character of energy consumption, 3) character of physical environment, and 4) character of thermal environment. The result of this research shows that the form character of urban kampong determine the consumption level of energy and its thermal environment. If this condition is allowed to be continued, it will give bad future condition to the city micro climate and the level of energy consumption. KEYWORDS: Urban settlement, kampong, energy conservation, urban micro climate.

INTRODUCTION

Urban kampongs are part of every cities in Indonesia that is generally identified by high density residential areas. The urban kampong covers a wide area in the city. Urban kampong is part of the informal settlement area in city and its fill 30-70% area of the city (Pugh 2000). Florian (2007) mentions that 60% of Jakarta area urban kampong where the density at this area can reach 600 people per hectare. Physically, the quality of the house in the urban kampong is varies from good to bad, adjacent to one another and connected by narrow roads. Tunas (2010) explain that the urban kampong has the following characteristics: a dense environment, low living conditions, poor infrastructure conditions and lack of public facilities. According to Pugh (2000), a few funds have been issued either from the local government and international aid. Ford (1993) divides the urban kampong into four groups, namely 1) Inner-city Kampong, 2) Mid-city Kampong, 3) Rural Kampong, and 4) Temporary Squatter Kampong. This study discuss some of the characteristics of urban kampong, which are: 1) living characteristic, 2) character of energy consumption, 3) character of physical environment, and 4) character of thermal environment. The purpose of this study is to prove that the capacity of urban environment is influenced by physical aspect of buildings. The degradation of the environment quality was used to explain the capacity of the urban environment. This study is expected to be useful as a reference for the stakeholders.

1 2

SAPPK, Department of Architecture, Building Technology Research Group, Indonesia Architecture Department, Universitas Pembangunan Jaya, Bintaro - Tangerang, Indonesia

167

[A-17]
2 METHODS

The research was conducted by comparing the urban kampong and several flats in Bandung in the aspects of 1). The energy consumption profile, 2). The physical characteristics. Observation was done by: 1. Giving questionnaires and interviews to know the habits of its inhabitants in the use of energy 2. Direct observation to describe the characteristics of the physical environment. 3 3.1 ANALYSIS LIVING CHARACTERISTIC

Communities in urban kampong generally rely on social interaction, where all their needs can be met from their surroundings. Spaces outside the urban village into an area for hanging clothes together, trade and socially. Unlike the people who live in flats, generally individualistic. They must meet all the needs of his life alone without social support. For example, residents of the apartment must meet all the needs of his life by relying on domestic appliances such as refrigerators, cooking appliances etc. 3.2 CHARACTERISTIC OF ENERGY CONSUMPTION

Wahyuni (2009) pointed out that the electrical energy consumption is dominated by the use of electricity for some equipment reach approximately 80% of electricity consumption while for lighting only approximately 20%. The Electricity consumption maps are grouped into three categories, namely: 1. 24-hour electricity consumption for lighting at specific rooms such as bedrooms and the use of certain electrical appliances such as refrigerator, magic com, and water dispenser, 2. Electricity consumption 15 to 20 hours for lighting spaces such as living rooms and the use of electrical devices such as TVs and stereo sets 3. Electricity consumption 1 to 2 hours for lighting and the use of certain electicity tools such as pumps, washing machines and irons.
Percentage of ElectricityConsumption
100% 80% 80% 60% 40% 20% 20% 0% Lighting Household Appliances

Electrical Equipment

Source: Wahyuni et.al., 2009 Figure 1. Profile of Electricity Consumption at Non Air Conditioned Landed House

168

[A-17]
The study of energy consumption in flats shows that lighting aspect takes the smallest part in energy consumption (see Figure 2 and Figure 3). We are pointed that there are many additional rooms at urban kampong houses that need 24 hours lighting, while in flats it may not add space.
Percentage of Electricity Consumption
100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% Lighting Household Appliances Electrical Equipment Entertainment Equipment 3% 6% 92%

Figure 2. Profile of electricity consumption at non air conditioned flats

Precentage of Electricity Consumption

100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0%

55% 36%

2% Lighting AC Household Appliances Electrical Equipment

8%

Entertainment equipment

Figure 3. Profile of electricity consumption at air conditioned flats

3.3

CHARACTERISTIC OF PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

The Physical Environment was assessed by three criteria, namely: 1. Area of Roads and Pavements 2. The measurement of roads and pavements is to define the open spaces area and the density of the area. 3. Building Volume 4. The measurements of buildings volume are to define the district density. We formulate the ratio of building volume as function of district density.

BuildingVolume

V
i 1

AK

(1)

169

[A-17]
Where: Building Volume V AK i n 3.4

= ratio of building volume in district (m3) = volume of one building (m3) = district area (m2) = building index = number of building in the area

BUILDING ENVELOPE AREA

The measurement of building envelope area is to explain the amount of heavy building materials used in urban kampong and flats. We formulate the building envelope with ratio of heavyweight material:
HM AMB VR

(2)

Where: HM = ratio of heavyweight material AMB = area of heavyweight material (m2) VR = volume of building (m3) We use formula (1) and (2) to calculate four districts of flats in Bandung. The characteristic of building envelops of flats could be seen at figure 4, where the average value is 0.19 indicates that flats is very efficient in the use of building material.
0.45 0.40

Ratio of Heavyweight Material

0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05 UPI Cigugur Buah Batu Asrama ITB Average 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.19

Name of Flats

Figure 4. Characteristic of Building Envelopes of Flats

In Figure 5, it could be recognized that urban kampong is very inefficient in the use of building material.

170

[A-17]
1.40 1.20 1.00 0.80 0.60 0.40 0.20 0.00 A B C D Name of Kampongs E F Average 0.75 0.53 0.69 0.49 0.77 0.74

Ratio of Heavyweight Material

1.22

Figure 5. Characteristic of Building Envelopes of Urban Kampongs

This Figure 6shows the comparison studies of urban kampong and flats, where could be seen significantly that flats is very efficient in the use of building material that urban kampong.
0.80 0.74

Ratio of Heavyweight Material

0.70 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.30 0.20 0.10 0.19

Flats in Bandung

Kampongs in Bandung

Figure 6. Comparison of Building Envelopes Ratio at Urban Kampongs and Flats

CONCLUSION

The capacity of urban environment could be explained as function of energy consumption, where as in this research the lighting indicates the uncontrolled condition in urban kampong. The percentage of electricity consumption for lighting in kampongs are relatively high than in flats. This condition indicates that kampong as built environment could not optimize the natural lighting for day lighting purposes. In this research it can be recognized, that the carrying capacity of the urban environment can be improved when the kampong turned into flats. The comparison study of physical characteristic of urban kampong and flats shows that urban kampong used heavyweight materials three times more than flats for their envelopes for the same area of building. This condition indicates that kampong as built environment is inefficient and burdensome environmental resources. The waste of natural resources decreases the capacity of the urban environment.

171

[A-17]
The other fact was revealed in the previous study that the used of heavyweight building material disrupt the balance of urban thermal environment. The urban thermal environmental changes trigger excessive energy consumption for artificial air conditioning. It can be concluded that urban kampong cause the carrying capacity of urban environmental is not optimal. 5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

This research and publication are funded by Riset Strategi Nasional 2012. 6 REFERENSE

Florian, Steinberg 2007, Environmental problems and sustainability, Habitat International 31, page 354-365, Jakarta Ford, L 1993, A Model of the Indonesian City Structure, Geographical review 83(2) page 374-396 Pugh, Cedric 2000, Squatter settlements: Their sustainability, architectural contributions and socioeconomic roles, Cities, Vol. 17, No. 5, pp. 325337, 2000 Tunas, Devisari and Peresthu Andrea 2010, The self-help housing in Indonesia: The only option for the poor, Habitat International 34, page 315-322 Wahyuni, Yuni Sri, et.al. 2009, Energy Consumption audit at residential Building, case study: the city of Bandung, International Conference on Urban and Regional Planning.

172

[A-18] LANDSCAPE O N LIMITED YARD AS A MICROCLIMATE CONTROL: A CASE STUDY OF MAKASSAR SUBURBAN HOUSING
S.WUNAS1 and V. Veronica NATALIA2

ABSTRACT: Eco-housing should be considered base on human factor, livability, and environmental friendly. Basic principles of eco-housing are energy saving and maximize the use of natural resources such as: 1) wind orientation, 2) home landscaping, 3) use of technology and design based on natural elements. The use of air conditioner to control micro climate (inside the building), gives negative impact on temperature raise around the building. In other way, vegetation have important role in controlling the micro climate in housing scale, where 10% of its role goes to housings sites. The housing problem that occurred is limitations of yards space due to the expansion of the building by the homeowner. This discussion explains about people opinion to support conditioning and a solution of home landscaping development. Data are collected from direct observation and discussion with community who lived in mass housing in Makassar suburban area. Questionnaires were distributed to 70 respondents. Descriptive analysis on respondent perception and guiding concept were based on available free space of home site. General result shows that 100% of the community understood that home landscaping gives contribution in creating the comfort micro climate. In other words 22.2% of people didnt have home landscaping, because of limited yard and less water. Thus, the development of home landscaping within limited yard could be done by installing many pots vertically or horizontally, as a green wall and roof. KEYWORDS: Home landscape, guidelines, limited yard space, microclimate. 1 INTRODUCTION

Government act, the law UU no.28/2007, has arranged the provision of green open space, among others; the city provides 20% for publics and 10% for privates green open space/home landscape. The policy suggests that environmental conservation is everyones responsibility. If every person (Developer and resident) can follow the regulation, eco-housing basic principle could be obtained. In other words, people have to provide the green open space in their houses and cities to decrease heat and to flow cool air continuously. Green open space has important role in controlling the micro climate. Recent problems were row housing concept which developed in urban housing. This concept could save land and material construction, but affect in limited land for green open space which cause temperature rise within the house (see Figure 1). The temperature raises require 50% of resident to use air conditioner (http://greenlifestyle.or.id). According to Joga and Ismaun (2011), the use of air conditioner to control micro climate (inside the building), gives negative impact on temperature raise around the building. Green open space construction can be achieved only if all the people are concerned to eco friendly environment for today and the future. People should take part to use natural energy and save artificial air ventilation. According Prianto (2007), saving electrical energy in building can be easily applied in housing scale.
1

Lecturer of Urban and Regional Study Program Department Of Architecture, Faculty of Engineering Hasanuddin Unversity, Makassar 2 Lecturer of Urban and Regional Study Program Department Of Architecture, Faculty of Engineering Hasanuddin Unversity, Makassar

173

[A-18]
Integrated design of lighting and air ventilation system with housings landscape can save 30-40% of electrical energy.

No energy saving, not environmental friendly, less of natural lighting and air ventilation, without green path Figure 1. Type of housing development currently

REVIEW OF LITERATURE AND EXPERIENCE

Quantity and quality of vegetation around the house can decrease the temperature, especially in daytime. Vegetation has important role in controlling the microclimate in urban housing scale, where 10% of its role goes to housing sites as the privates green open space. In the last 5 years, housing construction inclined to land saving by following row/couple house concept. Mostly, street pattern of this concept, against air flow directions. This condition cause more electrical energy use in artificial air ventilation. Shape of row house create wide wall flat without windows which is caused no space for air to flow. The wind blow through, without entering the house (see Figure 2). Direction of air flow and air ventilation width influences the quality of air circulation. According to SNI 03-6572-2001, the difference tension between air inside and outside of the buildings can flow the air from one air ventilation to another.

Source: developed from Van Lengen, 2008 Figure 2. Direction of prevailing wind

The movement of cool air could flow into the building depending on housing design toward street pattern and wind direction. Building arrangement in housing that have same direction with street and

174

[A-18]
wind direction can maximize the air flow into the building and reduce temperature (see Figure 3). Suggest in housing development that close to vegetation element as barrier, can help direct the wind (see Figure 4).

Figure 3. Houses along side of the street, prevent the wind reaches all the houses

Figure 4. House build techniques and vegetation as barriers to prevailing wind

Based on Van Lengen (2008), tree plants pattern, tree height and distance between vegetation and building also influence the air flow into the house. High tree planted 3 m distance from the building will be more effective in cooling the room. This will cause a stronger breeze enters. The air flow will be different with hedge plants in same distance (see Figure 5). The more vegetation around the house, the lower the intensity of the heat. They will give benefit in thermal comfort and aesthetics (visual comfort).

Figure 5. Plants pattern and distance between vegetation and house

Principles of housing landscape are: 1) There is at least a tree, combined with bushes and bunch, also ground cover (grass); 2) Tree plants pattern which guide the cool wind flow into the house. Green roof and vertical garden can be done in limited yard condition. The aims of eco-roof are to decreased temperature, create building aesthetics and also accumulate biodiversity.

175

[A-18]
3 RESEARCH APPROACH

The data used come from field surveys and interviews with 70 respondents, which focused on the entire population living in mass Housing in the suburban area of Makassar. Analyses done by using comparative and quantitative analyses of home site free space. Descriptive analysis on respondent is perception (public opinion data). Conceptual framework (see Figure 6) explains that mass housing construction in suburban area ignored environmental friendly. In contrary with UU No.26 year of 2007 that regulates that the city should have 30% green open space, where 10% of its responsibility goes to private green open space (housing). Therefore, this research needs people opinion in providing home landscape in limited yard space and also needs to find guidelines in providing home landscape to support house temperature comfortably.
Ignore Livability and Environmental Friendly BACKGROUNDS HOUSING DEVELOPMENT IN SUBURBAN AREA Ignore Ecological House
LIMITED YARD (UU 26/2007 10% of Privates Green Open Space)

PROBLEMS

Peoples Opinion
INTEGRATION OF LIGHTING & AIR VENTILATION DESIGN WITH LANDSCAPE CAN SUPPORT HOUSE CONDITIONING (VAN LENGEN, 2008)

Home Landscaping Role

TARGET ANALYSIS

Guidelines for Developing Home Landscaping to Support House Conditioning

Figure 6. Concept of framework

DISCUSSION

This discussion consists of three main issues: 1) resident role in providing privates green open space/home landscape; 2) resident opinion about privates green open space/home landscape importance as room cooler; 3) Concept in privates green open space/home landscape development. 4.1 RESIDENT ROLE IN PROVIDING PRIVATE GREEN OPEN SPACE

This research took place in mass housing/settlement in suburban area. The types of site range are 80 m2-200 m2 with variety model of housing (single house, row house, couple house) and variety dimension of yard.

176

[A-18]

Figure 7. Mass housing with single and row house type

The data show that 88.9% dwellers expand their house from the original model, even though there is 77.8% resident still care in providing private green open space on suburban housings. The research also shows that 100% type of vegetation are productive plants, such as Mango Tree (Tree height 3-6 m) and combined with bunch (height<0,4m)
Table 1. Condition of people concern in providing home landscaping Privates Green Open Space Home landscape in Front yard Home landscape in Front and backyard No home landscape Total % 44.4 33.4 22.2 100.0

Peoples concern in providing home landscape reaches on minimum level. The conclusion comes from quality and quantity of home landscape point of view. Housing should have 50-60% yard for landscape, but different situation was found in research area. There are 55.5% house with <8% yard for landscape and 20-30% house with >8.1% yards for landscape (see Table 2 and Table 3 ).
Table 2. People concern in providing the size of home landscape Home Landspace Available to Site Width Home Landscape width to site width <8% Home Landscape width to site width >8.1% Total % 55.5 45.5 100.0

This condition influences uncomfortable house temperature (Living room 30O-33OC) even with 77.8% yard for home landscape. The consequence is 44.4% of housing has to use air conditioner/AC. This point close to 50%, which is found in another research (http://greenlifestyle.or.id).
Table 3. Conditions build land with to the side width Build Land width to Site Width <49% build land 50-69% build land 70-80% build land Total % 11,0 33,5 55,5 100,0

Temperature raise outside the building is caused by 2 things: first, because of the using of air conditioner (AC) to control microclimate inside the building (Joga and Ismaun, 2011); second, because of high building density (70-80% built) with variety of height with the result heat that comes to roof and wall influences house around neighborhood (see Figure 8).

177

[A-18]

Figure 8. Effect of Housing Expansion with variety of height, influence temperature raise outside the building

Another problem that caused temperature raise is less of green space compare with open space available. There are 33.5% houses that provided home landscape with width <5% from whole open space. Another open space covered by cement and concrete that came out with heat radiation (see Table 4).
Table 4. Condition of home landscape width to entire yard space width Comparison of home landscape width to entire yard space Home landscape to yard space 0% -5% Home landscape to yard space 5,1% -50% Home landscape to yard space >51,0% Total % 33.5 55.5 11.0 100.0

Some problems in outdoor temperature raise are related to wind flow direction that guide cool air into the house. Even though dwellers concern in providing home landscape with one tree minimum for each house in sub urban area, but the temperature is still high because there are many elements that are related to each other.

Figure 9. Peoples role in providing home landscaping

178

[A-18]
4.2 PEOPLE IS OPINION ABOUT HOME LANDSCAPE ROLE AS HOUSE TEMPERATURE COMFORT

Heads of households that live in Makassar suburban area mostly (89.9%) have elementary education,. consist of 44.4% are Bachelor Degree graduates 33.4% high school graduates, work in private sector (55.5%) and employees (22.2%) People understanding in providing home landscapes are excellent. It shows that 100% of people realize that home landscape is so important in room cooling. In another case, 22% of them can give opinion that vegetation can absorb carbon pollution and increase health and calmness (see Table 5).
Table 5. Peoples Understanding about Vegetation Benefit Criteria of Peoples Understanding about Vegetation Benefit Coolness/Shade Aesthetics/harmony Carbon Absorbed Health Calmness % 100.0 33.3 22.2 11.1 11.1

The whole family (mother, father, and children) is involved in yard planting. The research shows that only 33.4% of housewives do the activity in providing home landscape, such as planting, cleaning, fertilizing, or watering the plants (Table 6).
Table 6. Role of Family Member in yard planting Criteria of Family Member Role in yard planting Father & Mother active role All Family member active role Housewife active role Total % 44.4 22.2 33.4 100.0

People complain that providing home landscape is limited by land and less of water. Plant seed, fertilizer and workers not become a problem in providing home landscape. In other way, uncontrolled housing expansion became a problem in providing home landscape because of limited land/yard. 5 CONCEPT IN HOME LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT

Principals in home landscape development are: 1) Dweller concerned; 2) Yard available; 3) Building and planting arrangement technique. Housing problems in suburban area are: 1) mass housing development is still not yet following some of housing arrangement requirements, for example, housing and street can control the wind flow direction. This requirement aims to provide the home landscape and cool air to each house (Figure 3 and 4); 2) the regulation of housing expansion in vertical and horizontal ways should follow the requirement of Building coverage (BC) and floor area Ratio (FAR). This aim is to avoid temperature raise which caused by heat absorbed in vertical flat wall and neighborhood roof outside the building. 3) Door and window openings should consider wind flow to get cross ventilation, so the breeze from yard also comforting thermal inside the house (distance between openings).

179

[A-18]
Air ventilation characteristic in mass housing in suburban area of Makassar are show that 44.5% of houses only have door and window openings in front area and 33.4% of the houses have 2 sides of openings that are found in front area and one area of side wall. Planting pattern concept can follow planting pattern that is already done by resident of suburban area, such as hanging pot (vertical green) or pot planting for house with limited yard space.

Figure 10. Examples of Green Home landscape

CONCLUSION

In urban area settlement, resident have involved in providing home landscape, even in low green capacity of limited yard because of more open space covered by cement/concrete. The Importance of providing green open space for people is well understood. Green open space can make the room cool or fresh, absorb pollution, and improve health. People complain about limited yard space and less of water in providing green open space can be solve with vertical green in hang up pots and green wall. Roof gardening and green roof can reduce heat radiation from the roof and wall caused by expansion vertically of the house, another way, by using the palm leafs (nipa) on the roof. 7 REFERENCES

Conran Terence 2009, Eco House Book, Conran Octopus Ltd, London. Ken Yeang and Arthur Spector 2011, Green Design from theory to practice, Black dog publishing. London UK. Luther Kembaren 2011, Energi Di Indonesia Masih Banyak Digunakan pada Kegiatan yang Tidak Menghasilkan. Jakarta | Kamis, 10 Nov 2011, http://www.jurnas.com/halaman/14/2011-1110/188501. Nirwono Joga and Iwan Ismaun 2011, RTH 30%, resolusi (kota) hijau, PT Gramedia Jakarta Indonesia. Prianto E 2007, Rumah tropis hemat energy, http://bappeda.semarang.go.id, akses 11 Juli 2012. bentuk kepedulian global warming.

Van Lengen, J. 2008, The Barefoot Architect, A Handbook for green Building, Shelter Publications,Bolinas, California, U.S.A.

180

[B-01]

THE COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE INFLUENCE OF BUILDING FORM TOWARDS THE THERMAL COMFORT IN FLATS BUILDINGS
Arief SABARUDDIN1 and Rumiati R. TOBING2

ABSTRACT: Orientation, building type, and position of the dwelling unit are parts of the design aspects of the flat buildings, which have a controlling function of thermal comfort. The quantity of the influence of these three aspects of the design is not yet known. The question of research is which design aspect has the greatest influence on thermal comfort? The research was conducted on three case studies of flats, which are Cigugur Tengah Flat, Industri Dalam Flat and Sarijadi Flat. The method used in this study is the statistical analysis of covariance method. The aim of this study is to see the direction and scale of the effect of independent variable influence on the dependent variable (temperature). Independent variables in this study are the design variables, including: orientation, building type and position of the unit. These three independent variables are functioning to adapt the outdoor temperature on indoor temperature. The results of this study found that, the orientation of the building has a greater impact than the type of building, meanwhile the position of the dwelling unit has no effect on thermal comfort. Outdoor temperature (micro climate) has the most impact on the flat. KEYWORDS: Orientation, building type, dwelling, thermal comfort, flat. 1 1.1 INTRODUCTION BACKGROUND

Comfort ability is an aspect of technical reliability of a building that is required by Building Act. No.28/2002. There are four types of building reliability: thermal comfort, visual comfort, audio comfort, and spatial comfort. There are two approaches the occupants can do to obtain the thermal comfort on building: active design and passive design. When comfort is not able to be reached through passive design, then it can be reached through active design that affect the energy consumption. From the four comfort aspects on building, thermal comfort has the most affect on energy consumption. When compared by visual comfort, energy consumption from thermal comfort has the ratio 1:7 or 87% on flat buildings (Sabaruddin, 2012). Therefore, its important to know the effect of building form on flat buildings, as an input on planning through passive design approach, in order to produce low energy consumption on flat buildings for low income community. The form of building that will be observed is using building typology approach. There are three kinds of flat building typology in Indonesia: tower flat type, single loaded block flat type, and double loaded flat type. In this observation, the three samples of flat buildings are located in Bandung. CigugurTengah flat is classified to tower flat, Industri Dalam flat is classified to Block Double Loaded flat, and Sarijadi flat is classified to Block Single Loaded flat.

1 2

Researcher, Research Institute for Human Settlements, Ministry of Public Works, Indonesia Lecturer in School of Architecture, Parahyangan Catholic University, Indonesia

181

[B-01]

Tower type

Block Double Loaded type

Block Single Loaded type

Figure 1. Flat building typology

When taking samples of the above flat buildings, some similarities on the characteristic and specification affecting the thermal comfort are determined. These similarities including the average of opening (window) area, which is uniformly 1.6 m2, and so do ventilation and room area measured. Cigugur Tengah flat and Industri Dalam flat have similar building material specification, while Sarijadi flat has a different material for its walls, because it uses precast concrete wall. 1.2 OBJECTIVE

The aims of this research is to explore if there are any real differences of the three types of flat buildings. If there is a difference found, then it should be determined which type has the best perfomance. 1.3 METHODS

This research was focused on flat buildings for low income people located in Bandung. Those three building samples have variables that affecting thermal comfort, which is relatively the same between one flat buildings to the others. Method used in this research is covariance analysis method (multivariate statistic), its a method used for testing differences of the three form of flat buildings. According to Covariance Analysis (Sudjana 2003), it was neede three variables used in this research: indoor temperature as independent variable, form of building as factor variable, and outdoor temperature as concomitant variable. This method has been chosen because of the existence of variable that can not be controlled and can affect the dependent variable. The temperature data was measured using globe thermometer, both inside the building and out of the building. The indoor temperature is becoming dependent variable (variable X) while outdoor temperature is defined as independent variable (variable Y). Variables tested are the differences of the building forms, called factor variable, with data characteristic as categorical data. The data categorizations are the following: (1) tower type category, (2) Block double loaded type category, and (3) Block single loaded type category. The first hypothesis is H0: the three types of flats have the same influence on the thermal comfort, and H1 : the three types of flats have different influence on thermal comfort. Covariance analysis using SPSS software is used to find if there is influence of the building form to the temperature quality in the building. If proved that there is influence of building form to the temperature in the building, in this case thermal comfort, then compare mean analysis using the same software is used to determine which form of building has the best performance.

182

[B-01]
2 THEORY

Theory about building form and climate relevance was mentioned by N. Schoenauer and S. Seeman, like mentioned by Rapopor: shelter is on supreme importance to man. It is the prime factor in his constant struggle for survival. In his efforts to shelter himself against the extremes of weather and cimate he has, over age, eveloped many types of dwellings, one of which is the court house. (Rapoport, 1969: page 19) Architectural design is most influenced by place context. One of the place contexts that influence architectural design is climate. The direct influence of the climate to the building is sun beam quality that affects the light and thermal quality in the building; while wind and rainfall also influence air quality such as thermal and humidity. Building approach that considers place context especially climate, firstly concepted by Victor Olgyay (1963), Design with Climate: Bioclimatic Approach to Architecture Regionalism (Hawkes et. al., 2002). The definition of selective design by Hawkes: the selective mode denoted the possibility of making a return to a ich relationship between climate and comfort in wich a building in understood as a complex system of interrelated uses, space, materials, components and source of energy. (Hawkes et. al., 2002) After that Hawkes said that building orientation is an important aspect to be considered in the designing process. There are four other aspects which have important influence when considering selective design: Internal environment, built form, fenestration, and energy source. This research focuses on built form aspect, knowing the level of influence of the built form on comfort. So, there are three variables identified in this research: climatic variable, comfort variable and built form variable. Comfort variable like had been mentioned before, focuses on the thermal comfort that can be measured and mentioned as temperature unit (oC). Thermal comfort in the building is highly influenced by climate condition outside the building, both temperatures can be measured. Indoor air quality and outdoor air quality (micro climate) have strong relationship (regression not equals zero). Temperature inside the building is stated as respond variable, and this respond variable is an object in this research, while the subject is building form influence. But in this research, there is a variable that can not be controlled, which is the outdoor air quality (micro climate). Therefore, climatic variable as concommitance variable in this research must be eliminated. 3 DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Total of measurements of the whole samples are 1296 times measurements, inside and also outside the building. Each building had 36 flats that been measured 432 times in total. Each unit is measured once per an hour, eleven times from 07.00 18.00. Total measuring result (table 1) shows that average day temperature outside the building (X) is 27.20oC and average day temperature inside the building (Y) is 26.92oC. This means that flat buildings in Bandung are able to decrease the temperature by 0.28oC. According to certainty of the covariance analysis model, there is a regression (regression is not equal to zero) between variable X and variable Y. In this research, variable X and variable Y that occured on each flat building are: Industri Dalam flat is 0.691; Industri Dalam flat is 0.414; and Sarijadi flat is 0.785. Those three correlation numbers show that indoor air quality variable (respond variabel) is strongly correlated with outdoor temperature variable (micro climate). According to the analysis of covariance (table 1.), outdoor air quality (micro climate) with the minimum average is on the Cigugur Tengah flat environment, which has average temperature of 26.20oC, and maximum average temperature is 27.20oC, on Sarijadi flat environment. Minimum

183

[B-01]
environment temperature outside the building is 23.9oC on Industri Dalam flat, while the maximum temperature is 31.30oC on Industri Dalam flat. Quality of maximum and minimum temperature outside the building also influenced the temperature inside the building. Standard deviation (seeTable 1) at Sarijadi flat environment has larger data variation than Cigugur Tengah.
Table 1. Temperature observation result Building Sample Industri Dalam X 432.00 27.61 24.80 31.30 6.50 1.45 Y 432.00 27.41 24.40 30.50 6.10 1.39 Total Sarijadi X 432.00 27.79 25.40 31.00 5.60 1.52 Y 432.00 27.28 24.50 30.40 5.90 1.22 X 1,296.00 27.20 23.90 31.30 7.40 1.57 Y 1,296.00 26.92 23.30 30.50 7.20 1.41

Number of data Mean Minimum Maximum Range Std. Deviation

Cigugur Tengah X Y 432.00 432.00 26.20 26.07 23.90 23.30 31.10 29.80 7.2 6.50 1.22 1.21

Average temperature inside the building is 26.92oC, therfore Cigugur Tengah flat has under average temperature quality, while the average indoor temperature of Industri Dalam flat and Sarijadi flat are larger than average temperature. Temporarily, it can be concluded that Cigugur Tengah flat has better level of comfort than the other flats. To know the performance of flat buldings from built form aspect, the average temperature is not enough for building a conclusion, therefore difference test through covariance analysis must be done, with placing variable X as outdoor temperature, variable Y as respond variable (indoor temperature), and variable f as factor variable, which is building form. In this case, factor variable is the design form of the three flat buildings, that can be defined into three variants: tower form (Cigugur Tengah flat), block double loaded form (Industri Dalam flat ), and block single loaded form (Sarijadi flat ). Each one is categorized as follows, (1) for Cigugur Tengah flat, (2) Industri Dalam flat, and (3) for Sarijadi flat. To explore if there is any difference or not, formula (1) can be used:

(1) Where: Y = respond variable, Indoor air quality (indoor temperature) = constanta = regression = factor variable built form = error The number of built form influence is stated as influence factor value (), and number error () to show how large is the other factors that influence respond variable (Y). The constant () is the value of respond variable if outdoor temperature variable value equal to zero. In the observation, the influence of built form on respond variable is analized with SPSS software, shown at Table 2. Type of building from built form aspect influences air quality in the building, as shown at Table 2, where the significant value is 0.000, with determine coefficient of 0.041, and reliability level 49.2%. The test result shows that there is correlation and regression between outdoor temperature variable and indoor temperature variable.

184

[B-01]
Table 2. Effect test of building form toward indoor air quality Dependent Variable:Indoor Temperature Type III Sum Mean Source of Squares df Square F Corrected Model 1272.592a 3 424.197 419.758 Intercept 469.334 1 469.334 464.422 Out door temperature 802.223 1 802.223 793.827 Building Type 55.862 2 27.931 27.639 Error 1305.665 1,292 1.011 Total 941,943.050 1,296 Corrected Total 2,578.257 1,295 a) R Squared = ,494 (Adjusted R Squ.red = ,492)

Sig. 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

Partial Eta Squared 0.494 0.264 0.381 0.041

According to covariance analysis above, now the value F is produced on the type of building, in this case the influence of built form on the indoor temperature is 27.639. This F value shows that there is influence from built form variable on respond variable (indoor temperature) after outdoor temperature variable influence was eliminated. After knowing that the form of building has strong influence on indoor temperature, the next analysis (see Table 3) shows the result of the form of building which have more influence on indoor temperature quality.
Table 3. Compare mean among the flats Dependent Variable: Indoor Temperature 95% Confidence Interval Building Type Mean Std. Error Lower Bound Upper Bound Cigugur Tengah 26,648a 0,049 26,551 26,745 Industri Dalam 27,177a 0,046 27,086 27,267 Sarijadi 26,942a 0,047 26,850 27,034 a) Covariates appearing in the model are evaluated at the following values: Outdoor Temperature = 27.2005.

Result of compare mean analysis shows that Cigugur Tengah flat with tower system has the best performance with the average temperature between 26.551oC 26.745oC, while Sarijadi flat has maximum average temperature between 27.086oC 27.267oC. The average temperature on Sarijadi flat is between 26.850oC 27.034oC. Therefore, flat buildings with tower system has better influence on indoor temperature than another type of building. 4 CONCLUSION

The form of flat buildings with tower system has better thermal comfort than block type. The conclusion of this research is valid to a simple flat with 36 m2 area, and the material specification of the building is concrete block cast wall with maximum height of plafond is 2.8 m. The result of this research can not be used for buildings with different specification. It needs more research for the case of high-rise building with other specifications and larger area. 5 AKNOWLEDGEMENT

Many thanks to Prof. Tri Harso Karyono, who always guided the writers directly and indirectly about the understanding of thermal comfort aspect on buildings and the indicator of green building.

185

[B-01]
6 REFERENCES

Building Act No. 28/2002, Hawkes, D., McDonal, J., Steemers, K. 2002, The Selective Environment, approach to environmentally responsie architecture, Spon Press, Taylor & Francis Group, London and New York. (28 44). Rapoport, A. 1969, House Form and Culture, Foundations of Cultural Geography Series, PrenticeHall, Inc., Englewwod Clffs, N.J. (18 32) Sabaruddin A 2012, Pengaruh Orientasi, Tipe, dan Posisi Unit Hunian terhadap Emisi CO2 pada Bangunan Rumah Susun, Manuscript Disertation, Universitas Katolik Parahyangan, Bandung. Sudjana 2003, Teknik Analisis Regresi dan Korelasi, bagi para peneliti, Penerbit Tarsito, Bandung, (255 268)

186

[B-02]

INTEGRATED DESIGN AND PLANNING PROCESS TOWARDS GREEN BUILDING DEVELOPMENT CASE STUDIES IN DAHANA OFFICE BUILDING AND MINISTRY OF PUBLIC WORKS OFFICE BUILDING1
Dian FITRIA2

ABSTRACT: The massive growth of urban population brings the occurrence of urban deprivation and it will threat severely to human being and its surrounding. Since buildings handle the biggest component in built environment, the transformation of building industry should be taken. Green building is seen as one of ecological approaches in building industry transformation that offers a new concept to develop building in particular its performance by minimizing the environmental impact. The development of green building needs an integrated approach in order to achieve holistic consideration and sustainable result. Dahana Office Building and Ministry of Public Works Office Building are seen as proper examples to be studied as lesson learned for their design and planning process toward green building development. The methods of this research are using the triangulation method by conducting in-depth interview to design and planning teams, reviewing the green building data of both projects and conducting on-site observation to each of project location. The experiences from these projects can give some depiction about whether their design and planning process has used the integrated approach and how far it has been implemented. Moreover, it can also discover other key factors that determine the success of green building design achievement. KEYWORDS: Green building, building performance, integrated design. 1 BACKGROUND

Based on United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), urban population will increase massively in 2050, up to twice from the number of population in 2007. This situation indicates that built environment, which is the biggest element in urban areas, will be intensively and expansively absorbing abundant resources, followed by giving negative impact from its pollution to the environment. Due to imbalance between supply and demand, and inadequate resilience to pressure, urban ecological carrying capacity will be weakened (Kang and Linyu, 2010). Consequently, urban areas should face severely urban problems, such as air pollution, flood, lack of clean water supply, and waste tragedy. Their dependency on non renewable energy sources is also worsening the situation. At this point, urban deprivation, a standard of living or a quality of life below the majority in a particular society, to the extent that it involves hardship inadequate access to resources and under privilege (Herbert, 1975) can threat urban ecosystem, which consists of human being and its surrounding. Built environment is everything human made, arranged or maintained to fulfill human purposes and to mediate the overall environment with results that affect the environmental context (Bartuska and Young, 1994). Building, as one of components in built environment shares responsibility in creating urban problems through its life cycle: development stage, occupancy stage, and demolition stage. Building development process will determine whether its occupancy and demolition stages will run with less impact to the environment. Since design and planning of the building is on the early phases

1 2

The building is a main office building Rating Analyst, Green Building Council Indonesia, Indonesia

187

[B-02]
of development, environmental issue should also be considered because it will determine what and how the building will be developed. Green building is one of the alternative solutions to overcome environmental degradation in building industry. This concept emerges with the spirit to minimize the usage of resource, to reduce negative impact to the environment, and to promote health and comfort for human being throughout the building life cycle. In the design and planning stage, engineers, including architects, structural engineers, mechanical/electrical engineers, landscapers are expected to have holistic understanding about green building concept and implementation to the projects. But, recently, green and integrated design is still uncommon issue, thus it needs a collaborative action to transform the conventional paradigm in design and planning practices. 2 MATERIALS AND METHOD

There are two case studies taken in this research, the Dahana Office Building and the Ministry of Public Works Office Building. Both projects are registered in the GREENSHIP certification process conducted by the GBC Indonesia. These two projects are seen as having a proper design and planning process to be studied as lessons learned for building industry transformation in Indonesia. Recently, the Dahana Office Building has achieved the GREENSHIP Platinum level in January 2012 and the Ministry of Public Works Office Building has achieved Platinum level in September 2011 for Design Recognition phase3. Recently, the status of the Ministry of Public Works Office Building is in the preparation process towards the final assessment phase with similar level target of Design Recognition phase. By using the triangulation method, the research is conducted by employing in-depth interview with the design and planning team, GREENSHIP achievement data review, and on-site observation. This method is performed for collecting primary data. For this research, the data of both projects is only focused on energy and water categories in the GREENSHIP rating tools4. 3 LITERATURE REVIEW

According to Bruntdland Report in 1987, sustainable development is a concept of development based on the need of the present without compromising the ability future generation to meet their own needs. In line with this concept, green building has important role in building industry transformation to take apart in sustainable development implementation. Green Building is building that has minimum environmental impact without compromising the health and comfort of its building users. The minimum environmental impact is gained from promoting efficiency in resources usage and minimizing the production of pollution throughout the building life cycle. In order to achieve this performance, building could not be seen merely as an architectural product but as a living system that consumes resources and produces waste continually in its whole life cycle. In other words, this living system will give both local and global impact to the environment and it should across many aspects that need to be considered during the development process. Under the conventional design approach, the design practices are only seen as a part of linear process from design to construction and to occupancy (Lohnert, Dalkowski, and Sutter, 2003). Commonly, each of decisions in conventional design is only driven by cost, time, and quality. In order to develop green building, the decision makers in design stage should be aware of the environmental
3

Design Recognition is a phase to give the project a kind of acknowledgement from GBC Indonesia that the building has been designed by green concept according to GREENSHIP rating Tool and it is not certification yet. 4 Both projects are assessed by GREENSHIP Rating Tools Version 1.0

188

[B-02]
consideration and its continuity in all the building life cycle stages. An integrated design, a process that applies the skills and knowledge of different disciplines and the interactions of different building systems to synergistically produce a more efficient and more responsible buildingoccasionally for lower first cost, but more typically for lower life-cycle cost (Kwok and Groundzik, 2007) is the most suitable design concept to acquire the green building. In line with the previous definition, International Energy Agency also has quite similar perspective about integrated building design. It is defined as a design process where design teams consisting of architects, engineers and other consultants develop the building design in an iterative process from the conceptual design ideas to the final detailed design (IEA ECBCS, 2009). Moreover, integrated design does not necessarily mean high technology or specialized technical design. Rather, it much more focuses on the long term functioning and health of entire building in which the interrelation of the various elements is the key (Jerry, 2009). Table 1 shows the parameter of integrated design process.
Table 1. The Parameter of Integrated Design Actor Design and planning team consists of many different experts related to building design Ecological transformer should be involved in the design and planning team All member of design and planning team should have an active participation There are iteration processes in design and planning process Design and planning process is intensively conducted. Holistic approach by collaboration of passive and active design Ecological aspect is considered in addition to cost, time and quality considerations Multiple and long-term benefits can be achieved

Activity

Goal

4 4.1

DATA COLLECTION DAHANA OFFICE BUILDING

The notion of green building was promoted since the beginning step of design phase. Green building concept had already been considered but was only for particular issues. These issues are those pertaining to efforts of maximizing the green area by installing green roof on the top of 5 buildings and reducing the use of ground water by using alternative water source from the river nearby. During the stage of design and development, the planning team proposed the building owner to take apart in GREENSHIP certification process. Since the owner also has strong commitment in green movement, the initiative was approved and fully supported under one condition that the redesign process would not change the building form and layout. Changes of the building design were only permitted for the building system. It is because the building form and layout represented the logo of the company. In two months, the building system design was intensively redesigned in order to achieve green performance based on GREENSHIP assessment tool. 4.1.1 Design and Planning Strategy

In order to achieve a GREENSHIP Platinum level, the building owner assigned GREENSHIP Professionals (GPs) to assist the project team in whole process of both design and construction. Green concept according to GREENSHIP criteria was adopted in the redesign process with the assistance of GPs. As the representative of building owner in green commitment, GPs should arrange coordination with project manager to assure that the process was in line with GREENSHIP criteria. At the same time, the design and build project manager for of the Dahana Office Building involved a building energy analyst to assist the redesigning process particular in energy category. The analyst conducted simulation to gain optimum performance of building design for energy efficiency. Due to limitation imposed by building owner, the simulation process was only limited on wall to window ratio and daylight simulation. The simulation was much easier since the analyst used software to calculate the

189

[B-02]
building energy consumption. In two months the redesigning process was intensified among all building engineers: energy specialists, GPs, architects, structural engineers, mechanical and electrical engineers, and landscapers. The description of design and planning team can be seen in Figure 1.

Figure 1. Design and Planning Team of Dahana Office Building

Energy efficiency throughout the building life cycle should be gained by redesigning the building system. The redesign process started from passive design by reducing the heat gain from the building envelope while assuring the access of day light inside the building. Before redesign process, the transparent material used was only clear glass and the building form has an orientation throughout all directions (see Figure 2). This situation turned out to be the critical point for the cooling load due to heat gain from the building envelope. To deal with this problem, the strategy is to change the transparent material. But, the transparent material was not changed into the massive one, but was changed into another type of transparent material i.e. low energy glass. The strategy was taken in order to maintain the access of daylight inside the building. In lighting aspect, a grouping of artificial lighting based on daylight and non daylight areas was developed. The grouping of artificial lighting on daylight areas was also followed by lux sensors. This strategy was to assure that the daylight areas are clear from the usage of artificial light during daylight time. Additionally, the motion sensor was also put on particular location in order to save lighting energy if the areas are not under occupancy. These efficiency strategies on the building envelope and lighting gave direct impact to the building load which determines the usage of air conditioning system. Later on, the usage of chiller plant was able to be minimized and it gave double impact to reduction of building energy consumption. For the building water consumption, the site location is advantegous because it is near to Cipunegara River. Before redesign process, the building was designed by combining water sources from the river and ground water. After the redesign process, it was decided that the building design will use the river as the main water source without any dependency on ground water source. This decision led to another change and it was to increase the capacity of water treatment plant due to more water sources from Cipunegara River. The redesigned process also included reuse management of the rainwater, grey water and black water for building water consumption. Based on the redesign process, rainwater is collected into water pond around the Dahana Buildings. Rain water is recycled to be one of the domestic water sources. If there is overflow from the pond, the excess water can be used as an additional source for landscape irrigation. In line with rain water, grey water,which is from shower,

190

[B-02]
faucet and air handling unit (AHU) is recycled and will be reused for domestic purposes. For additional one, black water is also collected into sewage treatment plant and will also be reused for landscape irrigation. As a last effort, the selection of efficient water fixtures and the use of automatic irrigation system has been done to bring more efficient water consumption.

Figure 2. Block Plan of Dahana Office Building

4.1.2

Green Performance Dahana Office Building According to GREENSHIP

Dahana Office Building has achieved Platinum Level for GREENSHIP New Building Certification. It has reached a total of 83 from 101 points for whole GREENSHIP criteria. Table 2 shows the performance of the building, focused on energy and water categories.
Table 2. Green Performance Data of Dahana Office Building5 Green Building Data Energy Category OTTV Design OTTV Baseline Percentage of OTTV Reduction Energy Consumption Design with Lighting Control Energy Consumption Baseline Efficiency in Energy Consumption from Baseline Water Category The Use of Ground Water Main Water Source Alternative Water Source The use of recycle water Primary Water Consumption Baselinea) Primary Water Consumption Designa) Efficiency in Primary Water Consumption from Baselinea) Sources: a) Ground Water and Regional Water Company Dahana Office Building 32.68 watt/m2 45 watt/m2 27.4% 126.08 kWh/m2/year 194.60 kWh/m2/year 35.2% No Cipunegara River Rainwater; Grey Water and Black Water Flushing, Irrigation and Make up Water CT 50 Liter/person/day 0 Liter/person/day 100%

The data is based on final result of certification data. Water Consumption Baseline is based on National Standard of Indonesia. The efficiency water consumption means the efficiency from the ground water and Regional Water Company usage.

191

[B-02]
4.2 MINISTRY OF PUBLIC WORKS BUILDING

The Ministry of Public Works Office Building is located in the complex of Ministry of Public Works Office Buildings. The master plan of the area had been done, including the building form of all the buildings. The design and planning team received the previous building design according to the master plan. Since the building owner is committed to green building movement, the previous design was urged to be revised because it was seen as not being responsive to green building concept, particularly in energy efficiency category. This situation challenged the design and planning team in redesigning the building according to green concept but was still following the master plan guidance. 4.2.1 Design and Planning Strategy

The intention of green building from the building owner had existed before the GREENSHIP rating tools was launched. Because of this condition, this project was named as one of pilot projects in GREENSHIP New Building Certification. GBC Indonesia assisted the design team in interpreting the green concept for the redesign process. At the same time, by the end of 2009, in order to achieve GREENSHIP Platinum level, the building owner also assigned a building energy specialist to assist the project team in design process, particularly for energy category. Through energy simulation, the iteration process was more flexible since the owner allowed the project team to change the building form and layout. The iteration process started from building form, layout and orientation, window to wall ratio and daylight simulation. The design process of this project was also quite intensive among all design teams, including energy building specialist and a representative of GBC Indonesia. At the beginning of the construction stage, the design team also had second instruction from the building owner to conduct frequent monitoring. In that time, the design team involved a GP to re-examine and to assure that the construction activity was in line with the GREENSHIP criteria. The design and planning team can also be seen in Figure 3.

Figure 3. Design and Planning Team of Ministry of Public Works Office Building

192

[B-02]
The building design process considered energy efficiency by optimizing passive design strategies through its form and orientation. The changing of the form was done by modifying the shell form into H form (see Figure 4).

Figure 4. Modification Design Process of Ministry of Public Works Office Building

There are many benefits that can be taken from this new form. The first benefit is the minimization of west-east faade areas, leading to heat gain reduction inside the building. In order to get less heat radiation through transparent faade, other strategies of the building facade design were taken by using low energy glass and by installing heat insulation on particular faade areas. The second benefit is the minimization of building width, thus bringing daylight optimization through north-south faade areas. At the same time, the design strategy to get less dependency on artificial lighting was also taken by putting light shelves on transparent faade. These light shelves are used in order to distribute the daylight inside the building (Figure 5). The grouping of artificial lighting based on daylight and non daylight areas was taken. The grouping of artificial lighting on daylight areas was also followed by lux sensors. This strategy was chosen to assure daylight areas by exempting from the usage of artificial light during daylight time. Additionally, the motion sensor was also put on particular locations in order to save lighting energy when the areas are not under occupancy.

Figure 5. Natural Lighting Strategy of Ministry of Public Works Office Building

The dependency on ground water source is inevitable in this case. In order to respond the condition, the design team was attempting to reduce the use of this primary source by installing water recycling plant for rain and grey water. The recycled water is used for flushing and make-up water cooling tower. At the same time, the rain water will be reused for landscape irrigation. As an additional source for landscape irrigation, black water will be reused after treated in the sewage treatment plant. Moreover, the selection of efficient water fixtures and the usage of automatic irrigation system was also considered by the design and planning team.

193

[B-02]
4.2.2 Green Performance Ministry of Public Works Office Building According to GREENSHIP

The Ministry of Public Works Office Building has achieved Platinum Level for Design Recognition in GREENSHIP New Building towards the certification process. It has reached a total score of 63 from 81 points for whole Design Recognition GREENSHIP criteria. Table 3 shows the performance of the building, focused on energy and water categories.
Table 3. Green Performance Data of Ministry of Public Works Office Building6 Green Building Data Energy Category OTTV Design OTTV Previous Design OTTV Baseline Percentage of OTTV Reduction from Baseline Percentage of OTTV Reduction from Previous Design Energy Consumption Design with Lighting Control Energy Consumption Design without Lighting Control Energy Consumption Baseline Efficiency in Energy Consumption from Baseline The Use of Ground Water Main Water Source Alternative Water Source The use of recycle water Primary Water Consumption Baselinea) Primary Water Consumption Designa) Efficiency in Primary Water Consumption from Baselinea) Sources: a) Ground Water and Regional Water Company Ministry of Public Works Office Building 28.10 watt/m2 76 watt/m2 45 watt/m2 37.60% 63.02% 95.19 kWh/m2/year 117.72 kWh/m2/year 167.62 kWh/m2/year 42.96% Water Category Yes Deep Well Rainwater; Grey Water and Black Water Flushing, Irrigation and Make up Water CT 50 liter/person/day 8.33 liter/person/day 83.34%

5 5.1

ANALYSIS DATA DAHANA OFFICE BUILDING

In the Dahana Building project, a full commitment and support from the building owner were the most important thing to conduct green building design and planning strategies. Although the initiative of green building certification was just raised during the beginning of construction stage, the redesign process was able to be accommodated afterwards. The continuity of green concept from design phase to construction phase was going well because the building owner only assigned one party for the design and build project team. As a result, the coordination among the project team members was done easier. The involvement of energy building specialists and GPs was seen as quite necessary to give more holistic direction to the design team. Energy building specialists as part of design team conducted energy building simulation. The result of simulation was able to give both qualitative and quantitative explanation to the project team and the building owner to make decision as design strategies. The role of GPs was also going well because they were able to deliver the green concept holistically according to the GREENSHIP criteria into the certification process. One of the successful factors of GPs involvement in this project was that they were assigned directly by the building owner. As a result, the full support from the owner was able to make GPs have a strategic position in collaboration with the project team in accomplishing their duties.

The data is based on Design Recognition Achievement Data. Water Consumption Baseline is based on National Standard of Indonesia. The efficiency water consumption means the efficiency from the ground water and Regional Water Company usage.

194

[B-02]
The challenge of the design team in penetrating the green design concept according to GREENSHIP criteria into design was limited by time allocation and owner requirements related to the building form and layout. An intensive design process was conducted in two months. Meanwhile, the construction activity on the sub structure stage was concurrently running. Under the GPs direction, the design process involved all the member of design team to interpret the GREENSHIP criteria in design strategies. Unfortunately, since the redesign process was only limited on the building system, the iteration process of building form and layout design could not be held in a flexible way. Because of this circumstance, green architectural design approach was only conducted on the type of glass in order to reduce heat gain from building envelope. According to this description, major improvement was conducted on building system, particularly in lighting and plumbing portions. As a first step for more efficient water consumption, the design team took the advantage of the site condition that it is near to a river. This step also showed that site analysis process in order to optimize the site potential to avoid the usage of ground water was done quite well. At the end, the improvements are covered for energy and water categories in GREENSHIP criteria. These improvements brought significant impact to the point achievement in the GREENSHIP certification. The gained point from these improvements contributed a total of 36 points, which is equal to 43.37% of the total point achievement. At the beginning of design process, the green concept has been thought by the design team but was limited on optimizing green area and recycling water. After redesigning process, in order to fulfill the GREENSHIP criteria, a holistic approach was conducted. The GREENSHIP rating tool was quite useful for design guidance for the project team to work in more holistic and collaborative ways. 5.2 MINISTRY OF PUBLIC WORKS OFFICE BUILDING

A full commitment and support from the building owner have been shown by assigning directly a building energy specialist to give direction to the design team particularly in the energy category. Similar to Dahana Office Building, the building energy specialist also conducted energy building simulation to give both qualitative and quantitative explanation to the project team and building owner for decision-making as design strategies. The involvement of GBC Indonesia as a substitute function of GP in the design process strengthened the design team in order to fulfill the GREENSHIP criteria towards certification process. Another commitment of the building owner was also shown that the design team of the project was assigned not only for the design stage but also for the construction stage, since the building owner assigned different parties to conduct design and construction activities. The main task of the design team for the second task was to assist the construction activity in order to assure the continuity of green design implementation. The commitment of design team also was shown in involving the GP for strengthening the team in the second task. On the other hand, the party that has been selected and assigned to do construction task, has capability in green construction. According to these conditions, it was expected that the process of green building implementation would not find a major obstacle particularly in collaboration issue between design and construction teams. By putting the master plan of Ministry of Public Works Office Buildings Area as guidance, the modification of building form and layout was conducted well. The iteration process, particularly in energy category, started from changing the building form and orientation, combining the massive and transparent material, putting the low energy material for building envelope, and installing the efficient chiller plant. In other words, the design process has covered architectural design approach to find an optimum result for energy efficiency. The simulation was also conducted in lighting portion by inputting the time management and lighting equipment. For water categories, the more holistic approach was also conducted in order to reduce the dependency on ground water source. Similar to Dahana Building project, the calculation water supply and demand was held in order to determine both tank capacity and treatment plant. Under the direction of energy building specialist and the GBC Indonesia Representative, the design process also involved interdisciplines and worked intensively.

195

[B-02]
Under both green design approaches in energy and water categories, the project gained a total of 34 points, which is equal to 53.96% of the total point achievement. Given that the Ministry of Public Works office building is a public building, the budget of this development has already been determined by the Government. This limitation challenged the design team to consider the budget issue by also finding the optimum green concept design to be implemented. In other words, the design process considered cost, time, quality and also environment at the same time. 6 CONCLUSION

Integrated design and planning process has been done by both design teams. Due to the concept of green and integrated design still seen as uncommon practices for many building designers in Indonesia, this process can be said as being still in learning curve because there were several things that have not been done optimally. Particularly, these things are the participation of each member in the design team and the starting time of integrated design. The involvement of building energy specialist and GREENSHIP Professional in design and planning teams is quite useful for guiding the project team to achieve green design performance. Furthermore, their involvement can also give experiences to transform all the building designers in understanding and implementing the green concept for their next practices. The best time to start integrated approach is from the beginning of design and planning process. The iteration process, as one of parameters of integrated design process, can be done optimally because the consideration about ecological aspect has started from the beginning. As a result, each of decision is also absolutely driven by comprehensive aspects, which are cost, quality, time, and ecology. The pattern of integrated design both in energy and water categories starts from passive design strategy and then followed by the use of efficient equipment. It can be said that the collaboration and coordination among architects and all the building engineers should be taken in order to gain higher performance. At last but not least, the commitment from the building owners is another issue that also has important role to determine the design process to run well. It has shown in both studied projectsthat the owner took strategic initiatives in order to assure that the design and planning process will work optimally. 7 REFERENCES

Bartuska, T and Young, G 1994, The Built Environment Definition and Scope in The Built Environment: A Creative Inquiry into Design and Planning, Crisp Publications, Inc. Kang, P and Linyu X 2010, The Urban Ecological Regulation based in Ecological Carrying Capacity, International Society for Environmental Information Sciences 2010 Conference. Alison K and Grondizk W 2007, The Green Studio Handbook Environmental Strategies for Schematic Design, Elsevier, Oxford. Lohnert, G, Dalkowski, A, and Sutter, W 2003, Integrated Design Process-Task 23 Optimization of Solar Energy Use in Large Buildings (Subtask B Design Process Guidelines), International Energy Agency, Berlin. IEA ECBCS 2009, Experts Guide-Part 1 Responsive Building Concepts Environmentally Responsible Elements in Buildings, Denmark. - Annex 44 Integrating

196

[B-02]
Jerry Y 2009, Green Building through Integrated Design, Mc. Graw Hill, New York. Herbert, D T 1975,Urban Deprivation: Definition, Measurement and Spatial Qualities, The Geographical Journal, Vol. 141, No. 3 (Nov., 1975), pp. 362-372 United Nation 1987,Our Common Future, Report on World Commission on Environment and Development. GBC Indonesia 2010, Panduan Penerapan Perangkat Penilaian GREENSHIP untuk Gedung Baru Versi 1.0, Jakarta. United Nations 2008, World Urbanization Prospects The 2007 Revision Highlights, Population Division in Department of Economic and Social Affairs, New York.

197

[B-02]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

198

[B-03] PRELIMINARY STUDY OF GREEN BUILDING IN MALANG CITY; CASE STUDY OF COMMERCIAL PUBLIC BUILDINGS
Fitria A. FELICIANI1, Andika CITRANINGRUM2, Agung Murti NUGROHO, Damayanti ASIKIN

ABSTRACT: Building and construction sectors are responsible for 40% greenhouse gas (GHG) emission worldwide. The greatest potential for an effective mitigation for climate change that comes from building and construction sectors is by energy efficiency improvements throughout the building life phase. Indonesia has committed to reducing greenhouse gases 26% by 2020; however, the related national action plan (RAN - GRK) does not consider the building sector explicitly although in the long term it is predicted that the emission contribution from building sectors will become doubled. Buildings in the commercial sector have the important role for boosting the local economy, but at the same time it has large portion to GHG emissions. This paper will look at the potential of existing public commercial buildings in contributing to the emission reduction as part mitigation measures through energy efficiency. Strategies are focused on the easy and cost effective measures, and how far these strategies will be further implemented in cities. This study will also cover and examine strategies from building physical features and building facility management sides. This study takes Malang City as a case study in which different kinds of commercial and public buildings will become the target. Based on the examination on the use of buildings as a case study through field observations and interviews with building managers, the findings so far have shown that most of office-business buildings in Malang City consume low energy, even though this finding must be seen from and depends on their location, orientation, building design and envelope. There are even further possibilities to make commercial public buildings like offices to be further developed into low or zero-energy buildings. Waste also contributes as an emitter but it is not well recorded in the building scale. The finding is not yet conclusive because this study is still underway. KEYWORDS: Emission reduction, existing building, commercial public building, easy measures. 1 BUILDING SECTOR AND CLIMATE CHANGE AND BUILDING SECTOR EMISSION IN INDONESIA

Buildings are responsible for more than 40 per cent of global energy use and one third of global GHG emission both in developed and developing countries, this number is equivalent to 2,500 Mtoe every year (UNEP, 2007 and UNEP, 2009). In Asia, the building sector typically accounts for about 20-30 per cent of Asias energy consumption (Hong and Chiang, 2007). Indonesia is known as one of the largest GHG emitters in the world. Indonesia has six sectors which are forestry, agriculture, power, transportation, buildings and cement, together with peat-related emissions, which account for a majority of Indonesias emissions in 2005. In year 2005, Indonesia estimated emitting at 2.3 Gt CO2e, one of the largest emitters of the world (forest climate center, 2009). Indonesias emissions are expected to grow by 2% annually reaching 2.8 Gt CO2e in 2020 and 3.6 Gt CO2e in 2030. The main sources of the rising emissions come from
1

PAKLIM GIZ Indonesian-German Programme Policy advise for environment and climate change, Component 2 Cities and urban Areas Office Malang 2 Architecture Department, Engineering Faculty, Brawijaya University Malang

199

[B-03]
power, transportation and peat land, whereas other sectors increasing only marginally or remaining constant. Indonesia could potentially reduce emissions by up to 2.3 Gt CO2e by 2030 through implementing over 150 reduction opportunities across the main emitting sectors. Indonesia building sector, in year 2005 come from direct emission 20 Mt CO2e, it is estimated to be doubled in year 2030 to 40 Mt CO2e. This is driven by residential and commercial energy consumption growth. Indonesia pledged to reduce its GHG emission 26% by own budget and 41% with support funding from outside in 2020. To achieve this goal Indonesia already developed RAN/RAD GRK. However, building sector not yet considered as one of the potential contributors for emission reduction through green building. Despite this sector known for having various co-benefits in the emission reduction, the development of green building is quite slow. One of the barriers of adoption of this is high cost investment and low awareness. This paper presents case studies to examine the possibilities of easy measures and cost effective the adoption of emission reduction in commercial public building sector in Malang city. It will also look at mechanism that can be implemented in the field. Malang is chosen as background context, because the city development is rapid and this more or less represents situation that most of medium size cities in Indonesia. 2 2.1 COMMERCIAL PUBLIC BUILDING, DEVELOPING COUNTRY, TROPICAL CLIMATE, AND EMISSION REDUCTION COMMERCIAL PUBLIC BUILDING IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES AND FURTHER TREND IN THE FUTURE

Buildings largely reside in the cities. Generally residential sector has the largest share of buildings, and then followed by commercial building sector. Commercial public building sectors covers all non-domestic (service) includes buildings such as school, restaurants, hotels, hospitals, museums, shopping malls etc. with a wide variety of uses and energy services. As seen in figure below, the type of use and activities make a huge impact on the quality and quantity of energy services needed in the non-domestic buildings. Not only have that, the development stage of countries also shaped the energy usage in the building. Developing countries like Indonesia concentrates its development in the urban areas. These urban areas are very important because they are the engines of economic development. Urban areas which largely consist of built environment are major contributor of GDP. The building and construction sector typically provides 5-10% of employment at national level and normally generates 5-15% of the GDP (UNEP, 2009). Currently 44 per cent of Indonesians live in the urban areas (CIA 2012) and this number is predicted to increase in the future. According to the United Nations Population Division, by 2030, more people in the developing world will live in urban than rural areas; by 2050, two-thirds of the population is likely to be urban (PAA, 2010). Citys development of commercial sector grows rapidly. Malang, as education city and second biggest city in East Java, is major attraction of migrants outside the region itself and cross provinces particularly from Eastern provinces of Indonesia and Borneo island. Thus, the trend of migrants movements in Malang is increase. This pushes residential and commercial areas which grow in different parts of the city as result of fulfilling the basic needs. Based on the Growth of Regional Gross Domestic Product (PDRB) year 2009 and 2010, building sector has the highest percentage for both year (10.94 and 12.84) then followed by Commerce, Hotel and Restaurant sector (6.26 and 7.75).

200

[B-03]

Source: UNEP, 2007 Figure 1. Shares of different energy end-use purposes for residential and commercial buildings in some countries

2.2

MALANG CITY GHG EMISSIONS AND THE CONTRIBUTION OF COMMERCIAL SECTOR

In Malang city the commercial sector contributes for 19 per cent (136,457.93 t CO2e) from total emission in the baseline year 2010. Based form the source, most emissions in Malang city contributed from electricity (72 per cent) in year 2020, it is forecasted that the commercial sector in Malang will increase approximately 2 times higher, which is 236,891 t CO2e (PAKLIM, 2012). In Malang city emission growth in year 2020, particularly for commercial sector, is influenced by population and energy consumption growth. Generally, overall emission for cities has influence factors such as population, energy usage and waste produced. 2.3 EMISSION SOURCES FROM BUILDING SECTOR

Building emits GHG emission throughout lifetime cycle (UNEP, 2007). The first phase corresponds to the manufacturing of building materials and components. The second corresponds to the energy used to transport materials from production plants to the building site. The third phase corresponds to the energy used in the construction phase. Fourthly, energy consumed at the operational phase (operation energy), which corresponds to the running of the building when it is occupied-usually estimates at 100 years, although it may varies from country to country. Finally, the fifth, energy is consumed in the demolition process of building as well as in the recycling of their parts. Most of the energy consumption occurs during the buildings operational phase (UNEP, 2007). It has been reported that the energy use during building occupation is seven times greater than during the construction and material production phase (Utama et al., 2011). Thus, greater energy efficiency in the building operational will significantly give long term benefits such as reduced operational cost and reduced GHG emission. Furthermore, building sector has the largest potential for delivering long term, significant and cost-effective GHG reduction (UNEP, 2009).

201

[B-03]
Buildings not only annually consume significant amount of energy, it is also produce waste. Waste will be produced as long as the building still operates and when it is not carefully treated may become source of GHG emission. Overall, this sector accounts for 30-50% of total waste generated in higherincome countries (Adiwoso et al., 2012). That includes waste from renovations, which buildings generally undergo roughly every 20 years in a typical design life of 50 to 100 years. In general emission from building sector comes from CO2 as result from energy usage through burning fossil fuels (coal, natural gas and oil) and CH4 result from the decay of organic waste in municipal solid waste landfills. During building operational phase, emissions are divided into two types: direct and indirect emissions. Direct emissions from building are energy consumption (electricity, fuel) and waste production. Indirect emission is related to all kinds outside the issues related to the physical building features, such as the relation between site and surroundings (transportation issues); and building management and policy. 2.4 MALANG CLIMATE AND ADVANTAGES RELATED TO ITS POTENTIAL ON EMISSION REDUCTION

Emission in the building sector depends on the climate zone where the building located. The more building utilizes the natural potential, the more energy reduction for building operation will be reduce, as well as the its GHG emission. Malang citys climate is classified as tropical (BPS Kota Malang, 2011). Malang city topographys is plateau; it is located in 440-667 m above the sea. The city surrounded by several mountains in different directions Malang climate is considerably a cool. In 2010, the climate condition of Malang was the average temperature of 23.3oC to 24.4oC. While the maximum temperature was 29.2oC and the minimum temperature was 19.8oC. The average humidity was 78-86 per cent and the maximum humidity was 99 per cent and the minimum was 45 per cent. In the same year in 2010, the rainfall is relatively high; the highest was on April 526 in 27 days and lowest on June 30 mm in 11 days. The sunshine duration throughout the year in average is 59.66 per cent with the highest in August 82 per cent and the lowest 35 per cent in December. Potentials and challenges on the emission reduction on building based on the tropic climate characteristics as follows. a) High solar radiation means the day lighting availability is quite high, this can be potential source of lighting. This also opportunity for installing renewable energy such as solar cell. b) Temperature remains constant throughout the year, so more or less it is predictable and easier to adjust or to response to climate than in temperate climate. c) The request of constant air flow is required to avoid humidity. Depend on the place, situation and micro climate where the building located, usually additional cooling such as AC and fan are rarely used except for certain commercial building types or when the temperature is rising. Based on the Ministry of Environment (2012) study, it is predicted that climatic changes that will occurs in greater Malang Raya are; (1) increase temperature from 0.5-0.7oC in the past 25 years; (2) climate variability in the last two decades due to ENSO and increase variability within the dry and wet seasons and (3) increase rainfall in the past 10 years with between 60-100 mm.

202

[B-03]
2.5 POSSIBLE EMISSION REDUCTION STRATEGY IN COMMERCIAL PUBLIC BUILDING SECTOR

The increasing urban population cannot be avoided as well as the consequences of increasing emission rate in the commercial public building sector. There are three strategies possible for reducing emission rate in this sector. These strategies are divided in to three namely passive, active and building policy and management (UNEP, 2009). Passive measures may include retrofitting physical form of outer side -the building envelope and/or through interior changes. It is focused on reducing the need for energy consumption (e.g. reduce the need for artificial lighting). Active measures that can be done including the M and E monitoring and regular monitoring. It is focused on improving the efficiency of systems consuming energy. Building policy and management regulates the usage of the building. Building policy and management measures may focus on commissioning new systems and upgrading equipment. Careful monitoring and reporting of the performance of equipment can ensure early awareness of problems and malfunctions. Effective staff training in how to operate equipment is also vital to ensure equipment is used efficiently. 3 CASE STUDIES

Case studies presented in the paper are shopping mall and office-business and public services. Case studies chosen for this preliminary study are INBIS Brawijaya University Malang, MATOS shopping mall and Block Office belongs to Malang city government. 3.1 INBIS BRAWIJAYA UNIVERSITY MALANG

This building located in education area and finish built in 2009. The main function of this facility is business. This building is home for university souvenir shop, travel agency, event, offices and bank. The building type is a low rise building (4 floors). People work in the area in regular basis is 24 persons and it will add up approximately 100 more persons when test take place in the building. Building mass is long rectangular with gabled roof and its orientation INBIS building facade faces Southwest and it extends from Northwest to Southeast. The building envelope is covered by glass with shading devices. Most of building materials in the skin consists dominantly of bricks and glass. Building energy source come from the conventional electricity from PLN and solar for electricity generator as backup energy. Air Conditioners are used in the building from floor 1 to 4 using semi split centralised system per floor.

Source: PAKLIM, 2012 Figure 2. INBIS Brawijaya Malang

203

[B-03]
3.2 MATOS

MATOS is one of shopping mall in Malang, located Jalan Veteran Malang. The building is a home of various businesses such as shops, restaurant, cinema, offices for bank. The building type is low rise building (4 floors). The shopping mall has adjacent parking areas in back of building (3 floors).Matos was finished and operates since 2005. Building mass is a solid basic square shape with flat roof and its orientation faces southwest. The building envelope is dominated by aluminium facade. In the first floor, there are rows of display windows from glass and the rest covered with aluminium. Energy sources are from the conventional electricity from PLN, and solar for electricity generator for backup energy. Air Conditioners using central system and is used for shopping areas.

Source: http://www.thailandbeyond.com/2010/06/malang-and-lawanga-dutch-colonial.html Figure 3. MATOS Malang

3.3

BLOCK OFFICE MALANG

Block office Malang is located in Jalan Mayjen Sungkono Malang, Eastern part of Malang city. Block office consists of two buildings. Building A function is as home for Industrial and Commerce Agency (Diskoperindag), Licensing Agency (Dinas Perijinan), Communication and Information Agency (Dinas Komunikasi dan Informasi) and Culture and Tourism Agency (Dinas Kebudayaan dan pariwisata), whereas Building B is home for Social Agency (Dinas Sosial dan Tenaga Kerja), Housing Agency (Dinas Perumahan) and Revenue Agency (Dinas Pendapatan). It is planned in the future more government agencies of Malang city will be move to this area. Building type is low rise building, 4 stories for building A and 3 stories for building B. This building is finished in 2008 and operates in year 2009. Building mass is long rectangular shape with flat roof for both building. Building A orientation is to the East, whereas building B orientation is to the South. The building envelope dominated by glass and aluminium. Energy sources are from the conventional electricity from PLN, and solar for electricity generator for backup energy. 4 4.1 FINDINGS TEMPORARY FINDINGS

From field observation and interview with building manager, some temporary findings are as follows. Findings 1. Emission sources in the case studies are from energy usage and waste. Findings 2. Energy consumption is for cooling, lighting, transportation mode and electricity appliances (computers, refrigerator, etc.). Most of the energy taken from electricity from PLN. Small

204

[B-03]
amount of LPG is used only in MATOS. The usage of the fuel from electricity generator only occasional when the electricity breakdown, depends on the number of the electricity breakdown and how large space need to be covered during the electricity breakdown. INBIS Brawijaya, for example, consumes around 60-120 litres of solar per year and equivalent to 0.168- 0.336 t CO2e per year. Findings 3. Early findings shows that a commercial public building, particularly refers to the officebusiness type have low energy consumption. Standard by GBCI (Green Building Council Indonesia) is 250 kWh/m2/year for Office whereas for the commercial use such as mall not yet found observed (still under process). In INBIS Brawijaya, which is office business building type, consumes approximately between 27.14 Kwh/m2/year (equivalent with 21.65 t CO2e) where it is considered very energy efficient based on the GBCI standard. The same situation may also be found in the Block Office Malang. Most of them already optimized the lighting from the passive measures using day lighting from windows almost in the workday-weekday. In Indonesia about 30-50 per cent of the total electricity consumption is dominated by air conditioner use (Utama et al., 2011). Most likely the energy consumption comes from the AC usage and transportation modes such as travelator and elevator. Further detail on energy usage analysis is required. Findings 4. The number of lighting points is more than required. This can be found in the INBIS buildings. In addition, based on the information from the Malang city government, commercial building sectors mostly is already used the high efficiency lamps, however most of the case study still used the non-high efficient ones in half of its lighting points. Findings 5. Emission source from wastes not well recorded (no data available). The reason is all case studies do not have the waste management. In most of case studies, there is no waste separation (organic and inorganic and hazardous waste). All waste usually piled up in one place, mixed and then delivered to the landfill. Waste management not yet comes into account as part of building and facility management areas. Even so, there is an attempt to reduce waste from the site to landfill. For example, MATOS cooperates with local community; give them chance to collect waste that is recycled in regular basis. Findings 6. Building facility management of in office-business building type divides into two parties. In most cases two parties have lack of coordination. Block office for example; the building management belong to two different institutions. General Agency (Bagian Umum) is responsible for the light-finishing maintenance, regular fuel and electricity bill and Public Works Agency (Dinas Pekerjaan Umum) responsible for the heavy maintenance. The same case also apply for INBIS, where the Brawijaya University control all heavy maintenance, whereas building facility manager in the INBIS itself only serve the light maintenance. As a result, it is difficult to impose/regulate certain policy within the building, because all need to have consent from another party. INBIS already have technician personnel, but they are lack of sufficient background in handling building facilities. Not all facilities under INBIS handled by building facility manager. It is different situation compared with the management in MATOS, organisational structure for building facility management is quite clear. Findings 7. Maintenance may not be based on the technical as built drawings, which are applied for INBIS. The copy of ME system/plan of the building was not available for the building and facility manager. 4.2 EASY AND COST EFFECTIVE STRATEGIES AND MEASURES FOR EMISSION REDUCTION

After reviewing the findings above, some emission reduction measures that easy and cost effective in commercial public building for Malang are as follows. However, these are some recommended strategies.

205

[B-03]
Table 1. Summary of recommended emission reduction measures
Implementation mechanism

Measures

Strategies

Actions

Reduce heat transfer through windows Enhance natural daylight in the office Passive

Improve the seals between the inner and outer window frames Remove non-structural interior walls, replacing them with transparent walls if appropriate Remodel the office layout to ensure that the more frequently used spaces are adjacent to windows Use bright/light colors for interior decoration (walls, roof, floor and furniture) Establish ventilation corridors inside the building Apply vertical planting in required place/high sun radiation Improve control of the HVAC system (increase the monitoring points, fine tune control parameters, upgrade standard operating procedures etc.). Establish monitoring and feedback systems and Improve training of operators Ensure that lights can be turned on individually for each room or work place. Only use high efficiency lamps, such as fluorescent lamps. Purchase energy efficient equipment and/or Replace individual equipment with common high-efficiency equipment and Activate energy saving features on the equipment. Move from individual printers to Local Area Network (LAN) connected high-efficiency common printers/copying machines/scanners Clear organization structure and job desks among management The availability of standard operating procedures, training and reports to save energy in regular basis The availability of a campaign which includes the positive impact from energy savings with a minimum installation campaign is permanently written on every floor, such as sticker, poster, email. Record electricity, fuel, LPG consumption (litre/kg), water consumption (lt), waste produced (kg/gr) and provide it through environmental audit biannually s The availability of: standard operating procedures, training and reports to collect and sort the waste based on organic and inorganic types, training and management of hazardous waste management and waste campaign Dedicated space for waste management operation Waste separation bins: organic, inorganic and hazardous waste Recycle used paper for office Cooperation with official agencies of inorganic waste treatment who has principles of 3R (Reduce, Reuse,Recycle), for example MoUwith local waste service provider/ bank sampah Provide secure space for bicycle parking and special space for bicycle users for changing clothes, lockers and showers

LI LI FMP LI LI FMP LI FMP

Active

Optimize natural ventilation and cooling Improve the performance of the Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) system Optimize the efficiency of lighting Reduce energy use by office equipment

FMP FMP IEC LI FMP IEC

FMP

Building management

Provide training on proper operation and management of the building energy systems. Encourage energy saving behaviour among the building users. reporting /monitoring energy and waste Waste management (collection monitoring), training and campaign

LI, FMP LI, IEC

FMP, IEC

LI, FMP

FMP, IEC

Cooperation with local waste service provider/local bank sampah Provide greenalternative transport mode-bicycle Source: adapted from UNEP, 2009 and GBCI, 2011

LI LI,FMP FMP LI

EII, LI, FMP

206

[B-03]
Some of the mechanism of implementation can be from (1) Legislative instruments-LI; this is generally uses national building codes and standard, which regulate physical, thermal and electrical requirements of building component, service system and equipment (2) Economic instruments and incentives-EII (3) Facility Management and Policy-FMP and (4) Information and education campaignIEC. Effective mechanism in building may result emission reduction. Best practices from Tucson city, Arizona in United States in year shows through Sustainable Energy Standard in building sectors resulted $73,000 a year saved through avoided utility costs and 784 tons of CO2 reduced annually. Tucson and surrounding Pima County are the only jurisdictions in Arizona that apply minimum efficiency standards to building construction. In Tucson, all buildings must meet the Model Energy Code (MEC) of 1995, a national standard for minimum insulation, window glazing, lighting, and other similar features related to energy efficiency. In 1998, the City of Tucson decided to set the bar even higher than the MEC. Since then, all construction and renovation of municipal buildings has been placed under Tucsons own Sustainable Energy Standard, which requires an impressive 50% greater energy efficiency than that of the Model Energy Code. Any legislative instruments related to building codes and standard need take into not only the energy efficiency and emission reduction (mitigation) but also consideration the projection possible climatic change in the future (adaptation) in order to be resilient. This paper presented shows temporary findings, the research are not yet completed. This needs further analysis particularly the possible emission reduction and investment cost. Reflect on these temporary findings, the further study will look upon different commercial building to look more comparison. In this study presented examines office-business building type, for the further case studies will cover hotel, school and hospital. 5 CONCLUSION

Among the direct environmental consequences of building and construction sector, the most significant is its consumption of energy and other resources (UNEPTIE Industry and Environment, 2003). In this case, the direct sources of emission in building come from energy and waste. In buildings life-cycle analysis shows that 80-85 per cent of the total energy consumption and CO2 emission of building comes from occupancy (Goswami et al, 2009). Distribution of energy consumption in building for each country is varied. The pattern of the energy use of building depends on the building type, climate zone where it is located and the level of economic development (UNEP, 2007). These factors are influential in shaping energy use pattern. The finding so far shows that maybe most of office-business building in Malang energy consumption is low, even though it must be seen and depends on its location, orientation, building design and its envelope. There is even further possibilities to make commercial public building like offices (when it has right design) to be further developed into low or even zero energy building (for example through installing renewable energy and smart building-sensors). Incentives are particularly important as the high cost for a number of renewable energy and energy-efficiency technologies associated with the buildings sector. However, it needs to be further evaluated. Energy efficiency not only will reduce cost and emission. Increasing energy efficiency before increasing supply is a more economically efficient strategy. Energy efficiency can be seen as an

207

[B-03]
alternative source of energy supply and an important tool to achieve energy security (Hong and Chiang, 2007). Waste is also contributed in as emitter but not well recorded in the building scale. In the building scale there are opportunities to reduce waste to be sent to landfill. Efficient and good waste management can increase better building environment. 6 REFERENCES

Adiwoso NSA, Prasetyoadi and Perdana S 2012, Towards Indonesia Sustainable Future through Sustainable Building and Construction, Green Building Council Indonesia, [Online], Available: http://www.mgbc.org.my/Resources/Day%202/GBC%20Indonesia%20Presentations/Country%20 Paper%20-%20GBC%20Indonesia%20Presentation%20Paper.pdf (July 2012). PAA (Population Association of America), 2010, Hot Times in the City: The Impact of Climate Change in an Increasingly Urban World, Online], Available: http://www.populationassociation.org/wp-content/uploads/APC-Climate-Change-Fact-Sheet6.pdf (July 2012). BPS Kota Malang 2011, Malang Kota dalam Angka /Malang City in Figures 2011. CIA 2012, Indonesia-CIA The World factbook, [Online], Available: https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/geos/id.html (July 2012).

Forest climate center 2009, Fact sheet Indonesia Greenhouse Gas Emission Cost Curve, [Online], Available: http://forestclimatecenter.org/files/2009-08-27%20Fact%20Sheet%20%20Indonesia%20Greenhouse%20Gas%20Emission%20Cost%20Curve%20by%20Indonesia%20 National%20Council%20on%20Climate%20Change.pdf (July 2012). GBCI- Greenbuilding Council Indonesia 2011,Greenship Existing Building Version 1.0. Online], Available: http://www.gbcindonesia.org/attachments/article/144/RINGKASAN_TOLOK_UKUR_110112.pd f. Goswami A, Dasgupta M and Nanda N 2009, Mapping Climate mitigation technologies and associated goods within building sector, ICTSD Programme on Trade and Environment [Online], Available: http://ictsd.org/i/publications/68008/ (July 2012). Hong W and Chiang M 2007,Trends In Asias Building Energy Efficiency Policies, [Online], Available: http://www.hkccf.org/download/iccc2007/31May/S5A/HONG%20Wen/Trends%20in%20Asia%2 7s%20Building%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Policies.pdf (July 2012). Ministry of Environment 2012, Climate Change Risk and Adaptation Assessment Greater Malang: Synthesis Report. PAKLIM 2012, Malang City GHG Profile, unpublished. UNEP 2007, Buildings and climate change: current status, challenges and opportunities, [Online], Available: http://www.unep.org/sbci/pdfs/SBCI-BCCSummary.pdf (July 2012). UNEP 2009, Buildings and climate change: summary for policy makers, [Online], Available: http://www.unep.org/sbci/pdfs/SBCI-BCCSummary.pdf (July 2012) UNEP 2009, Guide to Greenhouse Gas emission reduction in UN organizations, [Online], Available: http://www.greeningtheblue.org/sites/default/files/EmissionReductionGuide.pdf (July 2012). UNEPTIE Industry and Environment 2003, Sustainable building and construction: facts and figures, [Online], Available: http://www.uneptie.org/media/review/vol26no2-3/005-098.pdf (July 2012).

208

[B-03]
Utama NA, Ishihara KN, Tezuka T, Ghewala SH and Zhang Q 2011, Indonesian building codes and its influence on Future electricity demand, Journal of Sustainable Energy & Environment 2, pp 2125. Vossenaar R and Jha V 2010, Deploying Energy-Efficiency and Renewable-Energy Technologies in Residential and Commercial Buildings: What are the Trading Opportunities for Developing Countries?, [Online] Available: http://ictsd.org/i/publications/79573/?view=document (July 2012).

209

[B-03]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

210

[B-04] FLEXURAL BEHAVIOR OF REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE SLAB WITH WASTE PUMICE AGGREGATE
HAZAIRIN1, Bernardinus HERBUDIMAN2 and Syarief ABDURRACHMAN3

ABSTRACT: Research on the use of waste pumice aggregate for lightweight concrete brick homeindustry is interesting to be done due to its contribution on development of sustainable concrete material. Preliminary research found that the weight per unit volume of lightweight concrete with pumice aggregate was 1629 - 1788 kg/m3 with compressive strength of 17.32 Mpa.These satisfy structural lightweight concrete criteria described on SNI 03-3449-2002. On this research, lightweight concrete with pumice aggregate is used as concrete slab. Reduction on weight of concrete slab has positive impact on decrement of the dimension of beam, column, and foundation, that could reduce construction cost. Specimens used in this research are four simple-supported concrete slabs with the dimention of 30x10x100 cm3. The 4 slabs consist of two type-A slabs with three of 8-diameter tensile reinforcement bars and two type-B slabs with four of 8-diameter tensile reinforcement bars. According to ACI 213R, flexure design strength for normal concrete, which stated in ACI 318, could be implemented for lightweight concrete after reducing the concrete modulus of elasticity. Flexure test by universal testing machine is created to determine flexure capacity of concrete slabs. The results of this experiment are analyzed to determine maximum service live load, and maximum span length of the slabs. The experimental results show that type-A and type-B slabs have flexure capacity of 2.909 kNm and 3.803 kNm, respectively. The type-A and type-B slabs are suitable for office and school buildings with maximum 4-meter span in length. KEYWORDS: Lightweight concrete, waste pumice aggregate, slab, flexure capacity. 1 INTRODUCTION

Slab is structure element which has the largest mass in building construction. The use of normal concrete as slab material could generate large dimension of other structure elements which support the slab. Research on the use of lightweight concrete as slab material is important to reduce slab weight and then reduce dimension and weight of all structural elements which support the slab, such as beam, column, and foundation. Waste pumice aggregate from lightweight concrete brick home-industry at Batujajar, West Bandung District, West Java Province, is used as lightweight aggregate on slab concrete. The use of this pumice aggregate could reach concrete compressive strength up to 17.32 MPa and weight per unit volume between 1629.54 and 1788.03 kg/m3 (Mustiadi, 2011). The result from this lightweight concrete research is applied on lightweight reinforced concrete slab with dimension of 100x30x10 cm3. 2 LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE SLAB

Aggregate is natural mineral pieces as filler in concrete mix. The proportion of aggregate is about 6070% of concrete mix weight. With this high proportion, aggregate is important part in concrete.
1 2

Lecturer and Researcher, Dept. of Civil Engineering, Institut Teknologi Nasional (Itenas), Indonesia Lecturer and Researcher, Dept. of Civil Engineering, Institut Teknologi Nasional (Itenas), Indonesia 3 Alumni, Dept. of Civil Engineering, Institut Teknologi Nasional (Itenas), Indonesia

211

[B-04]
According to Indonesian National Standard, SNI 03-3449-2002, structural lightweight concrete is concrete with use lightweight aggregate or combination between lightweight coarse aggregate and natural sand as replacement of lightweight fine aggregate which could not reach concrete weight per unit volume on dry condition of 1.840 kg/m3 and should satisfy compressive strength and split-tensile strength for structural reason. According to SNI 3402-2008, lightweight aggregate is aggregate on dry and loose compaction condition has weight per unit volume of 1100 kg/m3 or less. According to ASTM, lightweight aggregate is aggregate with weight per unit volume of 300-1800 kg/m3. Slab is main horizontal element which could deliver the dead and live load to the vertical supporting frame on the structure system. On the reinforced concrete construction, slab is used to create flat surface. One-way slab is structural reinforced concrete slab which has ratio between longer span and smaller span is 2.0 or more. Two-way slab is structural reinforced concrete slab which has ratio between longer span and smaller span is not more than 2.0. On the one-way slab, service load which works on slab is delivered all by small span side. Then, one-way bending slab with two or more supports could be modeled as a beam with the beam height is the same as slab thickness. According to ACI 213R, calculation on design for flexure and combination between axial compression and buckling which are ruled on ACI 318 could be implicated on structural lightweight concrete. The difference between lightweight and normal concrete is reduction of modulus of elasticity of lightweight concrete. Modulus of elasticity of lightweight concrete is calculated by Equation 1. (1) Where: Ec = modulus of elasticity (MPa) wc = weight per unit volume (kg/m3) fc = concrete compressive strength (MPa) Nominal flexure strength is maximum value from inner force C (compressive force resultant) and T (tensile force resultant) which build resistance couple moment with spacing z as shown on Figure 1.

Figure 1. Stress distribution on lightweight concrete beam

212

[B-04]
On lightweight concrete, distribution of equivalent stress is governed by STR 2.05.05:2005 (Zabulionis and Dulinskas, 2008). STR 2.05.05:2005 explain the stress intensity is and the height of stress block is . Coefficient and are calculated by Equation (2), (3), and (4). for fc 50 Mpa for fc > 50 Mpa (2) (3) (4) Where: a = 0,85 for normal concrete a = 0,80 for concrete with fine aggregate type A a = 0,75 for concrete with fine aggregate type B a = 0,80 for lightweight concrete From this equivalent rectangular stress, nominal flexure strength (Mn) could be calculated. Basic assumption on section analysis as follow: a) section surface is always flat before and after flexure happened; b) strain on steel reinforcement is the same with strain of surrounding concrete on the same level; c) Stress on concrete and steel could be calculated from the stress-strain curve; d) concrete tensile strength is neglected then tensile stress is held by the reinforcement. Flexure beam has deflection. Although its safes for flexure and shear, a beam could not feasible if has high flexibility. Then, analysis on beam deflection is an important part on design process. Deflection of structure component is a function of member span, supports, end-member condition (simple beam, continuous beam or fixed supported beam), type of loads (concentrated or uniform), and flexural stiffness of the member, EI (Dipohusodo, 1994). From general equation of maximum deflection on elastic beam, the deflection on the mid-span could be calculated from Equation (5). (5) Where: ln = net span length E = concrete modulus of elasticity I = section moment of inertia P = concentrated load a = the distance P from support If tensile concrete is neglected, the moment inertia of crack section is calculated from Equation (6). (6) Where: Icr = transform moment inertia of crack section b = section width d = section effective height As = area of tensile reinforcement a = height of compression area

213

[B-04]
3 MATERIALS AND METHOD

Materials used in this research are as follow: a) Portland Composite Cement, PCC; b) coarse aggregate is waste pumice material from lightweight concrete brick at home-industry in Batujajar, West Bandung District, West Java Province with maximum diameter of 20 mm; c) fine aggregate is lightweight sand as material for lightweight concrete brick. Method for concrete mix design is referred to Indonesian normal concrete mix design guideline SNI 03-2834-2000 with modification to lightweight application. Compressive tests and split-tensile tests are held on 28 days on concrete cylinders with diameter of 10 cm and height of 20 cm. Flexure tests on slab specimen with dimension length of 100 cm, width of 30 cm, and height of 10 cm with 8-mm diameter plain steel reinforcement are held on 28 days. The fabrication process is shown on Figure 2. Experimental setup of concrete slab with its concentrated loads position is shown on Figure 3. There are four specimen of Slab A with 3 reinforcements and four specimen of Slab B with 4 reinforcements as shown on Figure 4.

Figure 2. Slab fabrication

Figure 3. Experimental setup

Figure 4. Slab reinforcement at Slab A and Slab B

214

[B-04]
4 4.1 RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS CONCRETE WEIGHT PER UNIT VOLUME

Test results of concrete weight per unit volume are shown on Table 1. It shows that concrete could be categorized as lightweight concrete.
Table 1. Weight per unit volume of concrete cylinders No. 1 2 3 4 5 Specimen weight (kg) 2.687 2.658 2.682 2.628 2.583 Actual dimension (m) Diameter Height 0.10100 0.2015 0.09940 0.2000 0.10050 0.2010 0.09905 0.2020 0.09975 0.2000 Weight per unit volume (kg/m3) 1664.409 1712.625 1682.057 1688.399 1652.642

4.2

CONCRETE MECHANIC CHARACTERISTICS

Test results of concrete compressive strength on 28-days are shown on Table 2. From Table 2, average concrete compressive strength could be calculated and the result is 18.12 MPa. It means the concrete could be categorized as structural concrete, according to Indonesian National Standard, SNI which restrict the minimum compressive strength of 17 MPa. Compression test is shown on Figure 5.
Table 2. Concrete compressive strength on 28-days No. 1 2 3 Specimen weight (kg) 2.687 2.658 2.682 Compressive strength (MPa) 17.48 19.39 17.49

Figure 5. Concrete compressive test

Figure 6. Slab flexure test

215

[B-04]
Split-tensile strength is shown on Table 3. Average of split-tensile strength is 0.91 MPa and has 5.02 % strength compare with the compressive strength.
Table 3. Concrete split-tensile strength on 28-days No. 1 2 Specimen weight (kg) 2.628 2.583 Split-tensile strength (MPa) 0.91 0.91

Steel reinforcement tensile strength is shown on Table 4. The yield strength could not achieve 240 MPa because slip during tensile test.
Table 4. Steel reinforcement tensile strength Specimen 8 8 Actual diameter (mm) 7.09 7.09 Yield strength. fy (MPa) 210 190 Ultimate strength. fu (MPa) 520 530

Flexure test on slab is held on Laboratory of Structure and Material, Dept. of Civil Engineering, Institut Teknologi Nasional, Bandung, with universal testing machine (UTM) as shown on Figure 6. The test results of slab flexure strength are shown on Table 5.
Table 5. Slab flexure strength Maximum Load (kN) 1 A1 17.9 2 A2 15.8 3 B1* 33.8 4 B2 23.0 *) span length of 60 cm No. Specimen Bending Moment (kNm) 2.909 2.568 3.803 3.738 Deflection (mm) 8.0 6.4 5.2 9.6

4.3

MOMENT CAPACITY

Comparison between actual and theoretical bending moment on Slab A (specimen A1 and A2) and Slab B (specimen B1 and B2) are shown on Table 6.
Table 6. Comparison between actual and theoretical bending moment Test result Max. load Moment on max. (kN) load (kNm) 17.9 2.909 15.8 2.568 33.8 3.803 23.0 3.738 Theoretical moment (kNm) 1.510 1.510 1.984 1.984

No. 1 2 3 4

Specimen A1 A2 B1 B2

Ratio 1.93 1.70 1.92 1.88

Moment capacities from experimental results show the safe condition due to the ratios between the test results and the theoretical are more than 1. Slab A has smaller moment capacity compare with Slab B.

216

[B-04]
4.4 SLAB CRACK PATH

Perpendicular cracks on longitudinal axis are appeared during loading, as shown on Figure 7. These cracks are caused by tensile strain on bottom side of slab section reaches maximum concrete tensile strain. These cracks show that the slab has flexure failure mode.

Figure 7. Crack path on slab

4.5

SLAB DEFLECTION

The slab deflections are shown on Table 7. The deflection from experiment results is higher than the theoretical calculation.
Table 7. Slab deflection Test result Theoretical Max. load Max. deflection Max. deflection* (kN) (mm) (mm) 1 A1 17.9 8.0 4.068 2 A2 15.8 6.4 3.591 3 B1 33.8 5.2 2.481 4 B2 23.0 9.6 4.162 *) calculations are based on max. load from test result No. Specimen

4.6

SLAB SERVICE LIVE LOAD

Simple supported slab with 4-m-span length is governed as calculation model as shown on Figure 8. The moment capacities for Slab A and Slab B are 151 kgm and 198.4 kgm, respectively. Then, the maximum service live loads could be supported by Slab A and Slab B are 251.667 kg/m2. and 330.667 kg/m2, respectively.

Figure 8. Slab with 4-m-span-length

217

[B-04]
Maximum service live loads (kg/m2) for several slab spans are shown on Figure 9. From this figure, Slab A and Slab B with 4-m-span-length could serve building for school and office with service live load of 250 kg/m2.

Figure 9. Maximum service live loads (kg/m2) for several slab spans

SUMMARY

Concrete with waste pumice aggregate from lightweight concrete brick home-industry could be categorized as structural lightweight concrete with average compressive strength of 18.12 MPa and weight per unit volume of 1680.026 kg/m3. Moment capacity of the slabs with 3 and 4 reinforcements are 2.909 kN.m and 3.803 kN.m, respectively. This capacity is higher than the theoretical calculation. Crack path show that the slab has flexure failure mode. For simple supported slab with 4-m-span-length, the maximum service live loads could be supported by slab with 3 and 4 reinforcements are 251.667 kg/m2. and 330.667 kg/m2, respectively. Slab with 4m-span-length could serve building for school and office with service live load of 250 kg/m2. 6 REFERENCES

ACI 213R, 1987, Guide For Structural Lightweight Aggregate Concrete ACI 318, 2008, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary Dipohusodo, I., 1994, Struktur Beton Bertulang, Jakarta: Gramedia Pustaka Utama Mustiadi, E., 2011, Pemanfaatan Batu Apung pada Beton Ringan Struktural, Bandung: Itenas SNI 03-3449-2002, Tata Cara Perancangan Campuran Beton Ringan dengan Agregat Ringan. SNI 3402-2008, Cara Uji Berat Isi Beton Ringan.
Zabulionis, D., and Dulinskas, E., 2008, Analysis Of Compression Zone Parameters Of Crosssection In Flexural Reinforced Concrete Member According To EC2 and STR 2.05.05

218

[B-05] THE EFFECTIVENESS OF VEGETATION AS A NOISE REDUCTION IN A BUILDING

Imam BAIHAQI1, Irwan S. ADI2, Nur Lailatul F. SULIANTO3 and Ernaning SETIYOWATI4

ABSTRACT: Noise is a common problem for people who needs to do their activity in tranquility. Some activities that need a quietness are those which are done at home, school, and office. Many of those buildings are built beside roads which have traffic noisiness. Without a good design of building to reduce the noise, people would not be comfortable doing their activities. Therefore we need some spesific treatment in a building to reduce the noises. Vegetation is one of building element that can be used intregrated with buildings. Vegetation is believed to be an element that can reduce noises. But it has not been known how much decibel some vegetation can reduce noises. The objective of this research is to find how much a vegetation can reduce noises. Is it effective to be used in housing, school, and office? This research used Sound Level Meter (SLM) to measure the noise inside the room. It used building model with two kinds of grass integrated in the wall. The result of the research is that vegetation is effective in reducing noises. Vegetation in wide leaf has a better ability in reducing noise compared to the one in small leaf. KEYWORDS: Vegetation, noise reduction. 1 INTRODUCTION

A humans daily life depends on a sound or a voice. People needs to make and listen to a voice to make a conversation. Every moving things in our surrounding makes a sound. For example: wind, ocean waves, car, talking people, etc. In some level, that sounds are acceptable to be heard. In the other hand, in some level, they are unacceptable. The unacceptable sound could be disturb a humans activites. If it is too high and disturbing, it is called noise. Noise happens in our surrounding caused by many things, such as traffic, music, etc. The condition would disturb the activities inside a room. This condition needs to be controlled by fixing the sound intencity in the noise source or moving it as far as possible from the receiver. Beside that, obstacle can be made in the path of sound that is also can be functioned as a sound protection for the receiver. Buildings in tropical area such as Indonesia have a light construction and have many openings in the walls. That is why it is so hard to decrease the noise. We could control the noise through the building construction and the choice of building materal. But even though we are inside the closed building, some times we still could be disturbed by the noise. Environmental noise is necesarry to be controlled to avoid a health problem for people living in the environment. The influence of environmental noise in the hearing is determined by the noise level intencity and the length time period of the noise. The most important think in controlling the environmental noise is how to set the limit of the noise to decrease the influence risk that could damage the hearing. Or at least do not disturb the peoples activities inside the buildings. That is why
1 2

Student, Department of Architecture, State Islamic University of Maulana Malik Ibrahim Malang, Indonesia. Student, Department of Architecture, State Islamic University of Maulana Malik Ibrahim Malang, Indonesia. 3 Student, Department of Architecture, State Islamic University of Maulana Malik Ibrahim Malang, Indonesia. 4 Lecturer, Department of Architecture, State Islamic University of Maulana Malik Ibrahim Malang, Indonesia.

219

[B-05]
an acoustical solution is needed to help decreasing the noise inside the room. One of the acoustical alternative solution is by using vegetation. Vegetation is known having the ability to resist a sound to enter a building, so it can be used as a noise absorption. The amount of reducted noise is found in this research. 1.1 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 1. How much the effectivity of vegetation as a noise reduction inside a room? 2. How much the NR value using vegetation as noise reduction? 1.2 RESEARCH BOUNDARY

This reasearch will give a positive impact in architecture especially in bulding science. This research used: 1. The building model in the dimension of 1.00 x 1.00 x 0.50 m3 2. The building model material is almost the same as a real building 3. Vegetation of Rumput Jepang and Rumput Gajah Mini as the noise reduction. 4. Sound Level Meter (SLM) as a measurement tool. 2 LITERATURE REVIEW

Acoustic is anything related to hearing in a room condition that can influence sound quality (Suptandar, 2004). Sound is a mechanical vibration waves in the air or the solid object that can be recognized by human, in the frequency of 16-20.000 Hz (Mangunwijaya, 1997). Noise is one of an acoustic problem. It can be an undesirable sound, such as the sound that blocks the desirable sound, or the sound that may cause some pain (kosakata elektronik internasional Bab 801: akustikal dan elektroakustik). There are two kinds of noise; single noise and plural noise. Single noise is provided by a sound source in a dot shape. Plural noise is provided by a sound source in a line shape. The level of noise problems can be measured by using scale based on what people heard, such as: feel the existance of noise and feel disturbed (Mediastika, 2002). Noise also has a subjective characteristic, so the level limit of noise could be different by one person to another. The subjectivity of noise is depending on (Mediastika, 2002): 1. Environment and circumstances. The circumstances of healthy people will be different with the sick people in accepting noise. In the other hand, the circumstances in a car workshop will make a different perseption when the same level of sound made in the quiet library. 2. Socio culture. Everybody has their own life style. One of it is the way to talk. People born in such a soft family might be feel uncomfortable talking to people that used to talk loudly. 3. Passion or hobby. The passion of a group of people in some kind of music could be a noise to the other group that loves another kind of music. Noise is also influenced by the level of sound in decibel (dB). There are some terms explaining about noise, i.e. background noise, noise,and ambient noise. Background noise is a sound that appears in our surrounding in a stable way in some level. The comfortable background noise is in the level of sound that not more than 40 dB. Something that include in noise category is a sound that appear in unstable

220

[B-05]
way in the level of sound which is more than the background noise of the environment. While the noise ambient is a noise level in our environment that is collaboration between background noise and noise. Human tends to avoid noise because it may disturb their activity. Noise may decrease the hearing function in quantity as well as quality. (Mediastika, 2002). The noise threshold value is the decibel value that is assumed to be save to some of listener. The limit of threshold is different according to the place of the source and the receiver. The amount of absorbed sound by vegetation is depending of the amount of the vegetation. The longer the absorbed sound wave, the thicker the absorber layer (Mangunwijaya, 1997). To overcome the noise problem in building can be done by muffle the noise. One of the strategy is by putting some vegetation on the wall. The noise absorber using vegetation is quite effective, because the noise that occurs from the sound source will be refracted and abrorbed by the leaf and the stem of the vegetation, and a part of the sound will be forwarded to the receiver. This equation is used to find out the amount of Noise Reduction in a bulding:

(1)

(2)
Where: TL = transmission Loss A = total absorber (m2) S = the area of partition (m2) The level of the sound can be measured using the tool called Sound Level Meter (SLM). This tool consist of microphone, weighting network, and display screen in decibel (dB). The screen can be a manual screen that is shown by a needle and numeral like a clock, or a digital screen. SLM can be measured only the sound level in decibel, and can also be used to find out about the frequency. There are three elements that has to be considered in every acoustical situation (Doelle, 1972): 1. The sound source, wanted or unwanted 2. The path of sound. 3. The receiver, the one who listen to the sound

The Sound Source Source: Mediastika, 2002

the path of sound

receiver

Figure 1. Three elements to be considered in acoustical situation

221

[B-05]

Table 1. Sound pressure level to noise criteria Kurva NC 63 Hz 125 Hz NC-70 83 79 NC-65 80 75 NC-60 77 71 NC-55 74 67 NC-50 71 64 NC-45 67 60 NC-40 64 57 NC-35 60 52 NC-30 57 48 NC-25 54 44 NC-20 50 41 NC-15 47 36 Source: Mediastika, 2005 Sound Pressure Level (SPL) in dB 250 Hz 500 Hz 1000 Hz 2000 Hz 75 72 71 70 71 68 66 64 67 63 61 59 62 58 56 54 58 54 51 49 54 49 46 44 50 45 41 39 45 40 36 34 41 36 31 29 37 31 27 24 33 26 22 19 29 22 17 14

4000 Hz 69 63 58 53 48 43 38 33 38 22 17 12

8000 Hz 68 62 57 52 47 42 37 32 27 21 16 11

3 3.1

RESEARCH METHOD RESEARCH TOOLS 1. Rumput Jepang and Rumput Gajah Mini as the sample of vegetation 2. Building model in a dimension of 1.00 x 1.00 x 0.50 m. 3. Sound Level Meter. 4. The sound source is 76 dB.

3.2

THE STEPS OF THE RESEARCH 1. Measure the level of the sound source outside the building model using sound level meter that is also placed outside the building model. 2. Measure the level of sound outside the building model while the sound level meter was placed inside the building model. 3. Measure the level of sound outside the building model that has been covered by rumput gajah mini on the wall side, using sound level meter placed inside the building model.

4. Measure the level of sound outside the building model that has been covered by rumput jepang on the wall side, using sound level meter placed inside the building model. 5. Measure the level of sound outside the building model that has been covered by the combination of both kind of vegetation, i.e. rumput jepang and rumput gajah mini on the wall side, using sound level meter placed inside the building model. 6. Record the measurement result. 7. Count the NR value using the equation

222

[B-05]

Rumput Gajah Mini

Rumput Jepang

Rumput Jepang and Rumput Gajah Mini Figure 2. The wall of building model covered by

4. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

The result of this research is: 1. The sound source that is placed outside the building has the sound level of 76 dB 2. The sound receiver that is placed inside the building without any vegetation on the wall has the sound level of 66 dB 3. The sound receiver that is placed inside the building with rumput gajah mini as the wall covering has the sound level of 56 dB 4. The sound receiver that is placed inside the building with rumput jepang as the wall covering has the sound level of 58 dB 5. The sound receiver that is placed inside the building with the combination of rumput jepang and rumput gajah mini as the wall covering has the sound level of 54 dB. From the result, it can be seen that the ability of rumput gajah mini and rumput jepang is as the following: Rumput gajah mini Rumput jepang : reducing noise in the amount of 20 dB : reducing noise in the amount of 18 dB

Combination of both vegetation : reducing noise in the amount of 20 dB

It can also be seen that the building model with vegetation as wall covering has the capability in reducing more amount of sound level compare to the building model without any vegetation. The wall

223

[B-05]
without any vegetation can only reducing noise in the amount of 10 dB. It is 10 dB less then the other building with the vegetation in the wall. By the TL value measured, the acoustical comfort in a room with the wall covered by vegetation can be estimated. For example, if rumput gajah mini is used as a wall in a house in a housing environment near the road. The sound of the car is about 80 dB. By the TL of rumput gajah mini, it can be estimated that the sound heard inside the room will be around 80-20 = 60 dB. 60 dB in a frequency 500 Hz has the value NC 63. This value is above the standart value that is not more than 35 for a house, especially for the bedroom. But this value has been compared to the brick walls NC. The value also only be occur in a house near a road. If the house is far away from a road, the NC value could be smaller. Whereas, if the rumput gajah mini is used for the office area in the 60 dB noise, will get the smaller number value of NC. The sound heard will be around 60-20 = 40, means that it has NC value around 41-45. This value is above the standart of office comfort that is not more than 30-35 NC value. But it is better compared to wall without any vegetation in it. From the measurement result, can be seen that rumput gajah mini can reduce more noise than the brick wall without vegetation. The difference is about 10 dB. Compare to rumput gajah mini, rumput jepang is less reducing. If rumput gajah mini is used as a wall in a house in a housing environment near the road, the sound inside the room can be estimated. The sound of the car is about 80 dB. By the TL of rumput gajah mini, it can be estimated that the sound heard inside the room will be around 80-18 = 62 dB. 62 dB in a frequency 500 Hz has the value around NC 63-68. This value is above the standart value that is not more than 35 for a house, especially for the bedroom. But this value has been compared to the brick walls NC. The value also only be occur in a house near a road. If the house is far away from a road, the NC value could be smaller. Whereas, if the rumput jepang is used for the office area in the 60 dB noise, will get the smaller number value of NC. The sound heard will be around 60-18 = 42, means that it has NC value around 45-49. This value is above the standart of office comfort that is not more than 30-35 NC value. But it is better compared to wall without any vegetation in it. From the measurement result, can be seen that rumput jepang can reduce more noise than the brick wall without vegetation. The difference is about 8 dB. Compared by the two kind of vegetation, the combination of both vegetation has the same ablity with rumput gajah mini in reducing noise. If both combination is used as a wall in a house in a housing environment near the road. The sound of the car is about 80 dB. By the TL of combination of both vegetation can be estimated that the sound heard inside the room will be around 80-20 = 60 dB. 60 dB in a frequency 500 Hz has the value NC 63. This value is above the standart value that is not more than 35 for a house, especially for the bedroom. But this value has been compared to the brick walls NC. The value also only be occur in a house near a road. If the house is far away from a road, the NC value could be smaller. Whereas, if the both vegetation is used for the office area in the 60 dB noise, will get the smaller number value of NC. The sound heard will be around 60-20 = 40, means that it has NC value around 41-45. This value is above the standart of office comfort that is not more than 30-35 NC value. But it is better compared to wall without any vegetation in it. From the measurement result, can be seen that rumput gajah mini can reduce more noise than the brick wall without vegetation. The difference is about 10 dB.

224

[B-05]

CONCLUSION

The conclusions of this research are: 1. The vegetation of grass is effective in reducing noise inside a building. 2. The vegetation with the wider leaf has the better ability in reducing noise compare to vegetation with the smallest leaf. 5 SUGGESTION

It is suggested that to optimize reducing noise inside a room, use combination between two vegetation, with a wider leaf and smaller leaf. Because it can be arranged according to the necesity, which part of room needs the lower level of noise, which part of room needs the higher level. So the combination of two kind of vegetation would be a better idea. It is also suggested that it needs the next research in the same objectives, by using the other and various kind of vegetation, and use the bigger building model, so the result will be better. 6 REFERENCES

Doelle, Leslie.L 1972, Akustik lingkungan, Erlangga, Jakarta. Mangunwijaya 1997, Pengantar Fisika Bangunan, Djambatan, Jakarta. Mediastika, Christina, E 2002, Akustika Bangunan Prinsip-Prinsip dan Penerapan Di Indonesia. Erlangga, Jakarta. Suptandar, Pamudji. J 2004, Faktor Akustik Dalam Perancangan Desain Interior, Percetakan Ikrar.

225

[B-05]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

226

[B-06]

THE INDEPENDENT HOUSE ENERGY FROM RESOURCES THE ENERGY OF POTENTIAL FROM ATMOSPHERE
Lilik SLAMET S1

ABSTRACT: This paper was present the concept of the independent house energy that resources
from the potential energy from the atmosphere. They are the wind, sun rays, and rainfall. Indonesia as the country that tropical climate had natural resources from atmosphere that was different with the country subtropics climate or the polar climate. With the tropical climate Country as same, Indonesia had the tropical climate maritime, the only one in the world so as distinguished with the other country that had the tropical climate. This article will present the potential from wind resources, sun rays, and rainfall as well as was applied in the concept of the independent house energy. The independent house energy was the house that combined the element of the potential for the physical environment (the climate), the building plan until to the household furniture product that was used. The independent house energy was the concept of the house in order to goal the ecosettlement. KEYWORDS: Wind, solar, rainfall, energy, atmosphere. 1 INTRODUCTION

The atmosphere was as the layer of air that covered the earth inside gotten the element of the weather and the climate. The wind, sun radiation, the rainfall was some elements of the weather and the climate that were received in the atmosphere that kept the potential as the source of energy that could and must be developed by each house in Indonesia. Begun from one house as the independent house energy and developed to the neighbouring house that finally had formed the independent house community energy or the independent settlement of energy. The aim of the independent settlement of energy was to head the settlement was continuous that have a perception the environment and was based on the potential for the physical environment local. To the article will be discussed by the potential for the weather and the climate and the concept of his development as the source of energy was renovated that could be developed in the scale of the independent settlement of continuous energy. On the other hand the requirement would the source of energy from the fossil fuel continued to increase, now deposit his reserve increasingly the day increasingly diminished. Energy from the fossil fuel needed time that for quite a long time to be produced and the effect of air pollution that was produced from the burning of this fossil fuel. Asfect that was other was the fulfilment of the requirement for electricity and gas in Indonesia still was managed by one company that had a monopoly nature so as the policy of the price of electricity and gas, the consumer could not control him. Often gas for the fuel of the domestic activity sometimes is lost from the market so as the price to rose. The energy surplus was renovated from the element of the weather or the climate was to not produce the pollutant substance to the environment, was lasting because always was gotten in the wild, cheap must not buy only was needed capital of early to buy or make the installation further if the maintenance of the routine and exact, the installation will be maintained well.

Researcher, National Institute Of Aeronautics And Space, Indonesia

227

[B-06]
To the article will be discussed by the potential from the wind, sun radiation, the rainfall, in Indonesia as the source of energy was renovated and the concept of the independent house energy as the most insignificant part the settlement was continuous. 2 WIND POTENTIAL AS THE SOURCE OF ENERGY

The wind had the content of two aspects that is the direction and the wind speed. The wind direction will determine the layout from the windmill that will be installed in the house as the generator of wind energy, while the wind speed will determine the size of electricity energy that will be produced the wind. Well the direction and the wind speed were needed by both of them. This was caused if being wrong to place the position of the windmill, then the windmill could not comprehend energy from this wind speed so as ineffective comprehended wind energy. The house better appear east that is the direction when the sun rose, so as to not need information when has the morning. But if did not enable appear before to the east, then the house could appear to the side of the arrival of the wind so as the circulation of air in the good house and did not need the machine of the room cooler. Until this the wind was not yet made use of maximally. The wind was just made use of naturally by plants as the transfer bearer of the momentum CO2 (carbon dioxide) for photosynthesis, pollination and the distribution of the crop. In the sector of fisheries naturally, the wind was made use of to bring the fisherman caught the fish headed/came home to/from sea. In the sector of the health and the environment, the wind was the carrier and thinner of the air pollutant so as the concentration of the pollutant in air to decreased. The tropical Indonesian climate generally had two dominant kinds of the wind direction that is between the month April-September the blowing wind was the South-east wind. This Tenggara wind speed was bigger than the West Laut wind that blew between the month October-March. The appropriate generator of electricity of wind energy was applied and developed to the settlement of rural areas. This was caused the area of the coast and the coast were the area that often was not yet filled up the building so as the wind could move free without the obstacle so as the wind speed became bigger. The generator of electricity of wind energy also appropriate for the area in Indonesia that his climate was dry like East Nusa Tenggara. Along with was the grouping of the wind speed and the conversion energy electricity that was produced in Indonesia.
Table 1. Classification of the wind speed in Indonesia Wind speed (m/s) I 0-4,4 II 4,4-5,1 III 5,1-5,6 Source: Bergey, 1993 Class Classification enough Nice Very nice Energy Result (watt/m2) 77-150 150-250 250-500 Location The most of Indonesia Southern of Indonesia Nusa Tenggara Timur

SUN RADIATION POTENTIAL AS THE SOURCE OF ENERGY

Indonesia that was located in the equator got old the relative illumination of sun radiation continue to year round that is 12 hours in a day. Unlike the other country that was located to the climate zone that was different that is subtropical, temperate, or the pole that only got solar radiation periodically. For the subtropical climate zone in the northern hemisphere got the sunlight only in the month AprilAugust. To the southern hemisphere for the same climate zone only got the broadcast of sun radiation

228

[B-06]

between the month October-February and the intensity of different sun radiation during the different month. Sun radiation had two aspects that is hot energy and light energy. Light energy was naturally utilised for photosynthesis and lighted the earth. While his hot energy was able to heat the earth. The generator of electricity of sunlight energy used hot energy from solar radiation. With cell diesel fuel, sun radiation could be caught, kept, gathered and used for the other need.
Table 2. Energy that was produced from sun radiation No Period 1. Annual 2. The rainy season 3. The dry season Source: Supriatin, 2001 Month Interval Januari-Desember September-Maret April-Agustus Energy (kwatt/m2) 298,9-1946 145,6-301,7 226,1-317,8

The difference of the intensity of solar radiation between the rainy season and the dry season was caused in the rainy season sky often was closed the cloud so as to obstruct sun radiation to arrive at the earth. The generator this electricity of energy of the sun rays was appropriate for the hot area of the plain. The plateau because of the density of low air so as the intensity of sun radiation was lower. 4 RAINFALL POTENTIAL AS THE SOURCE OF ENERGY

The rainfall had three aspects that is physical, chemistry, and biology. The aspect of rainfall chemistry that in the rain water was contained the element of chemistry. The aspect of biology from the rainfall that with the rain water will be brought by micro-organisms. The physical aspect from the rainfall was the content of kinetic energy in each kind of rain that descended and could be studied to be developed as the source of energy. The rainfall could be gazed at as a particle of the object, then when one item of water will in the cloud fall, then one item of the water had potential energy as big as x and kinetic energy was the same as zero. But when one item of water in the cloud fell then potential energy will change to kinetic energy. Energy could from this rainfall become alternative when the sun rays were difficult to be received especially at the time of the overcast weather and the rainy season. The principle of the conversion from the rainfall became electricity energy was to change the vibration from the rain water that touched a surface so as to emerge the electricity motive power and the electrical field. The measurement of the rain water point from 1 to 5 mm could produce electricity of 12 miliwatt. The rain water that descended slow more often produced energy. The rain water that fell with the speed fell that was higher often lost his energy when the collision happening to the surface. The rain water point that fell from the place that was not too high produced comparable electricity energy widely energy of mechanics of the rain water point. The tension (the voltage) and energy of rain water mechanics was more straight. The big water point produced the vibration and biggest energy also. To count electricity energy from the rainfall was used by the principle of the first thermodynamics law as that energy could not be created and energy could not be destroyed, but energy could change from one form of energy to the form of other energy. The rain water that fell touched the surface field transduser had kinetic energy (Ek) as big as:
Ek = mv2 (1)

229

[B-06]
massa = volume x density (2)

If the volume one droplet of the rain water was assums as a ball, then the volume from one droplet of the rain water is : volume = 4/3 r3 So as the potential for energy from one droplet of the rain water was: Energy = 44/21 r3v2
m = massa = water density (1 g/cm3) r = droplet rainfall radius v = rainfall velocity

(3)

(4)

In Arsyad (1989) was gotten by various datas that connected between height rainfall and the intensity of rainfall, rainfall intensity with the measurement of the item of the rain water, and the measurement of the item of the rain water with the speed fell the item of the rain water. By the writer of this data was correlated to suspect the intensity of rain and the speed fell the item of the rain water. Figure 1 presented relation between rainfall and rainfall intensity. It was seen that the function to suspect rainfall intensity of being y = -1.831x+ 99.39, whereas x is rainfall height and y is rainfall intensity. The correlation coefficient (r) between two variables was 0.44. Although thought r small (< 0.5), but the equality of the function of this mathematics was able to help the intensity size of rain.

Figure 1. Relation between intensity and rainfall height

In Figure 2, it was seen that the function of mathematics from droplet to suspect the diameter of the item of the rain water of being y = 0.013 x+ 1.396, whereas x is rainfall intensity and y is droplet diameter of rain. The correlation coefficient between two variables was 0.9. Thought r that was bigger than 0.5 stated that relations between rainfall intensity and droplet rainfall diameter were significant (strong).

Figure 2. Relation between rainfall intensity and droplet rainfall diameter

230

[B-06]

In Figure 3, it represent function of mathematics between droplet rainfall diameter with to suspect the rainfall velocity. Rainfall velocity (y) = 0.947x+ 4.408, whereas x is droplet rainfall diameter. The correlation coefficient (r) between two variables was 0.93. Thought r this including big and reflected strong relations and significant between droplet rainfall diameter of the item of the rain water and the speed fell the item of the rain water.

Figure 3. Relation between droplet diameter rainfall and rainfall velocity

The tropical Indonesian climate, although the dry season but the rainfall continued to be so as this potential could be studied and developed as the source of electricity energy. The figure of the concept of the change in the rainfall into electricity energy. 5 THE USE REGULATION OF ENERGY ACCORDING TO SPACE AND TIME

The source regulation of energy that was used must obey spatial and temporal (time). According to space or the settlement, then electricity energy that originated in the wind very appropriate was developed for the settlement of the fisherman's close village the coast. The wind in the settlement of the fisherman was very big because the nonexistence of the obstacle took the form of the high and close building. Apart from the settlement of the fisherman, electricity energy was from the appropriate also wind developed in the settlement in Nusa Tenggara Timur province that had the climate was driest with the big wind speed. Electricity energy from the appropriate wind for the settlement of the inhabitants who were not yet covered by the service of the country's electricity. According to space, electricity energy from appropriate sun radiation to be developed in the settlement in the plain and the city. This appropriate was caused the plain had the density of air was closer than the plateau so as sun radiation was absorbed by many and was influential in the intensity of his radiation. To the settlement in the city, energy that was hot that originated in the surface of the asphalted road or the concrete, the source of pollution of air from motor vehicles and the factory, as well as population density increased the intensity power of reflection radiation from the sun. According to space, electricity that originated in the appropriate rainfall for the settlement in the area that had the intensity of the high rainfall. The area with the intensity of the high rainfall usually is located in the plateau that had the intensity of low sun radiation. The lack of the intensity of low sun radiation dampat was compensated electrically from the rainfall. The use regulation of energy according to time during the source of rainfall energy was during the rainy season between September up to March, then the use of electricity energy that originated in the rain water must be maximised. During the dry season between April up to August. Electricity energy that originated in sun radiation and the wind must be maximised. This condition was caused during the dry season, the intensity of sun radiation was high than the rainy season. In the transitional season,

231

[B-06]
good the transitional season from the dry season to the rainy season or from the rainy season to the dry season, then the source of energy that came from the wind must be maximised. This was caused in the transitional season the wind blew very tight so as electricity energy that was produced higher. 6 THE INDEPENDENT HOUSE ENERGY

The concept of the independent house energy was the concept that combined several aspects that is the layout of the house, the design of the house, material the house and the colour of the wall paint, the source of energy that was used, domestic equipment that was used, the culture and the habit of the family's member. The source of electricity energy that came from the element of the weather and the climate were one of the parts (the aspect) from the realisation of the independent house energy. So that when the dry season not was felt hot or the rainy season not was felt cold, then the layout of the decisive also house the use of the human-made energy. The layout of the house that was shaped like a conservation towards energy was the house that appear before to the east or appeared the arrival direction of the wind so as when the morning, electricity could be killed and changed with the sun rays. The house that appeared to the side of the arrival of the wind was also conservative towards energy because of not needing the machine of the room cooler in the dry season. The house should not at once share a border with the road, but had a little space was open green that was planted several crops. The use of the crop here functioned as soundbreak and shelter belt. As soundbreak, the crop could absorb the voice so as noise could be reduced. As shelter belt, the crop had a function of breaking and reducing the wind speed that could reduce dust that entered the house so as to be not needed by electricity energy to light vacuum cleaner. Apart from as soundbreak and shelter belt, the crop could be also taken by results and the organiser of the micro climate around the house. The design of the decisive then house of the number of human-made energies that was needed by the house. The design of the interior of the house that had many partitions will need much information so as to need much electricity energy. The house with glasses that penetrated will reduce the use of electricity in the house. The house with ventilation that was enough also to reduce the addition of cool air from the machine of the room cooler (AC). The colour of the dark house paint will need the addition of information of electricity light that many than the house with the wall that was painted by the clear colour. The source of energy in the house should not be motionless in one source of energy, but various sources of energy especially energy that in accordance with the potential for the local environment local. The installation biogas possibly could be applied in the disposal system septic tank. Biogas was the source of energy that came from the organic matter. Domestic equipment like the place kept cooked vegetables in order to stay warm and durable must be made by the design of the household furniture product saving cooked vegetables like the thermos so as did not need heated vegetables that needed energy from gas. By using the thermos to keep cooked vegetables, then vegetables will stay warm and durable. The habit of the family's member to not turn off television or radio that was not watched also one of the attitudes not conservated energy. The attitude forgot deadly the water tap, especially if the source of domestic water come from and used electricity to pump the jet pump. So the aspect of the independent house energy did not come from the physical environment, but the social environment the culture of humankind of the family's member in the house also influenced conservation of energy.

232

[B-06]

REFERENCES

Arsyad, S 1989, Konservasi Tanah dan Air, IPB Press, Bogor. Bergey 1993, Wind Energy for Bulk Powerand Rural Electrificationin Indonesia, makalah pada Opportunities for Renewable Energy Development in Indonesia RESPO workshop, Jakarta. Fleagle, R G and Businger, J A 1963, Atmospheric Physic, Academic Press, New York. LAPAN 1995, Data Angin di Beberapa Lokasi di Indonesia, Jakarta. Magono, C 1980, Thunderstorm, Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co, Amsterdam. Suharsono, H 1993, Ikhtisar Klimatologi, Bahan Diklat Survey Penggunaan Tanah, Badan Pertanahan Nasional, Bogor. Supriatin, L S 2001, Mendayagunakan Atmosfer Untuk Sumber Energi, Berita Dirgantara, Vol. 2, No. 1, Maret 2001, Jakarta.

233

[B-06]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

234

[B-07] ENERGY-EFFICIENT STRATEGY IN JAVANESE TRADITIONAL HOUSE

Mohammad P. SOEDJARWO1

ABSTRACT: The tropical climate regin has a spesific issue, there is indoor discomfort. It emerged from this regin, highly moist condition and high air temperature. Unconsciously the climate consideration plays the important role to the creation thermal comfort and sustainability of the building. In order to improve the sustainability of tropical houses, it is desirable to maximize the utilization of the openings of roof houses role on the building envelope by passive means. Natural ventilation is one of passive cooling strategies. Natural ventilation in Javanesse traditional buildings in tropical climate use to reach thermal comfort. Therefore, emerged problem in this research are, how far the roof element based of Joglo in natural ventilation so forming a comfortable room. This paper contains about the roof element of the house of Joglo-based as natural ventilation element This research using the computer simulation based on The CFD program (Computational Fluid Dynamics), it use to tracking pattern and the air movement direction also amount of air velocity and air direction in object of ventilation of the roof house based-Joglo. And, the result of this research can show that, on the open roof modification condition, roof ventilation of the roof house based-Joglo Mangkurat able to add the indoor air rate velocity, that value between 0.4 until 0.5 m/s and giving the indoor majority cooling effect, between 0.5OC until 1.0OC.

KEYWORDS: Natural ventilation, Joglo roof house, roof ventilation design.

1 INTRODUCTION

Natural ventilation in buildings is intended to cool the body directly by convection across the skin and body, and absorption of perspiration. The air flow must be directed towards the living or occupied zones of a building. Air exchange may be done with some air velocity, but generally, low-velocity mechanical system designs have little direct effect on the human physiological cooling system to Transpperspiration. Openings in a building can be manipulated to increase or decrease the speed of the air movement. Often considered part of bioclimatic design, natural ventilation is effective for cooling buildings that are properly shaded and otherwise designed to suit local climatic conditions, such as air- and earth temperatures, relative humidity, daily and seasonal wind and breeze direction. In many locations and building types, these climatic design elements can provide the principal source of cooling comfort in buildings. Javanese traditional house has specific characteristics as an identity. That image can be used as range of design simulation for obtaining ventilation and thermal performance optimization. It must be done on that range, so the simulation design cannot ignore traditional image. Base on the traditional element study, the element of the traditional house which potential for ventilating optimization is building roof. These 3 (three) elements affect the amount of global solar radiation/global irradiance (w/m2). In addition, there are 2 (two) elements that have an influence on the amount of heat resistance, the type of roof covering materials and design of the roof space, with and without the ventilation. According Wonorahardjo (2000), based on the analysis of the time lag in building houses type 45 of tropical humid, the roof ventilation can be affect the performance and thermal balance in the room of the house.

Lecturer of Architecture Department, University of Pembangunan Nasional Veteran East Java, Indonesia.

235

[B-07]
Behavior is influenced by the principles of roof heat rate, where the roof construction, fully accept the heat from solar radiation, so that the amounts of it determined by the location, then the main orientation and the latter is the slope of the roof. The description of the selection of objects and background underlying this research, supported by research conducted by Satwiko (2005) that reviews the basic theories used and the potential of the object you want selected and the presence of an opportunity that will be achieved, associated with wind movement patterns within and outside the building which has implications for thermal condition of the building. 2 THEORY REVIEW

According to Liddament (1996), stated that in order to determine a configuration of the openings, variations in natural ventilation in general depend on use of driving force/driving force of the wind and temperature difference between the inside and the outside, although it is a variable, but will not produce the satisfactory design, it is without taking into consideration: 1. Indoor temperature 2. Substitution of the average air in one hour 3. The dimensions of effective ventilation Regarding to the driving force of Liddament (1996), also said the natural ventilation controlled by wind thermally, moving out pressure. The planning on natural ventilation strongly influenced by this force respect to size and position openings. According to him, driving force is influenced by several elements, namely: 1. Wind Pressure: The wind entered the building and induces a positive pressure on windward face and negative pressure in the opposite direction in the area woke up on the sides of buildings. 2. Temperature / Pressure Stack: Stack effect is built as a result of difference between the temperatures, hence air and water density, between inside and outside of the building. It is produce an imbalance in the pressure gradient of inside and outside of air masses which is the result in an outside vertical pressure which is the result in a vertical pressure difference. When the indoor temperature is greater.

Source: Allard, 1996 Figure 1. Single-Zone wind pressure and air temperature

236

[B-07]
Than the outdoors, the air passes through the openings at the lowest level of building and through out the openings at the highest level. The humid tropical climate conditions that have temperatures and the high humidity cause be a specific problem. The specific problems are overheating, where the conditions outside of the building above the comfort temperature is in need of human. Passive cooling efforts made in achieving this are to minimize the heat that comes in to the room. To achieve these conditions is to minimize impact of climatic condition unfavorable. The things that should be addressed: 1. Minimizing heat into the room: break into the heat rate in space. 2. Using wind flow into the building to remove the accumulation of heat occurs. Referring to above strategy, the focus of this research is in the building ventilation system/utilization of the wind flow into the building that occurred in the critical month, where air temperature reaches highest point (the hottest) is in a period. This system is passive cooling design strategy, most optimal in humid tropical climates, where is the potential temperature and high humidity (Szokolay, 1980). Air speed is important in cooling people. The faster the air moves the more moisture and heat it will take away from our bodies by evaporation. We can get maximum air speed just inside an inlet by having a small inlet and a very large opposite outlet. The common and intuitive idea of placing windows to face the breeze doesnt work best. The ratio of the inlet to outlet determines the speed of the airflow. If we have a small inlet opening, say 1 sq. ft. (.09 sq. m) and a large outlet, say l2 ft. sq. (1.1 sq. m), we could generate a pretty fast breeze. And if we put our rocking chair up next to the smaller hole, we would get a good cooling breeze right on our nose. Of course, back in the rear of the building near the outlet, the breeze would be pretty slow and we wouldnt want to put our rocking chair there. The best compromise for good air speed throughout the interior is to have the outlet about 10 percent larger than the size of the inlet. While air speed is important, the quantity of air moved through the interior (air change) is the most important factor, and that is accomplished with inlets and outlets about the same size. We shouldnt confuse air speed for cooling people with air changes for cooling buildings. Obviously, for cooling people, we must get the breeze to them. If a breeze doesnt blow through the occupied living zone, then it cant be very helpful in cooling by evaporation. Likewise, if the moving air doesnt get to all the building surfaces, it wont cool them either 3 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

In a rectangular building with the inlet in the center of the windward fenestration, the air will tend to move straight through the opening. If the inlet is off-center, the breeze will tend to enter the opening and move off to one side. This happens because the air pressure on the exterior fenestration will be greater over the larger wall surface and smaller over the smaller wall surface, relative to the location of the opening. The pressure differences on exterior fenestration cause surface vectors, or currents that move along the surface of the building, seeking a way around or through. Projections on the fenestrationoverhangs, louvers, and columnscan alter these pressure differences further and change the way the breeze is forced into the inlet. As the breeze starts to flow into the inlet, the way the inlet is designed will also affect the pattern the air takes. In some tropical region countries, wind scoops have been used for hundreds of years to induce natural interior ventilation. These wind scoops rise above the roofs of houses to create pressure areas that pull the air into downstairs rooms, either down the scoop when the wind blows from one direction, or into windows and out of the wind scoop when the prevailing wind is from the opposite direction. Wind scoops do not push or force the air down the tower. Acting as Bernoullis theory describes, air movement into the interior is created by pressure differences that result from wind blowing over the Wind scoops and the building. A similar construction also used in the tropical region

237

[B-07]
to induce natural Airflow is the venting tower (see Figure 2). Here, the tower rises above the building roof to interrupt the wind and create a low-pressure area, regardless of the direction of the prevailing winds. The low pressure over this venting tower pulls air into the building from higher pressures below. This system may require opening of the lower windows toward a high-pressure area.

Source: Roaf, 2007 Figure 2. Winscoop of the middle easts house

Natural ventilation can provide comfort in all seasons, especially in summer when it can reduce or eliminate the high air temperature in tropical climates (see Error! Reference source not found.). Passive cooling is often required simply because a buildings unprotected window orientation or uninsulated roofs turn it into a solar oven, collecting more heat than is needed or tolerable. The effect is evident inside most any west-facing glass window-wall. Even when temperatures and local breezes create comfort conditions outside, design that ignores its climatic context will result in a building that is both uncomfortable and wastes energy.

Source: Roaf, 2007 Figure 3. Comfort zone modified to consider air movement

238

[B-07]
The wind flow inside the Joglos house, indicating the existence of leeward on the outside of the roof, with a speed of 0.2-0.3 m/s, or a difference of 0.6-0.7 m/s from the initial velocity. Wind speed coming into the Joglos house through the roof openings, ranging from the 0.5-0.6 m/s, then fell at a speed of 0.4-0.5 m/s, with a value of 27.5% of the percentage of the amount of wind speeds in the Joglos house as a whole. The architect designing a naturally ventilated building can be guided by the principles outlined here. When complex building forms are developed, the resulting pressure differences and air flow patterns will be difficult if not impossible to predict. The best approach is to test the proposed design with a scale model, introduced into a steady wind stream and analyzed with smoke tracers or other tell-tales. Best modeling results are achieved in a boundary-layer steady-flow wind tunnel as may be available at research laboratories and universities. Research citations and design application guidelines can be found in the references.

Figure 4. Wind-speed of Joglos house with roof opening

Figure 5. Wind-speed of the Joglos house with roof opening2

For 3D modelling, author used CFX 5 Ver.2.0s data

239

[B-07]

Figure 6. Air-flow pattern and wind-speed of Joglos house with the roof opening

CONCLUSION

Ventilation is an important removal mechanism (or sink) for contaminants. By replacing the air in a space periodically, the contaminants generated in the space are kept to lower concentrations. One air exchange the supply of a volume of air equal to the volume of the space - will generally result in the removal of about two-thirds of the concentrations of the air contaminants. Thus, more than a single air Exchange is needed to reduce concentrations to near zero. Therefore, whenever contaminants are generated at a point source, such as an appliance or an activity of an occupant, it is most effective to apply exhaust ventilation at that point. This prevents the contaminant from mixing in the air generally in the space. Apparently Joglos roof form and its opening are capable of producing additional air velocity and capable of lowering the temperature in the room even though all the windows are closed. With a decrease in air temperature in the room the amount of energy used to it and will also reduced and that is mean the efficiency of energy used is increasing. Referring to the conditions contained in the laws of thermodynamics that the air flows from areas of high air pressure to areas of low air pressure (Koenigsberger et.all, 1973) 5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

My special thanks to Allah SWT, my parents and to all of the people at The Postgraduate Program of The Naval Engineering Department and also The Postgraduate Program of Architecture Department, Sepuluh Nopember Institute of Technology, Surabaya, who provided useful nice and extraordinary. CFD Laboratories and class and finally to all of reviewers of this paper.

240

[B-07]
6 REFERENCES

Szokolay, S. V. 1980, Environmental Science Handbook for Architects and Builders, The Construction Press, Lancaster, pp 381 -383. Liddament, M. W. 1996, A Guide to Energy Efficient Ventilation, International Energy Agency (AIVC), The University of Warwick Science Park, Conventry, pp 71,73,78,79, 102,204-208 AEA Technology plc. 2002, Introduction to CFX-5, CFX International, AEA Technology plc, 8.19 Harwell Didcoot, Oxfordshire OX11 0RA, United Kingdom. Wonorahardjo, S. 2000, A Study of Roof Ventilation Types and Their Influence on Indoor Thermal Comfort. SENVAR 2000. edt: Santosa, M, Laboratory of Architectural Science and Technology, Department of Architecture, Faculty of Civil Engineering and Planning, ITS Surabaya. Koenigsberger, O, Ingersol, T.G, Mayhew, A and Szokolay, S.V. 1973, Manual of Tropical and Buildings. Part 1: Climatic Design , Bombay : Orient Longman Housing

Aynsley, R.M., Melbourne and Vickery 1977, Architectural Aerodynamics, Applied Science Publishers, London, pp 132 -135. Allard, F. 1998, Natural Ventilated Building A Design Handbook, James and James Science Publishers, London, pp 32-33. Roaf, S, Fuentes, M, and Thomas, S. 2007, Ecohouse: A Design Guide, Elsevier, Architectural Press Publishers, Amsterdam. Lam, K., Satwiko, P., and Kim, A. 2005, Assessment of Physical and Computational Airflow Analysis and Evaluation Tools for Building Design. Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance Portland, Oregon.

241

[B-07]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

242

[B-08] RESOURCES CONSUMPTION ASSESSMENT TO ACHIEVE FUTURE GREEN OF PRINCE OF SONGKLA UNIVERSITY, SURAT THANI CAMPUS
Piyamas SAMSUWAN1 and Somtip DANTERAVANICH2

ABSTRACT: Prince of Songkla University (PSU), Surat Thani campus is one of 5 campuses of PSU, the oldest university in Southern Thailand. The long range goal of PSU is to promote education for a sustainable future, both local as well as global. Green philosophy is one of the approaches for sustainable environmental management of the university. Green university initiatives could be most successful when everyone is engaged, including students, lecturers, and staff. However, the university managers should start to monitor their resources used. This study was conducted in order to evaluate some key environmental issues concerned with the resources consumption due to teaching and learning activities in PSU, Surat Thani campus. This article presents the survey results on the consumption of paper, water, electricity and fuel used in PSU, Surat Thani campus. An investigation of resources utilization and its management was conducted in 2011-2012 by using questionnaires, field survey and secondary data obtained from the university. The current performance of materials and energy consumption and its management as well as some obstacle were also reported. The results reflected the based line of key performance index, current status and problems of resources utilization of the university. It was reflected that the most critical problem at present was due to ineffective utilization of both materials and energy. Comments centered around the sustainable solutions based on waste minimization/reduction principles for more efficiency of resources consumption management was addressed. Waste reduction/minimization from teaching and learning activity would save the university indirect costs, and reduced waste streams, as well as help to promote the environmental image of the university. This is one of the challenge environmental management in the university and help toward to green university. KEYWORDS: University, waste minimization, energy, water, paper, consumption, green university.

INTRODUCTION

Prince of Songkla University (PSU), was the first university to be established in Southern Thailand. The universitys objective was to extend opportunities for tertiary education and support development in the region. PSU consists of five campuses which offer multifarious education programs consistent with the need of the communities. Those of them are Hat Yai, Pattani, Phuket, Surat Thani and Trang campus. The university aims to establish excellence in researches, to provide academic services to communities as well as to take active role in preservation of national heritage in arts and culture, especially for those belonged to Southern Thailand. For over forty five years of existence, since its inception in 1967, with the stated vision of becoming a leading research-intensive university in Asia with the primary role of producing very capable graduates, providing excellent academic services and

1 2

Master student, Faculty of Environmental Management, Prince of Songkla University, Hat Yai Campus, Thailand. Assist Prof., Faculty of Science and Industrial Technology, Prince of Songkla University, Surat Thani Campus, Thailand.

243

[B-08]
actively involving in preservation of national heritage in arts and culture, Prince of Songkla University, has accomplished much of its objectives. Prince of Songkla University, Surat Thani campus was the fourth campus of PSU and has been enrolled the students since 1990. It offers a wide range of undergraduate and postgraduate courses in Science, Business, Education, Social Science and Arts. But in terms of size, PSU, Surat Thani campus was considered to be a small university with students of around 3,500 students in 2012 academic year. In PSU, Surat Thani campus, likes the other campus in PSU, the long range goal of it is to promote education for a sustainable future, both local as well as global. Green philosophy is one of the approaches for sustainable environmental management of the university. Green university initiatives could be most successful when everyone is engaged, including students, lecturers, and staff. With this philosophy, therefore, the university managers should start to monitor their resources used. However, it is apparent that there is inadequate of this information at PSU, Surat Thani campus. This study, therefore, is responsibility to investigate the existing such information. The study was conducted in order to evaluate some key environmental issues concerned with the resources consumption due to teaching and learning activities in PSU, Surat Thani campus. This article presents the survey results on the consumption of paper, water, electricity and fuel used in PSU, Surat Thani campus. An investigation of resources utilization and its management was conducted in 2011-2012. The current performance of materials and energy consumption and its management as well as some obstacle were also reported. In addition, recommendation to improve resources utilization by waste minimization approach was given. 2 METHODOLOGY

A survey at PSU Surat Thani campus was conducted in 2011-2012 in order to identify several resources used, included of electricity, water, paper, and fuel, and its existing management practices. The survey consisted of questionnaires, field visits, interviews and secondary data collection and analysis. The data of investigation for electricity consumption was carried out by using data from academic years of 2008-2011, together with a specific analysis in particular of teaching and learning activities by estimation from the electrical equipments/ tools or appliances installed in lecture/ laboratory rooms used in each semester during academic years of 2010-2011. Since, ground water was a major water source used in PSU Surat Thani campus. In addition some water supply was used in case of ground water was limited use due to the problem of pump failure. The water consumption determination was conducted by using data of water used monitored from the meters of each building for one year in 2011-2012. The data of water supply used during 2008-2011 was also collected and used for analysis for water consumption for teaching and learning activities in PSU, Surat Thani campus. Refer to paper utilization for teaching and learning activities, the data of paper purchasing during academic years of 2010-2011 together with photocopy expenditure of PSU, Surat Thani campus were used for analysis. The rest of fuel utilization, data collected from the fuel expenditure in 2010-2011 was used for the analysis. In addition the number of students involved in these resources consumption was collected and used for calculation. All secondary data used in this study, the authors officially requested them from PSU, Surat Thani campus. Besides this, the investigation of the students participation in energy and water saving in the PSU, Surat Thani campus was conducted. The methodology of this study was utilization of questionnaires to collect data. The target population of this study was all students in academic year of 2011 with the numbers of 3,012 students. The sample used to collect data was 97 students that were obtained by quota sampling from each student year level. The data analysis was conducted by using frequency and percentage.

244

[B-08]
In addition, during the study, field visits and interviews with the staff from physical building sector of PSU, Surat Thani campus were also undertaken in order to receive commend/ feedback on the opinions of either limitation or problems they faced. 3 3.1 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION

Figure 1 presents the profile of electricity consumption of PSU, Surat Thani campus during the year of 2008-2011. It was observed that electricity consumption increase every year. Looking in each semester, it was found that the first semester (during June to September) electricity was consumed higher than the second semester (November to February). During term break, electricity consumption was found to be lower, and was lowest in the 2nd term break. Table 1 presents the values of electricity consumption in terms of energy used and electricity expenditure. It illustrated that the university had electricity consumption by average ranging of 163,765-204,701 kW-hr/month during 2008-2011. This expenditure cost of 495,660-678,575 Baht/month (average value).
Electricity Utilization (kW-hr/month)

300,000 250,000 200,000 150,000 100,000 50,000 Jan Feb Mar

Year 2008 Year2009 Year2010 Year 2011

2nd term break

Api May Jun Jul Time Aug Sep

1st term break

Oct Nov Dec

Figure 1. Profile of electricity consumption during 2008-2011

Table 1. Summary of electricity utilization during 2008-2011 Items Electricity consumption (average) (kW-hr/month) Electricity consumption in the 1st semester (kW-hr/semester) Electricity consumption in the 2nd semester (kW-hr/semester) Electricity consumption in the 1st term break (kW-hr/ term break) Electricity consumption in the 2nd term break (kW-hr/term break) Expenditure of electricity consumption (average) (Baht/month) Year 2008 163,765 771,479 691,346 161,465 394,684 495,660 Year 2009 184,225 873,714 816,924 192,804 456,980 604,775 Year 2010 194,789 894,081 780,324 206,356 446,076 639,417 Year 2011 204,701 978,054 N/A 220,338 N/A 678,575

245

[B-08]
The electricity in the university was not used for only lecture and laboratory, but also used for several purposes, such as offices, student dormitories and lecturer residential building. Looking at electricity consumption for lecture and laboratory, it was found that around 25% of the total electricity used was utilized for this activity (see Figure 2). It was also note that laboratory activity utilized electricity lower than lecture activity. In addition, calculation of the index of electricity consumption per student per semester was conducted according to lecture activity. It was determined to range from 262 to 322 kW-hr/student/ semester or equal to an average value of 286 kW-hr/student/semester.

Ratio of electricity consumption in 1st semester, 2010

Ratio of electricity consumption in 2nd semester, 2010

Other 76%

Lecture and Laboratory 24%

Lecture 20%

Other 74%

Lecture and Laboratory 26%

Lecture 22%

Laboratory 4%

Laboratory 4%

Ratio of electricity consumption in 1st semester, 2011

Other 74%

Lecture and Laboratory 26%

Lecture 22%

Laboratory 4%

Figure 2. The proportion of electricity consumption in the university.

3.2

FUEL CONSUMPTION

PSU, Surat Thani campus had 11 vehicles, including bus, van, and sedan used for administrative work, students service, in particular field visit, and other. Data obtained during 2010-2011 reflected that the university consumed fuel both gasoline and diesel with the average value of 3,074-3,390 liters/month or with the average cost of 90,638-99,323 Baht/month as shown in Table 2. With respects to the fuel used for only teaching and learning of students, it was determined to be about 16 % of the total fuel used in the university (see Figure 3) or with in the range of 436-624 liters/month.
Table 2. Summary of fuel utilization during 2010-2011 Items Average fuel consumption for all activities (liters/month) Average fuel expenditure for all activities (Baht/month) Average fuel consumption for studentsservice (liters/month) 2010 3,391 99,324 624 2011 3,258 105,881 594

246

[B-08]

Student's service Student's service Administrative work and other Administrative work and other

16%

84%

Figure 3. The average proportion of fuel consumed in the university.

3.3 WATER CONSUMPTION Table 3 shows the average water utilization in the university. It was determined that the university consumed water with the average value of 17,689 m3/month or equal to 590 m3/day. With this number, it could calculate to be 40% of them used for teaching and learning activities. The rest of 60% was utilized for the living activity of both students and staff. From the calculation it was observed that with the living activity of students and staff, the water consumption rate was about 274 liters/day. This number is consistent with the normal water used of Thai people in the urban area who usually used modern utensils. Such water consumption rate was reported to be more than 200 liters/ capita/ day (Danteravanich et al, 2010). As mentioned before, PSU, Surat Thani campus used ground water as main source of water consumption. In some case the submerge pumps shut down, water supply needed to be used in placed of ground water. From the record in 2008-2011, it was observed that the highest amount of water supply used in place of ground water was up to 6,900 m3/month. This cost about 130,000 Baht/month. Using ground water, the direct expenditure cost only from electricity used by the submerge pumps. However, in case of water supply was used, the expenditure cost from water supply was also included. Cost of water supply is quite high with the average price of about 20 Baht/m3. Therefore, the effective maintenance of the submerge pump is one key of success to manage water consumption for the university, besides the good house keeping of the water supply system in the campus.
Table 3. The average of water utilization in the university Items Used for teaching and learning activity (m3/month) 9,386 3,311 6,970 Used for living activity (m3/month) 15,969 8,519 10,719 Total utilization (m3/month) 25,355 11,830 17,689

Maximum Minimum Average

3.3

PAPER CONSUMPTION

It proved to be difficult to categorize all aspects of paper consumption into clear sections in the university. However, this study was a comprehensive look at current paper consumption in PSU, Surat Thani campus, in particularly utilization of white paper with A4 size for teaching and learning activities. To better understand the amount of paper used, the inventory analysis of the paper expenditure data obtained from the university and the information from photocopy shops located in the university were collected and used to calculate.

247

[B-08]
It was determined that paper consumed for teaching and learning activities in the university were from two parts included of 1) the university responsibility and 2) the students. Table 4 presents paper consumption classified in each semester of academic year of 2010-2011. It was implied that the university consumed paper ranging of 1.3-1.8 million sheets/semester or equal to 6.2-8.5 ton/semester. However, looking at paper consumption only in teaching and learning activities via photocopy, the university used about 409,552-491,970 sheets/semester or equal to 1.9-2.3 ton/semester. This made the university had the paper expenditure ranging of 289,870-334,366 Baht/semester. In contrast, paper consumption responsible by students was determined to be 534-865 thousand sheets/semester. This was calculated to be 2.5 - 4.0 ton/semester. According to all calculation of paper consumption via photocopy responsible by the university and student, it was determined to be 4.4- 6.3 ton/semester. It is also found that the proportion of paper consumption for teaching and learning activities in the university used by students is about 63%, while the university is only 37% (see Figure 4).
Table 4. Summary paper consumption inventory Items 1st Semester, academic year of 2010 2nd Semester, academic year of 2010 1st Semester, academic year of 2011

In terms of consumption quantity 1) Responsible by the university -Total of photocopied paper used in all activities in PSU (sheets/semester) -Amount of photocopied paper used in academic supported by PSU (sheets/semester) - use for examination paper - other used - Amount of photocopies paper used in administrative work and others (sheets/ semester) -Total of purchased paper (sheets/semester) (use for all activities) 2)Responsible by students -Total amount of photocopied paper (sheets/semester) Total (sheets/semester) In terms of expenditure 1) Responsible by the university - Total expenditure of photocopied paper used in all activities in PSU(Baht/semester) - Expenditure of photocopied paper used in academic supported by PSU(Baht/semester) - Expenditure from purchased paper (Baht/ semester) 2)Responsible by students - Expenditure of photocopied paper (Baht/semester) Total (Baht/semester) *) ND: not determined

653,635 473,704 254,526 219,178 179,931 171,450

592,913 409,552 211,343 198,209 183,361 211,500

702,569 491,970 286,383 205,587 210,599 261,000

ND*) ND

533,688 1,338,101

865,059 1,828,628

276,904 200,678 34,290

247,570 171,008 42,300

282,166 197,585 52,200

ND ND

266,844 556,714

432,529 766,895

Figure 5 presents the profile of paper consumption responsible by the university in years of 20102011. It was observed that at the beginning of each semester, paper was consumed with high amount due to providing of course outline and handout. In addition, both midterm and final examination consumed a large quantity of paper. This paper usage will be increased with the number of students enrolled in the university. From the investigation, it was found that in each semester, paper was used for examination with in the range of 211-286 thousand sheets or equal to be of 0.98-1.33 ton. In

248

[B-08]
addition, by analysis for the index of paper consumption via photocopy, it was observed to be 67-88 sheets of paper used/student/subject.

37%

63% By the university By students

Figure 4. The proportion of paper consumption via students and the university

In the year 2011, the university has been used a control measure for paper consumption. The university provided only 1,000 sheets of photocopied paper for each lecturer in a year. This did not cover for quiz/ handout and course outline. With this control measure, it might help the decline of paper used in 2011as shown in Figure 5. Not only the control measure for lecturers photocopy, but also the university has been reduced paper consumption in terms of photocopy of course outline. Hard copy of course outline was not provided to students, but course outline in electrical material was prepared for the students. This practice has been started to use since the 1st semester of the academic year of 2012.

Amount of paper used from photocopy (sheet/month)

180,000 160,000 140,000 120,000 100,000 80,000 60,000 40,000 20,000 Jan Feb Mar Api May Jun Jul

Semester start

Year 2010 Year 2011

Aug Sep Oct

Nov Dec

Figure 5. The profile of paper consumption in the university

Looking at the reduction of paper consumption in the university, two side used paper is one option. Photocopy of paper used for examination and course outline conducted with simply way of one side used paper, it was consumed paper a lot. So, the universitys policy on 2 side used paper, in particular of photocopy should be strongly implemented. Like the success case reported by Amutenya and team (2009). They reported paper consumption in Rhodes University. It was reflected that used paper was not directly discharge as solid waste. Only 3% of them was discharged as solid waste but 79% was reused for students as lecture note paper. It also demonstrated that the university could save 10% of paper used per year via the ways of 2 sides used paper.

249

[B-08]
3.4 PARTICIPATION OF STUDENTS IN ELECTRICITY AND WATER CONSUMPTION

From questionnaire survey, the demographic characteristics of respondents obtained from 97 students in PSU, Surat Thani campus were analyzed individually into frequency and percentage. There were gender, age, education level, and income. The demographic characters of respondents can be described as follows. The majority of respondents were female which was 61% and the rest of 39% was male. The most of them had the age in the range of 20-23 years old (58%). The larger group of them was the third year students which was 35%. The major group of 33% had income in the range of 4,000-5,000 Baht/month. The study reflected that 67% of students were already known that university has established environmental policy to save water and energy consumption. But theirs opinion level on the clarity of the environmental policy of the university was determined to be at middle levels. Also the students mainly participated in such aspects that related to learning and teaching. It was found that 74 %, 75% and 35% of them participated to turn off the water tap after using, to turn off the lights before leaving the lecture room and to reuse the single-used paper as test papers and lecture note, respectively. For behaviors affected to resources consumption efficiency, it was found that 30%, 17% and 59% of the students had the behavior to flush the toilet before using, to adjust temperature of air conditioner in the lecture room to below/or higher than 25 C, and to copy of all documents that assigned by the lecturers, respectively. The results obtained in this study will be used in combination to evaluation with the technical study results on the materials and energy utilization in the university and use further to determine the measures used toward for green university development. 3.5 DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATION

Green university philosophy has been applied in many universities. Alshuwaikhat and Abubakar (2008) mentioned the definition and the approach of green university. They implied that several universities used this philosophy, but with the difference terms, such as green campus, green building, eco-urbanism, green urbanism and high performance building, etc. However, the goal was the same as for sustainability. In addition the difference approach in each university was found. Simkins and Nolam (2004) addressed that mainly green building and ISO 14001 were used for green university. Beside this, Lukman and team (2009) had an experience from environmental assessment of the teaching and learning activities of the Maribor University in order to achieve green university. They recommended to consider with building used related with teaching and learning activities, such as maintenance, water use, electricity consumption, paper consumption, etc. However, green university philosophy is learning institutions that promote both ecological and human health in a community by fostering environmentally responsible behavior. Whether an administrator, lecturer, other staff, or student has the ability to help the university becomes more green and sustainable. University managers can monitor their energy and water used. Lecturers can promote environmental education in their classroom curriculum. Students can start reusing and recycling materials to help waste reduction. Green university initiatives can be successful when everyone is engaged, including students, lecturers, and staff. How does the manager inspire and engage students and the university community to get involved and stay involved? We can try an environmental education. Environmental education helps build creative thinking and relationship skills, and fosters leadership qualities. Engage the students in learning about the resources that university consume -- and involve them in making consumption are more sustainable. If it could teach students of these lessons in precaution and sustainability, they can play an integral role in making the university, communities, and planet for more sustainable and healthy. Moreover, the buildings also serve as a teaching tool and related to the curriculum. As a simple put the buildings themselves to become a lecturer and the entire university is a laboratory green philosophy. Start by identifying the university strengths (recycling programs, reductions in energy use, etc.) and then plan for the future. Remember the 3 Es of sustainability when initiate programs; prosperous Economy, quality Environment, and social Equity.

250

[B-08]

CONCLUSION

It could conclude the resources utilization in PSU, Surat Thani campus as follows: The index of electricity consumption per student per semester was determined to range of 262322 kW-hr/student/ semester or equal to an average value of 286 kW-hr/student/semester. With respect to the fuel used for only teaching and learning of students, it was determined to be in the range of 436-624 liters/month. It was determined that the university consumed water with the average value of 17,689 m3/month or equal to 590 m3/day. With this number, it could be calculate into 40 % of them used water for teaching and learning activities. It was found that the university consumed paper in range of 1.3-1.8 million sheets/semester or equal to 6.2-8.5 ton/semester. However, looking at paper consumption only in teaching and learning activities via photocopy, the university used about 1.9-2.3 ton/semester. In addition, paper consumption responsible from students was determined to be 534-865 thousand sheets/semester or equal to 2.5-4.0 ton/semester. Moreover, by analysis for the index of paper consumption via photocopy, it was observed to be 67-88 sheets of used paper /student/subject.

Also it was found that students mainly participated in water and energy saving in the university. 74 %, and 75% of them participated to turn off the water tap after using, and to turn off the lights before leaving the lecture room, respectively. 5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The author would like to thank Graduate School, Prince of Songkla University, Hat Yai campus for financial support to conduct this study and to all staff and students in Prince of Songkla University, Surat Thani campus for providing information and full co-operation. 6 REFERENCES

Alshuwaikhat, M. H. and Abubakar, I. 2008. An integrated approach to achieving campus sustainability: Assessment of the current campus environmental management practices, Journal of Cleaner Production. Vol 16, pp :1777-1785. Amutenya, N., Shackleton, M.C. and Whittington-Jones, K. 2009. Paper recycling patterns and potential interventions in the education sector: A case study of paper streams at Rhodes University, South Africa. Resources, Conservation and Recycling. Vol 53, pp: 237242. Danteravanich, S., Siriwong, C., Chevagidagarn, P., Urkidatikan, P., and Tetaphattavorakul, T. 2010, Water Quality and Management, pp: 60-63. Lukman, R., Tiwary, A. and Azapagic, A. 2009. Towards greening a university campus: The case of the University of Maribor, Slovenia. Resources, Conservation and Recycling. Vol 53, pp: 639644. Simkins, G. and Nolam, A. 2004. Environmental management system in universities. Occasional paper for the environmental association for universities and colleges (EAUC).

251

[B-08]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

252

[B-09]

PEOPLES BEHAVIOUR IN THE MARKET WASTE MANAGEMENT: RAU MARKET, SERANG BANTEN
Retta SIAGIAN1

ABSTRACT: Domestic waste is solid waste from public places and households. Waste in the environment that is not well managed, is a serious problem. Locations around the Rau, Serang Banten was chosen as the research object because it looks grimy due to garbage. This study was conducted to find out the image of the filled-trash environment, how peoples behaviours in such environment and the cause of behaviour. The study was conducted with a qualitative descriptive approach. Data were collected by conducting interviews with people who have activity in an environment full of garbage, observing the situation on the ground, making photos. For secondary data, the information is obtained from internet and literature review. Analyses were performed on the results of data collection. The results concluded that the environment full of garbage waste is related to people's behavior and its causes. KEYWORDS: Solid waste, surrounding environment, garbage stream, peoples behaviour, regulation. 1 INTRODUCTION

Currently, in many cities, solid waste management come to the surface as uncontrollable problem. It increases and diversifies, following the increase of population and economic growth. The increasing of uncontrollable waste causes many problems in urban environment such as, to the aesthetics of a city, to the human health, and moreover it brings about disaster (methane gas explosion, land slide, air pollution). On the other hand, solid waste management which is conducted by the solid waste management agency, just focus to collect and deliver the waste to Final Disposal Site for final disposal without treatment. (State Ministry of Environment The Republic of Indonesia, 2008). Trash here is something that is not used, something that must be disposed of, primarily from human activities carried out but not biological because human waste is not included, and it generally solid (Azwar, 1990). Furthermore, waste management not comprehensive will trigger social problems, such as mass rioting, clashes between citizens, blocking the landfill facility (Hadi, 2004). From the observations made by researcher at the Market Rau, Serang Banten, garbage seen piled up near the merchandise stalls, piled in a ditch near the market, piled up in the streets and accidentally crushed by a passing vehicle, causing the road to be very dirty. Garbage piled up in the market not only of the market but also the disposal of household waste carried by the water flow and accumulate around the market. The problem here is to get the result of a review of the behavior of the community in areas that are considered problematic by the garbage, here is rau market. The purpose of this study is to conduct a review of the observations of the behavior of society in an environment littered with garbage and the cause of the behavior occurs, associated with existing regulations.

253

[B-09]
2 2.1 LITERATURE STUDY RUBBISH, WASTE, BARRIER

Based on the provisions of the regulations of waste management of banten province, rubbish or trash is limited as something that is not used, must be discarded and generally come from human activity (but not biological) which are generally in solid form. Household waste is trash that comes from a credible form of daily household. The kind of household waste is trash that does not come from household but come from neighborhoods, commercial areas, public facilities and other facilities (including public market). Of this limitation, the waste that being controled by this regulation, contains the principle here the object is solid waste that comes from human activities (rather than biological activity). Based on its constituent substances, the waste divided into organic waste such as food scraps that can be unraveled, and, unorganic waste such as plastic,metal. Until now, the common concept of waste management in Indonesia is still in the collection, transportation and final disposal (being well known as 3P). But, this 3P concept lead to new problem for the government,because of the addition of waste management facilities and infrastructures as not as fast as the rapid growth of trash piled that should be handled. Waste processing actually can be started from the source of waste to landfill. The first attempt to do is by reduce the sources of waste in terms of both quantity and quality. This effort needs community participation. (Faizah, 2008). Further management directed from producers to final disposal sites, by creating a temporary disposal sites, transportation and environmental management appropriate to the landfill. Furthermore, barriers for waste management is due to the rapid development of technology which not matched by the ability of communities to manage their waste (the more sophisticated types of waste disposed to society is not handled properly), the rising living standard of people which not matched by the alignment of knowledge about waste (increasingly affordable technology products height to the bottom of society, which unfortunately is not matched with advanced knowledge for the process waste), unefficiently waste management habits, lack of supervision and implementation of rules and lack of awareness of the community to participate. From the description above, the dominant factor becomes the bottleneck is the society itself that is of public behavior, either due to lack of knowledge or lack of awareness due to bad habits. It is hoped that the community as a source of generation at risk as a source of pollutants, to participate in the waste management system (Syafruddin, 2004). 2.2 THE THEORY OF BEHAVIOUR

There are some theories put forward,namely: The Instinct Theory, first announced by McDougal as a pioneer of social psychology. According to him, the behavior is caused by instinct, which is innated (inborn) and amended because of the experience; The Encouragement Theory (drive theory), this theory is dotted reject the theory that the organism has a specific impulse, which is related to the needs of the organism and encourages the organism to behave. When the organism has a need and want to meet the needs it will rise tension in the organism, wherein the organism behaves and can meet their needs, there will be a reduction of the impulse; The Theory of Incentives (Incentive theory), theory dotted boost in self-starting organisms is related to incentives, the incentives will encourage the organisms act or behave, and last; The Attribution Theory, this theory proposed by Fritz Heider cupped the field of social psychology, which describes the causes of behavior, whether due to internal disposition or by external circumstances. Thus, the related problem of garbage, human behavior in the face with a trash can dive to understand the theory above. As for the factors that influence behavior, may be predisposing factors (habits, knowledge, traditions, beliefs), enabling factor, as well as a strengthening factor (reinforcing factor) such as attitude and behavior of officers. Here the behavior is understood as something that can be changed. How to change behavior is to form good habits, cognitive learning, the use of role models. The process of behavioral change can occur naturally, planned or willingness to change. (Machfoedz, Suryani, in Lasma Rohani 2007)

254

[B-09]
2.3 BANTEN PROVINCIAL REGULATION NO.8 YEAR 2011: WASTE MANAGEMENT

Banten province has local regulations on waste management, which was set up in Serang on December 2011. This law has 17 chapters and 40 Articles, and additional explanation of the rules sheet. It clearly state at the regulation, that one of the basic consideration why the law is being declared, is the need to change the community attitudes towards waste and sustainable waste management. The detail of desirable attitude is not given there, however, the rights and obligations in the chapter, confirmed that each person (individual, group of persons, legal entities) is obliged to reduce and handle waste in an environmentally sound manner, reduction of waste from the source, using waste as a resource and energy sources, as well as keeping the environment clean and maintain. Furthermore, every person in waste management across the district / city from residential areas, commercial areas, public facilities and others are obliged to do waste segregation, providing temporary landfills and waste management. While the right of each person is, get a good waste management services, utilizing and managing the waste to economic activities, participate actively, obtaining correct and accurate information, get protection from the negative impacts as well as coaching will get environmentally sound waste management. This guidance is the responsibility of local government. Local governments also provide compensation related to the use of land as a place of waste integrated management, and incentives and disincentives, in the form of incentives to people who do the best innovations in waste management and reporting on violations of the ban, and disentif who violates the prohibition against violation of rules or waste handling. Any person is prohibited to enter the waste to the province that is not to be managed in an integrated, cross waste management districts / cities without the permission of the governor, and forbidden to hoard garbage or recycle waste resulting environmental damage. Community is expected to play a role in providing proposals, formulating policies and providing advice and dispute resolution solid waste. Any person who violates the prohibition in, shall be confinement of 6 (six) months or a fine of fifty million dollars. 3 METHODOLOGY

This research was conducted with a qualitative approach with descriptive study presentation of data in the form of words. Data collected by the botom-up approach with the consideration that the aim was to obtain an overview review people's behavior, done by conducting interviews with people around the market and direct observation to the field with the aid of photo documentation. For secondary data, information search conducted through the internet and library research. Analyses were performed on data collection, conducted a qualitative analysis tool is the theory of behavioral / local regulations on waste, and the thinking component. 3.1 FLOW OF THOUGHT

The Flow of thought can be followed as being describe by the figure below.

CAPTURED SITUATION

PEOPLE BEHAVIOUR

THE CAUSES

PROBLEMS IDENTIFICATION BEHAVIORAL THEORY/REGULATION

Figure 1. Flow of thought

255

[B-09]
4 4.1 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION PICTURE OF THE SURROUNDING SITUATION AT THE SITE

Serang city struggled to cope with garbage. The market Rau is grimy due to garbages.

Figure 2. Photos of lots of garbages at Rau (The arrow shows that the garbage stream is crossing under the street)

Figure 3. Photos of garbage temporary disposal and the cart

Figure 4. Photos of The Beacons of The Ban, Which Were Found in Considerable Numbers Around Rau Market, But Were Ignored by The Surrounding Community

256

[B-09]

Figure 5. Photos of pilled of garbage (Inside and outside the market, in the waterways, spreads to hundreds meters from the market)

As shown in the photo documentation of the results of the market rau, Serang Banten, garbage problem is a problem that is still happening. New regulations on waste management has been around since 2011. However, these provisions are not properly socialized, especially in the down economy to the people, who considered here is represented by the market traders. From interviews with some traders and buyers, some thought he ever heard there are rules, but some other not. Some traders even also could not understand because can not read or write. The traders confess that they throw garbage piled around the stalls, because the garbage disposal are far enough away, and that they thought there were garbage carts that will pick up the trash that has accumulated. Based on observations around the site, there was trash carts that operate in the area around the market, however, it seems that the capacity is less than the volume of waste market, because the garbage was scattered mess. Officers who manage the waste market, said that the market garbage is collected twice a day, the afternoon and evening, and brought each a two-tub by two trucks came to haul garbage to the dump in the area gunungsari. Waste management has been done is the collection, transportation to the landfill, or being commonly known as 3P. For sorting and processing waste, has not been done. Thus, if the review is based on theory, this condition is potentially problematic in the future. Garbage collection is done on the area inside the market only, because the officer is an employee of the contractor market, while the streets around the market area, is said to be the affairs of local government officials. Based on the regulation of waste management, to supervision of waste management is the governor.Vegetable stall market areas are located in the rear area of the market seemed to have the largest volume of waste. Also seen the piles of garbage in waterways that pass near the market area under vegetables, but in plain sight, a pile of garbage in waterways near the market is not only composed of vegetable waste, household waste but also waste from settlements Griya Gemilang is also traversed the waterways. Based on the results of tracing the waterways, along the stream was filled with household garbage disposal to heap the highest volume is on the waterways near the vegetable stall. Around the pile of rubbish, it appears there are many signs to ban the trash, building a building above the water line, until the warning of the possibility of gas explosions in the area due to the buildup of waste gathering and disposal of household waste market is not far from the pressure gas pipeline high that it is forbidden to dump and burn rubbish in the area. But apparently, the presence of garbage piles at the locations to sign the ban was a condition of everyday life, so that people do not seem too concerned about the existence of such between the garbage and trash disposal of household waste market, namely that the area used to be flooded in the rainy season, however, a condition in which the local government,

257

[B-09]
according to pengojek, dredge waste of water channels is at least twice a month, unfortunately, not followed by self-managed initiative to clean up, because when questioned further, it seems to remain surrendered to the government's waste management alone.
Table 1. Analysis For The Picture of The Situation, People's Behavior and Its Causes, As Well As The Problem, in terms of Behavior Theory / Regulations on The Waste Management Captured situation Garbage strewn all over around the market stalls, street, drainage, so far from market There is no trash can near the shanties People are accustomed to buying and selling food around the pile of junk A decorative signs alone, there are even eroded the board ban People behaviour Community behave with indifference littering The causes Rule ignored Problems Regulations are not enforced properly

Traders piled rubbish to the street, with no concern regardless of the condition of garbage strewn around

Inadequate facilities

Bad habits are maintained

The public does not realize the rights that belong to them Get used to bad situation, remove good instincts Behaviour theory/ Banten Provincial Regulation No. 8 Year 2011 : Waste Management *SOCIALIZA TION *SUPERVISION *RIGHTS *OBLIGATIONS *INCENTIVES *DISENTIF *BAN *FINE

people keep taking out the trash despite signs ban and ignoring the signs the surrender to the conditions

Rule ignored

Regulations are not enforced properly

There are 13 waste collection carts, but four of it is out of function. Garbage piled up in the waterways that pass under

The ignorance of management

The public does not realize the rights that belong to them. The incentive is not moved them, yet.

the indifferent

People confess do not like the garbage stream because its flooding in rains, but, they resigned just

5 5.1

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS CONCLUSIONS

Identification of the images obtained are garbage piling up in the flow behind the market is the type of waste generated by the market, primarily from vendors selling vegetables. The other type, there is garbage at times also in the form of waste tanga. Thus, concluded the buildup of waste is due to its location adjacent to the local market housing, but does not perform proper waste management garbage, where people tend to behave indifference littering, no concern with dirty environtment, regardless, ignoring the signs tires, surrender to the bad condition, indifferent, who are all bad behavior in managing waste. People do not care and lack of awareness of the condition of rubbish strewn around

258

[B-09]
the time of the transaction in a pile of garbage. People are still around and garbage piled up garbage littering the streets spill. Sign for this prohibition is not to make people obey. Similarly, waste management regulations, apparently still not known, understood, let alone run. Markets make a simple waste management and waste management facilities are also inadequate when compared to the volume of waste. Also found to form a passive behavior had a negative condition. From the results concluded that the market around a pile of garbage associated with negative (or bad) behavior in the community to manage waste. Negative behavior is made possible on account of the lack of enforcement of waste management area (which has actually been set up inside of them it socialization, supervision, facilitation, rights and obligations, incentives and disincentives, as well as the prohibition and associated fines for waste management). 5.2 RECOMMENDATIONS

Conclusions based on these findings, it is suggested, to create a beautiful and orderly environment, society's negative behavior (here the community surrounding area Rau) in waste management, need to be addressed by enforcing the application of local regulations on waste management. 6 REFERENCES

Azwar, Azrul. 1990. Pengantar Ilmu Lingkungan. Mutiara Sumber Widya. Jakarta. Bagong Suryanto and Sutinah.2006.Metode Penelitian Sosial.Kencana.Jakarta. Bungin, Burhan, 2003, Analisis Data Penelitian Kualitatif: Pemahaman Filosofis dan Metodologis ke Arah Penguasaan Model Aplikasi, cetakan pertama, PT.Raja Grafindo Persada, Jakarta. Faizah.2008.Pengelolaan Sampah Rumah Tangga Berbasis Masyarakat,UNDIP,Semarang Hadi, Sudharto P., 2005, Demensi Lingkungan Perencanaan Pembangunan, Gadjah Mada University Press, Yogyakarta INDONESIA. Peraturan Daerah Provinsi Banten nomor 8 tahun 2011 tentang Pengelolaan Sampah. Rohani,Lasma.2007.Perilaku Masyarakat dalam Pengelolaan Sampah di desa medan.,USU repository Syafrudin, CES, Ir. MT, 2004, Model Pengelolaan Sampah Berbasis Masyarakat (Kajian Awal Untuk Kasus Kota Semarang), Makalah pada Diskusi Interaktif: Pengelolaan Sampah Perkotaan Secara Terpadu, Program Magister Ilmu Lingkungan UNDIP State Ministry of Environment The Republic of Indonesia. 2008. Practical Guidance for Waste Separation Vining, R Aidan, David L. Weimer. 1999. Policy Analysis, Concepts and Practice. 3rd Edition. New jersey, prentice hall, Inc.

259

[B-09]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

260

[B-10] ROLE OF PASSIVE AND ACTIVE STRATEGY IN GREEN BUILDING CONTEXT

SAHID1, SURJAMANTO W2, Sugeng TRIYADI3

ABSTRACT: In order to provide comfortable living environment without burdening the environment, architect can make buildings with passive or active strategies. The passive strategy applied laws of building physics passively to achieve harmony between the outside and inside environment. In contrast, an active strategy to implement artificial conditioning. Both of which play an important role in today's modern buildings. Could each system stands alone without the support of another system or should we combine those two strategies. This research will be conducted by comparing the advantage and the lack of each strategy. This research will help us to understand the role of passive and active system. This research will also give benefit to the development of green building because optimizing and conserving energy is one of the green building concept KEYWORDS: Green building, passive system, active system. 1 INTRODUCTION

William (2007) states that sustainable design (sustainable design) is a green design that uses sustainable energy (renewable energy). He also noted that green design incorporate the mechanical system with high performance technology, but still rely on a non-renewable energy. Thus, the principal difference between sustainable design and green design lies in the origin of energy sources. Green building as a product of green design was not considered a sustainable building, if still use a non-renewable energy although it has been applying the principles of efficiency and energy conservation. In contrast to William, Wonoraharjo (2012) formulated the principles of sustainable and green difference lies in the concern for humans. Green building concern to the environmentally friendly and energy friendly principles. A sustainable building goes beyond green building, concern also to human friendly principles, beside environmental friendly and energy friendly. The relationship between sustainable and green building depicted in Figure 1. Related to green design, William (2007) emphasized that the green design utilizing environmentally sensitive materials, creating a healthy environment that does not adversely impact either before, during, and after the process of manufacturing, construction and demolition. Wonoraharjo (2012) agreed that the concept of sustainable green covers the entire project life cycle from idea to demolition. A green design will be useless if the material manufacturing process, construction process, utilization process, demolition process, does not consider the concept of green as well. Furthermore Mc Lennan (2004) stated that the application of green design in buildings and products need to consider several elements, namely; a. Understanding of climate and place b. Load / energy reductions c. The use of the free energy (renewable energy) d. Effective use of technology
1 2

Architecture Department, Universitas Pembangunan Jaya, Bintaro - Tangerang, Indonesia SAPPK, Department of Architecture, Building Technology Research Group, Indonesia

261

[B-10]

Sustainable Building
PROJECT LIFE CYCLE

Kriteria Sustainability

DESIGN

CONSTRUCTION

OPERATION

DEMOLITION

SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN

ENERGY:

SUSTAINABLE OPERATIONAL

SUSTAINABLE MATERIAL

ENERGY FRIENDLY

GREEN BUILDING GREEN BUILDING

SUSTAINABLE BUILDING

ENVIRONMENT: HUMAN :

ECO FRIENDLY

HUMAN FRIENDLY

Source: Wonorahardjo, 2012 Figure 1. Sustainable dan green building scheme

In line with the statement of Mc Lennan, because green building (green building) offering high comfort, healthy interior quality, energy efficiency and energy generation, awareness of the life cycle and the economic considerations Bauer (2007) stated that the application of green building require some considerations, namely: a. Climate b. Level of comfort and performance of buildings c. Shape, orientation and building envelope d. Protection of the sun, glare and noise e. The use of daylight and natural ventilation f. Material and finishing materials are environmentally friendly g. Minimization of environmental impacts h. Energy efficiency and energy generation i. A healthy environment j. Water efficiency and conservation By considering the above discussion, the matters considered by the green building can be divided into two parts, Energy Friendly and Eco Friendly. 1.1 CONSIDER ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION (ENERGY FRIENDLY)

Hegger (2008) every effort to have a room conditioned requires energy consumption. We could save the energy by minimizing energy requirement and optimizing energy supply. The energy will be

262

[B-10]
needed to activate certain effort, such as: heating, cooling, ventilation and lighting. We need strategy to use energy to fulfill the human comfort. Sarte (2010) states that energy utilization strategies for green building include: a. Reduce energy demand through design b. Using energy efficiently c. Selecting a source of sustainable energy d. Reducing carbon emissions Added by Sarte (2010) that efforts to reduce the building's energy needs can be done by: a. Development footprint analysis (site analysis) b. Clearly defining the needs and project objectives c. Match the available energy in the site Because every site is unique, the architects task is to find and adopt the most suitable energy applications. Integration of the building and site will produce a building with the following characteristics: a. In harmony with its environment. b. Answering the demands of the environment c. Delivering value, comfort and more inspiration for the residents 1.2 MINIMIZING NEGATIVE IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT (ECO FRIENDLY)

Abidin (2010) suggested several strategies to protect the environment, namely: a. Building site selection and utilization Selection of sites related to spatial planning, as well as utilization. Location used for production (rice) for example, must be maintained in order to maintain the availability of food supplies. Utilization can also be done by enlarging the portion for green areas or uptake, and build as needed to avoid as little as possible ketidakterpakaian available space. b. Selection of material The use of the limited availability of material will need to consider the nature and impact on the environment if the material is used. Difficult material found in nature is in place for restricted use. And materials that are proven to bring harm to the residents it should not be used again. c. Saving water use The savings can be made by reducing the amount of water need as much as possible, and then can reuse water that has been used for other purposes, as well as the process recycles waste water to be reused. These savings can be done either during construction and during operation d. Reduction of pollution (impact) on the environment Maximum reduction of building polution and its impact on the environment can be done at construction and utilization stages. Construction methods should be directed to minimize environment

263

[B-10]
destruction, reduce air pollution (dust, CO2), and noise pollution (noise during construction). At operational stage, we should also reducing the amount of garbage or waste thet we produced every day. Agree with Abidin, Wonoraharjo (2012) stated that the criteria for the environment related to the three aspects, namely: a. The use of raw materials Building materials that meet the requirements of environmentally friendly should be a renewable material, can be returned to nature with ease and no side effects to the environment. Renewable requirement means that the material is possible to be produced again. As for ease of return to nature when the use of organic materials-cellulose. Side effects such as trapping of heat and also the damage to the natural conditions on the process of exploitation should be minimized or eliminated b. Construction process The construction process was short process compared with the manufacturing of raw materials and operating the building, but in that brief moment the process using a lot of energy, building materials, other natural resources and also the emission of pollutants with high intensity. For that reason, it is necessary to control this process so that environmental conditions can still be maintained. c. Operational Buildings At this stages, there are two main strategies which are passive and active strategies. Both strategies can be used simultaneously to fulfill the required environment quality

GREEN BUILDING STRATEGY

To obtain the expected comfort, there are two strategy options, which are the strategy of passive and active strategies. 2.1 PASSIVE STRATEGY

Strategies to obtain optimal comfort as well as take advantage of the surrounding environment by designing buildings so that the energy would be minimize and wiithout the use of electro-mechanical system called a passive strategy. The strategy could be building orientation and building shape and the selection of an appropriate building envelope material. Passive strategy requires a role of architects to design buildings that are able to anticipate the conditions outside the building in order to get comfortable environment for the user For humid tropical areas like Indonesia, the strategy is to seek how the heating of buildings due to solar radiation can be prevented, without sacrificing the needs of natural light. Sunlight consists of light and heat will be utilized only the light component and dismissed the heat. Beside utilization of sunlight, wind utilization in the form of building ventilation settings are also explored to obtain the optimal thermal comfort. The Low Energy Architecture Research Unit (LEARN) of London University in Metropolian Comfortable Low Energy Architecture website states that the use of passive strategies through the following basic strategies:

264

[B-10]
a. Understanding of climate and climate zones b. Identification of the comfort zone c. Identify the source of heat d. Optimization of conditions mikroklimatik e. Defining the characteristics required for the configuration of buildings and building envelope Further stated that passive strategies can be used for building cooling by utilizing the natural ventilation to take the heat out of the building (convective cooling) and out of the human body (physiological cooling). Sarte (2010) states that the use of passive strategy can improve the energy performance of buildings. Passive strategy can be done through: a. Building design and building orientation b. Landscape planning to create the desired microclimate c. Selection of an appropriate building envelope d. Design natural ventilation e. Selection of building materials f. Use of low-emittance glass g. Installation radiant barrier h. Use a bright or reflective colour According to Wonoraharjo (2012), passive strategies are used primarily to meet the demand for thermal and visual environment and carried out by means of optimizing the design of the building envelope. For the thermal environment, a passive strategy is done by heating avoidance and building cooling. Efforts to avoid the heat carried by regulating building orientation, self shading, shadowing by vegetation, as well as shadowing by buildings in the area with high building density. Another possible way is to organize the material heat capacity, heat transmission, and the material surface characteristics such as texture and color. While cooling the building done by the convective cooling through the use of space vents, roof vents, wall vents etc. In general it can be concluded that the passive design strategies include: 1. Site planning a. Landscape elements b. Landscape pattern 2. Building design a. Building configuration Building orientation Building shape

b. Building components Glass / wall Sunshading

265

[B-10]
Since the passive strategy in a such way trying to optimize the environmental conditions so the advantage is reducing energy required to conditioned the room and at the same time it means reducing the carbon emissions. On the other hand due to origin of a passive strategy to utilize the surrounding conditions surrounding the acquired buildings input will be varies. It affects the resulting room comfort conditions are sometimes less than desired or otherwise excessive. 2.2 ACTIVE STRATEGY

Active strategy is the strategy of utilizing the conditioning room with electro-mechanical equipment to obtain the required level of comfort. Almost all utility systems in building can use the active strategy such as air conditioning systems, transportation systems, fire protection systems, plumbing systems, audio systems, cleaning systems bangunan. Especially for thermal environment, according to Wonoraharjo (2012), the active system is used for: 1. Artificial air circulation 2. Ventilator 3. Humidity regulator 4. Air cooler On air conditioning systems, active strategy are used for the purpose of lighting, cooling or space heating, and ventilation systems. On lighting systems, active systems are used to illuminate the room, especially at night. In addition to illuminating the room, lighting is also used for aesthetic interest. Selection of lighting type, position and duration of use are the key considerations for optimal performance. On cooling or heating systems, active strategy are used to cool the room with cool air and running it into the room with the desired temperature. For optimal performance required a selective effort to choose the type of electro-mechanical equipment compared with building characteristics and comfort requirement. Since active strategy use a variety of electro-mechanical equipment for building conditioning system so the defficiency is the large amount of energy required and also emissions. Large energy consumption also means a greater financial expenditure. While the advantages of the use of active strategy is the ease to obtain comfort conditions as expected. Ease of use is what makes the choice of an active strategy to be attractive even though the cost is excessive. 3 STRATEGY OPTIONS

The existence of passive and active strategy in buildings used to fulfill comfort requirement. Consideration to use passive and active strategy in green building related to energy efficiency (energy friendly) and minimizing the impact on the environment (eco friendly). Alternative of using those two strategy are: 3.1 OPTIMIZING ONLY PASSIVE SYSTEM

A building can be designed only with memepergunakan passive strategy only. Problems that appear is limitations of passive strategy to fulfill comfort requirement, sometimes less and sometimes excessive. A building that rely only to natural lighting will having a problem when the night comes. Likewise thermal conditions, during the day, the temperature in the room could be not as hot outside the room but still not comfortable enough to do the activities in it. Even if ventilation is used to flow the hot air inside the room, the desired comfort conditions remain unachieved because the speed of the wind sometimes too low. At that condition, human needs to justify himself with the actual conditions.

266

[B-10]

3.2

OPTIMIZING ONLY ACTIVE SYSTEM

Conversely, we can also design a buildings that use fully active strategy. That building could cover the entire outer surface with a solid wall and use artificial lighting to accomodate activities inside. Similarly, with the natural ventilation, we could also replace them with artificial. Room temperature can be controlled with air conditioning. The problem which arises is the amount of energy required and the emissions resulting from all active strategy. What we have to do is selecting the right active strategy in order to get a minimize energy consumption. Human role to reduce energy requirements can be done by setting minimum standards of comfort. 3.3 COMBINING PASSIVE AND ACTIVE SYSTEM

The option to combine active and passive systems is a logical choice. Both systems can work together to realize the expected comfort conditions. The question that arises then is what the system is first considered. Is a passive strategy is optimized before the active or otherwise applied active strategy first and passive strategy followed. 1. Active first. Reliability of an active system for conditioning the building can not be denied. We could just specify criteria for the comfort that we need and then the active strategy will soon make it happen. Active strategy offers a wide choice of ways to realize comfort condition with electro-mechanical equipment. If we place the active strategy first then the role of a passive strategy is only complements the existence of an active and use to reduce energy consumption a little bit or just using passive strategy for the sake of aesthetic or just to be seen as green building. 2. Passive first. If we choose to place passive strategy first before active strategy, then the role of passive strategy is to optimize the surrounding environmental conditions for the benefit of indoor activities while the role of active strategy is to improve indoor quality as it needed. Wonoraharjo (2012) mentions the need for cooperation between passive and active strategies, which use or activate the active strategy when the passive strategy is fully optimized. We could design a building in a such way to maximize natural lighting and in certain places that are less or not get the light can be covered with artificial lighting. Artificial lighting will also work at night because of the absence of a light source outside the building. Likewise with natural ventilation, we could maximize the passive strategy by utilizing the potential outdoor conditions and improve the comfort quality by the active strategy. Ken Yeang (2005) mentions at least 5 'mode' in building operation to fulfill the comfort condition which are: the passive mode, mixed mode, full mode, productive mode and composite mode. In line with Wonoraharjo, Ken Yeang is also suggested to optimize the passive mode first before activating the other modes. 4 CONCLUSION 1. Utilization of passive mode or passive strategy optimally before switching modes to another strategy is the right choice in order to obtain optimal comfort without consuming energy excessively. This option is appropriate to optimize the surrounding environmental conditions in order to fullfil comfort requirements with efficient energy consumption. 2. Green building is a statement in a friendly with nature, not dependent on the conditioning strategy is passive or active.

267

[B-10]
3. Both passive and active strategies have the technological developments that are increasingly friendly to nature. 4. Engineering design of green building is an optimization application of both strategies in harmony. 5. This combined strategy could be used in all climatic condition, include humid tropical climates such as in Indonesia. 5 REFERENCE

Bauer, Michael. 2007, Green Building, Guide Book for Sustainable Architecture, Springer, Berlin Bougdah, Hocine dan Sharples, Stephen 2010, Environment Technology and Sustainability, Taylor & Francis, New York Frick, Heinz dan Suskiyanto, Bambang. 2007, Dasar-dasar Arsitektur Ekologis, Kanisius, Semarang Hegger, Fuchs dan Zeimmer, Stark. 2008, Energy Manual, Sustainable Architecture, Birkhauser, Basel Lechner, Norbert. 2007, Heating Cooling Lighting, Raja Grafindo Persada, Jakarta Mc Lennan, Jason F. 2004, The Philosophy of Sustainable Design, Ecotone Publishing, Bainbridge Mendler, Sandra F., Odell, William., Lazarus, Mary Ann. 2006, The Guidebook to Sustainable Design, 2nd ed, Hoboken NY Sadineni, Suresh B; Madala, Srikanth; Boehm, Robert F 2011, Passive Building Energy Saving, A Review of Building Envelope Components, Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, Vol 15 Issue 8, Pages 3617-3631 Sarte, S Bry. 2010, Sustainable Infrastructure: The Guide to Green Engineering Design, John Wiley & Sons Inc, Hoboken, New Jersey Sharma, Anupama., Tiwari, K K Dhote R. 2002, Climatic Responsive Energy Efficient, Passive Techniques in Building, Eighteenth National Convention of Architectural Engineers, Jaipur William, Daniel E. 2007, Sustainable Design : Echology, Architecture and Planning, John Wiley & Sons Inc, Hoboken, New Jersey Wonoraharjo, Surjamanto 2012, Metode Penilaian Bangunan Hijau, disampaikan dalam diskusi Teknis Metode Penilaian Bangunan Hijau di Puslitbangkim Cileunyi 2012 Yeang, Ken 2005, Green design in the hot humid tropical zone

268

[B-11] NEW APPROACH POSSIBILITIES OF USING A SIMPLE LIGHT REFLECTION FOR SAVING ENERGY IN URBAN BUILDINGS
SURIANSYAH Y1, GUNAWAN R2

ABSTRACT: Many building corridors in urban areas need natural and artificial light. If natural light is unutilized optimally, then using artificial light will consume energy almost all night long and even along the day. A new lighting design approach is needed due to energy efficiency. There was a simple technology that actually has been used since ancient Egypt era, but nowadays it was ignored and as if deprived from urban culture, called as lighting by mirror reflection. Based on an experimental study, this paper discusses the new approach possibilities of using a simple mirror reflection along building corridor for saving energy on lighting provision. Using simulation methods, light reflection of 1:50 scale model as a miniature of 1.2 x 24 x 2.5 m3 building corridor has been examined. The perfect reflection could effectively reach up to 24 meters long corridor. It means that only by using one light source or luminary, a corridor can be fulfilled by proper light. From the study result, it can be concluded that renewing an old way to a new approach can bring back the energy efficient in urban culture. It is very important for our, especially urban future. KEYWORDS: New approach, energy efficiency, light reflection. 1 INTRODUCTION

Study of various technologies on energy efficient buildings continue to be developed in order to support global energy savings. Often the technologies are developed by using advanced equipment with recent technology. This study tried to revive the old technology in ancient Egypt, which is a reflection of parallel light beam by using a mirror. This technology was developed according to the context of the urban buildings current needs. Though many findings in a simple way and the equipment, it is considered outdated, neglected, and even forgotten.Urban buildings, especially that using of the double loaded room configuration have a long corridor with minimal natural lighting conditions. This problem is often solved by the use of artificial lighting, even on the day time. By applying the concept of reflection, the corridor that does not get natural light is expected can implement an efficient artificial lighting strategies. From a single light source lamp can be forwarded as deep as possible into the room fits with the desired reflection pattern that is designed with a specific aesthetical atmosphere. The purpose of this study is the use of parallel beam reflection that comes with using a mirror so that the obtained reflected light can serve to provide illumination as well as aesthetic elements in the corridor of a building at once. The hypothesis of this study is the parallel light beam can be reflected to a depth of 24 meters by applying the principle of total reflection by using a mirror. This study is an experimental method using a 1: 50 scale model in which the parallel light beam is represented by the light from the laser pointer.

1 2

Senior lecturer, Architecture Department, Parahyangan Catholic University, Indonesia Lecturer, Architecture Department, Parahyangan Catholic University, Indonesia

269

[B-11]
2 PRINCIPLES OF LIGHT EMISSION

When the light through the boundary of two media then there are three events that can occur are: reflection, absorption, and transmission. 2.1 REFLECTION

Reflection is event when light strikes on and bounces back from a surface. The amount of light that is reflected on a surface is indicated by the amount surface reflectance factor (p) which is the ratio of reflected light flux to the received light flux on the surface. There are various kinds of reflection that depend on surface properties, namely: specular reflection; diffuse reflection. 2.1.1 Specular reflection

Specular reflection is a reflection of special events. This reflection follows Willebrord Snellius law of light incidence angle i is equal to the reflection angle m. This incident occurred on flat and plane surface such as mirror. Specular reflection events can be seen in Figure 1.

Figure 1. Specular reflection

2.1.2

Diffuse reflection

Diffuse reflection is a reflection of the usual event occurs. The light that comes on a surface is to be reflected in spreads, but still around the reflection corner when it is reflected by specular reflection. Diffuse reflection events can be seen in Figure 2.

Figure 2. Diffuse reflection

To visualize the differences between specular and diffuse reflection, consider two very different surfaces: a smooth mirror and a rough reddish surface. The mirror reflects all of the components of white light (such as red, green, and blue wavelengths) almost equally and the reflected specular light follows a trajectory having the same angle from the normal as the incident light. The rough reddish surface, however, does not reflect all wavelengths because it absorbs most of the blue and green components, and reflects the red light. Also, the diffuse light that is reflected from the rough surface is scattered in all directions (Davidson, 2008).

270

[B-11]

Figure 3. The differences between specular and diffuse reflection

2.2

ABSORPTION

Absorption of light is an absorbed event by the material. Absorption value depends on characteristics of materials. Light absorption by the material can be seen on the absorption factor () of the ratio of absorbed light flux to the incident light flux. 2.3 TRANSMISSION

Transmission is the incident light propagation through a medium into another medium. The light will experience refraction when passing a medium that has a different refractive index. Light will be refracted closed to normal line when entering a medium with higher refractive index and will be far from normal line when entering a medium with lower refractive index. In the event of transmission there is a transmission factor () which is the ratio between transmitted light flux to the flux of light that comes on the material. 3 LIGHT DISTRIBUTOR SYSTEM

Light distributor is a tool to channel the light in space after the light is captured. The most basic form of channeling is an empty channel. The phenomenon of light distribution was first introduced by John Tyndall in 1870. Tyndall directed the light in a vessel of water and when water is passed through a hole in the vessel of light was delivered throughout the flow of water. In 1870, before members of the prestigious British Royal Society, Tyndall demonstrated how to guide a light beam through a falling stream of water. His method is shown in Figure 4. The tank of water had a horizontal pipe extending out one side which allowed water to flow out in an arc to a collection pan on the floor. A bright light was directed into the pipe and the light rays traveled within the water until they were broken up by the turbulence of the water hitting the collection pan (IFO, 2002).

Figure 4. To guide a light beam through a falling

271

[B-11]
Special study of channeling light is more and more developed. It has been doing some experiments of light delivery techniques, include by: pipe tunnel (Fachrizal, 2008) and flat mirror. Reflector tunnel module is designed to transmit natural day light (direct sun rays and sky light) to provide illumination in the building. But it still has some weaknesses like dimension, aesthetical form, and uneasy to install. This study elaborates the other system, which is light channelization system using some flat mirrors to channel light to the place that was about to lit. This distribution can be described as follows.
centralized light beam roof

mirror M1

wall

beam seperator

mirror M2

Figure 5. Light channeling technique using a mirror

From Figure 5 can be seen that a straight beam of light emanating from the light source on a flat mirror M1 is reflected in the direction of a flat mirror M2. Meanwhile, part of the light beam is directed to another part (a room) by dividing the light beam that is in between mirrors M1 and M2. Imperfectness of this system is in the amount of light that is not transmitted until the end of the system output and the composition of distributor mirror if a long-distributor is needed. 4 EXPERIMENTS AND FINDINGS

The experiment was performed using a 1:50 scale model. Corridor of the building that is used for this experiment has 1.2 meters width to 24 meters long corridor. The shape of reflector mirror is an isosceles right triangle that is placed on the corridor wall and forms a 45o angle to either side of the corridor wall. The mirrors are arranged facing each other so that the reflected light coming perpendicular to the next mirror surface plane. Source of parallel rays of light are represented by a laser pointer. The distribution of the mirror reflector location at analogous position to a hotel or apartment door or room module.
Resource of parallel light beam

Figure 6. Configuration of the model on the corridor plan

272

[B-11]

Figure 7. Conditions of the model before the experiment was conducted

The experimental results show that the beam of parallel light can be reflected according to the initial hypothesis. This invention is useful for the efficient use of light as artificial light sources those are often used in buildings. Of a light beam sources, obtained 12 reflections, forming an interesting visual element configuration. The reflection can be effective as far as 24 meters.

Figure 8. Photos of the reflectivity result

Figure 9. Photo shows the reflectance of the laser light can be reflected until the end of the corridor

Further research is needed to be developed to measure how much the reduction of lighting levels that is occurred after the beam of parallel light reflecting many times. This finding can be developed also with the experimental use of concave and convex mirrors, as well as experiments using other elements that have the power of the reflected light. 5 CONCLUSION AND APPLICATION

This finding is a kind of old technology reinvention becomes applicable and suitable to meet the demands of today's global issues. As well as the discovery of effective ways that had disappeared from the urban culture. The results of this study can be applied to the lighting in corridors, outdoor circulation in the park, parking circulation in basement, and other applications that require light but do not actually need a high enough quantity. The concept of reflection can be developed and integrated with the interior design and landscape design of an outdoor space.

273

[B-11]

Figure 10. Simulation of application on a corridor

RECOMMENDATIONS

This research can be developed so that the system can be made to be a part of the functional aesthetic elements of corridors and circulation paths design that require illumination in relatively low light levels. In addition, the results of this study can be developed in related to the use of material pieces to be used as mirror reflector unit. Industry can be developed also in the form of a module element of interior materials reflective unit that is ready to plug in the corridor of the building, or in the other room elements such as floors, walls and ceilings. Various configurations of the reflection unit can be developed to obtain the variation pattern or motif elements of visual aesthetics. Selection of color combinations can be developed to give effect to a more interesting visual aesthetic. 7 REFERENCES

Fachrizal, N. 2008, Pemandu Cahaya Matahari untuk Pencahayaan Alami di Bangunan. Jurnal Sains dan Teknologi Indonesia. Volume 10. Nomor 3. Desember 2008. pp 142-148. Available online: ejurnal.bppt.go.id/ejurnal/index.php/jsti/article/download/728/672. Accessed on 4th August 2012. -,-. 2012, Physicstutorials. Available online: http://www.physicstutorials.org/home/optics/opticsreflection-refraction-mirrors-cheat-sheet. Accessed on 4th August 2012. Article about Willebrord Snellius. Davidson, Michael W. 2008, Reflection of Light. Molecular Expression. USA: The Florida University. Available online: http://micro.magnet.fsu.edu/primer/lightandcolor/reflectionintro.html. Accessed on 4th August 2012. IFO. 2002, Tyndalls Historical Experiment. USA: Industrial Fiber Optics, Inc.

274

[B-12]

PROBLEMATIC OF HIGH-RISE BUILDING FLATS IN INDONESIA BASED ON THERMAL COMFORT AND FIRE SAFETY PERSPECTIVES
Wahyu SUJATMIKO1,2, Hermawan K. DIPOJONO3, SOEGIJANTO4, and FX. Nugroho SOELAMI5

ABSTRACT: In relation with Indonesian government program called 1000 towers program the numbers of High-Rise Building Flat (RUSUNAMI) have increased significantly since 2007. For Indonesia's tropical conditions with high temperature and humidity, that RUSUNAMI towers raise new issues regarding thermal comfort and fire safety problems. In Indonesian regulation No. 20/2011 about Multi-Stories Building, it is stated that the RUSUNAMI should have the Certificate of Acceptance Function or the SLF (Sertifikat Laik Fungsi). One of the requirements that must be fulfilled in SLF is the reliability requirement, which cover: safety, health, comfort, and convenience. Passive design of building envelope of the RUSUNAMI is considered to be able to give significant contribution to the achievement of the reliability requirement. Two RUSUNAMI buildings in Bandung and Jakarta have been chosen this work. These cities are representing two different climatic conditions and passive fire system. For thermal comfort,field measurementsof thethermal conditions were carried out. The next step, prediction of thermal comfort was carried out by usingASHRAEThermalComfort software. The results are then compared to the adaptivethermal comfort. For fire safety, flashover prediction was firstly calculated. Observation on the existing mean of egress and potentialspread of firethroughopenings was made. The results show that the passive system ofthe sample building can be used to fulfill partly to thermal comfort based on adaptive approach. For fire safety, it looks that the sample buildings cannot be evaluated yet, since different interpretation on the written regulation has happened in practice. Therefore more detail studies are still required to improve the existing regulations. KEYWORDS: Thermal comfort, natural ventilation, high-rise building flat, fire safety. 1 INTRODUCTION

To overcome the obstacles for providing the urban residential needs, Indonesia government has launched the 1000 Towers Program, i.e. the construction of the high-rise building flat for low income people (over 8 floors to 20 floors) with technical support by the Regulation of Ministry of Public Works no. 05/PRT/M/2007 concerning the Technical Guidelines for the Construction of the High-Rise Building Flat (I-ARCH, 2007) and is known as RUSUNAMI (Prosperous Ownership Flats) (Koto, 2011). The numbers of RUSUNAMI have multiplied since it was first constructed in 2007. For Indonesia's tropical conditions with high temperature and humidity, that RUSUNAMI towers raises new issues regarding providing energy to thermal comfort and fire safety problems. In Indonesian regulation No. 20/2011 about Multi-Stories Building, it is stated that the RUSUNAMI should have the Certificate of Acceptance Function or the SLF (Sertifikat Laik Fungsi). One of the

Doctoral Student of Engineering Physics Department, Faculty of Industrial Engineering, Bandung Institute of Technology, Indonesia 2 Researcher, Research Institute for Human Settlements, Ministry of Public Works, Indonesia 3 Lecturer of Engineering Physics Department, Faculty of Industrial Engineering, Bandung Institute of Technology, Indonesia 4 Lecturer of Engineering Physics Department, Faculty of Industrial Engineering, Bandung Institute of Technology, Indonesia 5 Lecturer of Engineering Physics Department, Faculty of Industrial Engineering, Bandung Institute of Technology, Indonesia

275

[B-12]
requirements that must be fulfilled in SLF is the reliability requirement, which cover: safety, health, comfort, and convenience. Manybuilding developershave changed the earliest term of RUSUNAMI to become APARTMENT termin order to increase the demandof non-subsidized people (middle class buyer) due to the price is still considered as expensive for low income people. The high price of the building construction and early design which does not utilize natural ventilation, have made the people to have to pay higher operational cost buildings with air conditioning (AC) in order to obtain a comfortable residential conditions. To overcome that condition, theIndonesian regulation No. 20/2011 states explicitly thatthe RUSUNAMI developer must to provide 20% of the commercial unitsof the built RUSUNAMI for low income people, which called as public RUSUNAMI. If this provision is not fulfill, a fine of 20 billion rupiah or 2 years imprison is applied. To get thermal comfort and fire safety especially in public RUSUNAMI, passive design of the building considered as first priority.This paper presented the results of initial measurements of thermal and fire safety conditions in the BB RUSUNAMI in Bandung and GPV RUSUNAMI in Jakarta. There are two kinds of approach to thermal comfort; i.e. static and adaptive models. Static model of thermal comfort is the classical model of thermal comfort, the use of thermal indices such as PMV (predicted mean vote) (Fanger, 1970), which can be calculated by ASHRAE Thermal Comfort software. Thermal comfort solution to the classical model is generally using air conditioning, which is not a passive design. On the other hand, the adaptive model (i.e. an option method of ASHRAE 552004) is more suitable to the understanding of passive design (Sujatmiko et.al., 2012). A review of adaptive thermal comfort for respondents of naturally-ventilated residential landed-house (Sujatmiko, 2007) showed that Indonesian respondents differentiate two comfort conditions, namely as thermal neutrality and thermal preference. Thermal preferences desired by the respondents are lower than thermal neutralities. According to Sujatmiko (2007) the values of the neutrality are Ta = 27.3 oC, ET = 29.4 oC, SET = 30.1 oC, DISC = 1.7, TSENS = 1.1, and PMV = 1.1, while the preference are Ta = 25.3 o C, ET = 27.3 oC, SET = 27.2 oC, DISC = 0.8, TSENS = 0.7, and PMV = 0.5. The results of Sujatmiko et al (2011) to the respondent of the building flat in Pasar Jumat and Kemayoran show that the neutrality values are at Ta = 29.2 oC, ET = 29.6 oC and PMV = 1.14 which means the respondent expecting the values lower than the average measured values Ta = 30.1oC, ET = 31.4oC, and PMV = 1.66. The preference values are Ta = 27.9 oC and ET = 27.2, and this is lower than the neutrality. Respondents received thermal conditions up to 31.0 oC. The other SLF requirement is fire safety. According to the regulation of the Minister Public Works Regulation No 05/PRT/M/2007, building mass of the RUSUNAMI is preferably double symmetry, therefore current practice many RUSUNAMI were built with double loaded corridors. For reliability of fire-related technical provisions, the regulation stated that the RUSUNAMI must have both passive and active fire protection systems. Passive system requirements must comply with Indonesian national standards related to procedures passive protection systems and procedures for planning of the mean of egress. While active system requirements include: fire extinguishing system (portable fire extinguisher, sprinkler, fire hydrant and hydrant pillar), fire detection and alarm systems, smoke control systems, and fire control centers. In these regulations are not described clearly the provision of each of elements of the protection system; it just mention that for details please refer to related Indonesian standards. This condition makes the methods of providing fire protection system are different in practice. However, this paper focuses on the performance of the use of passive protection system. As comparison, according to the code NFPA 101 (Cote, et all, 2009), RUSUNAMI buildings are categorized as high-rise buildings, i.e. buildings with floors occupancy with more than 23 m from the lowest level of access to fire trucks. High-rise buildings facing some problems as follows (NFPA 101):

276

[B-12]
the potential to deliver widespread of smoke throughout the building floor caused by stack effect, difficulty in evacuation, and difficulty in extinguishing operation by firefighters. As stated in NFPA 101, high-rise buildings should be protected by using sprinkler and class I hydrant for the entire building, it must be mounted detection systems, alarm and communications related to the evacuation (partial or total), emergency lighting and standby power supplies, and emergency command center. Besides that, NFPA states the danger in RUSUNAMI is sleeping occupant activities, cooking, and level of familiarity with the building environment. Two RUSUNAMI buildings in Bandung and Jakarta have been chosen this work. These cities are representing two different climatic conditions and passive fire system. For thermal comfort, neutral temperatures are calculated first. Then field measurements of the thermal conditions were carried out in the BB RUSUNAMI-Bandung (see Figure 1) in February 2012 and in the GPV RUSUNAMIJakarta (see Figure 2) in March-April 2012. Measurements were made on condition without rain and it is expected to represent the hot condition of occupancy. The data obtain are inside and outside condition of the dwelling (temperature, wind speed, and relative humidity). The next step, prediction of thermal comfort was carried out by using ASHRAE Thermal Comfort software. The results are then compared to the adaptive thermal comfort.

(a) the measurement location of Block D

(b) Block D floor plan and the exit location

Figure 1. The 3D image of BB Bandung RUSUNAMI building

(a) the measurement location of Block F

(b) Block F floor plan and the exit location

Figure 2. The 3D image of GPV Jakarta RUSUNAMI building

For fire safety, possibility of the occurring flashover, was firstly calculated. This work need the data of the openings, room geometry, and minimum fire load of building compartments (Buchanan, 2009). It should be noted that the existing condition could be more severe than the minimum fire load. The other observation needed is looking at the existing means of egress and potential spread of fire through the openings.

277

[B-12]
2 2.1 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION THERMAL COMFORT

The results of thermal comfort calculation presented in . In Figure 3, for the BB RUSUNAMI-2nd floor unit, various thermal comfort parameters is shown for 24 hours. If the minimum requirement of the air flow of 0.1 m/s is applied, then the static thermal index shows that the condition of the room is still comfortable. The problem is, that the measured air movement is smaller than 0.1 m/s. The other fact is that the building mass configuration is found to be ineffective in capturing the air flow. This requires the use of fan to increase air movement. It needs electrical energy which means does not comply with the passive design concept. If the concept will be implemented, therefore cross-ventilation should be used. If the air temperature results listed in Figure 3 compared with the neutral temperature according to ASHRAE 55 for Bandung, i.e. about 25 oC (Sujatmiko et.al., 2012), then the room temperature is still around ASHRAE neutral temperature; this is close to the thermal preference determined by Sujatmiko (2007 and 2011). The results for the BB RUSUNAMI-21st floor unit in Figure 3. Comparing the temperature at the 2nd floor and the 21st floor, as shown in Figure 3, it appears that at the 21st floor the temperature is higher than the 2nd floor. On contrary, the relative humidity (see Figure 4) at the 2nd floor is relatively more humid from that at the 21st floor. Under these conditions, at the entire part of the 21st floor is still comfortable, except for the measurement at noon time which shows a slightly uncomfortable. However, by using a fan it could become comfortable. Thus the basic problem of the 21st floor of a residential unit is the same with of the 2nd floor, where the passive design concept that is not well implemented.

Figure 3. Comparison of indoor air temperatures on the 2nd floor and the 21st floor in the BB RUSUNAMI

In relation with the prediction of the standard ASHRAE neutral temperature, the air condition is still in the neutral zone of 80% ASHRAE comfort (Sujatmiko, 2012). If the results listed in Figure 4 when compared with the results of actual mean vote based on the work of Sujatmiko (2007) (thermal preference Ta = 25.3 C and thermal neutrality Ta = 27.3 C), it looks that the room thermal conditions could still be within the range of thermal comfort.

278

[B-12]

Figure 4. Comparison of indoor air relative humidity on the 2nd floor and the 21st floor in the BB RUSUNAMI

The calculated thermal comfort results for Jakarta are presented in Figure 5 and Figure 6. The calculation was carried out in the south room of the 6th floor unit of GPV RUSUNAMI with windows open and closed windows. In Figure 5, for the open window condition, the existing system of openings creates cross ventilation, but the indoor wind speed was under 0.1 m / s, which does not create thermal comfort. By using fan, the minimum air movement 0.1 m / s, can be achieved. With the speed of 0.1 m/s, some conditions are still slightly uncomfortable and uncomfortable. Comfortable conditions obtained between 23:00 to 6:00 hours. Between 10:00 to 16:10 hours, the addition of substantial winds (0.6 - 0.8 m / s) must be accompanied by the setting of clothing and activities to obtain thermal comfort. In this study, the effect of altitude on wind speed was not measured. It is better if the effect of floor height on wind availability and room air temperature can be observed.

Figure 5. Comparison of indoor air temperature in the south room of the F740 unit of 6th floor in the GPV RUSUNAMI at the measurement when the windows is opened (date 15-16 March 2012) and closed (date 16-17 March 2012)

Comparison of room temperature conditions with open and closed windows are illustrated in Figure 5. It should be noted that these measurements are not performed simultaneously, but consecutively with different outdoor conditions. It looks at the condition of the windows open, the temperature is relatively lower. The relative humidity with the window open and closed is illustrated in Figure 6. It looks a small different results at the beginning and the end of the measurement. With the addition of air flow through using fan to achieve wind speed of 0.1 m/s, the calculation results show that all

279

[B-12]
conditions are still not comfortable, except for the measurement at 4:00 am. It requires a wind speed between 0.65 to 1.75 m/s in order to get the thermal comfort.

Figure 6. Comparison of indoor air relative humidity in the south room of the F740 unit of 6th floor in the GPV RUSUNAMI at the measurement when the windows is opened (date 15-16 March 2012) and closed (date 16-17 March 2012)

For Jakarta, the overall static thermal comfort predictions shows that thermal comfort requires a large amount of air flow. Furthermore, when compared with the predictions of neutral temperature by ASHRAE 55 in March and April, i.e. is about 26.4 C (Sujatmiko, 2012) it looks that all room air temperature are above the neutral temperature, but it is still within the 80% zone of adaptive thermal comfort ( 3,5 of neutral temperature). Meanwhile, when compared with the results of actual selection of respondents (actual mean vote) based on Sujatmiko (2007) and (2011), all the conditions were in the neutral temperature and above the value of the thermal preference. However, it is still within the acceptable range of respondents (maximum temperature still acceptable is 31 oC). The maximum temperature based on Sujatmiko (2011) needs further examination due to differences in the characteristics of respondents and the results of preliminary study (in 2011, interview was conducted to respondents of simple flats (RUSUNA) that are designed naturally ventilated building). At present the object of study is about RUSUNAMI buildings, which looks were not designed properly of utilizing natural ventilation. However, based on the adaptive thermal comfort approach, it is possible to optimize the passive system (building envelope) to obtain thermal comfort. Based on the study above, to fulfill the design objective of thermal comfort in RUSUNAMI buildings, a passive design based on performance criteria should be develop. This passive design could adopt adaptive thermal comfort approach, instead of static thermal comfort concept. 2.2 FIRE SAFETY

It is presented the calculation results to predict the possibility the occurring flashover inside room. With the existing fire load and structure of the geometry of room space and openings, it looks flashover is possible to occur. This condition will be more severe if the effect wind, building height, etc., are taken into account. Variation of the life style of the occupant could increase the fire load. Generally occupants modified the room, for example applying interior coatings (Figure 11), which will surely increase the fire load. Other aspect of passive fire safety is the position of the openings, both vertical and horizontal, which could spread the fire. Generally active smoke control systems have not been provided well in the openings. Placement of utilities shaft either horizontally or vertically for double loaded RUSUNAMI,

280

[B-12]
can take in two concepts. The first concept is that vertical shaft located near the corridor utility which integrates with horizontal shaft for the BB RUSUNAMI as shown in Figure 7. This concept needs considering the potential dangers of the spread of fire smoke in the corridor and its impact on life safety. The second concept is to separate the vertical shaft and horizontal shaft, by putting a vertical shaft on the outside of the rear of the building and the horizontal shaft right at the top of the corridor as applied to RUSUNAMI GPV (see Figure 8). Although the last concept is relatively more secure to reduce the spread of smoke in the building corridor, but outside building envelope is also dangerous to the spread of smoke by the external wind. Implementing both concepts need to be studied further since those do not provide fire smoke control system.

Vertical shaft

Horizontal shaft

Corridor
Figure 7. Layout sketch of the typical arrangement of corridors, vertical and horizontal shaft of the BB RUSUNAMI

Vertical shaft

Horizontal shaft Corridor

Figure 8. Layout sketch of the typical arrangement of corridors, vertical and

horizontal shaft of the GPV RUSUNAMI Another aspect of passive fire safety that needs attention is the placement system exits as part means of egress (definition according to NFPA 101). For the BB RUSUNAMI, as shown in Figure 1. (b), the fire exit placed on two sides of the building corridor to avoid creating dead end paths (definition according to NFPA 101). As for the GPV RUSUNAMI, as shown in Figure 2. (b), the composition of the existing exit creating a dead-end path. NFPA 101 does not define clearly the maximum distance a dead end path because it depends on the hazard characteristics and the characteristics of the occupants of the room space. Thus the case of a dead end corridor is necessary to be studied further. Another thing is the concept of smoke control at exit (fire stair wall). The BB RUSUNAMI applies the concept of natural ventilation, where the fire stair wall are openings, where it could dilute the smoke. It is important to conduct further study about the effect of natural ventilation, wind and smoke dilution. Another thing to be noted, without fire doors at entrance exit, NFPA 101 provision that calculates the escape distance, is not fulfilled. Another concept that implemented in GPV

281

[B-12]
RUSUNAMI, is the use of closed shaft (draft-tight) with the fire door. However, such concept does not install a fan to pressurize the fire stair wall to prevent the incoming smoke. Looking at the above mention, the lack of detailed safety regulations relating of the development of the RUSUNAMI in Indonesia, make various interpretations in building practice. To overcome this, fire safety performance criteria should be formulated first. The next, relevant passive design should be formulated and developed (refer to the SFPE concept, 2007). The results obtained can be used to complement the Regulation of Ministry of Public Works No. 05/PRT/2007. 3 3.1 CONCLUSION THERMAL COMFORT Passive design criteria for Bandung should be different with that for Jakarta since both cities have different neutral temperatures. Thermal condition for Bandung is within the range of static and adaptive thermal comfort, however the measurement results at RSUNAMI BB show that the implemented passive design system was not optimal. By using static thermal comfort approach, thermal comfort for Jakarta is difficult to be achieved. This is contrary if using adaptive thermal comfort approach. The results at RUSUNAMI GPV show that the passive design was also not optimal and it needs a stronger air flow. Passive design system based on adaptive thermal comfort performance criteria need to be develop to fulfill the initial purpose of building RUSUNAMI for low income people FIRE SAFETY Fire load of the existing building compartment is potential to create flashover. To control the spread of fire smoke, the existing two shaft modes (horizontal and vertical) needs to be properly implemented since both modes do not utilizes smoke control systems. Configuration the exit and fire stair wall protection can create dead end paths and a long evacuation distance. Fire safety performance criteria for RUSUNAMI need to be develop further and to complement the Regulation of Ministry of Public Works No. 05/PRT/2007.

3.2

REFERENCES

ASHRAE 55 2004, Thermal Comfort Standard, ASHRAE, USA Buchanan, A.H. 2009, Structural Design for Fire Safety, New York, John Wiley and Sons. Cote, R and G.E. Harrington (edited) 2009, Life Safety Code Handbook-NFPA 101 2009 Edition, Massachusetts, NFPA Fanger, O. 1970, Thermal Comfort, McGraw-Hill. Brager, G.S. and R. de Dear, 2001, Climate, comfort, and natural ventilation: a new adaptive comfort standard for ASHRAE Standard 55. Proceeding Moving Thermal Comfort Standards into the 21st Century, Oxford Brookes University, Windsor, UK.

282

[B-12]
Indonesian Regulation No. 20/2011 on the Multi-Stories Building. I-ARCH 2007, Rumah Susun Indonesia Architecture Magazine Ninth Issue, Jakarta, PT. Grasindo Mediatama ISO 7730 2005, Ergonomics of the thermal environment Analytical determination and interpretation of thermal comfort using calculation of the PMV and PPD indices and local thermal comfort criteria, ISO, 2005 Koto, Z.S. 2011 Politik Pembangunan Perumahan Rakyat di Era Reformasi-Siapa Mendapat Apa?, Jakarta, The HUD Institute. Regulation of Ministry of Public Works No. 05/PRT/2007, The Technical Guidelines for the Construction of the High-Rise Building Flat. SFPE 2007, SFPE Engineering Guide to Performance-based Fire Protection, second edition, NFPASFPE. Sujatmiko 2007, Adaptive Thermal Comfort Study in Naturally Ventilated Building in Indonesia, Magister Theses, Engineering Physics, ITB. Sujatmiko 2011, Residents and Thermal Response Plan Sheath Model for Residential Thermal Comfort, case study houses in Malang, Ambon, and Balikpapan, and flat of Pasar Jumat and Kemayoran Jakarta (Respons Termal Penghuni dan Rancangan Model Selubung untuk Kenyamanan Termal Hunian, Studi kasus rumah tinggal di Malang, Ambon, dan Balikpapan, serta Rusun Pasar Jumat dan Kemayoran Jakarta), Proceeding Kolokium 2011 Hasil Litbang Bidang Permukiman, Bandung 4 Mei 2011.

283

[B-12]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

284

[C-01] BASIN MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS APPROACH TO OFF-SET INFRASTRUCTURE INACCESSIBILITY UNDER RAPID URBANIZATION AND DUE WEAK GOVERNANCE
J MATSUSHITA1 and SUHARYANTO2

ABSTRACT: In most of Asian countries, recent urbanization causes serious impediment for public infrastructure accessibility coupled with due weak governance. Necessity of counter-measures is proposed everywhere, but generally leading so far to unsuccessful results. Whereas, the same is true in Japan during early high economic growth period in 1960-70s, when infrastructure building was much delayed against rapid urbanization and fast industrialization. Disorderly developments caused various water-related problems such as flooding in urbanized river basins, heavy contamination in public waters and rampant water shortages. To tackle with those tasks, basin management systems (BMS) were formulated with structural measures and privately-initiated non-structural measures combined. Hereupon, the author intends, focusing on pollution-control fields, to verify the workability of such Basin management systems approach and further to investigate the applicability toward improving of infrastructure impediment in several Asian cities. KEYWORDS: Rapid Urbanization, Basin Management System, Structural Measures, Non-structural Measures, Off-setting of Infrastructure Inaccessibility. 1 INTRODUCTION

Needless to say, infrastructure building is essential to accelerate high economic growth and also to enhance peoples well-being. However, it tends to be much delayed against fast expanding urbanization and industrialization due to various constraints related to weak governance, low social awareness and technological cost aspect as well as reported by OECD (2002) Through Japans previous infrastructure building process, the turning point was 1960-70s, when high economic growth stimulated rapid urbanization to cause various water-related problems such as (1) flooding in urbanized river basins, (2) heavy pollution usually with eutrophication combined in public waters and (3) rampant water shortages in huge megacities. Toward stable and sustainable growth, overcoming of such infrastructure inaccessibility became the biggest national concern in Japan. (Matsushita, 2007) Ultimate solutions to those problems mentioned-above are formulation of alternative systems approach, hereinafter defined as Basin Management Systems (BMS), which are composed of structural measures (public works) and non-structural measures (privately-initiated on-site sanitation systems). In the wake, regulations were enacted to enhance non-structural measures based on private initiatives and/or compulsory methods. Total framework of BMS is as shown in Figure 1. Hereupon, the author intends, focusing on pollution-control fields, firstly to verify the workability of those systems in Japan and secondly to investigate their applicability toward solving recent infrastructure impediment for several Asian cities.

1 2

Professor, Department of Systems Engineering and Science, Shibaura Institute of Technology (SIT), Japan PhD, Department of Environmental Engineering, Institute of Technology Bandung (ITB), Indonesia

285

[C-01]

Common Background shared among Asian Countries Very Rapid Urbanization and Industrialization Discordant Development on environmentally-rich Alluvial Plains Strong initiations for urban development development Necessity of Strategic Approach Grow Now, Clean Later Behavior Bitter lessons such as Minamata Disease Due weak governance urban development

Basin Management Systems Approach Field: (a) Flood-Mitigation, (b) Pollution-Control, (c) Water Conservation developme Structural Measures (public works) nt Non-Structural Measures (on-site works by private initiatives)

(a) Flood-Mitigation River Works Multi-Purpose Dams River Improvements and Diversion Cannels Flood-Prone Area Map On-Site Rainwater Retention and Infiltration System Preservation of Greens [Developer-Pay-Principle]

(b) Pollution-Control Sewerage Works Centralized Sewerage System Vacuum & Vault (Communal Night Soil Disposal System) On-site Wastewater Disposal System (Johkasou) In-house Wastewater Disposal System [Polluter-Pay-Principle

(c) Water Conservation Water Supply Works Multi-Purpose Dams Water Mains for Water Supply Systems Leakage Reduction Save-water Type Devices (Toilets, washing Machines) [Private Initiative In-house wastewater Recycling System [Builder-Pay-Principle

Structural Measures Non-structural Measures

Basis toward Sustainable Society Creation Polluter-Pay-Principle Objectives: Recycle-oriented Society, Low-carbon Society

Figure 1. Total framework for Basin Management Systems Approach

EVALUATION METHOD

The evaluation method is shown in Figure 2. In this paper, focus is made on pollution-control field and the analytical process is described as follows. Firstly, analysis is made on BMS process design in the basis of techno-socio background and comprehensive programming with private initiatives and compulsory method combined. Secondly, analysis is made further on actual workability of BMS in terms of integral effects by structural/nonstructural measures based on case study in Japan. In addition, investigation is made on the applicability of Japanese-style BMS in the basis of model study for several Asian cities. In Pollution-control Field, facilitating pollution control for public waters, in particular for closed waters, is the biggest concern in Japan. Hereupon, this study deals with Suwa Lake Basin case of Nagano Prefecture, where effective countermeasures were urgently required against strict eutorophication due to bulky pollutant load generation under rapid urbanization and growth of tourist industry.

286

[C-01]
Field: Pollu tion-control P rocess D esign for Basin Managem ent System s Background to introduce BMS Integration of Structural & Non-structural Measures Private initiatives & compulsory method An alysis on Workability of BMS in Jap an Suwa Lake Basin Case (J PN)

Structural Measures:

Integral Effects:

Semi-structural Measures Non-structural Measures:

Centralized sewerage system Communal n igh t soil disposal System On-site wastew ater disposal system (J ohkasou) Ban gkok Metropolis Case (Thailand ) Ban du ng City Case (In done sia) An alysis on Ap plicab ility of BMS to Asian Cities

Figure 2. Total evaluation method

Herein, analysis is made on BMS formulation process design through integration of following measures: (1) centralized sewerage system (structural measures), (2) communal night soil disposal system (semi-structural measures) and (3) on-site wastewater disposal tank system called Johkasou (non-structural measures). Then, investigation is made on BMS application for two Asian cities: Bangkok Metropolis (Thailand) and Bandung Municipality (Indonesia), where assimilation of Japanese Style BMS is considered in correspondence with local techno-socio and socio-economic conditions. Comparison of BMS application by case is shown below.
Table 1. Comparison of Basin Management System Formulation/Application by Basin Bandung
Suwa Lake Basin (Japan) Basin-based Pollution-control Program (BBPCP) by Local Government since 1970s Population density: Targeted pollutant reduction amount: up to 90% of COD load generated from point source Bangkok MetropolisCase Model (Thailand) Application of BBPCP by BMA based on JICA ODA since 1990s Population density: Technical Objectives Targeted pollutant reduction capacity: 80% of BOD load generated from point source
Bandung (Indonesia) Assumed Application of BBPCP based on Research in 2010 Population density: Targeted pollutant reduction amount: app. 40% of BOD load generated from point source Bangkok Metropolis (Thailand) Application of BBPCP by BMA based on JICA ODA since 1990s Population density: Targeted pollutant reduction capacity: app. 80% of BOD load generated from point source

Model Case

Technical Objectives

Structural Measures Public Works)

Construction of basin-based Construction of interceptors sewerage system to replace and wastewater treatment Johkaso (on-site wastewater plants onto existing drainage disposal system) through step system for app. 50% of the Structural Measures -by-step infra-accessibility targeted pollutant load Public Works) upgrading reduction Introduction of communal night soil disposal system Introduction of Johkaso (on-site wastewater disposal system) [Developer-pay-principle] Utilization of widely existing Non-structural Measures septic tank system for (On-site Works by Private app. 50% of the targeted Initiatives and/or pollutant load reduction Compulsory Method) [Private initiatives]

Construction of interceptors Construction of interceptors onto existing drainage system and wastewater treatment to dispose wastewater to plants onto existing drainage overflow from septic tanks system for app. 50% of the targeted pollutant load Construction of communitybased sanitation system reduction total, for app. 50% of the in targeted pollutant load reduction Utilization of existing septic Utilization of widely existing tanks septic tank system for Improvement of existing soak app. 50% of targeted pits pollutant load reduction [Private initiatives]

Non-structural Measures (On-site Works by Private Initiatives and/or Compulsory Method)

287

[C-01]
3 3.1 BASIN MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS FORMULATION FOR POLLUTION CONTROL IN JAPAN BACKGROUND OF BMS FORMULATION

In the global perspective as shown in Figure 3, conventional centralized sewerage system, provided for approximate 300 million people, is considered non-affordable for most of developing countries. Consequently, it is apparent that appropriate low cost technology with high performance should be Formula for Appropriate Wastewater Management Systems developed for those countries (Matsui et al., 2003).
in relation with Economic Development Level
Conventional Centralized Sewage Johkasou (only JPN)

The situation was also true in Japan at the beginning stage of high economic growth in 1960s. Herein, Japan had to learn bitter lesson due to heavy industrial pollution resulting in strict health damages over many local people. In the wake of public awareness for the necessity of environmental-risk management, Water Pollution Control Act was enacted with legalization of polluter-pay principle combined at epoch-making Pollution Session of the Diet in 1970. In addition, basin management system named Basin-based Sewerage Development Program was introduced to attain the water quality standard step-by-step in the designated public waters. Introduction of the polluter-pay principle was once opposed by industrial sectors. However, the prevention is indeed better than the cure in many cases. The expected remediation and/or compensation cost could be 5-123 times higher than the estimated cost for implementing preventive measures. Upon cognition that previous policy placing growth before environment would be incorrect even in economic terms, the principle came to give strong incentives to promote installation of in-factory wastewater treatment systems by industrial sectors. (Cruz and Takemoto, 1998) It should be reminded that many economists worried about the negative impacts due to the additional cost burden. However, final return was verified to be more fruitful than predicted. While GNP continues to rise to higher level, so-called Clean Production Technology becomes widely prevalent with eco-friendly products accepted by people and eco-product market are steadily expanding from \300 billion in 1970 to \1,500 billion in 2000. (JICA, 2004)

Economic Development Level

Rural Area

Centralized Sewage with Tertiary Treatment

Big City

Figure 3. Global perspective for sanitation system

288

[C-01]
3.2 PROCESS DESIGN AND WORKABILTY OF BMS

Hereupon, main stay is nesting of structural measures, namely centralized sewerage system, which could be developed in the long run. Therefore, supplementary stay is needed in the basis of two semi/non-structural measures, namely communal night soil disposal system so-called vault-&-vacuum to treat black water from households and Johkasou, which is classified into two types as follows: separated type to treat only black water and combined type to treat total wastewater from each household. (JECES, 2005). Total framework for process design on basin management system is shown in Figure 4. Those supplementary measures are working majorly at an initial stage of BMS development and are to be replaced by centralized sewerage system as sewerage accessibility is realized in a step-wise manner. Thus, basin management system is verified to be workable as a whole in steadily reducing pollutant load discharged into public waters.
(1) Structural Measures

Public Waters (including Closed Waters)

Industrial Wastewater
(Pre-treatment)

3.3

Lake Suwa in Nagano Prefecture is one of the most favorite tourism locations in central region of Japan. The lake basin of 515 km2 is inhabited by some 210 thousand people in 2005, accompanied by around 2.6 million tourists a year during 1992-2001 (Nagano Prefecture, 2002). During high economic growth period in 1960-70s, intensive development of food industries and tourist industries were stimulated and due increase of pollutant load into the lake led to a hypertrophic status as indicated by Satoh and Hanasato (1984). In order to tackle with those pollution problems, BMS was introduced in 1970s in the basis of polluterpay principle. And new groundwork named Clean Lake Act was added in 1984, which stipulates schematic measures toward total pollutant load reduction. At the initial stage of BMS formulation, the future road map seemed to be treacherous, since people were not wholly cooperative for pollution-control measures despite of on-going deteriorated water quality. Nevertheless, such situation has been changed steadily through continuous efforts by local leaders toward public-private partnership creation. (Okino et. al, 2000)

Domestic Wastewater

Centralized Sewerage System (2) Semi-structural Measures

Black Water

Sewers

Tertiary Treatment (additional)

Communal Night Soil Disposal System

Grey Water

Drains

(3) Non-structural Measures Black Johkasou (Separated Type) Water

Grey Water

Note:

Drains

This picture shows up-graded Johkasou model of combined type with on-site Drains aeration systems combined for black/grey Johkasou (Combined Type) water disposal. Pollutant removal efficiency stands at app. 80% Figure 4. Framework of Basin Management Systems Formulation in Suwa Lake Basin [JECES, 2005]

SUWA LAKE BASIN CASE (JAPAN)

289

[C-01]
In the wake, some portion of the wastewater coverage, once shouldered by semi-/non-structural measures, was replaced by centralized sewerage system step-wisely. Up-to now, wastewater is mostly collected by trunk sewer circulating the lake and connected to the centralized wastewater treatment plant. The weight of non-structural measures decreases from 93% (1970) tor 10% (2005) , while the Stepladder Approach toward BBWM of as shown in Style one of structural measures increases from 7% (1970) to 90% (2005)Japanese Figure 5.
Phase 1 (Preparatory stage)

(Lessons learned from Lake Suwa Basin Model) 3 Phase 2 Phase

(Start-up & implementation stage)

Phase-1

Phase-2

(Advance development stage)

Phase-3

98 cm

105 cm 97% 90%

Tra ns

Non-structural measure
45 cm
ion r se

70 cm
r we se by d

pa re nc y

Pollu tant load

11.5g-COD/c/d

lat pu Po

Structural measure
1985 1990 1995

Te rt i ar y

ve

45% 40%

55 cm

tre at m

e ag

en t

3.7g-COD/c/d

7% 1970 1975 1980 2000 2005

Water Pollution of Wastewater ConstructionControl Law (1970) Treatment Plant (1969) Commencement of by Water Pollution anti-pollution activities Clean Lake Suwa WWTP (1979) (1970) Control Act (1970) Junior Chamber of Suwa City Construction of Anti-pollution Activities by Chamber ofSuwa purification network City (1970) Association for Lake Commerce of Suwa (1980) Japan-Germany Eco-City Seminar organized Association of Suwa Lake Purification Network (1980) by local residents (1989) Clean Lake Act (1984) Introduction of teriary treatment (1994) Japan-Germany Eco-city Seminar organized by Local People (1989) Introduction of Tertiary Treatment (1994)

Figure 5. Step-wise Design Process Model for BMS Formulation in Suwa Lake Basin, Japan

In terms of pollutant load reduction, it is simulated that COD load discharged to receiving waters decreases from 11.5g-COD/c/d (1970) to 3.7g-COD/c/d (2005). And COD load removal efficiency increases from 60 % (1970) to 87% (2005) as shown in Table 2. Meanwhile, transparency is improved from 40cm (1975) to 105cm (2005). As a result, it is verified that BMS could help aqua-environment in the lake become rehabilitated effectively in the long run. Without BMS application, the rehabilitation would be much delayed. Nevertheless, it should be noted that above-mentioned workability of BMS becomes smaller in much urbanized basin, where formulation of public-private partnership could be rather harder to forward non-structural measures more speedily and smoothly. (Tabuchi, 2009)
Table 2. Pollutant Load Removal by System Element in Suwa Lake Basin, Japan System Element SMb) SemiSM Non-SM Total Key Techno Component (COD removal rate) Centralized Sewerage (82%) +Tertiary Treatment (90%) Communal Night Soil Disposal System (1986: 40%, 2006: 50%) Johkasou-separated (1986: 40%, 2006: 50%) Jhokasou-combined (90%) Pollutant Load -generation 1986 Loadeffluenta) 2.0g-COD/c/d 0 g-COD/c/d 7.8g-COD/c/d 1.5g-COD/c/d 0.2g-COD/c/d 11.5g-COD/c/d 2006 Weight 0% 90.2% 5.0% 1.5% 3.3% 100% Load-effluenta) 0 g-COD/c/d 2.6g-COD/c/d 0.7g-COD/c/d 0.2g-COD/c/d 0.2g-COD/c/d 3.7g-COD/c/d

Weight 40% 0%

28.4g-COD/c/d

46% 8.6%

28.4g-COD/c/d

5.5% 100%

290

[C-01]
Total Removal Efficiency 60% 87% a) Pollutant Load-effluent=(Pollutant Load-influent)(Weight)(100%-BOD removal rate)/100%; b) SM = Structural Measures

4 4.1

BASIN MANAGEMENT SYSYTEMS APPLICATION FOR POLLUTION CONTROL TO ASIAN CITIES BANGKOK METROPOLIS CASE (THAILAND)

Water pollution became apparent due to rapid urbanization in Bangkok in early 1980s. According to the survey conducted by Bangkok Metropolitan Administration (BMA), Contamination level was estimated at 50-100BOD-mg/l and 10-30BOD-mg/l in the inner city and the suburban area, respectively as reported by Matsushita, then working for BMA as JICA expert 1981-83 (2008). Duly, eutrophication phenomena were observed in the suburban areas as shown in Figure 6.
Water Quality Index 100mg-BOD/l

Figure 6. Water pollution in Bangkok around 1981

At this stage, the author could have an opportunity to propose Japans BMS approach for pollutioncontrol to BMA through technology transfer of oversea development aid (ODA). Herein, focus was made on utilization of existing on-site septic tanks as supplementary measures. It is because they were installed at almost every household and observed to be quite workable in reducing pollutant load by some 50%. In addition, test-plant experiment revealed that BOD concentration could be reduced to from 80-100mg/l to 10 mg/l or less through 2-hour modified aeration method. However, it should be noted that Nitrogen removal could not be easy due to lack of organic substance in the overflow from local septic tanks. (Matsushita, 2007) In the wake, scrutinizing was made by BMA on the most appropriate wastewater treatment method during 1990s. And finally, semi-combined sewerage systems were selected with BMS formulation assimilated to local techno-socio conditions. Whereas, wastewater from septic tanks is firstly intercepted at existing drains through newly installed interceptors and secondly transferred to also newly constructed wastewater treatment plants as shown in Figure 7.

291

[C-01]
Upon such notion mentioned-above, BMA proposed master plan to divide urbanized areas into 20 service zones. And operations had been commenced at 7 service zones by 2006 to serve 2.6 million people with total wastewater inflow amount standing at 609 thousand CUM/c/d or 234l/c/d.

(1) Structural Measures Sewerage Treatment Plant

(Newly Constructed)
Intercepted Flow
(Wet Day)

In terms of pollutant load, 35BOD-g/c/d are generated from point source and reduced to 11BOD-g/c/d after disposal by existing septic tanks. Before 2006, whole domestic wastewater was only treated by those septic tank systems. Thus final pollutant load emission to public waters was estimated at 11BOD-g/c/d. After 2006, total pollutant load emission is estimated at 6.9BOD-g/c/d, as shown in Table 3 (Suharyanto, 2009). Thus, it is clarified that BMS application makes total pollutant removal efficiency increased from 69% (before 2006) to 80% (after 2006) by introduction of BMS approach. This pollutant load reduction capacity is as high as the one achieved by typical centralized sewerage systems in Japan. Therefore, it could be suggested that BMS approach is assumedly steady solutions to implement pollution control step-wisely under rapid urbanization and due infra-inaccessibility conditions in most Asian countries.
Table 3. Pollutant Load Reduction by System Element in Bangkok Metropolis, Thailand System Elemen t NonSM Key Techno Component (BOD removal rate) Existing Septic Tank Systems (70%) Installation of Interceptors to be connected to Wastewater Treatment Plant (87%) Pollutant Load-influent 35g-BOD/c/d Before 2006 LoadWeight effluenta) 100% 11g-BOD/c/d After 2006 Weight 60% Load-effluenta) 6.3g-BOD/c/d

11g-BOD/c/d (overflow SMb) from existing 0% 0g-COD/c/d 40% 0.6g-COD/c/d septic tank systems) Total 100% 11g-COD/c/d 100% 6.9g-COD/c/d Total Removal Efficiency 69% 80% a) Pollutant Load-effluent=(Pollutant Load-influent)(Weight)(100%-BOD removal rate)/100%; b) SM = Structural Measures

292

Domestic Wastewater

Public Waters

(2) Non-structural Measures

Black Water

Septic Tanks
Grey Water

Existing Drains

(Newly Installed) (Wet Day)

Interceptors

Overflow

Note: Existing septic tank system could play a key role in BMS application for Bangkok.

Figure 7. Framework of Basin Management Systems Application in Bangkok Metropolis, Thailand

[C-01]
4.2 BANDUNG CITY CASE (INDONESIA)

Bandung is growing rapidly, faster than expected. Consequently, water pollution becomes a big concern. Enhancement of pollution-control would be laborious challenge for relevant bodies, although the municipality has initiated Metropolitan Bandung Urban Development Project (MBUDP-I/II), In the authors previous study, it is clarified that BMS application could be workable, if step-wise BMS formulation were well done. Herein structural measures are to be formulated on existing centralized sewerage systems with Bojonsoang Wastewater Treatment Plant and non-structural measures are to be formulated on local sanitation systems such as existing septic tanks and community-based sanitation systems (CCBS). (Suharyanto and Matsushita, 2009) Assumed framework of BMS application to Bandung city basin is shown in Figure 8. Whereas, in higher-income-class residential areas, domestic wastewater generated from septic tanks is firstly to be intercepted through newly installed interceptors onto existing drains and secondly be transferred to also newly constructed wastewater treatment plants. On the contrary, in lower-income-class residential areas, domestic water is to be treated at newly installed community-based sanitation systems (CCBS) or communal toilet-bathing-washing packaged facilities called MCK.
(1) Structural Measures
Existing Sewers

Sewerage Treatment Plant

(Existing)
Intercepted Flow (Dry Day)

Public Waters (Upper Citarum River)

Whereas, pollutant load discharged to receiving waters is estimated to decrease by 11.6g-BOD/c/d from 40g-BOD/c/d to 28.4g-BOED/c/d through assumed BMS application as described in Table 4. Out of 11.6g-BOD/c/d decrease, 7.6g-BOD/c/d are to be undertaken by connection to existing wastewater treatment system through newly installed interceptors, plus 2.1g-BOD/c/d and 0.8gBOD/c/d are to be realized by new installation of septic tanks and community-based sanitation systems to deal with wastewater from soak pits and households without any measures. (Suharyanto and Matsushita, 2009) Consequently, it should be recognized that new interceptor installation could play a big role for pollution control in Bandung city as verified in Bangkok Metropolis as well. In addition, it should be noted that countermeasures against the strict pollution problems imposed by soak pits and direct discharging should not be neglected, although it seems to be laborious works.

Domestic Wastewater

(2) Non-structural Measures

Black Water

Overflow

(Wet Day)

Septic Tanks
Grey Water

Existing Drains (Underground) Connection to Existing Drains

(Newly Installed)

Interceptors

Black Water

Soak Pits
Grey Water

(Newly Installed)

Interceptors

Black Water

CBSS (MCK)
Grey Water

Existing Drains

(Newly Installed)

Interceptors

Direct Discharge (without any measures)

Note: This picture shows sectional view of Community-based Sanitation System CBSS) assumedly to play a key role in BMS application in Bandung City.

Figure 8. Framework of Basin Management Systems Application to Bandung City, Indonesia

293

[C-01]
5 DISCUSION

This paper concludes as follows: 1. BMS formulation is verified to be probably the best practice for steady solutions toward pollution. 2. control under rapid urbanization and due lack of infra-accessibility in Japan and Bangkok, Thailand. 3. In general, pollution-control measures are usually deemed to be in strong relation with economic development level. However, with such mind-set ever, we have to wait until our economic level is developed to have better sanitation systems. It must be too late. 4. Knowledge hub creation would be required for boosting of techno-sociological information exchange toward alterative measures (BMS) application in the near future. 5. In the next stage, we have to have appropriate sludge disposal system. It is because sanitation is on the double tracks. One is wastewater disposal and the other is sludge disposal. The sludge disposal is so harder task that we have to assumedly have alternative measures. Herein, with growing global shortages of phosphorous resources in our view, research/development on recycle-oriented systems for such nutrient-rich biomass resources must be one of the key tasks for the coming knowledge hub creation.
Table 4. Simulated Pollutant Load Removal by System Element in Bandung City, Indonesia System Element Key Techno Component (BOD removal rate) Pollutant Load -generation 50g-BOD/c/d Weight 23% 16% 36% 20% 0% 5% 13% 13% 4% 11% 0% 31% 50g-BOD/c/d 24% 4% 100% 100% 50g-BOD/c/d 50g-BOD/c/d 6.2g-BOD/c/d 12g-BOD/c/d 2.0 g-BOD/c/d 40g-BOD/c/d 28.3g-BOD/c/d (Dry season) 20% (Dry season) 43% 43.1g-BOD/c/d 1.9g-BOD/c/d 0g-BOD/c/d Load-influent 50g-BOD/c/d 50 g-BOD/c/d 50g-BOD/c/d 50g-BOD/c/d Load-effluent 6.9 g-BOD/c/d 4.8g-BOD/c/d 18 g-BOD/c/d 10g-BOD/c/d 0g-BOD/c/d 0.8g-BOD/c/d 2.6 g-BOD/c/d 2.6 g-BOD/c/d 0.5g-BOD/c/d

Point Source (Household) Septic Tank Systems (40%) NSM Soak Pit Systems (0%) CBSS (70%) Wastewater Treatment Plant (Dry season: 60%) Wastewater Treatment Plant+ Interceptor Connection plus Septic SM Tanks (Dry season: 60%) Wastewater Treatment Plant+ Interceptor Connection with no Tanks (Dry season: 60%) Direct Discharge without Any Measures (0%) Total Total Pollutant Removal Efficiency

294

[C-01]
Note: In the column of Weight and Load-effluent, the upper is for present stage and the bottom (inclined) is for future stage with BMS formulated.

REFERENCES

Cruz and Takemoto, 2004, Urban and Industrial Management in Developing CountriesLessons from Japanese Experience, The World Bank Report JECES (Japan Education Center of Environmental Sanitation), 2005. Johkasou System for Domestic Wastewater Treatment- 3rd Edition, JECES Head Office, Japan JICA, 2004, Industrial Pollution Control, Report prepared for Seminar in Kyushu, Japan Matsui, et. al., 2003, Meeting the MDGs on Global Sanitation - a paradigm shift of pathogen and nutrient control, Sustainable future for better living environment for commemorating the opening of a new Korean Academy of Science and Technology (KAST) Building, Korea Matsushita, 2007. Applicability of Japanese-style basin management systems to Bangkok, Thailand: Water-related infrastructure building model creation for Asian Cities under rapid urbanization, Journal of Japan Society of Shimanto Policy and Management, Vol.5, pp.16-24 MBUDP (Metropolitan Bandung Urban Development Project) Office, 1994, Final Report on MBURDP, Bandung Municipal Office Nagano Prefecture, 2002, 4-th Plan for Clean Lake Suwa, Nagano Pref. Head Office, Japan Okino and Hanasato, 2005, Lake Suwa Where blue green algae has disappeared, Mountain Science Series Vol. 3, Institute of Mountain Science, Shinshu University, Japan (in Japanese) Satoh and Okino, 1984, Changes in the ecosystem of Lake Suwa attendant upon human activities, Report of the Suwa Hydro-biological Station, No. 5, pp 107-116 Suharyanto and Matsushita, 2009-1, Comparative study on integrated wastewater management system model for developing countries under rapid urbanization, Proceed. of 7th International Conference, South-East Asian Water Environment, Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand Suharyanto and Matsushita, 2009-2, Integrated basin-based wastewater management system for water pollution control in enclosed water body of Upper Citarum River Basin, Indonesia, Proceed. of 13th World Lake Conference, International Lake Environment Committee (ILEC), Wuhan, China Tabuchi, 2009, Characteristics of Lake Basin and Water Quality Improvement, Journal of Water Environment, Vol. 32, No. 5, pp6-8, (in Japanese)

295

[C-01]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

296

[C-02] STRATEGIC STUDY OF SPAM DEVELOPMENT IN PONTIANAK CITY FOR MDGS TARGET ACHIEVEMENT 2015
Laili F. MAHDI1, Prof. Arwin A. SABAR2

ABSTRACT: In terms of quantity, availability of raw water is quite abundant, but in terms of quality of raw water sources are threatened seawater intrusion in normal and dry year at dry season. Groundwater in Pontianak City is a peat-coloured water and acidic. In existing condition, at dry season in normal year, when intake in Pontianak City gets sea water intrusion, they take raw water from Penepat Intake and only 30 % of habitants in Pontianak City get served. Drinking water is needed to meet the needs of the community, both in terms of quality, quantity, and continuity. Therefore, we need Master Plan of SPAM (Sistem Penyediaan Air Minum) Development (RIP-SPAM) PDAM Pontianak City that is based on design criteria for development of water supply and water demand projections for a period which is divided into several stages. This study will discuss the master plan for development of SPAM for shortterm until 2015 for MDGs target achievement in Pontianak City, 82,5% of inhabitants could be served. With Quantitative Method, we will calculate drinking water needs, then make Scenario Development of SPAM Pontianak by revitalization of Intake Penepat and using the reverse osmosis. With SPAM developments scenario, 92,64% of inhabitants in Pontianak will be served in 2015 (exceed MDGs target). KEYWORDS: Sistem Penyediaan Air Minum development, Penepat Intake, reverse osmosis. 1 INTRODUCTION

Currently, the supply of drinking water in Pontianak treated by PDAM Pontianak. Source of raw water is from the Kapuas River and Landak River. In terms of quantity, availability of raw water is quite abundant. Groundwater in the area of Pontianak can not be used because it is a tawny-colored peat water, relatively high acid levels, high levels of organic compounds and low hardness (Priyambodo, 2006), so that its processing requires substantial installation costs. In addition, the raw water source Pontianak also threatened intrusion of sea water depends on the climate (wet, normal and dry), tidal estuary, the river discharge. Intrusion is also highly dependent on the size, depth and nature of the aquifer (Elhamid, 2011). Salinity levels of Cl-occurred with more than 600 ppm, so it does not meet the standards for drinking water standard (PP 82, 2001). Though drinking water is needed to meet the needs of the community, both in terms of quality, quantity, and continuity. It is known that sea water intrusion looked increasingly to the headwaters and the sea water intrusion in the raw water intake became more frequent (Mahdi, 2010). In the face of uncertainty on the seawater intrusion of water sources, there is a tendency that the operation of the City PDAM Pontianak IPA made with three approaches (Sabar, 2009), namely : 1. 2. In the wet climate, dry season is relatively wet: Imam Bonjol Intake (primary) is not affected by seawater intrusion. In the climate normal year, dry season: Imam Bonjol Intake (primary) in the driest months (1-2 months) affected by seawater intrusion, Penepat Intake not affected by seawater intrusion.

1 2

Master of Environmental Engineering, Institut Teknologi Bandung, Indonesia Professor of Environmental Engineering, Institut Teknologi Bandung, Indonesia

297

[C-02]
3. In the dry climate of the year, in the dry season: Intake Imam Bonjol get intrusion (4-5 months) to the raw water intake Panepat backup, so Long Storage Panepat operated. Long Storage Operation Penepat ineffective, because the water is contaminated peat.

Pontianak city have equatorial climate zone, characterized by a bimodal rainfall pattern with the form, the two peaks of rain that usually occurs around March and October, when the sun is near the Equator. So as to have rainfall and high humidity. Pontianak city also has a type of semidiurnal tides, which occur within 24 hours two times and two times the receding tide. It resulted in a flat and marshy morphology. Because of the decay of plants and animals, forming humus acids which are organic compounds with high molecular weight and dark brown to black. Acid humus consists of humic acid, fulvic acid and humin. Peat water containing dissolved organic compounds which cause the water to be brown and acidic. Raw water quality and river Kapuas Landaks have a relatively high level of color. This is caused by a high content of humus, as the river flows through a region with a thickness of peat swamp> 3 m in the middle to the estuary (PT. Indulexco, 2010). In the dry climate of the year, Intake Penepat operated and can only serve 25-30% of Pontianak City PDAM customers. Salt levels rise beyond the raw water quality standards for drinking water affects drinking water treatment plant products Pontianak (does not meet drinking water standards). We need an adaptive strategy, namely finding new sources for drinking water production (Ramaker et al, 2005). Also required planning strategies and development of raw water sources SPAM Pontianak is adaptive to the carrying capacity of natural / coastal environment Kapuas (highly colored raw water sources during the rainy season in the wet climate and the threat of intrusion in the dry season), so as to meet drinking water needs of the City Pontianak in terms of quality, quantity, continuity throughout the year, and competitive prices and services in order to improve sustainable water infrastructure. In addition, drinking water supply system requires infrastructure used for production, transmission, processing, and distribution to be consumed with a good economic value (Ramos et al, 2010). Therefore, the necessary SPAM Development Master Plan (RIP-SPAM) based on the development of design criteria for SPAM, as shown in Figure 1 and the projected water demand in a period that is divided into several stages: 1. 2. 3. Short-Term Program (2010-2015): Revitalization Penepat intake and response to the reverse osmosis technology. Medium Term Program (2010-2020): Preparation of the canal from the River to River Landak Ambawang. Long Term Program (2010-2030): Making Barrage Ambawang long storage.

This study will address short-term RIP-SPAM for the improvement of service in 2015 for the achievement of the MDGs. On the MDGs target 7th: Ensure Environmental Sustainability, the third part, which is lower by half the proportion of households without sustainable access to safe drinking water and decent sanitation by 2015. Nationally, in 2009, for urban areas, only 49.82% have access while the MDG target of achieving 75.29%. From the data BAPPENAS, for urban areas of West Kalimantan, found that 77.5% had access to drinking water. As for the city of Pontianak, 65% of the population already has access to drinking water (City PDAM Pontianak, 2010), so that the MDGs are expected to target the population that has access to potable water reached 82.5%.

298

[C-02]

Source: Sabar, 2009 Figure 1. Development of Design Criteria SPAM

LEGAL BASIS OF SPAM

On the Government Regulation no. 16 of 2005, Article 8 Section 2: Government and Local Government to ensure the availability of raw water. Article 37: Development of SPAM is the responsibility of the Government and Local Government to ensure the rights of every person in getting drinking water for a minimum basic needs of daily life in order to meet a healthy, clean, and productive in accordance with the provisions of the legislation. Based on the Decree of the Minister of Health number 907 of 2002, Article 4 Paragraph 2: Monitoring of water quality conducted on a regular basis at least every 3 (three) months. On the Regulation of the Minister of Public Works No. 18/PRT/M/2007, in Article 5, paragraph 1: Master Plan for Development of SPAM is a long-term plan (15-20 years) who were part of the planning or early stages of drinking water piping network and not the network piped drinking water demand projections based on a period that is divided into several stages. 3 METHODS

Study site is the City of Pontianak, the capital of West Kalimantan Province. Pontianak is wide 107.82 Km2. In 2009, the population of Pontianak reached to 534.996. Water needs of more and more increased with the increase of population. So that the projections of population and facilities are needed in the evaluation and improvement of water supply plans. Several factors affect the population projections are: the number of residents in an area, the speed of population growth, the projection period. Water demand and water supply can vary within a zone, depending on the climate, the industry demand, the demand for the seasonal distribution, geographic and topographic (Lucas et al, 2010).

299

[C-02]
There are several kinds of methods of population projection methods such as Arithmetic, Geometric Methods and Least Square Method (Ministry of PU 18, 2007). To get the projection method and the appropriate population can be considered representative of the population growth, it needs to be considered an important factor, namely the standard deviation. Projection method to be used is the projection method has the smallest standard deviation value. Population projections carried out to estimate the amount of drinking water needs during the planning period RIP-SPAM for 20 years, ie 2010-2030. After getting the population projection, the projection analysis of non domestic facilities that are used to determine the non-domestic water needs. Non-domestic facilities that affect water supply in the city of Pontianak, among others, educational facilities, worship, health, office, trade, sports, culture and industry. Number of city facilities needs to be calculated until the end of the period of service only facilities that are included in the service area of drinking water distribution systems. Calculation of the projection of this facility is calculated based on comparison of the reference population by the number of existing facilities. Comparison is then used to estimate the number of non-domestic facilities during the planning period (Mamoribo, 2006). After analysis of the projected number of non-domestic facilities, conducted projection analyzes of drinking water needs of the community that domestic water needs, non-domestic, and water loss. Domestic water consumption which is using water for domestic purposes, such as for drinking, cooking, personal hygiene and to outside terrace residence such as cleaning, watering gardens, filling pools, swimming pools and washing cars. Non-domestic consumption of industrial, commercial, and institutional. Non-domestic water demand analysis carried out with reference to the projected number of nondomestic facilities and non-domestic water demand standards contained SK SNI on Drinking Water. Domestic water needs in the city of Pontianak is still served by a direct line of household and public hydrants. Consumption or water usage rates are essentially different for each area as it is very dependent on the pattern of daily consumption. However, based on historical data using the national drinking water drinking water consumption may be classified by category of (PT Indah Jaya Kusuma, 2010), as shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Domestic Water Usage for Various Classification Town No. Category of City Total of citizen (Jiwa) System 1. Metropolitan >1.000.000 Non Standar 2. Big (500.000-1.000.000) Non Standar 3. Medium (100.000-500.000) Non Standar 4. Small (20.000-100.000) BNA Standar 5. Subdistrict <20.000 IKK Standar 6. Centre of Growing <3.000 DPP Standar Source: SK SNI Drinking Water in PT Indah Jaya Kusuma, 2010 Water Need (L/o/h) 190 170 150 130 100 60

In SPAM Development Master Plan (RIP-SPAM) for Short-Term Pontianak will launch two programs, namely revitalization Penepat Intake and response to the reverse osmosis technology. Intake Penepat revitalization program is a transfer of the main intake, from Imam Bonjol (the existing main intake) in Pontianak to Penepat Intake. During this time, Penepat Intake can only meet 25-30% of the drinking water needs of Pontianak at the main intake of sea water terintrusi in the dry season. Transmission pipe size used type of dimension 600 mm DCIP, and just drain the 300-600 liters/sec. With the revitalization Intake Penepat, required replacement of transmission pipelines that can meet the needs of Pontianak, is expected to drain the water of 1.210 liters/sec to improve water supply in the city of Pontianak. In a turn of the pipe, it takes energy loss analysis calculation that occurs when raw water is transmitted.

300

[C-02]
In the liquid flowing through a pipe there is a shear stress between the fluid and the pipe wall. Shear stress is the result of the friction force, the amount depends on the nature of the fluid through the pipe, the flow rate, pipe roughness, length and diameter of the pipe (Walski, 2002). Energy loss formula (headloss) is often used Hazen-Williams formula is developed on the basis of empirical and generally only used in turbulent flow conditions. This formula is widely used in modeling the distribution of drinking water especially in the United States. Hazen-Williams formula is generally used to measure the pipe diameter 50 mm. Hazen-Williams formula as follows: Q = 0.2785. C.D2.63. (H/L)0,54 Where: Q = discharge (m3/s) C = The relative roughness factor D = diameter of pipe (ft, m) H = energy loss due to friction (ft, m) L = distance between point 1 to point 2 (ft, m) Each node in the hydraulics system has a certain value head. Figure 2shows the EGL and HGL for a simple pipeline. In the hydraulics system known also another term that is EGL (energy grade line) and HGL (hydraulic grade line). EGL or energy lines are graphic statement of the energy in each section. While the amount of elevation head and pressure head results in a value of HGL, which showed a rise in water level in a small tube attached to a pipe and open to the atmosphere (Walski, 2002). (1)

Source: Walski, 2002 Figure 2. EGL and HGL

In addition to the revitalization of Intake Penepat, also performed with the technological response Reverse Osmosis (RO) to improve the quality of drinking water. Reverse osmosis is a water purification process that removes 95-99% of most water contaminants including microorganisms, organic compounds, and dissolved inorganic compounds. Reverse osmosis uses a semipermeable membrane and pressure difference (Eckenfelder, 2010). Recovery factor in brackish water treatment by 50%. Response to the RO technology will be applied to science and Pontianak Pontianak North East. Performed the calculation of the amount of drinking water needs in the region. Use of the reverse osmosis unit will be tailored to existing capacity in the reverse osmosis plant specifications and the use of raw water capacity.

301

[C-02]
4 4.1 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION ANALYSIS OF POPULATION PROJECTIONS

Average population increase of Pontianak from 2004 to 2008 was 14.064 people/year, with the percentage of the population as much as 2.74% per year. Based on population data in 2008, calculated the actual number of residents per year from 2004 to 2007 by using the arithmetic, geometric and least square. Based on the calculation of standard deviation of the three methods of projection, the smallest standard deviation is calculated by the method of Geometric projection, so as to estimate the number of Pontianak selected Geometric methods. RIP-based periods of SPAM, then in 2030, the population is estimated at 968.915. As for the RIP-SPAM short term, in 2015, residents of Pontianak is estimated at 646.280 inhabitants. 4.2 WATER NEED PROJECTION OF PONTIANAK CITY

By 2030, an estimated Pontianak had a need water to drink as much 2.471,229 liters/sec. For domestic needs of 1.598,530 liters/second, non-domestic needs of 378,454 liters/sec, with a loss rate of 20%. As for the RIP-SPAM short term, the calculation of the needs of domestic, non domestic, and loss of water in Pontianak from 2009 to 2015 can be seen in Table 2. With the rate of water loss by 20%, drinking water needs of the average city of Pontianak in 2015 amounted to 1.716,641 liters/sec.
Table 2. Recapitulation of drinking water need in Pontianak City Type Domestic (Liters / sec) 1. Household 2. Hydrant Non Domestic (Liters / sec) 1. Education Facility 2. Religion Facility 3. Health Facility 4. Trade Facility 5. Goverment Facility 6. Industry Domestic and Non Domestic (L/sec) Water Loss Persentage Water Loss (L/sec) Rate of Water Need (L/sec) Water Need in Maximum Day (L/sec) (Fm = 1,05) Water Need in Peak Hour (L/sec) (Fp= 1,5) 2009 648,442 636,073 12,257 214,685 4,012 10,118 7,389 53,671 124,864 14,631 863,127 34% 444,641 1.307,768 1.373,157 1.961,652 2010 727,119 714,854 12,257 220,560 4,122 10,395 7,591 55,140 128,281 15,032 947,678 30% 406,148 1.353,826 1.421,518 2.030,739 2011 805,871 793,605 12,257 226,595 4,235 10,679 7,798 56,648 131,791 15,443 1.032,466 25% 344,155 1.376,621 1.445,452 2.064,932 2012 884,623 872,356 12,257 232,796 4,350 10,972 8,012 58,199 135,398 15,866 1.117,418 20% 279,355 1.396,773 1.466,612 2.095,160 2013 963,375 951,107 12,257 239,166 4,469 11,272 8,231 59,791 139,103 16,300 1.202,541 20% 300,635 1.503,176 1.578,335 2.254,764 2014 1.042,127 1029,858 12,257 245,710 4,592 11,580 8,456 61,427 142,909 16,746 1.287,837 20% 321,959 1.609,797 1.690,287 2.414,695 2015 1.120,879 1108,609 12,257 252,434 4,717 11,897 8,688 63,108 146,820 17,204 1.373,313 20% 343,328 1.716,641 1.802,473 2.574,962

4.3

REVITALIZATION PENEPAT

In the existing condition, in the dry season dry years, the pattern of operation of the City PDAM Pontianak will use the backup Penepat intake. The flow capacity of 400 liters/second which can only meet 30% of the drinking water needs of the town of Pontianak. Pipe diameter of 600 mm used with this type of DCIP. In addition, the pipeline leaks often occur when the transmission of water from the Imam Bonjol Penepat IPA due to the unfavorable environment. Transmission pipeline will pass

302

[C-02]
through a very thick peat soils with high soil acidity, which can cause corrosion on the pipe type of DCIP. Therefore, needed to be revitalized Intake Penepat. Revitalization Penepat done to improve drinking water facilities and services. In 2012, WTP Imam Bonjol Pontianak will be adding a capacity of 300 l/sec, so that its capacity to 1.160 liters/sec, which was originally only 860 liters/sec. Sungai Jawi WTP (SJL) with a capacity of 50 liters/sec. Intake Penepat will be increased so that its capacity to 1.210 liters/sec, the transmission pipeline which will be used with 800 mm diameter HDPE type, so that no leakage of the pipe due to corrosive and erosion. Comparison of types of pipe material can be seen in Table 3.
Table 3. Comparison of Types of Pipe Materials No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Materials Reinforced Concrete Tanah Liat Pipa Asbes Cast Iron Pipa Baja PVC HDPE Standard ASTM C76 ASTM 700 AWWAC 400 AWWAC 100 AWWAC 200 ASTMD 302 ASTM D3212 Corrosive and Erosion Not Hold Hold Not Hold Not Hold Not Hold Hold Hold Strength Strong Delicate Strong Very Strong Strong Enough Strong

To drain the discharge of 1.210 liters/sec from Intake Penepat to Imam Bonjol IPA with 800 mm diameter pipe, it takes three times the pumping, the pumping of the Intake Penepat, Mandor, Parit Adam. It is based on a previously existing condition and availability of land investment. Energy loss at the raw water transmission shown in Figure 3.
90 83,070 80 70 60 50 Head (m) 40 30 20 10 0 EGL = 15,557 EGL = 8,709 HGL = 8,414 HGL = 15,261 EGL = 11,440 HGL = 11,144 42,490 38,570 EGL HGL

Jarak Penepat - IPA Imam Bonjol (m)

Figure 3. The relationship between the head (EGL and HGL) and the distance intake penepat to IPA Imam Bonjol

303

[C-02]
4.4 USE OF REVERSE OSMOSIS FOR THE EASTERN ZONE OF PDAM PONTIANAK

Based on the calculations, the drinking water needs of the average for the East Zone of PDAM Pontianak in 2015 was 213.45 liters/sec 250 liters/sec. From the existing specifications in the CV X, will use reverse osmosis which has a capacity of 50 m3/hr or 13.899 liters/sec. In the brackish water treatment, recovery factor which is owned by the RO of 50%. So that the unit of raw water needed to produce 250 liters/second is equal to 500 liters/sec. Reverse osmosis machine that required a number of 36 units to meet the needs of drinking water Zone East of PDAM Pontianak until 2015. 4.5 USE OF REVERSE OSMOSIS FOR THE NORTHERN ZONE OF PDAM PONTIANAK

Based on the calculations, the drinking water needs of the average for the North Zone of PDAM Pontianak in 2015 was 322.29 liters/sec 325 liters/sec. From the existing specifications in the CV X, will use reverse osmosis which has a capacity of 50 m3/hr or 13.899 liters / sec. In the brackish water treatment, recovery factor which is owned by the RO of 50%. So that the unit of raw water needed to produce 250 liters/second is equal to 650 liters/sec. So it takes a reverse omosis some 46 units to meet drinking water needs of the North Zone of PDAM Pontianak until 2015. 4.6 DISCUSSIONS WITH REVERSE OSMOSIS TECHNOLOGY RESPONSE

The use of CV X RO based on the capacity of the company's RO in water treatment is large enough compared to other plants. RO units can be seen in Figure 4. But this is an example of the use of the RO from the factory. The use of RO for water treatment needs to be calculated again. RO technology has several features and can be used in large quantities for the separation process. RO process advantages include: the separation can take place continuously, typically low energy requirements, membrane processes can also be combined with other separation processes, does not require extreme conditions (using temperature and room temperature), it is easy to be enlarged (up-scaling) , membrane properties are variables that can be set up, requires no addictive ingredients.

Source: CV X, 2012 Figure 4. Machine RO 50 m3/jam

However, the RO should consider several things such as membrane clogging (fouling), the age of low membrane (RO membrane should be replaced every 2-3 years), the procurement of reverse osmosis machines are quite expensive, and required a skilled operator labor for maintenance operation. However, the use of reverse osmosis has been applied in several islands in the Kepulauan Seribu (Jakarta). In other cities in Indonesia will also implement a reverse osmosis system as a water treatment unit, which is in Tanjung Pinang - Riau and Balikpapan. RO is also used in other countries, namely Singapore and Germany.

304

[C-02]
4.7 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT SPAM PONTIANAK

In 2015, based on the scenario development SPAM Pontianak as shown in Table 4, shows that the level of service in the city of Pontianak reached 92.64%, which is expected to exceed the MDG target population has access to potable water reached 82.5%.
Table 4. Scenario Development SPAM Pontianak
No 1 2 Description Inhabitant Level of Service Level of Service (dry season) Total of Household Connection Level of Leakage Raw Water Need Leakage Rate of Water Need Water Need in Maximum Day Water Need in Peak Hour Source of Raw Water A. KAPUAS/LANDAK RIVER a. WTP in Imam Bonjol 1, 2, 3, 4 b. WTP in Sungai Jawi Luar c. WTP in Selat Panjang d. WTP in East Pontianak B. PENEPAT INTAKE and RO (Dry Season) a. WTP Imam Bonjol 1, 2, 3, 4 (Penepat) b. WTP Sungai Jawi Luar (Penepat) c. WTP Selat Panjang North Pontianak (RO) d. WTP East Pontianak (RO) Total of Water in Stock Total of Water in Stock (Dry Season) Defisit/surplus Defisit/surplus (Dry Season) Unit Person % % Household % l/sec l/sec l/sec l/sec Skenario 2012 2013 596.002 612.311 80,31% 84,71% 80,31% 88.672 20% 279,352 1.397 1.467 2.095 84,71% 96.677 20% 300,632 1.503 1.578 2.255

2009 549.636 65,24% 33,06% 64.655 34% 444,637 1.308 1.373 1.962

2010 564.676 70,59% 33,06% 72.663 30% 406,144 1.354 1.422 2.031

2011 580.128 75,61% 33,06% 80.668 25% 344,152 1.377 1.445 2.065

2014 629.066 88,82% 88,82% 104.682 20% 321,956 1.610 1.690 2.415

2015 646.280 92,64% 92,64% 112.687 20% 343,325 1.717 1.802 2.575

3 4 5

l/sec l/sec l/sec l/sec

860 50 300 0

860 50 300 0

860 50 300 0

1.160 50 300 0

1.160 50 300 300

1.160 50 300 300

1.160 50 300 300

l/sec l/sec l/sec l/sec l/sec l/sec l/sec l/sec

400 0 0 0 1.210 400 -98 -908

400 0 0 0 1.510 400 -144 -954

400 0 0 0 1.510 400 -167 -977

1.160 50 210 200 1.510 1.620 113 223

1.160 50 250 200 1.810 1.660 307 157

1.160 50 300 200 1.810 1.710 200 100

1.160 50 325 250 1.810 1.785 93 68

305

[C-02]

CONCLUSION

From the research results can be summarized as follows: 1. Master Plan of SPAM Development is a long-term plan (15-20 years) who are part or the early stages of planning a network of piping and water piping network is not based on the projected water demand in a period that is divided into several stages. Master Plan of SPAM Development (RIP-SPAM) Pontianak is a short-term planning strategies and development of raw water sources SPAM Pontianak is adaptive to the carrying capacity of nature/the environment in coastal areas Kapuas (highly colored raw water during the rainy season in the wet climate and get intrusion in the dry season). Short-term of RIP-SPAM Pontianak is revitalization of Penepat Intake and using reverse osmosis. Short term of RIP-SPAM is to achieve the 2015 MDG target of 82.5% of the population has access to drinking water in the city of Pontianak. Revitalization Penepat will improve services, the discharge flow of 1.210 liter/sec. Transmission pipe 600 mm DCIP will be replaced with 800 mm HDPE, using three times the pumping, which is in Intake Penepat (head 40 m), Mandor (head 75 m) and Parit Adam (head 35 m). Technology Response to the reverse osmosis is expected to improve the quality of drinking water. With the recovery factor by 50% in the brackish water treatment, then in 2015, in the Eastern zone of PDAM Pontianak planned to use 36 unit RO and the northern zone of PDAM Pontianak planned to use 46 unit RO. RO machine that is used comes from CV X with a capacity of 50 m3/hr. Based on the scenario development SPAM, Pontianak be served at 92.64% (exceeding the target MDGs).

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

REFERENCES

Eckenfelder Jr., W. W., 2010. Industrial Water Polution Control Third Edition. McGraw-Hill International Edition. United States. Elhamid, H. F. A., dan Javandi, A. A., 2011. Impact of Sea Level Rise and Over-Pumping on Seawater Intrusion in Coastal Aquifers. Journal of Water and Climate Change Vol. 2 No 1 pp 1928. IWA Publishing. United States. Lucas, S. A., Coombes, P. J., dan Sharma, A. K., 2010. The Impact of Diurnal Water Use Patterns, Demand Management and Rainwater Tanks on Water Supply Network Design. Journal of Water Science & Technology: Water Supply, Vol. 10 No. 1. IWA Publishing. United States. Mahdi, L. F., dan Sabar, A., 2010. Strategy of Drinking Water Service Improvement Using Long Storage Ambawang Barrage as Water Resources for Pontianak, West Kalimantan, Indonesia. Asia Pacific Young Water Professional Conference. Singapore. 21-24 November. Mamoribo, D. M., 2006. Perencanaan Sistem Jaringan Distribusi Air Bersih Kota Biak. Institut Teknologi Bandung. Bandung; Indonesia. Menteri Pekerjaan Umum RI, 2007. Peraturan Menteri Pekerjaan Umum No. 18 tentang Penyelenggaraan Pengembangan SPAM. Indonesia.

306

[C-02]
PDAM Kota Pontianak, 2010. Revisi Master Plan PDAM Tirta Khatulistiwa. Pontianak; Indonesia. Priyambodo, P., dan Herawati H., 2006. Langkah PDAM dan Masyarakat Kota Pontianak dalam Menghadapi Krisis Air Baku Kota Pontianak. PIT HATHI ke-23. Manado; Indonesia. PT. Indah Kusuma Jaya Engineering Consultant, 2011. Laporan Akhir Penyusunan Master Plan Air Minum Regional Greater Pontianak. Pontianak; Indonesia. PT. Indulexco Consulting Group, 2010. Konsep Laporan Akhir Pekerjaan Penyusunan Pra FS KPS Pontianak Utara dan Timur. Pontianak; Indonesia. Ramaker, T.A.B., Meuleman, A.F.M., Bernhardi, L., dan Cirkel, G., 2005. Climate Change and Drinking Water Production in The Netherlands: a Flexible Approach. Journal of Water Science and Technology Vol. 51 No. 5 pp 37-44. IWA Publishing. United States. Ramos, H. M., Mello, M., dan De, P. K., 2010. Clean Power in Water Supply Systems as A Sustainable Solution: from Planning to Practical Implementation. Journal of Water Science & Technology: Water Supply, Vol. 10 No. 1. IWA Publishing. United States. Sabar, A., 2009. Sumber Air & Peningkatan Pelayanan Air Minum Perkotaan Kawasan Pesisir Kasus PAM Kota Pontianak. Semiloka Nasional. Pontianak; Indonesia. Walski, T. M., 2002. Analysis of Water Distribution Systems. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. New York.

307

[C-02]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

308

[C-03] DOMESTIC WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR REDUCING RIVER POLLUTION: A CASE STUDY CIBEUREUM VILLAGE AND MELONG VILLAGE, DISTRICT OF SOUTH CIMAHI
Puti RENOSORI 1, Chusharini CHAMID 2, YULIADI3

ABSTRACT: The community behaviour around the Cibeureum watershed in South Cimahi who throws garbage into the river induces some environmental problems and flooding. A preliminary study found that most of the domestic rubbish from the community was thrown into Cibereum River. Some factors that caused this problem are high densed area, narrow roads and far temporary landfill which is more than 3 km, and there is no mobile transportation to move the garbage to the temporary landfill. The Cibeureum River becomes polluted, shallower and narrower which cause flood during rainy season at some low areas. Therefore, it is important to change communitys mindset by providing a training of domestic waste management. The trainning improve the communitys knowledge of clean environment, increase community motivation for sorting out garbage, to reuse, to recycle, and to make organic compost, and finally will reduce garbage into the river. The communal organic composting is carried out in anaerob condition where the rubbish is put into a shallow hole in land, while domestic composting is carried out by Takakura Method. Moreover they are also trained to reuse plastic waste, and hence reduce amount of rubbish. Finally make the river cleaner than before. KEYWORDS: Waste recycling, sorting out rubbish, takakura method, crafts. 1 INTRODUCTION

The river is one of the environmental components that have important functions in human life. One of the main function of the river today is a source of water for irrigation of agricultural land and to meet clean water requirements, both for households and for activities in the industrial sector. (Aswin , 2009) Pollution of rivers in western Java is at a fairly worrying and often cause flooding in some areas during the rainy season. The one that caused the pollution of the river is the behavior of people in the watershed (DAS) who throw garbage into the river. Pollution of rivers also occur in the Cibeureum River. Image the Cibeureum river contaminated with waste can be seen in Figure 1.

Figure 5. Cibeureum river contaminated waste

1 2

Lecturer, Bandung Islamic University, Indonesia Lecturer, Bandung Islamic University, Indonesia 3 Lecturer, Bandung Islamic University, Indonesia

309

[C-03]
The majority of household waste in the watershed Cibeureum dumped in the river Cibeureum either individually or by a garbage man. Some factors that caused this problem are high densed area, narrow roads and far temporary landfill which is more than 3 km, there is no mobile transportation to move the garbage to the temporary landfill, and the habit of throwing garbage into the river due to the lack of local awareness of the importance of the environment. The Location of the actual activity center is RW 07, Cibeureum Village and RW 22 Melong Village. Both locations are located side by side. RW 22 is located on the edge of the River Cibeureum. Some places in the RW 22 access road used by the garbage collector to dispose of waste from the waste both of RW 07 and RW 22. Due to geographical location of RW 07 and RW 22 is quite high from the surface of the river so the impact of waste disposal is only in the river is very dirty and unhealthy. More severe impacts felt by RW 27 Sub Melong, namely Cibeureum River basin, after RW 09, which is geographically quite low. These areas are often come dirty water with garbage that overflowed into the road when heavy rain, flooding and even a few times to a height of 50 cm. This is due to the silting of rivers contaminated by waste. Based on interviews with the Chairman of RW 07, Cibeureum Village, the volume of waste generated by the RW 07 alone, about 7 m3 or 7 wagons once collecting garbage, because garbage is taken 3 times a week, then the waste generated by about 21 wagons or 21 m3. Half of garbage dumped into the river, the rest is discharged into the Ciroyom Market polling stations as well as burnt . Furthermore, Mr. Ade estimate waste disposal into the river through the RW 22 of villages Melong over 20 m3/week . Accordingly, it is necessary to attempt a better way to manage waste with active community participation. Volume of waste can be reduced if each member of the community actively manages household waste as part of its responsibilities. The key to the success of cleanness program and waste management lies in the sorting out of household waste. Trash should be divided at least into organic and un-organic. Without separation, waste processing becomes difficult, expensive and high risk polluting the environment and endanger health. Each family should sort out the garbage so that it becomes a habit of living necessary efforts to increase citizen knowledge through training, especially the mothers as mother functions as the manager of the household. The training is intended to change the mindset of the people thereby increasing the awareness of citizens about the importance of environment, waste management both in the household waste separation, composting and making crafts from waste packaging. One way of utilizing the organic garbage with the huge volume ( 70%), is by garbage composting. Starting from the household, the household scale composting is proposed by Takakura method. Takakura method is the organic garbage composting. That is practical, cheap and friendly environtment, Yet, knowing that not all people are available to manage their own garbage, it need the communal composting system. The composting scale was done in anaerobe condition by digging the hole in the land used for organic composting. Utilization of waste packaging can be made into craft items. These items can be used alone even for sale, so as to supplement their income. Purpose of these service activities is to enhance waste management of the benefits can reduce one environmental problem, that is polluting the rivers can also be used as a value-added products such as compost and crafts that can be used alone or be sold so as to add extra income for household mothers. 2 STUDY REFERENCES

So far the society has been aware that the water and the content inside it is essential for human life. Unfortunately all this time awards and the community treatment to the river is very low. The river has always been considered as a "big bin" so that all kinds of garbage in the river and no exception for

310

[C-03]
waste plant. As a result, the quality of river water is very low and undrinkable, even a lot of dead fish during the hours of their waste plant. (Basrowi, 2011) The Community in watershed, which lacked a sense of cares for the environment often carelessly dispose of their garbage into rivers or sewers mainly located near them. The magnitude of the volume of waste dumped into rivers and sewers carelessly could potentially contaminate the river. The amount of waste disposed into streams or carelessly discarded effect on the pollution of the river as much as 60-70% of all types of pollutants of the river (Bineka, 2009). Alternatives to solve the problem, first, it is started by setting people realize how important water for our life, and the benefits of a healthy lifestyle, then do the integrated waste management of community-based 3R. 2.1 TYPES OF WASTE AND HANDLING

Every day humans produce waste dependent on the kind of activity. Each type has different processing methods. Mixed waste causes the cost of processing to be expensive. Therefore, the key of waste management is the sorting, or the separation between one type of waste with other waste types (USAID, 2009). Waste can be classified into two major groups, namely organic and non organic waste. 1. Organic Waste. Organic waste or often referred as garbage is the kind of garbage that comes from living bodies to rot and can be easily destroyed by nature. Examples are vegetables, meat, fish, rice, and grass clippings / leaves/twigs from the garden. Human life can not be separated from organic waste each day. Decomposition of organic waste due to biochemical processes due to the decomposition of organic waste material itself by mikroorganime (a very small living things) with the support of other factors in the environment. The method of organic waste processing appropriate is through a controlled decomposition, known as composting or composting. 2. Non-Organic Waste. Non-organic waste or dry waste or garbage that is not perishable waste is composed of non-organic compounds derived from natural resources are not renewable such as minerals and petroleum, or from industrial processes. Examples are glass bottles, plastic, plastic bags, cans, and metals. Mostly non-organic waste can not be described by a natural at all, and others can be described in a very long time. Non-organic waste processing are closely related to saving natural resources are used to make these materials and reduction of pollution caused by production processes in the plant 2.2 REDUCE, REUSE, RECYCLE (3R)

3R principle is the main principle of managing waste from its source, through the various steps that can reduce the amount of waste disposed to landfill (final disposal). The main step is the sorting from the source. The Principles of 3 R are: Reduce. Reduce the amount of waste and Save hours of using the goods. For example, by carrying a shopping bag when to market so as to reduce plastic waste and prevent the use of styrofoam. Reuse. Goods which can still be used should not be discarded immediately, but as far as possible use it over and over again. For example, writing on both sides of the paper and use the refill bottle.

311

[C-03]
Recycle. Waste paper can be made crafts, as well as waste plastic packaging of instant noodles, soap, oil, etc. Organic waste can be composted and used as fertilizer plants and greenery.

There are three levels of management activities related to integrated waste management system waste management 3R in the city, namely: 1. Management of individual scales 2. Management of the regional scales 3. Management of city-scale 2.3 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF COMPOSTING

The process of changing waste into compost is a natural metabolic proces with the aid of living things. For that, there are several factors that must be fulfilled, namely: 1. Microorganisms or microbes. Which are microscopic living creatures (very small) that can only be viewed through a microscope, such as bacteria and fungi. Microbe is the 'eat' junk and the digestion is compost. The more of the number of microbes, the better the composting process. These microbes can be obtained from the finished compost or top layer of loose soil (humus). 2. The air. Composting is an aerobic process (requires air). Air flow is not good for composting. It will lead to other types of microbes (which is not good for composting) are more alive, causing odor and compost formation does not occur. Therefore, a hollow container or, reversal and stirring regularly is very important in composting. 3. Humidity. Optimal composting takes place in humidity between 50-70%. If it is too humid, the air will be blocked into organic matter so that the bacteria die from lack of air. Then keep it in a fairly dry. But also not too dry because microbes need water as the medium of his life. Then it is flush or spray with water if too dry. 4. Temperature. The decomposition of organic matter by microbes cause a high enough temperature (active phase). Temperatures will drop gradually indicating the maturation phase of composting. The ideal temperature range for composting is 45-70 degrees Celsius. 5. Nutrition. Like humans, microbes also need food or nutrition. The content of carbon and nitrogen in organic waste is a source of food microbes. Comparison of these two elements will change as composting over. Average composting process takes about 6-8 weeks. Time variation depending on the type of organic waste and the presence or absence of additional elements that accelerate the composting process as EM4. Particle size also need to be considered in the garbage composting. Aerobes is a condition in which air or oxygen is present in a biological reaction, for example in the composting process. Otherwise known as anaerobic conditions, conditions without air or oxygen, for example waste dumped in landfill. Under anaerobic conditions led to the stack / heap of organic waste and foul-smelling odor, due to biological reactions that occur. Hence the composting process under anaerobic conditions should be avoided. The trick, provide good air circulation or do an orderly reversal process.

312

[C-03]
2.4 STEP BY STEP COMPOSTING SYSTEM INDIVIDUAL TAKAKURA

The composition of Takakura basket can be seen in Figure 1. The cover of dust bin Porous hude material Plastic dust bin Upper husk pillow Layers of cardboard Organic waste/garbage Compost Bottom husk pillow
Figure 1. Takakura basket arrangement

The steps of composting with Takakura (USAID, 2009): 1. Chopped vegetable trash before it is put into the basket. 2. Add the remaining food to be composted into a basket, try to put the rubbish new waste. 3. Tech-press or put garbage into compost material in the basket or stirring so that the material covered by the compost bin in the basket. 4. Cover with chaff pillow up to meeting to prevent entry of flies and other animals. 5. Cover with black cloth 2.5 BENEFITS OF COMPOST

Compost is like a multi-vitamin for agricultural land. Compost will improve soil fertility and stimulates healthy root. Compost improves soil structure by increasing soil organic matter content and will enhance the ability of soil to maintain soil water content. Soil microbial activity is beneficial for the plant will increase with the addition of compost. Microbial activity helps plants to absorb nutrients from the soil and produce compounds that can stimulate plant growth. Soil microbial activity is also known to help plants deal with the disease (Wikipedia, 2009). Plants fertilized with compost also tend to be better quality than plants fertilized with chemical fertilizers, for example harvest is more resistant stored, heavier, fresher, and more delicious. Compost has many benefits in terms of several aspects: Economic aspects: 1. Save costs for transportation and landfill 2. Reduce the volume/ size of waste 3. Have a higher sale value than the original material Environmental aspects: 1. Reduce air pollution from burning waste 2. Reduce land requirement for landfill

313

[C-03]
3 CASE STUDIES: HOUSEHOLD WASTE MANAGEMENT TRAINING

Currently most garbage men RW 07 and RW 22 throw garbage into the river through one of the access road houses located on the edge of the river at Cibeureum, by paying Rp 100 000,-/wagon / month. Garbage men pick up garbage that conduct to be sold like bottle packaging, cardboard, etc. Residual waste that unsaleable dumped into the river. Efforts to improve waste management in their respective households conducted by the training of residents, especially against women, as managers of household waste. Training in the area of waste management has done as much as six times, in which participants consist of citizens, mothers PKK cadres, the board of RT & RW, and also recitation mothers of At Taqwa mosque. Household composting done by the method of Takakura. This is because the advantages of this method are practical, inexpensive and environmentally friendly. The first matter of training is about waste management knowledge-based 3R (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle) as an effort to reduce waste from its source. Training images can be seen in Figure 2.

Figure 2. Photos of the waste management training

The second matter is to explain the current waste management and conditions of Cibeureum River and the last matter that is the theory and practice of composting household scale by Takakura method. In order to motivate the participants to do the sorting of waste, then each trainee get a waste basket. Photo distribution of waste basket on one waste management training can be seen in Figure 3.

.
Figure 3. Distribution trash bins for waste segregation at Masjid At-Taqwa

In addition they are also offered a composter (a set of tools Takakura composting method) for those who want to do the composting. Participants agreed to do composting in groups, and formed 10 groups. For residents unable to attend are given the letter for sorting their garbage at home.

314

[C-03]
Not all people are willing to manage their waste because it needs to be done in the area of waste management. The first area of waste management is done by developing the people who had livelihood of waste that is garbage, garbage scavengers and assisted by several volunteers. Composting waste land held in RW 07 at Nurul Huda street. Composting anaerobe done by digging a hole in the ground to composting organic waste. Size of the hole made 1 m x 1 m X 1m. The inside of the hole remains with wall soil, except for the top as thick as 1 (one) brick cemented to prevent landslides and to cushion the concrete cap. Elections anaerobic composter because waste treatment with this composter is easier to use, waste can be inserted without the need to be chopped. This composter is versatile and a lot of benefits, because the composter can put all kinds of organic materials such as kitchen waste, yard waste, etc.. To speed up the composting process sown MOL (Micro-Organisms Local). This MOL function is to decompose the material of compost. While how to make MOL (Sobirin, 2008) is as follows: Mix 2 pounds of fermented cassava, 1 kilogram of sugar and 5 cups coconut water and dissolved in 25 liters of water. In order to teach and practice of recycling for residents then be held the training to make crafts using waste packaging. Due to high demand for training then the training has been conducted two times. Photos of taining to make crafts from waste packaging can be seen in Figure 4.

.
Figure 4. Training to make craft from waste packaging

In some places in the RW 07 and RW 22, there is often flooding, especially after a big rain. To overcome these problems chairman of Cibeureum area give biopori drill to make biopori hole . In order to no one stuck to the biopori hole, so it must be closed. A set Biopori lid can be ordered the price of Rp 20 000/each. In the environment RW 07 has been explored 38 biopori holes. Biopori hole is filled with trash and after 1 month the garbage has turned into compost that can be harvested and then refilled with fresh garbage. Compost output at household composting , composting in the community land and the results of the biopori holes used to grow plants in our security post and in the community ground. 4 ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION

Although Law No. 18 of 2008 on waste management are in place and in it there is a ban throw garbage into the river, but the implementation of the field is difficult because of lack of supervision and no penalty is actually applied. Pollution of rivers is mainly due to lack of awareness of the importance of protecting the environment. Because it takes training to change the mindset that that we trash our responsibility that produce, and change the habit of throwing garbage into waste management.

315

[C-03]
The Observations after the training was done by field study and interview the garbage men. According to the garbage men 50% of the community had already sorted the garbage, mainly in RW 07. This was due to the role of leader (RW 07 leader) to actively remind the community to sort the garbage by writing the announcement. All the participants getting the composter did the composting actively. Besides getting the composter some people with their own awareness made the garbage composting without any facilitation given. Garbage man feel happy and helped by the residents do waste segregation because they think non organic salable waste such as plastic, cardboard and other, can be sold more expensive if the conditions are clean not mixed with organic waste. Also the amount of waste that can be sold after the training has increased. After training, the mothers are quite active make the product from packaging and plastic trash like making bags, purses, rugs, flower decoration etc. There are some items already sold but not yet optimal marketing peddlers sold only in shopping malls in the city of Bandung. After discussion with the chairman of RW, PKK, and the citizens then the effort to clean up plastic waste that cannot be recycled and unsalable by way of burning it, because it has built a simple furnace and waste segregation place at RW 22 in Citopeng River. Currently, 50% of the waste unsalable is transported to the polling station in the market Ciroyom the rest were burned using a simple furnace, which has been built. We are aware of the burning of waste can cause air pollution. for the future if there is a better solution to handle the waste then the way is irreparable. According to the garbage man, dumped garbage is still into the river, especially by illegal garbage but volume is reduced by about sixty percent (60%) than before training, which first a 20 wagons or 20 m 3 /week, now after training to be 8 wagons (8 m3) of garbage/ week. Training waste management to citizens have succeed in changing the paradigm of citizens, especially in the RW 07, because now trainees of RW 07 have the spirit to implement waste segregation, composting method "Takakura making crafts from waste, also composting in the community land. The results of composting is used for greening the environment and planting trees in pots. Headman of Cibeureum, and Headman of South Cimahi came to RW 07 to see these activities, then set the RW 07 as a representative south Cimahi in the race of green village in Cimahi City, competed against Central and Northern District of Cimahi.In the green village competition held on July 14, 2012, all elements of society such as the PKK mothers, youth, arts groups etc. supporting and attend the competition. Currently residents of RW 07 are waiting for the results of the competition, they are hoping to win and be able to compete at the provincial level,this is very motivating people to better manage waste, composting, making crafts and harvest crops. 5 CONCLUSION

After training, it can be made the following conclusion, namely: 1. Training can increase knowledge and change the paradigm of initially garbage as a waste can be used as a resource (waste to product). 2. Training can enhance women's empowerment in the management of waste into value-added products that can be composted as well as making handicrafts made from trash. Handicraft items are some already sold, thereby increasing the income housewife while the compost produced to date has not been sold because people need to grow crops is not yet fulfilled. 3. Training can increase local awareness of the importance of the environment so as to reduce the amount of garbage dumped into the river. 4. Compost produced from composting at home, composting by the LRB, and composting scale area, can be used for greening the environment, so the more healthy and beautiful environment

316

[C-03]
6 SUGGESTIONS

Following the training of household waste management the authors suggest: 1. Administrator RW must remind residents to do the sorting of waste, either through oral or written on a periodic because citizens need to be constantly motivated to sort out the garbage so it can be sustained and become a habit. 2. Government should enforce the law. The Government needs to monitor the river aggainst irresponsible people who throw garbage into the river and gives a penalty. 7 REFERENCES in 22 ac.

Aswin R, 2009, Pencemaran Sungai Di Kota Bandung, Contained http://dark4me.blogspot.com/2009/11/pencemaran-sungai-di-kota-bandung. Downloaded: March 2012. Basrowi 2011, Konsep lingkungan bersih, Contained basrowi/files/2011/04/21Id. Downloaded : 18 March 2012. in http:// blog. unila

Bineka 2009, Pencemaran-air di-bandung, Contained in binekas.wordpress.com/2009. Downloaded : 18 March 2012. DPC PKS Arcamanik Kota Bandung 2008, Persiapan penyelenggaraan pelatihan gratis pengelolaan sampah metode takakura. Contained in http://pksarcamanik.wordpress.com/2008/11/10/pelatihangratis-pengelolaan-sampah-keluarga. Downloaded: 22 March 2012. ESP DKI Jakarta 2009, Pengelolaan sampah berbasis masyarakat. Modul pelatihan. Contained in http://www.esp.or.id/wp-content/uploads/pdf/ devtools/modul-cbswm-hi.pdf. Downloaded : 22 March 2012. Isroi 2008, Mengelola sampah rumah tangga. Contained in http://isroi.wordpress.com /2008/05/03/mengelola-sampah-rumah-tangga-di-perkampunganperkotaan. Downloaded: 19 March 2012.

Wikipedia Kompos 2011, Contained in http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kompos. Downloaded : 18 March 2011

317

[C-03]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

318

[C-04] WASTE REDUCTION THROUGH 3 R (REDUCE, REUSE AND RECYCLING) PROGRAM: A CASE STUDY OF SURABAYA CITY, INDONESIA
Sri DARWATI1

ABSTRACT: One strategy of solid waste management which was set up by the Ministry of Public Works Regulation number 21 / 2006 is solid waste reduction from its source through a 3 R (Reduce, Reuse, Recycling) program. The aim of the study is focused on composting and recycling program with a case study of Surabaya city. The methodology of the research is literature review, interviews and field observations. Surabaya as the second largest city in Indonesia with population about of three millions is one of the cities that has successfully reduced its waste through active involvement of related stakeholders. The 3 R program in Surabaya has reduced its waste about 27% in 2008, whereas the achievement of 3 R program in average in Indonesia was 7 % in 2009 (Data from Ministry of Living Environment). In conclusion, to optimize the 3 R program, it needs a change in the patterns of collecting - transporting dumping to the patterns of sorting - collecting - treating. These patterns need supporting activities such as facilitation of equipment sanitation, community empowerment, training, socialization and campaign. To optimize the sorting and waste treating, The Cleaning Agency promotes the formation of cadres and environmental facilitators. The implementation of 3 R program also needs participation from all related stakeholders such as government, non-governmental organizations, private sector and the community itself. KEYWORDS: Waste reduction, community, management, Surabaya, Indonesia. 1 INTRODUCTION

The National Policy of Solid Waste Management in Indonesia Code number 18 in year 2008 concerning waste reduction mentions at part two article 12 that every person in household has the obligation to reduce and handle his waste in an environmentally sound way. The current National Policy in Indonesia of solid waste management is an increase of coverage service up to 60% in 2010 and a reduction of solid waste stream up to 20% in 2014 (Strategic Policy of The Department of Public Works, 2009). One of the strategies which was set up by The Ministry of Public Works Regulation Number 21 / PRT / M / 2006 about Policy and National Strategy on Solid Waste Management is solid waste reduction from its source through 3 R (Reduce, Reuse, Recycling). One of the 3 R programs is composting. Composting is a strategic solution for waste reduction since the composition of solid waste in Indonesia is dominantly organic of more than 50%. In Indonesia, the organic waste composting is done in residential areas, at temporary disposal sites and at The Final Processing Site (FPS). The Indonesian Government through The Ministry of Public Works has promoted the 3 R program. However, the achievement is still far from the target. The achievement of the 3 R program in Indonesia was 7 % in 2009 (Data from The Ministry of Living Environment, 2009). It needs to be accelerated to achieve the target solid waste reduction up to 20% in year of 2014 (Strategic Policy of The Ministry of Public Works, 2009). Surabaya as the capital of East Java Province is the second largest city in Indonesia with a population of about three millions that has some problems with its solid waste management. Solid waste has become an important issue in Surabaya because of the more expensive and limited land to find land
1

Researcher, Research Institute for Human Settlements-Ministry of Public Works, Indonesia

319

[C-04]
for a new Final Processing Site (FPS). The operation of FPS Keputih before year of 2001 was open dumping which has made conflicts with the people around it . The presence of FPS caused odor, pollution and flooding so that the landfill was closed and moved to the FPS Benowo near Gresik City since October 13, 2001. In order to solve those problems, Surabaya has been promoting a 3 R strategy for solid waste reduction from its source. 2 MATERIAL AND METHODS

The methodology of data collection is : Secondary data collected from literature review , internet and previous studies about Surabaya City, solid waste management program, solid waste generation and composition Primary data collected from interviews with solid waste management stakeholders in Surabaya city: The Cleaning Agency of Surabaya City, Bappeko (Planning and Development Body of Surabaya City, Pusdakota (a Local NGO), some residents and community organizations about solid waste management program, solid waste generation and composition, problems and strategy. Field observations were done to some composting activities such as composting houses and household composting about the capacity, facilities, composting process and product marketing RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS DESCRIPTION OF SURABAYA CITY

3 3.1

The population of Surabaya City is about 3 million peoples. The area is about 290 square kilometer in a coastal and lowland area. The altitude varies from 3 to 10 m above sea level. Surabaya city covers 31 kecamatan (districts) and 163 kelurahan (sub districts). The Final Processing Site of Surabaya City is located in Benowo, District Romokalisari. The total area of FPS Benowo is 37.4 Ha. The FPS has been operating since 2001. In year 2011 about 33 Ha has been used as infrastructure and landfill zone, only 4 ha remains. 3.2 STRATEGY OF 3 R (REDUCE, REUSE, RECYCLING)

One strategy to reduce solid waste is 3 R program. The objective of 3 R program is to reduce waste to increase the life span of Final Processing Site and to reduce transportation costs to the Final Processing Site in Benowo. In this 3 R program, Surabaya City collaborates with community organization, Non Governmental Organization (NGOs) and private companies such as PT Unilever. 3.3 SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND ITS COMPOSITION

Solid waste generation in Surabaya City is about 2400 ton/day in 2011 under the asumption that the waste generation is 3,5 L/capita/day and population of 3 millions. From the total waste only about 75 % - 77% can be managed by Surabayas Cleaning Agency. About 1200 ton/day is disposed to landfill in year 2011.

320

[C-04]
Solid waste composition in Surabaya City is showed in Table . It can be seen that organic waste decreases and plastics increases year by year.
Table 1. Solid waste composition in Surabaya City No. Component of waste Organic waste Paper Plastics Wood Metal Glasses Rubber/leather Fabric others Total Percentage (%) 1988 6.2 5.6 4.6 1.0 0.4 0.8 2.2 4.6 100
a)

2006b) 72.4 7.3 10.1 2.4 1.4 1.7 0.5 2.7 1.5 100

2010c) 68.5 6.1 12.4 2.3 1.0 1.4 0.5 4.0 3.8 100

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

77.3

Source : a) Trihadiningrum, 1988; b) Trihadiningrum, 2006; c) Anonim, 2010

3.4

ACHEVEMENT OF 3 R PROGRAMS

Surabaya City has promoted 3 R Strategy since 2006. This can be seen that from data 2005-2008 that the waste disposed to Final Processing Site in Benowo was decreasing from year to year. The waste reduction is calculated from service coverage (ton/day) that is reduced by the amount of waste that goes to the Final Processing Site Benowo Surabaya City (ton/day), as described in Table and Figure .
Table 2. Waste disposed to Final Processing Site (FPS) in Surabaya City Population Year 2005 2006 2007 (person)a) 2,701,312 2,720,156 2,861,928 Total Waste (t/d)2 2,364 2,380 2,504 Service Coverage (t/d)3 1,820 1,833 1,928 Waste Disposed to FPS (t/d) b) 1,819 1,640 1,480 Waste Reduction (t/d)4 1 193 448 Waste reduction (%)5 0 8 18 27

2008 2,866,841 2,508 1,932 1,258 674 Source: a) Statistic Centre Bureau, Indonesia; b) Cleaning Agency Surabaya City

2 3

Calculated from 3.5 L/capita/day, specific gravity 0.25 ton/m3 Service coverage 77% of total waste 4 Calculated from service coverage is reduced by waste disposed to landfill 5 waste reduction/total waste x 100%

321

[C-04]

2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 1 2005 448 193

1820 1819 1833 1640 1928 1480 1258 1932

coverage (t/d) waste disposed FPS (t/d) reduction (t/day)

674

2006

2007

2008

Figure 1. Waste reduction in Surabaya City

It can be seen that the reduction waste at source was increasing year by year, starting from 2006. Waste reduction was 193 ton/day in 2006 and increased to 674 ton/day in 2008. In 2008 the waste reduction was 27 %; it is from organic waste recycling through composting and non organic waste recycling at the source. 3.5 IMPLEMENTATON OF 3 R PROGRAM

The waste reduction that goes to landfill Benowo Surabaya may come from the successful implementation of 3 R program. The implementation of 3 R program in Surabaya city consists of the following programs: 3.5.1 Composting House

Surabaya Cleaning Agency has developed some community based composting at Temporary Disposal Sites (TDS). There are 163 TDS in Surabaya, of which 16 were developed into Composting House. Until 2011, Surabaya has built composting houses in 16 locations. Next year, The Cleaning Agency will develop 31 units of composting house in each district. The capacity of each composting house is about 3-12 m3/day of organic waste. The total capacity of Composting Houses is about 119.5 m3/day or about 40 ton/day. The compost production is about 57 m3/day (see Table 3).

322

[C-04]
Table 3. Location and capacity of composting houses in Surabaya City No Location Year Building Area (m2) 391.9 Composting Capacity (m3/day) 6 8 12 2 3.5 93 60 95 273 535.5 207 72 207 600 64 600 131.5 4 4 3 4 7 6 10 6 8 12 3 10 2 Composting Product (m / day) 3 4 6 0.5 1.5 2 2 1.5 2 3.5 3 5 3 4 6 1.5 3 1
3

Composting Time (day) 90 20 25 20 25 20 25 20 25 20 25 20 25 90 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 25

Number of Workers 5 6 8 1 4 2 3 1 2 3 4 4 6 2 6 1 6 2

Bratang

1996 2005 2007

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Depo Bibis Karah Keputran TenggilisUtara Wonorejo Rungkut Asri Menur Benowo Tenggilis Rayon Taman Sonokwijenan Gayungsari Putat Jaya Sumber Rejo

2000 2007 2005 2005 2006 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2008 2008 2009 2009 operational since 2011 2010 2010

117

14 15 16

Jambangan Srikana Liponsos

148.75 49

3 2 4

1.5 1 2

20 20 20 25

1 2 2

83.93 2010 operational since 2011 Total Source : Surabaya Cleaning Agency and Bappeko, 2011

119.5 m3/day

57 m3/day

3.5.2

Household Composting by Community

Household composting can be a simple way to manage organic waste from kitchen and garden wastes. Composting can be applied by using household composting bin, called as composter or takakura. It can effectively reduce waste quantities for collection, thereby improving efficiency and reducing operating costs. From the data of Cleaning Agency and Bappeko Surabaya city, 18.547 units consisting of 1514 units of composter and 17033 units of takakura were distributed to residents (see Figure ). Under the assumption that each household composting has been adopted for one other resident so that the total composting bins will be about 37.094 units. Each composter or takakura can reduce about 1 kg/day of organic waste so that the total composting bins can reduce 37 ton/day.

323

[C-04]

Figure 2. Distribution of Composter and Takakura in Surabaya

40000 35000 30000 25000 20000 15000 10000 5000 0 5610 2805 2006 11052 11322 5526 2008 2009 2010 22644 16111 18547 composting bin & its replication 32222 composting bin

37094

2007

Figure 3. Cumulative of household composting bin and its replication

3.5.3

Recycling Non organic Waste

In Surabaya city, recycling of non organic waste is done for economic reasons by the scavengers/waste pickers. Since The Surabaya Government promoted 3 R programs, non organic recycling is also done by householders and community themselves. The potency of recyclable material can be seen from the recovery factor that means the percentage of each component of waste that can be recovered or recycled. The economic potency of non organic recycling comes from valuable materials, such as plastic, paper metal, and glasses that are calculated about 10 % (see Table 4 and Table 5).
Table 4. Recovery factor of waste in Surabaya City Component of SW Recovery Factor (%) Organic wastea) 80 b) Plastics 50 Paperb) 40 b) Metal 80 Glassesb) 70 Sources : a) Tchobanoglous, Theisen dan Vigil, 1993; b) Trihadiningrum etal., 2006

324

[C-04]
Table 5. Potency of reduction of non organic materials Component Paper Plastics Metal Glasses Sub total Composition (%) 2006 7.30 10.10 1.40 1.70 2010 6.10 12.40 1.00 1.40 Recovery (%) 40 50 80 70 10.28 Recyclable (%) 2006 2.92 5.05 1.12 1.19 244.66 2010 2.44 6.2 0.8 0.98 10.42 Potency of Waste Recycled (t/day) 2006 69.50 120.19 26.66 28.32 244.66 2010 61 155 20 24.5 260.5

3.6

PROMOTING COMMUNITY BASED WASTE MANAGEMENT

To increase the community participation, Surabaya City collaborates with community organization, NGOs and private companies. The concept of community participation in 3 R is that the households or residents as waste generators play a strategic function in reducing solid waste quantity, such as composting and recycling of non organic recyclable materials. To optimize the community composting and recycling program, it needs a change from the old pattern of collecting - transporting dumping to sorting - collecting - treating. These activities are expected to lead to optimization of solid waste reduction and creation of income generation. The strategy to promote community participation is as follows : Socialization in collaboration with NGOs and community organizations. The objective is to promote the community awareness and to change the mindset of the citizens about solid waste management. The program is implemented to the community through housewife organization, such as PKK (Pemberdayaan dan Kesejahteraan Keluarga) or a family empowerment and welfare program. The program of sorting and community-based waste processing is done at the sub district level. Some of the communities in Surabaya are developing the Waste Banking through collecting the recyclable material and non organic material for handicraft to generate income from plastic waste as activities in Green and Clean Campaign collaboration with NGOs private companies, local TV and newspapers. There are about 50 subdistricts participating in Green and Clean Campaign and about 10 communities have developed Recycling Business Centre in 2010 (Bappeko, 2011). In order to optimize sorting and community based waste processing, the Cleaning Agency has promoted the formation of cadres and environmental facilitators. The number of cadres and facilitators increases year by year,as can be observed in Figure and Figure . Distribution of equipment sanitation waste, such as composter or takakura for household composting and waste collection vehicle.

Figure 4. Number of cadres in Surabaya City

325

[C-04]

Figure 5. Number of facilitators in Surabaya City

3.7

ROLE OF STAKEHOLDERS

To optimize 3 R programs, it needs participation from all related stakeholders. The role of stakeholders is described in Table 6.
Table 6. The role of stakeholders No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Activity Policy & legality supporting Setting Program Socialization /campaign Sorting and Collection Waste reduction & recycling Final processing and treatment Technical and Management Assistance Dialog Forum/Networking Investment Financing Operational Financing Management of composting & recycling Local Government V V V V V V V V Private company V V V NGO Community Organization Resident

V V V V V V V V V

V V V

CONCLUSION

The 3 R program in Surabaya has reduced its waste generation about 27% in 2008 from composting and recycling non organic materials. To optimize the 3 R program, it needs a change from the patterns of collecting - transporting dumping to the patterns of sorting - collecting - treating. These patterns need supporting activities, such as facilitation of equipment sanitation, community empowerment, training, socialization and campaign. To optimize the sorting and waste treating, the Cleaning Agency promotes the formation of cadres and environmental facilitators. The implementation of 3 R program also needs participation from all related stakeholders, such as government, NGO, private sector and the community itself. 5 REFERENCES

--------, Indonesian Code number 18 in year 2008, Solid Waste Management, Ministry of Law and Human Right Indonesia, Jakarta

326

[C-04]
--------, Ministry of Public Workss Regulations No 21 / PRT / M / 2006, Policy and National Strategy on Solid Waste Management, Jakarta Maeda T 2009,Reducing Waste through The Promotion of Composting and Active Involvement of Various Stakeholders: Replicating Surabayas Solid Waste Management Model, Policy Brief, IGES Kitakyushu Office Tchobanoglous, G , Theisen, H, and Vigil S 1993, Integrated Solid Waste Management. Engineering Principles and Management Issues, McGraw Hill International Editions, New York Trihadiningrum, Y, Wignjosoebroto, S, Simatupang, N D, Tirawaty, S, and Damayanti, O 2006,Reduction Capacity of Plastic Component in Municipal Solid Waste of Surabaya City, Indonesia, Proceeding of International Seminar on Environmental Technology and Management Conference September 7-8, 2006, Bandung

327

[C-04]

-- This page is intentionally left blank --

328

[C-05]

OPTIMAL SCALE OF WATER SUPPLY PROVISION IN INDONESIA

Sri MARYATI1

ABSTRACT: Water supply is one type of infrastructure with high capital costs. Theoretically, economies of scale exist in such system. Small-scale PDAM (public water supply company) has higher unit cost compared to the big one. If economies of scale exist, there is an optimal scale of water supply provision. The objective of this study was to identify the optimal scale of water supply provision in Indonesia. In order to identify the optimal scale of water supply provision, neo-classical cost function was developed. To estimate the cost function, data from 120 production systems in PDAM Kabupaten Bekasi, Kabupaten Subang, Kabupaten Cianjur, Kota Bandung, Kabupaten Bandung, Kabupaten Kuningan, and Kabupaten Ciamis, was used. Based on the analysis, it was known that economies of scale exist in production system which used pumping system. The optimal scale of the system was 50 million m3/year of production or the system that serves 767.514 population. KEYWORDS: Water supply, economies of scale, optimal scale. 1 INTRODUCTION

The size of public water supply company in Indonesia (PDAM) was very varied. The size of the company can be measured from the number of customers and production volume. As an illustration, the smallest PDAM in West Java Province in term of number of customers was PDAM Cirebon with 2,365 customers and the biggest one was PDAM Kota Bandung, with 150,236 customers. If production volume is used as measurement, the smallest PDAM was PDAM Kota Banjar which produced 3,343,056 m3 water per year, and the biggest one was PDAM Kabupaten Tangerang which produced 136,134,538 m3 water per year. Infrastructure provision has characteristics of high capital cost. In general there is economies of scale in infrastructure provision. In this context, the greater the scale of provision of infrastructure, cost per unit goes down. Related to the concept of economies of scale, it is also known the term of optimal scale which is the scale of the most efficient provision of infrastructure. Although in other countries, the existence of economies of scale and optimal scale have been discussed widely (see for example Kim and Lee (1998), Mizutani and Urakami (2001)), a similar study using the case in Indonesia is still very limited. The condition of optimal scale of water supply provision is not yet known. The aim of this study was to explore the condition of optimal scale of water supply provision in Indonesia. The study will be useful to determine on what scale the infrastructure should be provided.

Associate Professor, School of Architecture, Planning, and Policy Development, Institute of Technology Bandung, Indonesia

329

[C-05]
2 METHODS

To identify the optimal scale of PDAM, the cost function was developed. The cost function was developed based on neo-classical cost function. In neo-classical cost function, it is defined as a function of quantity, price of input factors, and technological factor (Greene, 1997). Neo-classical cost function can be expressed as Equation (1).

C = f (Q, I, T)
Where: C = cost Q = quantity (production volume) P = price of input factors T = technological factor

(1)

In this study, quantity was measured from production volume, input factor price and technological factor was assumed the same across the study area. Based on previous study, such as Clark and Stevie (1981), Bhattacharyya et al (1995), Mizutani and Urakami (2001), and Maryati et al (2009), environmental condition also influenced the cost. Based on Maryati et al (2009), in this study the environmental variables which were used in cost function were water quality and topography. Based on neo-classical cost function, the cost function for production system in this study was defined as Equation (2).

C = f(Q, S, P)
Where: C = cost Q = quantity (production volume) S = water quality P = topography.

(2)

In this study, water quality was measured from the source of water for the system. It was because in Indonesia source of water influences the type of treatment. The source of water can be divided into well, spring, and surface water. Topography was measured through the type of transmission system, which can be divided into pumping and gravity system. Water quality and topography furthermore were expressed as dummy variables.Total cost consists of chemicals cost, energy cost, raw water retribution, land rent, wage, maintenance cost, and depreciation. Cost component was varied based on the source of water used. In this study production system was divided into SPMA (using Spring), SPAP (using surface water), and SPSD (using well). Total cost in this study was limited on production cost, distribution cost was not be considered. The component of each cost can be seen in Tabel 1. The cost function was estimated by using several form of function, which were linear, log-linear, and translog. The best function was identified from coefficient of determination. Unit of analysis in this study was production system in PDAM. In one PDAM probably there are more than one production system, which is varied based on environmental condition. If level of analysis is on PDAM level, environmental condition cannot be specified. To estimate the parameter in cost function, 120 production systems in PDAM Kabupaten Bekasi, Kabupaten Subang, Kabupaten Cianjur, Kota Bandung, Kabupaten Bandung, Kabupaten Kuningan, and Kabupaten Ciamis, was used. Data used in this study was corrected empirical data. This type of data was used since the availability and validity of empirical data was very limited. The existence of economies of scale in this study can be identified from the unit cost. Unit cost is total cost divided by volume of production. If unit cost decrease with the increase of production volume,

330

[C-05]

economies of scale exist. Optimal scale in this study was observed graphically from the graph of unit cost and production volume.
Table 1. Production cost component Cost Components Chemicals2 SPMA & SPSD: Desinfectant SPAP: Desinfectant & Coagulant SPAP: Raw Water Pump Energy Cost (SPMA, SPSD,SPAP) Treatment Pump, Lighting, Other Electronic Device SPSD: Submersible Pump Raw Water Retribution, Land Rent, Wage, Maintenance Cost Depreciation Electricity Installment, Office Building, Electricity Installation, Office Equipment, Reqruitment of Employee SPMA: Broncaptering, Desinfection Pump SPSD: Well, Desinfection Pump, Submersible Pump, Generator, Pump and Generator House SPAP: Intake, Raw Water Pump, WTP, Transmission Pipe, Generator, Pump and Generator House, Equipment Building

OVERVIEW OF WATER SUPPLY PROVISION IN WEST JAVA PROVINCE AND STUDY CASES

Water supply provision in West Java Province is formally an obligation of government through water supply company (PDAM). Nevertheless the service area of PDAM nowadays cannot reach all of the population. The inhabitant who do not serve by PDAM, have to fulfill their need individually or forming communal system. As explained previously, the number of customer of PDAM in city or residence in West Java province was varied. The average number of customers was 45,245 and standard deviation was 41,164. The source of water used by PDAM was well, spring, and surface water or combination of the source. Surface water is the biggest source of water in West Java province. In the future, surface water is the potential source of water. Nevertheless the availability of surface water in West Java province is showing the critical condition, means that the demand for water is bigger than the supply. Number of customers and source of water of PDAM in West Java Province can be seen in Table 2. In term of distributed water and sold water, PDAM in West Java Province was also varied. The average of distributed water was 5,473,704 m3/yr and standard deviation was 1,471,560 m3/yr, whereas the average of sold water was 3,772,254.5 m3/yr and standard deviation was 818,321.5 m3/yr. The distributed water and sold water can be seen in Table 3.

SPMA is Spring Production System. SPSD is Well Production System. SPAP is Surface Water Production System

331

[C-05]
Table 2. Number of customer and source of water of PDAM in West Java Province Number of Source of Water and Quantity (l/s) Customers Kab Subang 26,986 R: 84, S: 135, DW: 99 Kab Karawang 45,721 R: 558, S: 18, DW: 20 Kota Bogor 94,995 R: 1,114, S: 336 Kota Cirebon 2,365 S: 1,061 Kota Bandung 150,236 R: 2,316, S: 100, DW: 95 Kab Bandung 56,486 R: 522.68, S: 87.60, D: 10, DW: 49,50 Kab Garut 29,115 R: 20, S: 276, DW: 45 Kab Sukabumi 20,431 R: 226, S: 193, DW: 58 Kab Kuningan 19,740 S: 163, D: 40 Kota Bekasi 12,289 D: 275 Kab Bogor 126,540 R: 1062, S: 693.6, DW: 81.8 Banjar 8,131 R: 120 Kab Cirebon 26957 R: 78, S: 166, DW: 27 Kab Sumedang 25,567 R: 87, S: 99, DW: 20 Kota Sukabumi 18,030 R: 170, S: 112, DW: 20 Kab Majalengka 14,286 R: 20, S: 102, DW: 25 Kota Tangerang 17,586 R: 328 Kab Tangerang 103,420 R: 4,461 Source: perpamsi.or.id (Note: R: River, S: Spring, D: Dam) Table 3. Distributed water and sold water of public system Public System Kab Subang Kab Karawang Kota Bogor Kota Cirebon Kota Bandung Kab Bandung Kab Garut Kab Sukabumi Kab Kuningan Kota Bekasi Kab Bogor Banjar Kab Cirebon Kab Sumedang Kota Sukabumi Kab Majalengka Kota Tangerang Kab Tangerang Source: perpamsi.or.id Distributed Water (m3/y) 7,714,614 6,585,587 25,116,283 70,226,348 18,820,189 7,487,949 8,671,736 6,402,691 8,722,209 56,635,542 3,343,056 6,407,643 7,044,988 6,945,264 4,002,144 9,901,496 136,134,538 Sold Water (m3/y) 5,985,805 3,999,618 19,691,098 43,617,254 11,503,318 5,680,044 4,773,392 4,079,332 6,985,439 38,409,158 2,317,176 4,827,934 4,738,909 4,590,576 2,953,933 8,303,779 121,956,572 Public System

PDAM in West Java Province mainly consists of smallest system of production and distribution system. In this study data was developed from 120 production systems The data used were based on conditions in year 2006. Based on the data, the characteristics of production system are as follows. The range of production volume was between 3,239 m3/yr to 11,000,000 m3/yr and the average was 863,042 m3/yr. Water sources used consists of surface water, deep wells, and springs, while transmission system consists of pumping and gravity. Production costs was from Rp 50,000,000/yr to Rp 2,600,000,000/yr with an average of Rp 290,000,000/yr. Descriptive statistics of production system is showed in Table 4.

332

[C-05]

Table 4. Descriptive statistics of production system Variable Minimum Production volume (Q) (m3/yr) 3,239 Surface water (AP) 0 Deep well (SD) 0 Pumping system 0 Total Cost (C) (Rp/yr) 50,000,000 Source: PDAM West Java Province, 2006 Maximum 11,000,000 1 1 1 2,600,000,000 Average 863,042.3

290,000,000

ANALYSIS

Based on the result of analysis, the linear form was the best function. Coefficient of determination of the function is 0,95. Parameter estimation of the function can be seen in Table 5. Based on parameter estimation, the cost function can be defined as Equation 3.
Table 5. Parameter estimation Parameter Variable Constant Model 1 (Linear) -2,0 x 107 (0) [-1,40] 219,4 (0,934) [39,8] 4,1 x 107 (0,052) [2,021] 1,6 x 108 (0,20) [8,20] Model 2 (Log Linear) 13,08 (0) [47,08] 0,42 (0,73) [19,09] 0,05 (0,026) [0,62] 1,01 (0,53) [13,26] Model 3 (Translog) -0,67 (0) [-3,71] 0,10 (0,09) [0,55]

AP SD

AP SD

Pump

Pump

Q.Q

Q*Q

Q.AP

Q*AP

Q.SD

Q*SD

0,537 (0,26) [2,47] 0,04 (0,09) [0,89] 0,93 (0,78) [5,51] -0,13 (-0,05) [-0,31] -1,22 (-0,57) [-3,31] 0,59

Pump, Pump SD.Pump

Pump*Pump SD*Pump

R2 Note: ( ): standardized value, [ ]: t-value

0,95

0,86

333

[C-05]
C = -2,0 x 107 + 219,4 Q + 4,1 x 107 SD + 1,6 x 108 Pump Where: C = cost Q = quantity (production volume) SD = dummy variable for well Pump = dummy variable for pumping system. From the function above, it can be concluded that total cost is influenced by water quality and topography. The higher the production volume, the higher the production cost. The system using deep well is the most expensive system compared to the system using surface water and spring, and the system using pumping system was more expensive compared to gravity system. The most expensive system is the system using deep well as source of water and pumping system, and the cheapest one is the system using spring water and gravity system. Unit cost, which is total cost divided by production volume can be drawn as can be seen in Figure 1, 2, and 3. From Figure 1 and Figure 2, it can be concluded that economies of scale exist in the pumping system using spring, surface water, and deep well; whereas in the gravity system using spring and surface water (deep well always uses pumping system), there was no economies of scale (see Figure 3). In the pumping system, unit cost decrease with the increasing in production volume, but in the gravity system increasing in production volume caused increasing in unit cost. It happened because capital cost in gravity system was not high. As consequences of the fact above, optimal scale only exist in pumping system. (3)

Figure 1. Unit cost and production volume for spring and surface water-pumping system

Figure 2. Unit cost and production volume for well-pumping system

334

[C-05]

Figure 3. Unit cost and production volume for spring and surface water gravity system

From Figure 1 and Figure 2 above, it can be identified that start from 50 million m3/yr of production volume, the unit cost of pumping system relatively stable, which was Rp 219/m3. The production volume above 50 million m3/yr caused higher unit cost. Although unit cost increase with increasing in production volume, the unit cost of gravity system was also stable in 50 million m3/yr (see Figure 3). 5 RECOMMENDATION

From the result of analysis it can be known that the optimal scale of production for pumping system was on 50 million m3/yr. By using water consumption standard as many as 120 l/person/day, production volume of 50 million m3/yr can serve approximately 1,141,553 population. If the water loss is also considered, assuming 25%, than this number can serve only 767.514 population. Since there was no system without water losses, the number of 767.514 can be used as an optimal scale for water supply provision. Considering number of customers in Table 6 and with the assumption that one customer consists of 5 people and the system is pumping system, recommendation can be proposed for PDAM in West Java Province regarding the scale of provision. There are no PDAMs have reached optimal scale. PDAM Kota Bandung almost reached the figure, but others were far from the figure. For all of the PDAMs, it is recommended to enlarge their supply. 6 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The authors would like to thank to Institute of Technology Bandung and Directorate of Higher Education, Ministry of Education and Culture, Republic of Indonesia for funding a part of this research through Inovation Research of Research Group, Institute of Technology Bandung and National Priority Research MP3EI.

335

[C-05]
Table 6. Existing population and recommendation Public System Kota Bandung Kab Bandung Kab Garut Kab Sukabumi Kab Kuningan Kota Bekasi Kab Bogor Banjar Kab Cirebon Kab Sumedang Kota Sukabumi Kab Majalengka Kota Tangerang Kab Tangerang Number of Customers 150.236 56.486 29.115 20.431 19.740 12.289 126.540 8.131 26.957 25.567 18.030 14.286 17.586 103.420 Number of Population 751.180 282.430 145.575 102.155 98.700 61.445 632.700 40.655 134.785 127.835 90.150 71.430 87.930 517.100 Recommendation enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge enlarge

REFERENCES

Bhattacharyya A, Harris TR, and Narayanan R 1995, Allocative Efficiency of Rural Nevada Water Systems: A Hedonic Shadow Cost Function Approach, Journal of Regional Science Vol. 35 No.3: 485-501. Clark RM and Stevie RG 1981, A Water Supply Cost Model Incorporating Spatial Variables, Land Economics, Vol.57 No.1: 18-32. Greene WH 1997, Econometric Analysis, New Jersey, Prentice Hall Kim E and Lee H 1998, Spatial Integration of Urban Water Services and Economies of Scale, Review of Urban and Regional Development Studies, 10(1), p. 3-18. Maryati S, Notodarmojo S, Chatib B, Widiarto 2009, Environmental Condition and Cost of Water Production and Distribution, Proceeding the 1st International Conference on Sustainable Infrastructure and Built Environment in Developing Countries, Bandung, 2-3 November. Mizutani F and Urakami T 2001, Identifying Network Density and Scale Economies for Japanese Water Supply Organizations, Regional Science, Vol. 80: 211-230.

336